Share G1 To G10 Matrix For The Learning Continuity Plan All Learning Areas

1
Matrix of Curriculum Standards (Competencies),

with Corresponding Recommended Flexible Learning Delivery Mode and Materials per Grading Period
GRADE 1 ARALING PANLIPUNAN
Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

the (Grade 1 Araling Panlipunan) Learning develope online) (provide a
Quarter/
Grading
resources r link if online)
Period available
Week 1/ Nasasabi ang batayang impormasyon tungkol sa sarili: pangalan,
1st Q magulang, kaarawan, edad, tirahan, paaralan, iba pang pagkakakilanlan at
mga katangian bilang Pilipino
Week 2/ Nailalarawan ang pansariling pangangailan: pagkain, kasuotan at iba pa at
1st Q mithiin para sa Pilipinas
Week 3/ Natutukoy ang mga mahahalagang pangyayari sa buhay simula isilang
1st Q hanggang sa kasalukuyang edad gamit ang mga larawan
Week 4/ Nakikilala ang timeline at ang gamit nito sa pag-aaral ng mahahalagang
1st Q pangyayari sa buhay hanggang sa kanyang kasalukuyang edad
Week 5/ Naipakikita sa pamamagitan ng timeline at iba pang pamamaraan ang mga
1st Q pagbabago sa buhay at mga personal na gamit mula noong sanggol
hanggang sa kasalukuyang edad
Week 7/ Naihahambing ang sariling kwento o karanasan sa buhay sa kwento at
1st Q karanasan ng mga kamag- aral
Week 8/ Nailalarawan ang mga pangarap o ninanais para sa sarili
1st Q  Natutukoy ang mga pangarap o ninanais
 Naipapakita ang pangarap sa malikhaing pamamaraan
Week Naipagmamalaki ang sariling pangarap o ninanais sa pamamagitan ng mga
10/ 1st Q malikhaing pamamamaraan
Week 1 / Nauunawaan ang konsepto ng pamilya batay sa bumubuo nito (ie. two-
2nd Q parent family, single-parent family, extended family)
Nailalarawan ang bawat kasapi ng sariling pamilya sa pamamagitan ng
likhang sining
Nasasabi ang kahalagahan ng bawat kasapi ng pamilya
2

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 3 / Nakikilala ang “family tree” at ang gamit nito sa pag- aaral ng pinagmulang
2nd Q lahi ng pamilya
Nailalarawan ang mga mahahalagang pangyayari sa buhay ng pamilya sa
pamamagitan ng timeline/family tree
Week 5 /
Naipagmamalaki ang kwento ng sariling pamilya.
2nd Q
Week 6 / Nakagagawa ng wastong pagkilos sa pagtugon sa mga alituntunin ng
2nd Q pamilya
Week 8 / Nakabubuo ng konklusyon tungkol sa mabuting pakikipag-ugnayan ng
2nd Q sariling pamilya sa iba pang pamilya sa lipunang Pilipino.
Week 1 / Nasasabi ang mga batayang impormasyon tungkol sa sariling paaralan:
3rd Q pangalan nito (at bakit ipinangalan ang paaralan sa taong ito), lokasyon,
mga bahagi nito, taon ng pagkakatatag at ilang taon na ito, at mga
pangalan ng gusali o silid (at bakit ipinangalan sa mga taong ito)
Week 2 / Nasasabi ang epekto ng pisikal na kapaligiran sa sariling pag-aaral (e.g.
3rd Q mahirap mag-aaral kapag maingay, etc)
Nailalarawan ang mga tungkuling ginagampanan ng mga taong bumubuo
sa paaralan (e.g. punong guro, guro, mag-aaral, doktor at nars, dyanitor,
etc
Week 3 / Naipaliliwanag ang kahalagahan ng paaralan sa sariling buhay at sa
3rd Q pamayanan o komunidad.
Week 5 /
Nabibigyang katwiran ang pagtupad sa mga alituntunin ng paaralan
3rd Q
Week 8 / Naiisa-isa ang mga gawain at pagkilos na nagpapamalas ng pagpapahalaga
3rd Q sa sariling paaralan (eg. Brigada Eskwela)
Week 1 / Nakikilala ang konsepto ng distansya at ang gamit nito sa pagsukat ng
4th Q lokasyon
Week 2 / Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang katawagan sa pagsukat ng lokasyon at distansya
4th Q sa pagtukoy ng mga gamit at lugar sa bahay (kanan, kaliwa, itaas, ibaba,
harapan at likuran)
3

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 2 / Nailalarawan ang kabuuan at mga bahagi ng sariling tahanan at ang mga
4th Q lokasyon nito
Nakagagawa ng payak na mapa ng loob at labas ng tahanan
Week 3 / Naiisa-isa ang mga bagay at istruktura na makikita sa nadadaanan mula sa
4th Q tahanan patungo sa paaralan
Naiuugnay ang konsepto ng lugar, lokasyon at distansya sa pang-araw-
araw na buhay sa pamamagitan ng iba’t ibang uri ng transportasyon mula
sa tahanan patungo sa paaralan
Week 4 / Nailalarawan ang pagbabago sa mga istruktura at bagay mula sa tahanan
4th Q patungo sa paaralan at natutukoy ang mga mahalagang istruktura sa mga
lugar na ito.
Nakagagawa ng payak na mapa mula sa tahanan patungo sa paaralan
Week 6 /
Nakagagawa ng payak na mapa ng silid- aralan/paaralan
4th Q
Week 8 / Nakapagbigay halimbawa ng mga gawi at ugali na makatutulong at
4th Q nakasasama sa sariling kapaligiran: tahanan at paaralan
Week 9 / Naipakikita ang iba’t ibang pamamaraan ng pangangalaga ng
4th Q kapaligirang ginagalawan
 sa tahanan
 sa paaralan
 sa komunidad
4

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ *Naipaliliwanag ang konsepto ng komunidad
1st Q
Week 2/ *Nailalarawan ang sariling komunidad batay sa pangalan nito, lokasyon,
1st Q mga namumuno, populasyon, wika, kaugalian, paniniwala, atbp.
Week 3/
Naipaliliwanag ang kahalagahan ng ‘komunidad’
1st Q
Week 4/ * Natutukoy ang mga bumuboo sa komunidad : a. mga taong
1st Q naninirahan b: mga institusyon c. at iba pang istrukturang panlipunan
Week 5/ Naiuugnay ang tungkulin at gawain ng mga bumubuo ng komunidad sa
1st Q sarili at sariling pamilya
Week 6/ Nakaguguhit ng payak na mapa ng komunidad mula sa sariling tahahan o
1st Q paaralan, na nagpapakita ng mga mahahalagang lugar at istruktura,
anyong lupa at tubig, atbp.
Week 7/ Nailalarawan ang panahon at kalamidad na nararanasan sa sariling
1st Q komunidad:
Week 8/ *Naisasagawa ang mga wastong gawain/ pagkilos sa tahanan at paaralan
1st Q sa panahon ng kalamidad; nasasabi kung paano ibinabagay ng mga tao sa
panahon ang kanilang kasuotan at tirahan
Week 1 / *Nakapagsasalaysay ng pinagmulan ng sariling komunidad batay sa
2nd Q pagtatanong at pakikinig sa mga kuwento ng mga nakatatanda sa
komunidad
Week 2- * Nailalahad ang mga pagbabago sa sariling komunidad a.heograpiya
3 / 2nd Q (katangiang pisikal) b. politika (pamahalaan) c. ekonomiya
(hanapbuhay/kabuhayan) d. sosyo-kultural
Week 4 / *Naiuugnay ang mga sagisag (hal. natatanging istruktura) na matatagpuan
2nd Q sa komunidad sa kasaysayan nito.
Week 5- Naihahambing ang katangian ng sariling komunidad sa iba pang
6 / 2nd Q komunidad tulad ng likas na yaman, produkto at hanap-buhay, kaugalian
5

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
at mga pagdiriwang, atbp
Week 7 / *Nakapagbibigay ng mga inisyatibo at proyekto ng komunidad na
2nd Q nagsusulong ng natatanging pagkakakilanlan o identidad ng komunidad
Week 8 / Nakakalahok sa mga proyekto o mungkahi na nagpapaunlad o
2nd Q nagsusulong ng natatanging pagkakakilanlan o identidad ng komunidad
Week 9 /
*Nabibigyang halaga ang pagkakakilalanlang kultural ng komunidad
2nd Q
Week 1 / * Natatalakay ang mga pakinabang na naibibigay ng kapaligiran sa
3rd Q komunidad
Week 2 /
* Nailalarawan ang kalagayan at suliraning pangkapaligiran ng komunidad.
3rd Q
Week 3- Naipaliliwanag ang pananagutan ng bawat isa sa pangangalaga sa likas na
4 / 3rd Q yaman at pagpanatili ng kalinisan ng sariling komunidad: nasasabi ang
mga sanhi at bunga ng pagkasira ng likas na yaman ng kinabibilangang
komunidad; nahihinuha ang mga posibleng dahilan ng tao sa pagsira ng
mga likas na yaman ng kinabibilangang komunidad; nakapagbibigay ng
mungkahing paraan ng pag-aalaga sa kapaligiran at likas na yaman ng
kinabibilangang komunidad
*Naipaliliwanag ang mga dahilan at epekto ng suliraning pangkapaligiran.
*Naipaliliwanag ang pansariling tungkulin sa pangangalaga ng kapaligiran.
Week 5 /
*Natatalakay ang konsepto ng pamamahala at pamahalaan
3rd Q
Week 6 / *Naipaliliwanag ang mga tungkulin ng pamahalaan sa komunidad
3rd Q * Naiisa-isa ang mga katangian ng mabuting pinuno
Week 7 /
Nakikilala ang mga namumuno sa komunidad
3rd Q
Week 8 / Nakikilala ang mga taong nag-aambag sa kapakanan at kaunlaran ng
3rd Q komunidad sa iba’t ibang aspeto at paraan (ei mga pribadong samahan
(NGO) na tumutulong sa pag-unlad ng komunidad)
Week 9 / *Nakalalahok sa mga proyekto o mungkahi na nagpapaunlad sa
6

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
3rd Q kapakanan ng komunidad
Week 1 /
* Naipaliliwanag na ang bawat kasapi ng komunidad ay may Karapatan
4th Q
Week 2- Naipaliliwanag na ang mga karapatang tinatamasa ay may katumbas na
3 / 4th Q tungkulin bilang kasapi ng komunidad
Week 3-
*Natatalakay ang mga paglilingkod/ serbisyo ng mga kasapi ng komunidad
4 / 4th Q
Week 5- *Napahahalagahan ang pagtutulungan at pagkakaisa ng mga kasapi ng
6 / 4th Q komunidad.

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ Naipaliliwanag ang kahulugan ng mga simbolo na ginagamit sa mapa sa
1st Q tulong ng panuntunan (ei. katubigan, kabundukan, etc)
Week 2/ Nakapagbabasa at nakapagsasagawa ng interpretasyon tungkol sa
1st Q kinalalagyan ng iba’t ibang lalawigan sa rehiyon gamit ang mga batayang
heograpiya tulad ng distansya at direksyon
Week 3/ Nailalarawan ang kinalalagyan ng mga lalawigan ng sariling rehiyon batay
1st Q sa mga nakapaligid dito gamit ang pangunahing direksiyon (relative
location)
Naipaghahambing ang mga lalawigan sa sariling rehiyon ayon sa
lokasyon, direksiyon, laki at kaanyuan
7

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 4/ * Nailalarawan ang katangian ng populasyon ng iba’t ibang pamayanan
1st Q sa sariling lalawigan batay sa: a) edad; b) kasarian; c) etnisidad; at 4)
relihiyon
Naihahambing ang mga lalawigan sa rehiyon ayon sa dami ng
populasyon gamit ang mapa ng populasyon
Week 5/ Nailalarawan ang iba’t ibang lalawigan sa rehiyon ayon sa mga katangiang
1st Q pisikal at pagkakakilanlang heograpikal nito gamit ang mapang
topograpiya ng rehiyon
Napaghahambing ang iba’t ibang pangunahing anyong lupa at anyong
tubig ng iba’t ibang lalawigan sa sariling rehiyon
Week 6/ Natutukoy ang pagkakaugnay-ugnay ng mga anyong tubig at lupa sa mga
1st Q lalawigan ng sariling rehiyon
Nakagagawa ng payak na mapa na nagpapakita ng mahahalagang anyong
lupa at anyong tubig ng sariling lalawigan at mga karatig na lalawigan nito
Week 7/ Natutukoy ang mga lugar na sensitibo sa panganib batay sa lokasyon at
1st Q topographiya nito
 Nasasabi o natataluntun ang mga lugar ng sariling rehiyon na
sensitibo sa panganib gamit ang hazard map
 Nakagagawa nang maagap at wastong pagtugon sa mga panganib
na madalas maranasan ng sariling rehiyon.
Week 8/ Nailalarawan ang mga pangunahing likas na yaman ng mga lalawigan sa
1st Q rehiyon
Week 9/ Natatalakay angwastong pangangasiwa ngmga likas na yaman ng sariling
1st Q laalwigan at rehiyon
 Nasusuri ang matalino at di- matalinong mga paraanng
pangangasiwa ng mga likas nayaman
Nakabubuo ng konklusyon na ang matalinongpangangasiwa ng likas na
yaman ay maykinalaman sa pag-unlad ng sariling lalawigan at rehiyon
Nakabubuo ng interprestayon ng kapaligiran ng sariling lalawigan at
karatig na mga lalawigan ng rehiyon gamit ang mapa
8

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1- Nauunawaan ang kasaysayan ng kinabibilangang rehiyon
2 / 2nd Q  Naisalaysay ang pinagmulan ng sariling lalawigan at mga karatig
na lalawigan sa pamamagitan ng malikhaing pagpapahayag at iba
pang likhang sining
 Natutukoy ang kasaysayan ng pagbuo ng sariling lalawigan ayon
sa batas
 Naisasalaysay ang mga pagbabago ng sariling lalawigan at mga
karatig na lalawigan sa rehiyon tulad ng laki nito, pangalan,
lokasyon, populasyon, mga istruktura at iba pa
 Nakabubuo ng timeline ng mga makasaysayang pangyayari sa
rehiyon sa iba’t ibang malikhaing pamamaraan
 Nasasabi ang mga paraan ng pagtutulungan ng mga lalawigan sa
rehiyon noon at sa kasalukuyan
Week 3 / Natatalakay ang mga pagbabago at nagpapatuloy sa sariling lalawigan at
2nd Q kinabibilangang rehiyon
Week 4 / *Naiuugnay sa kasalukuyang pamumuhay ng mga tao ang kwento ng mga
2nd Q makasaysayang pook o pangyayaring nagpapakilala sa sariling lalawigan at
ibang panglalawigan ng kinabibilangang rehiyon
Week 5 / Natatalakay ang kahulugan ng ilang simbolo at sagisag ng sariling lalawigan
2nd Q at rehiyon
Week 6 / Naihahambing ang ilang simbolo at sagisag na nagpapakilala ng iba’t ibang
2nd Q lalawigan sa sariling rehiyon
Week 7 / Natatalakay ang kahulugan ng “official hymn” at iba pang sining na
2nd Q nagpapakilala ng sariling lalawigan at rehiyon
Week 8- Naipagmamalaki ang mga bayani ng sariling lalawigan at rehiyon
9 / 2nd Q  Nakikilala ang mga bayani ng mga sariling lalawigan at rehiyon
 Napahahalagahan ang pagpupunyagi ng mga bayani ng sariling
lalawigan at rehiyon sa malikhaing pamamaraan
 Nakalilikha ng anumang sining tungkol sa bayani ng lalawigan o
rehiyon na nais tularan
9

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 10 *Nabibigyang-halaga ang katangi-tanging lalawigan (batay sa sariling
/ 2nd Q pananaw) sa kinabibilangang rehiyon
Week 1 / *Nailalarawan ang kultura ng mga lalawigan sa kinabibilangang rehiyon
3rd Q Naipaliliwanag na ang mga salik heograpikal katulad ng lokasyon at klima
ay naka iimpluwensiya sa pagbuo at paghubog ng uri ng pamumuhay ng
mga lalawigan at rehiyon
Week 2- Nailalarawan ang pagkakakilanlang kultural ng kinabibilangang rehiyon
3 / 3rd Q  Nailalarawan ang pagkakakilanlang kultura ng sariling lalawigan
 Naiisa-isa ang mga pangkat ng mga tao sa sariling lalawigan at
rehiyon
 Nakapagbibigay ng mga halimbawang salita mula sa mga wika at
diyalekto sa sariling lalawigan at rehiyon
 Nailalarawan ang mga kaugalian, paniniwala at tradisyon ng
sariling lalawigan at ng rehiyon.
Week 4 / Naipaliliwanag ang kahalagahan ng mga makasaysayan lugar at ang mga
3rd Q saksi nito sa pagkakakilanlang kultura ng sariling lalawigan at rehiyon
Week 5 / Naihahambing ang pagkakatulad at pagkakaiba ng mga kaugalian,
3rd Q paniniwala at tradisyon sa sariling lalawigan sa karatig lalawigan sa
kinabibilangang rehiyon at sa ibang lalawigan at rehiyon
Week 6 / Nasusuri ang papel na ginagampanan ng kultura sa pagbuo ng
3rd Q pagkakakilanlan ng sariling lalawigan at rehiyon, at sa Pilipinas
Napahahalagahan ang iba’t ibang pangkat ng tao sa lalawigan at rehiyon
Week 7 / Napapahalagahan ang mga sining (tula/awit/ sayaw) na nagpapakilala sa
3rd Q lalawigan at rehiyon sa pamamagitan ng pakikilahok sa mga gawain na
nagsusulong ng pagpapahalaga sa mga sining sa lalawigan
Week 8 / Naipapakita sa iba’t-ibang sining ang pagmamalaki sa mga natatanging
3rd Q kaugalian, paniniwala at tradisyon ng iba’t ibang lalawigan sa
kinabibilangang rehiyon
Week 9 / Natutukoy ang mga katawagan sa iba’t ibang layon sa kinabibilanagng
3rd Q rehiyon (e.g. paggalang, paglalambing, pagturing)
10

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 10 *Naipamamalas ang pagpapahalaga sa pagkakaiba-iba ng mga kultura
/ 3rd Q gamit ang sining (e.g. tula, awit, sayaw, pinta, atbp.)
Week 1 / Naiuugnay ang kapaligiran sa uri ng pamumuhay ng kinabibilangang
4th Q lalawigan
Naipapaliwanag ang iba’t ibang pakinabang pang ekonomiko ng mga likas
yaman ng lalawigan at kinabibilangang rehiyon
Week 2 / Natatalakay ang pinanggalingan ng produkto ng kinabibilagang lalawigan
4th Q Naipakikita ang ugnayan ng kabuhayan ng mga lalawigan sa
kinabibilangang rehiyon at sa ibang rehiyon
Week 3 / Naiuugnay ang pakikipagkalakalan sa pagtugon ng mga pangangailangan
4th Q ng sariling lalawigan at mga karatig na lalawigan sa rehiyon at ng bansa.
Week 4 / Natutukoy ang inprastraktura (mga daanan, palengke) ng mga lalawigan at
4th Q naipaliliwanag ang kahalagahan nito sa kabuhayan
Naipaliliwanag ang iba’t ibang aspeto ng ekonomiya (pangangailangan,
produksyon, kalakal, insprastraktura, atbp.) sa pamamagitan ng isang
graphic organizer
Week 5 / Natutukoy na ang rehiyon ay binibuo ng mga lalawigan na may sariling
4th Q pamunuan
Natutukoy na ang rehiyon ay binibuo ng mga lalawigan na may sariling
pamunuan
Week 6 / Natutukoy ang mga tungkulin at pananagutan ng mga namumuno sa mga
4th Q lalawigan ng kinabibilangang rehiyon
Natatalakay ang mga paraan ng pagpili ng pinuno ng mga lalawigan
Week 7 / Naipapaliwang ang kahalagahan ng pagkakaroon ng pamahalaan sa bawat
4th Q lalawigan sa kinabibilangang rehiyon
Naipaliliwanag ang dahilan ng paglilingkod ng pamahalaan ng mga
lalawigan sa mga kasapi nito.
Week 8 / Natutukoy ang iba’t ibang paraan sa pakikiisa sa mga proyekto ng
4th Q pamahalaan ng mga lalawigan sa kinabibilangang rehiyon
Week 9 / Nakalalahok sa mga gawaing nakatutulong sa pagkakaisa, kaayusan at
11

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
4th Q kaunlaran ng sariling lalawigan at kinabibilangang rehiyon

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ Natatalakay ang konsepto ng bansa
1st Q  Nakapagbibigay ng halimbawa ng bansa
 Naiisa-isa ang mga katangian ng bansa
Week 2/ *Napangangatwiranan na ang Pilipinas ay isang bansa.
1st Q
Week 3/ Natutukoy ang relatibong lokasyon (relative location) ng Pilipinas batay sa
1st Q mga nakapaligid dito gamit ang pangunahin at pangalawang direksyon
Week 4/ Nakapagsasagawa ng interpretasyon tungkol sa kinalalagyan ng bansa
1st Q gamit ang mga batayang heograpiya tulad ng iskala, distansya at
direksyon
*Natutukoy ang mga hangganan at lawak ng teritoryo ng Pilipinas
gamit ang mapa
Week 5/ Naiuugnay ang klima at panahon sa lokasyon ng bansa sa mundo.
1st Q  Nakikilala na ang Pilipinas ay isang bansang tropikal
 Natutukoy ang iba pang salik (temperatura, dami ng ulan) na may
kinalaman sa klima ng bansa
 Nailalarawan ang klima sa iba’t ibang bahagi ng bansa sa tulong ng
mapang pangklima
 Naipapaliwanag na ang klima ay may kinalaman sa uri ng mga pananim
at hayop sa Pilipinas
12

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 7/ Naipaliliwanag ang katangian ng Pilipinas bilang bansang maritime o
1st Q insular
*Nailalarawan ang pagkakakilanlang heograpikal ng Pilipinas:
(a) Heograpiyang Pisikal (klima, panahon, at anyong lupa at anyong tubig)
(b) Heograpiyang Pantao (populasyon, agrikultura, at industriya)
Week 9- Nakagagawa ng mga mungkahi upang mabawasan ang masamang epekto
10 / 1st Q dulot ng kalamidad
 Natutukoy ang mga lugar sa Pilipinas na sensitibo sa panganib gamit ang
hazard map
 Nakagagawa ng nang maagap at wastong pagtugon sa mga panganib
Week 10 Nakapagbibigay ng konlusyon tungkol sa kahalagahan ng mga katangiang
/ 1st Q pisikal sa pag- unlad ng bansa
Week 1 / Nailalarawan ang mga gawaing pangkabuhayan sa iba’t ibang lokasyon
2nd Q ng bansa
 Naiuugnay ang kapaligiran sa uri ng hanap buhay
 Naihahambing ang mga produkto at kalakal na matatagpuan sa iba’t ibang
lokasyon ng bansa (Hal: pangingisda, paghahabi, pagdadaing, pagsasaka,
atbp.)
 Nabibigyang-katwiran ang pang-aangkop na ginawa ng mga tao sa kapaligiran
upang matugunan ang kanilang pangangailangan
Week 2 / Naipaliliwanag ang iba’t ibang pakinabang pang ekonomiko ng mga likas
2nd Q yaman ng bansa
Week 2- Nasusuri ang kahalagahan ng matalinong pagpapasya sa pangangasiwa
4 / 2nd Q ng mga likas na yaman ng bansa
 Natatalakay ang ilang mga isyung pangkapaligiran ng bansa
 Naipaliliwanag ang matalino at di-matalinong mga paraanng pangangasiwa
ng mga likas nayaman ng bansa
 Naiuugnay ang matalinong pangangasiwa ng likas na yaman sa pag-unlad ng
bansa
 Natatalakay ang mga pananagutan ng bawat kasapi sa pangangasiwa at
pangagalaga ng pinagkukunang yaman ng bansa
 Nakapagbibigay ng mungkahing paraan ng wastong pangangasiwa ng likas
13

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
yaman ng bansa
Week 4 / Natatalakay ang mga hamon at oportunidad sa mga gawaing
2nd Q pangkabuhayan ng bansa.
Week 5 / Nakalalahok sa mga gawaing lumilinang sa pangangalaga, at nagsusulong
2nd Q ng likas kayang pag-unlad (sustainable development) ng mga likas yaman
ng bansa
Week 5- Nailalarawan ang mga pagkakakilanlang kultural ng Pilipinas
6 / 2nd Q  Natutukoy ang ilang halimbawa ng kulturang Pilipino sa iba’t ibang
rehiyon ng Pilipinas (tradisyon, relihiyon, kaugalian, paniniwala,
kagamitan, atbp.)
 Natatalakay ang kontribusyon ng mga iba’t ibang pangkat (pangkat
etniko, pangkat etno-linguistiko at iba pang pangkat panlipunan na
bunga ng migrasyon at “inter- marriage”) sa kulturang Pilipino
 Natutukoy ang mga pamanang pook bilang bahagi ng
pagkakakilanlang kulturang Pilipino
 Nakagagawa ng mungkahi sa pagsusulong at pagpapaunlad kulturang
Pilipino
Week 7 / *Naiuugnay ang kultura sa pagkakakilanlang Pilipino
2nd Q
Week 8 / Natatalakay ang kahulugan ng pambansang awit at watawat bilang mga
2nd Q sagisag ng bansa
Week 1 / Natatalakay ang kahulugan at kahalagahan ng pambansang pamahalaan
3rd Q
Week 1- Nasusuri ang balangkas o istruktura ng pamahalaan ng Pilipinas
2 / 3rd Q  Natatalakay ang kapangyarihan ng tatlong sangay ng pamahalaan
(ehekutibo, lehislatura at hudikatura)
 Natatalakay ang antas ng pamahalaan (pambansa at lokal)
 Natutukoy ang mga namumuno ng bansa
 Natatalakay ang paraan ng pagpili at ang kaakibat na kapangyarihan
ng mga namumuno ng bansa
14

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 6- Nasusuri ang mga paglilingkod ng pamahalaan upang matugunan ang
7 / 3rd Q pangangailangan ng bawat mamamayan
 Naiisa isa ang mga programang pangkalusugan
 Nasasabi ang mga pamamaraan sa pagpapaunlad ng edukasyon sa
bansa
 Nakakapagbigay halimbawa ng mga programa pangkapayapaan
 Nasasabi ang mga paraan ng pagtataguyod ng ekonomiya ng bansa
 Nakakapag bigay halimbawa ng mga programang pang-inprastraktura
atbp ng pamahalaan
Week 7 / *Nasusuri ang mahahalagang prinsipyo at patarakan ng Estado ng
3rd Q Pilipinas tungkol sa programang:
(a) pangkalusugan
(b) pang-edukasyon
(c ) pangkapayapaan
(d) pang-ekonomiya
(e ) pang-impraestruktura
Week 8 / Nasusuri ang tungkulin ng pamahalaan na itaguyod ang karapatan ng
3rd Q bawat mamamayan
*Natatalakay ang mga karapatan at tungkulin ng mamamayan
(a) politikal
(b) sibil
(c ) ekonomiko
(d) sosyal
Week 9 / *Napahahalagahan (nabibigyang-halaga) ang bahaging ginagampanan
3rd Q ng pamahalaan - valuing LC
Week 1 / Natatalakay ang konsepto ng pagkamamamayan
4th Q *Natatalakay ang konsepto ng pagkamamamayan
Week 2 / *Naipaliliwanag ang mga prinsipyo ng pagkamamamayan:
15
4th Q (a) Jus sanguinis

(b) Jus soli/loci
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 3 / Natatalakay ang konsepto ng karapatan at tungkulin
4th Q  Natatalakay ang mga karapatan ng mamamayang Pilipino
 Natatalakay ang tungkulin ng mamamayang Pilipino
Week 4 / *Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng kagalingang pansibiko (civic efficacy)
4th Q
Week 4- *Natatalakay ang mga gawaing nagpapakita ng kagalingan pansibiko
5 / 4th Q (hal. Pagtangkilik ng produktong Pilipino, pagsunod sa mga batas ng
bansa, tumulong sa paglilinis ng kapaligiran)
Week 6 / *Napahahalagahan ang gawaing pansibiko - valuing LC
4th Q
Week 7 / *Nasusuri ang bahaging ginagampanan ng mga mamamayan sa
4th Q pagtataguyod ng kaunlaran ng bansa (DLC 5-B48)

Quarter resources r link if online)
/ available
Grading
Period
Week 1/ *Natutukoy ang lokasyon ng Pilipinas (absolute at relatibong lokasyon)
1st Q gamit ang mapa
*Nasusuri ang katangian ng Pilipinas bilang isang bansang archipelago
Week 2/ *Naipaliliwanag ang pinagmulan ng Pilipinas batay sa a. Teorya (Plate
1st Q Tectonic Theory) b. Mito c. Relihiyon
16

/ available
Grading
Period
Week 3/ *Natatalakay ang pinagmulan ng unang pangkat ng tao sa Pilipinas a.
1st Q Teorya (Austronesyano) b. Mito (Luzon, Visayas, Mindanao) c. Relihiyon
Week 4/ *Nasusuri ang paraan ng pamumuhay ng mga sinaunang Pilipino sa panahong
1st Q Pre-kolonyal.
Week 5/ *Nasusuri ang pang-ekonomikong pamumuhay ng mga Pilipino sa panahong
1st Q pre-kolonyal a. panloob at panlabas na kalakalan b. uri ng kabuhayan
(pagsasaka, pangingisda, panghihiram/pangungutang, pangangaso, slash and
burn, pangangayaw, pagpapanday, paghahabi atbp)
Week 6 / * Nasusuri ang sosyo-kultural na pamumuhay ng mga Pilipino a.pagsamba
1st Q (animismo, anituismo, at iba pang ritwal. b.pagbabatok/pagbabatik
c.paglilibing (mummification primary/ secondary burial practices) d. paggawa
ng bangka e. pagpapalamuti (kasuotan, alahas, tattoo, pusad/ halop) f.
pagdaraos ng pagdiriwang *Nasusuri ang pampolitikang pamumuhay a.
namumuno b.pagbabatas at paglilitis
Week 7/ *Natatalakay ang pag-usbong at paglaganap ng Islam sa Pilipinas.
1st Q
Week 8 / *Naipaliliwanag ang konsepto ng Islam at ang mga aral nito.
1st Q
Week 9 / Nakakabuo ng konklusyon tungkol sa kontribusyon ng sinaunang
1st Q kabihasnan sa pagkabuo ng lipunang at pagkakakilanlang Piliipino
Week 1 / Natatalakay ang kahulugan ng kolonyalismo at ang konteksto nito

2nd Q kaugnay sa pananakop ng Espanya sa Pilipinas
Naipapaliwanag ang mga dahilan at layunin ng kolonyalismong Espanyol
Week 2- *Nasusuri ang mga paraan ng pagsasailalim ng katutubong populasyon sa
3 / 2nd Q kapangyharihan ng Espanya
a. Kristiyanisasyon
b. reducciones
c. pagbubuwis
17

/ available
Grading
Period
d. sistemang encomienda
e. sapilitang paggawa
Week 4 / *Naiuugnay ang mga layunin ng Espanyol sa paraan ng pananakop nito sa
2nd Q katutubong populasyon
Week 5 / *Natatalakay ang konsepto ng patronato real at ang implikasyon nito sa
2nd Q pananakop ng mga Espanyol
Week 6- Nasusuri ang naging reaksyon ng mga Pilipino sa Kristiyanismo
7 / 2nd Q
Week 8- *Napahahalagahan ang mga Pilipinong nagpahayag ng di-pagsang-ayon sa
9 / 2nd Q mapang-aping polisiya ng mga Espanyol.
Week 1 / *Nasusuri ang impluwnesya ng pananakop ng Espanyol sa kultura ng mga
3rd Q Pilipino
Week 2 / *Nasusuri ang ginawang pag-aangkop ng mga Pilipino sa kulturang
3rd Q ipinakilala ng Espanyol
Week 3 / *Natatalakay ang mga pagbabagong pampolitika at ekonomiya bunga ng
3rd Q kolonyal na pamahalaang Espanyol a. Istruktura ng pamahalaang kolonyal
b. Sistema ng kalakalan at transaksyong pampamilihan
Week 4 / *Nasusuri ang paraang armado ng mga Espanyol sa pananakop ng mga
3rd Q katutubong pangkat na mga Pilipino
Week 5- * Natatalakay ang sanhi at bunga ng mga isinagawang rebelyon ng mga
6 / 3rd Q katutubong pangkat
Week 7 / * Nakabubuo ng konklusyon tungkol sa mga dahilan na nagbunsod sa di
3rd Q matagumpay na pananakop sa mga katutubong pangkat na mga Pilipino
Week 8 / *Nasusuri ang epekto ng kolonyalismong Espanyol sa pagkabansa at
3rd Q pagkakakilanlan ng mga Pilipino
Week 9 / *Napahahalagahan ang mga katutubong Pilipinong lumaban upang
3rd Q mapanatili ang kanilang kasarinlan
Week 1- *Natatalakay ang mga pangyayaring lokal na nagtulak sa pag-usbong ng
18

/ available
Grading
Period
2 / 4th Q pakikibaka ng bayan a. Reporma sa ekonomiya at pagtatatag ng
monopolyang tabako b. Mga pag-aalsa sa loob ng estadong kolonyal c.
Kilusang Agraryo ng 1745 d. Pag-aalsa ng Kapatiran ng San Jose e.
Okupasyon ng Ingles sa Maynila
Week 3 / *Natatalakay ang mga pandaigdigang pangyayari bilang konteksto ng
4th Q malayang kaisipan tungo sa pag-usbong ng pakikibaka ng bayan a.
Paglipas ng merkantilismo bilang ekonomikong batayan ng kolonyalismo b.
Paglitaw ng kaisipang “La Ilustracion”
Week 4- *Nasusuri ang mga unang pag-aalsang makabayan laban sa mga Espanyol
5 / 4th Q (sanhi at implikasyon)
Week 6 / *Naipaliliwanag ang pananaw at paniniwala ng mga Sultanato (Katutubong
4th Q Muslim) sa pagpapanatili ng kanilang kalayaan
Week 7 / Natataya ang partisipasyon ng iba’t-ibang rehiyon at sektor (katutubo at
4th Q kababaihan) sa pakikibaka ng bayan
Week 8 / * Napahahalagahn ang pagganap ng sariling tungkulin sa pagsulong ng
4th Q kamalayang pambansa tungo sa pagkabuo ng Pilipinas bilang isang nasyon

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ Natutukoy ang kinalalagyan ng Pilipinas sa mundo sa globo at mapa
1st Q batay sa ”absolute location” nito (longitude at latitude)
Nagagamit ang grid sa globo at mapang politikal sa pagpapaliwanag ng
19

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
pagbabago ng hangganan at lawak ng teritoryo ng Pilipinas batay sa
kasaysayan
Naipaliliwanag ang kahalagahan ng lokasyon ng Pilipinas sa ekonomiya at
politika ng Asya at mundo
Week 2/ Nasusuri ang konteksto ng pag- usbong ng liberal na ideya tungo sa
1st Q pagbuo ng kamalayang nasyonalismo
 Natatalakay ang epekto ng pagbubukas ng mgadaungan ng bansa sa
pandaigdigang kalakalan
 Naipaliliwanag ang ambag ng pag-usbong ng uring mestizo at ang
pagpapatibay ng dekretong edukasyon ng 1863
Week 3/ Nasusuri ang mga ginawa ng mga makabayang Pilipino sa pagkamit ng
1st Q kalayaan
 Natatalakay ang kilusan para sa sekularisasyon ng mga parokya at ang
Cavite Mutiny (1872)
 Naipaliliwanag ang ambag ng Kilusang Propaganda sa pagpukaw ng
damdaming makabayan ng mga Pilipino (hal. La Liga Filipina,
Asociacion Hispano Filipino)
 Natatalakay ang pagtatag at paglaganap ng Katipunan
 Nahihinuha ang implikasyon ng kawalan ng pagkakaisa sa
himagsikan/kilusan at pagbubuo ng Pilipinas bilang isang bansa
Week 4/ Nasusuri ang mga pangyayari sa himagsikan laban sa kolonyalismong
1st Q Espanyol
 Sigaw sa Pugad-Lawin
 Tejeros Convention
 Kasunduan sa Biak-na-Bato
Week 5/ Natatalakay ang mga ambag ni Andres Bonifacio, ang Katipunan at
1st Q Himagsikan ng 1896 sa pagbubuo ng Pilipinas bilang isang bansa
Natatalakay ang partisipasyon ng mga kababaihan sa rebolusyon Pilipino
Week 6/ Napapahalagahan ang pagkakatatag ng Kongreso ng Malolos at ang
1st Q deklarasyon ng kasarinlan ng mga Pilipino
20

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 7/ Nasusuri ang mga mahahalagang pangyayari sa pakikibaka ng mga
1st Q Pilipino sa panahon ng Digmaang Pilipino-Amerikano
 Natutukoy ang mga pangyayaring nagbigay daan sa digmaan ng mga
Pilipino laban sa Estados Unidos
 Napapahalagahan ang pangyayari sa Digmaang Pilipino-Amerikano
Hal.: - Unang Putok sa panulukan ng Silencio at Sociego, Sta.Mesa
- Labanan sa Tirad Pass
- Balangiga Massacre
 Natatalakay ang Kasunduang Bates (1830-1901) at ang motibo ng
pananakop ng Amerikano sa bansa sa panahon ng paglawak ng
kanyang “polical empire”
Week 8/ Nabibigyang halaga ang mga kontribosyon ng mga Natatanging
1st Q Pilipinong nakipaglaban para sa kalayaan
Hal: Emilio Aguinaldo
 Gregorio del Pilar
 Miguel Malvar
 Iba pang bayaning Pilipino
Week 1/ Nasusuri ang mga pagbabago sa lipunan sapanahon ng mga Amerikano
2nd Q  Natatalakay ang sistema ng edukasyong ipinatutupad ng mga Amerikano at
ang epekto nito
 Natatalakay ang kalagayang pangkalusugan ng mga Pilipino sa panahon ng
mga Amerikano
 Natatalakay ang pag-unlad ng transportasyon atkomunikasyon at epekto
nito sa pamumuhay ng mga Pilipino
Week 2- Nasusuri ang pamahalaang kolonyal ng mga Amerikano
3/  Natatalakay ang mga Patakarang Pasipikasyon at Kooptasyon ng
nd pamahalaang Amerikano
2 Q
 Nailalarawan ang sistema at balangkas ng Pamahalaang Kolonyal
 Nasusuri ang mga patakaran ng malayangkalakalan (free trade) na
pinairal ng mga Amerikano
 Natatalakay ang epekto ng malayang kalakalan(free trade) Hal:
o Kalakalan ng Pilipinas at U.S.
21

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
o Pananim at Sakahan
Week 4/ Natutukoy ang mahahalagang pangyayaring may kinalaman sa unti-
2nd Q unting pagsasalin ng kapangyarihan sa mga Pilipino tungo sa
pagsasarili
Nasusuri ang kontribusyon ng pamahalaang Komonwelt
 Natatalakay ang mga programa ng pamahalaan sa panahon ng
pananakop (hal. Katarungang Panlipunan, Patakarang Homestead,
pagsulong ng pambansang wika, pagkilala sa karapatan ng kababaihan
sa pagboboto)
 Nabibigyang katwiran ang ginawang paglutas sa mga suliraning
panlipunan at pangkabuhayan sa panahon ng Komonwelt
Week 5/ Natatalakay ang mga mahahalagang pangyayari sa pananakop ng mga
2nd Q Hapones
Hal:
o Labanan sa Bataan
o Death March
o Labanan sa Corregidor
Week 6/ Naipaliliwanag ang motibo ng pananakop ng Hapon sa bansa
2nd Q Nasusuri ang sistema ng pamamahala sa panahon ng mga Hapones
 Nailalarawan ang sistema at balangkas ng pamahalaang
kolonyal ng mga Hapones
 Naipaliliwanag ang Mga Patakaran at Batas Pang- ekonomiya
gaya ng War Economy at Economy of Survival at ang mga
resulta nito.
 Naipaliliwanag ang kontribosyon ng pagtatag ng Ikalawang
Republika ng Pilipinas at mga patakarang may kinalaman sa
pagsasarili
Week 7/ Nasusuri ang pakikibaka ng mga Pilipino para sa kalayaan sa pananakop
2nd Q ng mga Hapon (hal., USAFFE, HukBaLaHap, iba pang kilusang Gerilya)
Week 8/ Nagkapagbibigay ng sariling pananaw tungkol sa naging epekto sa mga
2nd Q Pilipino ng pamamahala sa mga dayuhang mananakop.
22

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1- Nasusuri ang mga pangunahing suliranin at hamon sa kasarinlan
2/ pagkatapos ng Ikalawang Digmaang Pandaigdig
rd
3 Q  Natatalakay ang suliraning pangkabuhayan pagkatapos ng
digmaan at ang naging pagtugon sa mga suliranin
 Natatalakay ang ugnayang Pilipino-Amerikano sa konteksto ng
kasunduang militar na nagbigay daan sa pagtayo ng base militar
ng Estados Unidos sa Pilipinas
 Natatalakay ang “parity rights” at ang ugnayang kalakalan sa
Estados Unidos
 Naipaliliwanag ang epekto ng “colonial mentality” pagkatapos ng
Ikalawang Digmaang Pandaigdig.
Week 3/ Nasusuri ang iba’t ibang reaksyon ng mga Pilipino sa mga epekto sa
3rd Q pagsasarili ng bansa na ipinapahayag ng ilang di-pantay na kasunduan
tulad ng Philippine Rehabilitation Act, parity rights at Kasunduang Base
Militar
Week 4/ Nauunawaan ang kahalagahan ng pagkakaroon ng soberanya sa
3rd Q pagpapanatili ng kalayaan ng isang bansa
 Nabibigyang-konklusyon na ang isang bansang malaya ay may
soberanya
 Naipalilliwanag ang kahalagahan ng panloob nasoberanya
(internal sovereignty) ng bansa
 Naipaliliwanag ang kahalagahan ng panlabas nasoberanya
(external sovereignty) ng bansa
 Nabibigyang halaga ang mga karapatang tinatamasa ng isang
malayang bansa
Week 5/ Nabibigyang katwiran ang pagtanggol ng mga mamamayan ang
3rd Q kalayaan at hangganan ng teritoryo ng bansa
Week 5- Napahahalagahan ang pamamahala ng mga naging pangulo ng bansa
7/ mula 1946 hanggang 1972
rd
3 Q  Nasusuri ang mga patakaran at programa ng pamahalaan upang
23

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
matugunan ang mga suliranin at hamon sa kasarinlan at pagkabansa
ng mga Pilipino
 Naiisa-isa ang mga kontribosyon ng bawat pangulo na nakapagdulot
ng kaulanran sa lipunan at sa bansa
 Nakabubuo ng konklusyon tungkol sa pamamahala ng mga nasabing
pangulo
 Nakasusulat ng maikling sanaysay tungkol sa mga patakaran ng piling
pangulo at ang ambag nito sa pag-unlad ng lipunan at bansa
Week 7/ Naiuugnay ang mga suliranin, isyu at hamon ng kasarinlan noong
3rd Q panahon ng Ikatlong Republika sa kasalukuyan na nakakahadlang ng pag-
unlad ng bansa
Week 8/ Nakapagbibigay ng sariling pananaw tungkol samga pagtugon ng mga
3rd Q Pilipino sa patuloy na mga suliranin, isyu at hamon ng kasarinlan sa
kasalukuyan.
Nasusuri ang mga suliranin at hamon sa kasarinlan at pagkabansa ng
mga Pilipino sa ilalim ng Batas Militar
Week 1/  Naiisa-isa ang mga pangyayari na nagbigay-daan sa pagtatakda
4th Q ng Batas Militar
 Nakabubuo ng konklusyon ukol sa epekto ng Batas Militar sa
politika, pangkabuhayan at pamumuhay ng mga Pilipino
Week 2/ Natatalakay ang mga pangyayari sa bansa na nagbigay wakas sa
4th Q Diktaturang Marcos
Naiisa-isa ang mga karanasan ng mga piling taumbayan sa panahon
ng Batas Militar (Hal., Aquino Jr., Salonga, Lopez, Diokno, Lino
Brocka, Cervantes)
Natatalakay ang mga pagtutol sa Batas Militar na nagbigay daan sa
pagbuo ng samahan laban sa Diktaturang Marcos
Naiisa-isa ang mga pangyayari na nagbigay-daan sa pagbuo ng
“People Power 1”
Nabibigyang halaga ang kontribusyon ng “People Power 1” sa muling
24

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
pagkamit ng kalayaan at kasarinlan sa mapayapang paraan
Nasisiyasat ang mga programa ng pamahalaan sa pagtugon ng mga
hamon sa pagkabansa ng mga Pilipino mula 1986 hanggang sa
kasalukuyan
 Nasusuri ang mga patakaran at programa ng pamahalaan tungo
Week 3-
sa pag-unlad ng bansa
4/
 Naiisa-isa ang mga kontribosyon ng bawat pangulo na
4th Q
nakapagdulot ng kaulanran sa lipunan at sa bansa
 Nakasusulat ng maikling sanaysay tungkol sa mga patakaran ng
piling pangulo at ang ambag nito sa pag-unlad ng lipunan at
bansa
Natatalakay ang mga mungkahi tungo sa pagbabago sa ilang probisyon
ng Saligang Batas 1987
Week 4-
 Natatalakay ang mga karapatang tinatamasa ng mamayan ayon sa
5/
Saligang Batas ng 1987
4th Q
 Naiisa-isa ang mga kaakibat na tungkulin na binibigyang diin ng
Saligang Batas ng 1987
Nasusuri ang mga kontemporaryong isyu ng lipunan tungo sa pagtugon
sa mga hamon ng malaya at maunlad na bansa
Week 5-  Pampulitika (Hal., usaping pangteritoryo sa Philippine Sea,
6/ korupsyon, atbp)
4th Q  Pangkabuhayan (Hal., open trade, globalisasyon, atbp)
 Panlipunan (Hal., OFW, gender, drug at child abuse, atbp)
 Pangkapaligiran (climate change, atbp)
Week 7- Nabibigyang halaga ang bahaging ginagampanan ng bawat
8/ mamamayan sa pagtataguyod ng kaunlaran ng bansa sa malikhaing
4th Q paraan
 Naiuugnay ang kahalagahan ng pagtangkilik sa sariling
produkto sa pag-unlad at pagsulong ng bansa
 Naipaliliwanag ang kahalagahan ng pagpapabuti at
25

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
pagpapaunlad ng uri ng produkto o kalakal ng bansa sa pag-
unlad ng kabuhayan nito
 Naipakikita ang kaugnayan ng pagtitipid sa enerhiya sa pag-
unlad ng bansa
 Naipapaliwanag ang kahalagahan ng pangangalaga ng
kapaligiran
Week 9/ Naipapahayag ang saloobin na ang aktibong pakikilahok ay mahalagang
4th Q tungkulin ng bawat mamamayan tungo sa pag-unlad ng bansa
Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if Assessment

the (Grade 7 Araling Panlipunan) Learning develope available (provide a
Quarter/
Grading
resources r online) link if
Period available online)
Week 1/ Napapahalagahan ang ugnayan ng tao at kapaligiran sa paghubog ng
1st Q kabihasnang Asyano
Naipapaliwanag ang konsepto ng Asya tungo sa paghahating –heograpiko:
Silangang Asya, Timog-Silangang Asya, Timog-Asya, Kanlurang Asya, Hilagang
Asya at Hilaga/ Gitnang Asya
Week 2/ Nailalarawan ang mga katangian ng kapaligirang pisikal sa mga rehiyon ng Asya
1st Q katulad ng kinaroroonan, hugis, sukat, anyo, klima at “vegetation cover”
(tundra, taiga, grasslands, desert, tropical forest, mountain lands)
Week 5/ Nailalarawan ang mga yamang likas ng Asya
1st Q
Week 6/ Natataya ang mga implikasyon ng kapaligirang pisikal at yamang likas ng mga
1st Q rehiyon sa pamumuhay ng mga Asyano noon at ngayon sa larangan ng:
26

Quarter/
Grading
Agrikultura, Ekonomiya, Pananahanan, Kultura
Week 7/ Naipapahayag ang kahalagahan ng pangangalaga sa timbang na kalagayang
1st Q ekolohiko ng rehiyon
Week 8/ Napapahalagahan ang yamang tao ng Asya
1st Q
Week 9/ Nasusuri ang kaugnayan ng yamang-tao ng mga bansa ng Asya sa
1st Q pagpapaunlad ng kabuhayan at lipunan sa kasalukuyang panahon batay sa:
dami ng tao, komposisyon ayon sa gulang, inaasahang haba ng buhay,
kasarian,bilis ng paglaki ng populasyon, uri ng hanapbuhay, bilang ng may
hanapbuhay, kita ng bawat tao, bahagdan ng marunong bumasa at sumulat,
at migrasyon
Week 10 Nailalarawan ang komposisyong etniko ng mga rehiyon sa Asya
/ 1st Q
Week 1/ Napapahalagahan ang mga kaisipang Asyano, pilosopiya at relihiyon na
2nd Q nagbigay-daan sa paghubog ng sinaunang kabihasnang sa Asya at sa pagbuo ng
pagkakilanlang Asyano
Week 2/ Nabibigyang kahulugan ang konsepto ng kabihasnan at nailalahad ang mga
2nd Q katangian nito
Week 3/ Napaghahambing ang mga sinaunang kabihasnan sa Asya (Sumer, Indus, Tsina)
2nd Q
Week 4/ Napahahalagahan ang mga bagay at kaisipang pinagbatayan (sinocentrism,
2nd Q divine origin, devajara) sa pagkilala sa sinaunang kabihasnan
Week 6/ Nasusuri ang mga mahahalagang pangyayari mula sa sinaunang kabihasnan
2nd Q hanggang sa ika-16 na siglo sa : pamahalaan, kabuhayan, teknolohiya,
lipunan, edukasyon, paniniwala, pagpapahalaga, at sining at kultura
Natataya ang impluwensiya ng mga paniniwala sa kalagayang panlipunan,
sining at kultura ng mga Asyano
Nasusuri ang bahaging ginampanan ng mga pananaw, paniniwala at tradisyon
sa paghubog ng kasaysayan ng mga Asyano
Week 7/ Nasusuri ang mga kalagayang legal at tradisyon ng mga kababaihan sa iba’t
27

Quarter/
Grading
2nd Q ibang uri ng pamumuhay
Week 8/ Napapahalagahan ang bahaging ginampanan ng kababaihan sa pagtataguyod
2nd Q at pagpapanatili ng mga Asyanong pagpapahalaga.
Napapahalagahan ang mga kontribusyon ng mga sinaunang lipunan at
komunidad sa Asya
Week 1- Napapahalagahan ang pagtugon ng mga Asyano sa mga hamon ng pagbabago,
10/ pag-unlad at pagpapatuloy sa Timog at Kanlurang Asya sa Transisyonal at
3rd Q Makabagong Panahon (ika-16 hanggang ika-20 siglo)
Week 1/ Nasusuri ang mga dahilan at paraan ng kolonyalismo at imperyalismo ng mga
3rd Q Kanluranin sa unang yugto (ika-16 at ika-17 siglo) pagdating nila sa Timog at
Kanlurang Asya
Week 2/ Natataya ang mga epekto ng kolonyalismo sa Timog at Kanlurang Asya
3rd Q
Week 3/ Nabibigyang-halaga ang papel ng nasyonalismo sa pagbuo ng mga bansa sa
3rd Q Timog at Kanlurang Asya
Week 4/ Nasusuri ang mga salik at pangyayaring nagbigay daan sa pag-usbong at pag-
3rd Q unlad ng nasyonalismo
Week 5/ Nasusuri ang matinding epekto ng mga digmaang pandaidig sa pag-aangat ng
3rd Q mga malawakang kilusang nasyonalista ( hal: epekto ng Unang Digmaang
Pandaigdig sa pagtatag ng sistemang mandato sa Kanlurang Asya)
Week 6/ Nasusuri ang kaugnayan ng iba’t ibang ideolohiya (ideolohiya ng malayang
3rd Q demokrasya, sosyalismo at komunismo) sa mga malawakang kilusang
nasyonalista
Natataya ang epekto ng mga samahang kababaihan at ng mga kalagayang
panlipunan sa buhay ng kababaihan tungo sa pagkakapantay-pantay,
pagkakataong pang-ekonomiya at karapatang pampolitika
Week 7/ *Napahahalagahan ang bahaging ginampanan ng nasyonalismo sa pagbibigay
3rd Q wakas sa imperyalismo sa Timog at Kanlurang Asya
Week 8/ Natataya ang bahaging ginampanan ng relihiyon sa iba’t ibang aspekto ng
3rd Q pamumuhay
28

Quarter/
Grading
Week 9/ Nasusuri ang mga anyo at tugon sa neokolonyalismo sa Timog at Kanlurang
3rd Q Asya
Week Napapahalagahan ang mga kontribusyon ng Timog at Kanlurang Asya sa
10/3rd Q larangan ng sining, humanidades at palakasan
Week 1- Napapahalagahan ang pagtugon ng mga Asyano sa mga hamon ng
10/ pagbabago, pag-unlad at pagpapatuloy ng Silangan at Timog-Silangang Asya
4th Q sa Transisyonal at Makabagong Panahon ika-16 hanggang ika-20 Siglo)
Nasusuri ang mga dahilan, paraan at epekto ng pagpasok ng mga Kanlurang
Week 1/
bansa hanggang sa pagtatag ng kanilang mga kolonya o kapangyarihan sa
4th Q
Silangan at Timog-Silangang Asya
Week 2/ Natataya ang mga epekto ng kolonyalismo sa Silangan at Timog-Silangang
4th Q Asya
Nabibigyang-halaga ang papel ng nasyonalismo sa pagbuo ng mga bansa sa
Week 3/ Silangan at Timog-Silangang Asya
4th Q Nasusuri ang mga salik at pangyayaring nagbigay –daan sa pag-usbong at
pag-unlad ng nasyonalismo sa Silangan at Timog Silangang Asya

Quarter/
Grading
Week 5/ Nasusuri ang matinding epekto ng mga digmaang pandaidig sa pag-aangat
4th Q ng mga malawakang kilusang nasyonalista ( hal: epekto ng Unang Digmaang
Pandaigdig sa pagtatag ng sistemang mandato sa Silangan at Timog-
Silangang Asya )
Nasusuri ang kaugnayan sa iba’t ibang ideolohiya (ideolohiya ng malayang
demokrasya, sosyalismo at komunismo) sa mga malawakang kilusang
nasyonalista
Nasusuri ang epekto ng mga samahang kababaihan at ng mga kalagayang
panlipunan sa buhay ng kababaihan tungo sa pagkakapantay-pantay,
29

Quarter/
Grading
pagkakataong pang-ekonomiya at karapatang pampolitika
Week 7/ *Napahahalagahan ang bahaging ginampanan ng nasyonalismo sa
4th Q pagbibigay wakas sa imperyalismo sa Timog at Kanlurang Asya
Week 8/ Natataya ang bahaging ginampanan ng relihiyon sa iba’t ibang aspekto ng
4th Q pamumuhay
Week 9/ Nasusuri ang mga anyo at tugon sa neokolonyalismo sa Silangan at Timog-
4th Q Silangang Asya
Week Napapahalagahan ang mga kontribusyon ng Silangan at Timog-Silangang Asya
10/ sa larangan ng sining, humanidades at palakasan
4th Q

30

/ available
Grading
Period
Week 1- Nasusuri ang katangiang pisikal ng daigdig
2/ 1st Q
Week 3/ Napahahalagahan ang natatanging kultura ng mga rehiyon, bansa at
1st Q mamamayan sa daigdig (lahi, pangkat- etnolingguwistiko, at relihiyon sa
daigdig)
Week 4- Nasusuri ang yugto ng pag-unlad ng kultura sa panahong prehistoriko
5/1st Q
Week 6- Naiuugnay ang heograpiya sa pagbuo at pag-unlad ng mga sinaunang
7/1st Q kabihasnan sa daigdig
Week 7/ *Nasusuri ang mga sinaunang kabihasnan ng Egypt, Mesopotamia, India
1st Q at China batay sa politika, ekonomiya, kultura, relihiyon, paniniwala at
lipunan
Week 8- Napahahalagahan ang mga kontribusyon ng mga sinaunang kabihasnan
9/1st Q sa daigdig
Week Nasusuri ang katangiang pisikal ng daigdig
10/1st Q
Week 1/ Nasusuri ang kabihasnang Minoan at Mycenean
2nd Q
Week 1- Nasusuri ang kabihasnang klasiko ng Greece.
2/2nd Q
Week 3/ Naipapaliwanag ang mahahalagang pangyayari sa kabihasnang klasiko ng
2nd Q Rome (mula sa sinaunang Rome hanggang sa tugatog at pagbagsak ng
Imperyong Romano)
Week 4- *Nasusuri ang pag-usbong at pag-unlad ng mga Klasiko na Lipunan sa:
5/  Africa – Songhai, Mali, atbp.
nd
2 Q  America – Aztec, Maya, Olmec, Inca, atbp.
 Mga Pulo sa Pacific – Nazca (?)
Week 6/ Naipapahayag ang pagpapahalaga sa mga kontribusyon ng kabihasnang
2nd Q klasiko sa pag-unlad ng pandaigdigang kamalayan
31

/ available
Grading
Period
Nasusuri ang mga pangyayaring nagbigay-daan sa Pag-usbong ng
Europa sa Gitnang Panahon
Week 7/ Nasusuri ang mga dahilan at bunga ng paglakas ng Simbahang Katoliko
2nd Q bilang isang institusyon sa Gitnang Panahon
Nasusuri ang mga kaganapang nagbigay-daan sa pagkakabuo ng “Holy
Roman Empire”
Week 8/ Naipapaliwanag ang mga dahilan at bunga ng mga Krusada sa Gitnang
2nd Q Panahon
Week 9/ Nasusuri ang buhay sa Europa noong Gitnang Panahon: Manoryalismo,
2nd Q Piyudalismo, at ang pag-usbong ng mga bagong bayan at lungsod
Week Natataya ang epekto at kontribusyon ng ilang mahahalagang pangyayari
10/ sa Europa sa pagpapalaganap ng pandaigdigang kamalayan.
2nd Q
Week 1- *Nasusuri ang pag-usbong ng bourgeoisie, merkantilismo, National
2/ monarchy, Renaissance, Simbahang Katoliko at Repormasyon at Kontra-
rd
3 Q Repormasyon
Week 3- *Nasusuri ang mga sumusunod na yugto sa kasaysayan ng Europa:
4/3rd Q Panahon ng Pagtuklas at Paglalakbay, Kolonyalismo at Imperyalismo
Week 5/ *Nasusuri ang kaganapan at epekto ng Rebolusyong Siyentipiko,
3rd Q Enlightenment at Industriyal.
Week 6/ Naipaliliwanag ang Ikalawang Yugto ng Kolonyalismo at Imperyalismo
3rd Q
Week 7/ Nasusuri ang mga dahilan at epekto ng ikalawang Yugto ng
3rd Q Imperyalismo at Kolonisasyon.
Week 8/ *Naipapaliwanag ang kaugnayan ng Rebolusyong Pangkaisipan sa
3rd Q Rebolusyong Amerikano at Pranses.
Week 9/ *Nasusuri ang mga dahilan at epekto ng Rebolusyong Amerikano at
3rd Q Pranses
32

/ available
Grading
Period
Week Naipapahayag ang pagpapahalaga sa pag-usbong ng Nasyonalismo sa
rd
10/3 Q Europa at iba’t ibang bahagi ng daigdig.
Week 1- Nasusuri ang mga dahilan, mahahalagang pangyayaring naganap at
3/4th Q bunga ng Unang Digmaang Pandaigdig
Week 4- Nasusuri ang mga dahilan, mahahalagang pangyayaring naganap at
6/4th Q bunga ng Ikalawang Digmaang Pandaidig.
Week 7/ Natataya ang pagsisikap ng mga bansa na makamit ang kapayapaang
4th Q pandaigdig at kaunlaran.
Week 8/ Nasusuri ang mga ideolohiyang politikal at ekonomiko sa hamon ng
4th Q estabilisadong institusyon ng lipunan.
Week 9/ Natataya ang epekto ng mga ideolohiya, ng Cold War at ng Neo-
4th Q kolonyalismo sa iba’t ibang bahagi ng daigdig.
Week Nasusuri ang bahaging ginampanan ng mga pandaidigang organisasyon
10/ sa pagsusulong ng pandaigdigang kapayapaan, pagkakaisa,
th
4 Q pagtutulungan, at kaunlaran.

33

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ Nailalapat ang kahulugan ng ekonomiks sa pang-araw- araw na
pamumuhay bilang isang mag-aaral, at kasapi ng pamilya at lipunan
1st Q
Natataya ang kahalagahan ng ekonomiks sa pang-araw- araw na
pamumuhay ng bawat pamilya at ng lipunan
Week 2/ Nasusuri ang kaibahan ng kagustuhan (wants) sa pangangailangan (needs)
1st Q bilang batayan sa pagbuo ng matalinong desisyon
Napahahalagahan ang paggawa ng tamang desisyon upang matugunan
ang pangangailangan
Week 3/ Nasusuri ang mekanismo ng alokasyon sa iba’t-ibang sistemang pang-
1st Q ekonomiya bilang sagot sa kakapusan
Week 4 / Naipaliliwanag ang konsepto ng pagkonsumo
1st Q
Week 5/ Nasusuri ang mga salik na nakakaapekto sa pagkonsumo.
1st Q
Week 6/ Naipamamalas ang talino sa pagkonsumo sa pamamagitan ng paggamit
1st Q ng pamantayan sa pamimili
Week 7/ Naipagtatanggol ang mga karapatan at nagagampanan ang mga
1st Q tungkulin bilang isang mamimili
Week 8/ Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng produksyon
1st Q Napahahalagahan ang mga salik ng produksyon at ang implikasyon nito sa
pang- araw- araw na pamumuhay
Week 1/ Nailalapat ang kahulugan ng demand sa pang araw-araw na pamumuhay
ng bawat pamilya
2nd Q
Week 2/ Nasusuri ang mga salik na nakaaapekto sa demand
2nd Q
Week 3/ Nailalapat ang kahulugan ng suplay batay sa pang-araw-araw na
2nd Q pamumuhay ng bawat pamilya
Week 4/ Nasusuri ang mga salik na nakaaapekto sa suplay
2nd Q
Week 5/ Naipapaliwanag ang interaksyon ng demand at suplay sa kalagayan ng
2nd Q presyo at ng pamilihan
34

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 6/ Napapaliwanag ang kahulugan ng pamilihan
2nd Q
Week 7/ Nasusuri ang iba’t ibang istraktura ng pamilihan
2nd Q
Week 8/ Napangangatwiranan ang kinakailangang pakikialam at regulasyon ng
2nd Q pamahalaan sa mga gawaing pangkabuhayan sa iba’t ibang istraktura ng
pamilihan upang matugunan ang pangangailangan ng mga mamamayan
Week 1/ Nailalalarawan ang paikot na daloy ng ekonomiya
3rd Q Natataya ang bahaging ginagampanan ng mga bumubuo sa paikot na
daloy ng ekonomiya
Week 2/ Nakikilala ang mga pamamaraan sa pagsukat ng pambansang produkto
3rd Q Nasusuri ang kahalagahan ng pagsukat ng pambansang kita sa
ekonomiya
Week 3/ Nasusuri ang katuturan ng consumption at savings sa pag-iimpok
3rd Q
Week 4- Nasusuri ang konsepto at palatandaan ng implasyon
5/ Natataya ang mga dahilan sa pagkaroon ng implasyon
rd
3 Q Nasusuri ang iba’t ibang epekto ng implasyon
Napapahalagahan ang mga paraan ng paglutas ng implasyon
Week 6/ Naipaliliwanag ang layunin ng patakarang piskal
3rd Q Nasusuri ang badyet at ang kalakaran ng paggasta ng pamahalaan
Week 7/ Naiuuugnay ang mga epekto ng patakarang piskal sa katatagan ng
3rd Q pambansang ekonomiya
Naipaliliwanag ang layunin ng patakarang pananalapi
Week 8/ Naipahahayag ang kahalagahan ng pag-iimpok at pamumuhunan bilang
3rd Q isang salik ng ekonomiya
Natataya ang bumubuo ng sektor ng pananalapi
35

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Nakapagbibigay ng sariling pakahulugan sa pambansang kaunlaran
Nasisiyasat ang mga palatandaan ng pambansang kaunlaran
Week 1-
Natutukoy ang iba’t ibang gampanin ngmamamayang Pilipino upang
2/
makatulong sa pambansang kaunlaran
4th Q
Napahahalagahan ang sama-samang pagkilos ng mamamayang Pilipino
para sa pambansang kaunlaran
Nasusuri ang bahaging ginagampanan ng agrikultura, pangingisda, at
paggugubat sa ekonomiya at sa bansa
Week 3- Nasusuri ang mga dahilan at epekto ng suliranin ng sektor ng agrikultura,
4/ pangingisda, at paggugubat sa bawat Pilipino
4th Q Nabibigyang-halaga ang mga patakarang pang- ekonomiya nakatutulong
sa sektor ng agrikultura (industriya ng agrikultura, pangingisda, at
paggugubat)
Nasusuri ang bahaging ginagampanan ng sektor ng industriya, tulad ng
Week 5/ pagmimina, tungo sa isang masiglang ekonomiya
4th Q Nabibigyang-halaga ang mga patakarang pang- ekonomiyang
nakatutulong sa sektor ng industriya
Nasusuri ang bahaging ginagampanan ng sektor ng paglilingkod
Week 6/
Napapahalagahan ang mga patakarang pang-ekonomiya na nakakatulong
4th Q
sa sektor ng paglilingkod
Nakapagbibigay ng sariling pakahulugan sa konsepto ng impormal na
Week 7/ sektor
4th Q Nasusuri ang mga dahilan ng pagkakaroon ng impormal na sektor
Natataya ang mga epekto ng impormal na sektor ng ekonomiya
Nasusuri ang ugnayan ng Pilipinas para sa kalakalang panlabas nito sa mga
Week 8/ samahan tulad ng World Trade Organization at Asia-Pacific Economic
4th Q Cooperation tungo sa patas na kapakinabangan ng mga mamamayan ng
daigdig
36

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Napahahalagahan ang kontribusyon ng kalakalang panlabas sa pag-unlad
Week 9/ ekonomiya ng bansa
4th Q Nasusuri ang mga patakarang pang-ekonomiya na nakakatulong sa
patakarang panlabas ng bansa sa buhay ng nakararaming Pilipino

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ Naipaliliwanag ang konsepto ng Konteporaryong Isyu
1st Q Nasusuri ang kahalagahan ng pagiging mulat sa mga kontemporaryong
isyu sa lipunan at daigdig
Week 2/ Natatalakay ang kasalukuyang kalagayang pangkapaligiran ng Pilipinas
1st Q Natataya ang kalagayang pangkapaligiran ng Pilipinas batay sa epekto at
pagtugon sa mga hamong pangkapaligiran
Week 3/ Nakabubuo ng konklusyon sa angkop na approach sa pagharap sa
1st Q suliraning pangkapaligiran
Week 4 / Naipaliliwanag ang mga hakbang sa pagsasagawa ng CBDRRM Plan
1st Q
Week 5/ Natutukoy ang mga paghahandang nararapat gawin sa harap ng
1st Q panganib na dulot ng mga suliraning pangkapaligiran
Week 6- Naisasagawa ang mga hakbang ng CBDRRM Plan
7/1st Q
Week 8/ Napahahalagahan ang pagkakaroon ng disiplina at kooperasyon sa
1st Q pagharap sa mga panganib na dulot ng mga suliraning pangkapaligiran
37

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 9/ Nasusuri ang kahalagahan ng Community-Based Disaster Risk Reduction
1st Q and Management Approach sa pagtugon sa mga hamon at suliraning
pangkapaligiran
Naipaliliwanag ang konsepto ng Konteporaryong Isyu
Week 1/ Nasusuri ang konsepto at dimensyon ng globalisasyon bilang isa sa mga
isyung panlipunan
2nd Q Naiuugnay ang iba’t ibang perspektibo at pananaw ng globalisasyon bilang
suliraning panlipunan
Week 2- Nasusuri ang implikasyon ng globalisasyon sa lipunan
3/2nd Q
Week 4/ Naipaliliwanag ang mga dahilan ng pagkakaroon ng ibat ibang suliranin sa
2nd Q paggawa
Week 5- Natataya ang implikasyon ng iba ’t ibang suliranin sa paggawa sa
6/2nd Q pamumuhay at sa pag -unlad ng ekonomiya ng bansa
Week 7/ Nakabubuo ng mga mungkahi upang malutas ang ibat ibang suliranin sa
2nd Q paggawa
Week 8/ Naipapaliwanag ang konsepto at dahilan ng migrasyon dulot ng
2nd Q globalisasyon
Week 9/ Naipaliliwanag ang epekto ng migrasyon sa aspektong panlipunan,
2nd Q pampolitika at pangkabuhayan
Week 1/ Nasusuri ang mga uri ng kasarian (gender) at sex
3rd Q
Week 2- Nasusuri ang gender roles sa iba’t ibang bahagi ng daigdig
3/3rd Q
Week 4/ Natutukoy ang diskriminasyon sa kababaihan, kalalakihan at LGBT
3rd Q (Lesbian , Gay , Bi – sexual , Transgender)
Week 5- Nasusuri ang karahasan sa kababaihan, kalalakihan at LGBT
6/3rd Q
Week 7- Napahahalagahan ang tugon ng pamahalaang Pilipinas sa mga isyu ng
8/3rd Q karahasan at diskriminasyon
Week 9/ Nakagagawa ng malikhaing hakbang na nagsusulong ng pagtanggap at
38

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
3rd Q paggalang sa kasarian na nagtataguyod ng pagkakapantay-pantay ng tao
bilang kasapi ng pamayanan
Week 1/ Naipaliliwanag ang mga katangian na dapat taglayin ng isang aktibong

4th Q mamamayan na nakikilahok sa mga gawain at usaping pansibiko
Week 2- Nasusuri ang mga pagbabago sa konsepto ng pagkamamamayan
3/
4th Q
Week 4/ Nasusuri ang bahaging ginagampanan ng mga karapatang pantao upang
4th Q matugunan ang iba’t ibang isyu at hamong panlipunan
Week 5/ Napahahalagahan ang aktibong pakikilahok ng mamamayan batay sa
4th Q kanilang taglay na mga karapatang pantao
Week 6- Natatalakay ang mga epekto ng pakikilahok ng mamamayan sa mga
7/ gawaing pansibiko sa kabuhayan, politika, at lipunan
4th Q
Week 8/ Napahahalagahan ang papel ng mamamayan sa pamamahala ng isang
4th Q komunidad
Week 9/ Nasusuri ang mga elemento ng isang mabuting pamahalaan
4th Q

39
GRADE 4 Edukasyong Pantahanan at Pangkabuhayan
Week of the Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if Assessment

Quarter/ Grading (Grade 4 Edukasyong Pantahanan at Pangkabuhayan) Learning resources developer available (provide a
Period available online) link if online)
2 Weeks naipaliliwanag ang kahulugan at kahalagahan ng “entrepreneurship”
Entrepreneurshi natatalakay ang mga katangian ng isang entrepreneur
natutukoy ang mga naging matagumpay na entrepreneur sa pamayanan,
p and ICT bansa, at sa ibang bansa
natatalakay ang iba’t-ibang uri ng negosyo
2 Weeks naipaliliwanag ang mga panuntunan sa paggamit ng computer, Internet, at email
Entrepreneurshi natatalakay ang mga panganib na dulot ng mga di-kanais-nais na mga software
(virus at malware), mga nilalaman, at mga pag-asal sa Internet
p and ICT nagagamit ang computer, Internet, at email sa ligtas at responsableng
pamamaraan
naipaliliwanag ang kaalaman sa paggamit ng computer at Internet bilang
mapagkukunan ng iba’t ibang uri ng impormasyon
1 Week nagagamit ang computer file system
Entrepreneurshi nagagamit ang web browser at ang basic features ng isang search engine sa
pangangalap ng impormasyon
p and ICT nagagamit ang mga website sa pangangalap ng impormasyon
nakokopya o nada-download sa computer ang nakalap na impormasyon mula sa
Internet
1 Week nakagagawa ng table at tsart gamit ang word processing
Entrepreneurshi nakagagawa ng table at tsart gamit ang electronic spreadsheet tool
p and ICT nakakapag-sort at filter ng impormasyon gamit ang electronic spreadsheet tool
1 Week nakapagpapadala ng sariling email
Entrepreneurshi nakasasagot sa email ng iba
p and ICT nakapagpapadala ng email na may kalakip na dokumento o iba pang media file
2 Weeks nakaguguhit gamit ang drawing tool o graphics software
Entrepreneurshi nakakapag-edit ng photo gamit ang basic photo editing tool
nakagagawa ng dokumento na may picture gamit ang word processing
p and ICT toolodesktop publishing tool
1 Week naisasagawa ang mga kasanayan at kaalaman sa pagtatanim ng halamang
ornamental bilang isang pagkakakitaang Gawain
40

Agriculture naisasagawa ang mga kasanayan at kaalaman sa pagtatanim ng halamang
ornamental bilang isang pagkakakitaang Gawain
1 Week nakapagsasagawa ng survey upang matukoy ang mga sumusunod:
Agriculture 1.4.1 mga halamang ornamental ayon saikagaganda ng tahanan, gusto ng
mamimili, panahon,pangangailangan at kita ng mga nagtatanim
1.4.2 pagbabago sa kalakaran sa pagpapatubo ng halamang ornamental (hal:
“intercropping” ng halamang gulay sa halamanang ornamental, atbp)
1.4.3 Disenyo o planong pagtatanim ng pinagsamang halamang ornamental at
iba pang mga halamang angkop dito
1.4.4 pagkukunan ng mga halaman at iba pang kailangan sa halamang
ornamental
1.4.5 paraan ng pagtatanim atpagpapatubo
1 Week naipakikita ang wastong pamamaraan sa pagpapatubo/ pagtatanim ng halamang
Agriculture ornamental
1.4.1 pagpili ng itatanim.
1.4.2 paggawa/ paghahanda ng taniman.
1.4.3 paghahanda ng mga itatanim o patutubuin at itatanim
1.4.8 pagtatanim ayon sa wastong pamamaraan
1 Week naipaliliwanag ang ilang paraan ng pagpaparami ng halaman tulad ng pagtatanim
Agriculture sa lata at layering/ marcotting
naisasagawa ang masistemang pangangalaga ng tanim
1.8.1 pagdidilig, pagbubungkal ng lupa, paglalagay ng abono, paggawa ng
abonong organiko atbp
1 Week natutuos ang puhunan, gastos, kita at maiimpok
Agriculture nakagagawa ng plano ng patuloy na pagpapatubo ng halamang ornamental bilang
pagkakakitaang Gawain
1 Week
natatalakay ang kabutihang dulot ng pag-aalaga ng hayop sa tahanan
Agriculture
1 Week natutukoy ang mga hayop na maaaring alagaan sa tahanan.
Agriculture Hal. dagang costa, love birds, kalapati, isda, atbp.
1 Week naiisa-isa ang wastong pamamaraan sa pag - aalaga ng hayop
Agriculture 2.1.1 pagsasagawa nang maayos na pag-aalaga ng hayop
2.1.2 pagbibigay ng wastong lugar o tirahan
2.1.3 pagpapakain at paglilinis ng tirahan
pagtatala ng pagbabago/pag-unlad/pagbisita sa beterinaryo
1 Week nakagagawa ng plano ng pagpaparami ng alaga upang kumita
2.1.4 napipili ang pararamihing hayop
41

Agriculture 2.1.5 nakagagawa ng talatakdaan ng mga gawain upang makapagparami ng hayop
2.4.3 nakagagawa ng iskedyul ng pag-aalaga ng hayop
Naisasa alang alang ang mga kautusan/batas tungkol sa pangngalaga ng
pararamihing hayop
naitatala ang mga pag-iingat na dapat gawin kung mag-aalaga ng hayop
1 Week 1.1. naisasaugali ang mga tungkulin sa sarili upang maging maayos
Home Economics 1.1.1. nasasabi ang mga kagamitan sa paglilinis at pag-aayos ng sarili
1.1.2. naipakikita ang wastong paraan ng paggamit ng mga ito
1.1.3. naipakikita ang wastong pamamaraan ng paglilinis at pag-aayos
1.1.4. nasusunod ang iskedyul ng paglilinis at pag-aayos sa sarili
1 Week 1.2. napangangalagaan ang sariling kasuotan.
Home Economics 1.2.1. naiisa-isa ang mga paraan ng pagpapanatiling malinis ng kasuotan(hal.,
mag-ingat sa pag upo, pagsuot ng tamang kasuotan sa paglalaro, atbp)
1.2.2. nasasabi ang gamit ng mga kagamitan sa pananahi sa kamay
1.2.3. naisasaayos ang payak na sira ng kasuotan sa pamamagitan ng
pananahi sa kamay (hal. pagkabit ng butones)
1.2.4. Naitatabi ng maayos ang mga kasuotan batay sa kanilang gamit.
(hal.,pormal na kasuotan at pangespesyal na okasyon)
1.3. napapanatiling maayos ang sariling tindig
1.3.1. naipakikita ang maayos na pag-upo at paglakad
1 Week 1.4. naipakikita ang mabuting pag-uugali bilang kasapi ng mag-anak
Home Economics 1.5. nakatutulong sa pag-aalaga sa matatanda at iba pang kasapi ng pamilya
1.5.1. naiisa-isa ang mga gawin namakatutulong sa pangangalaga sa iba pang
kasapi ng pamilya hal. pagdudulot ng pagkain, pag-abot ng kailangang
kagamitan, pagkukwento at pakikinig
naisasagawa ang pagtulong nang may pag-iingat at paggalang
1 Week 1.6. nakatutulong sa pagtanggap ng bisita sa bahay tulad ng:
Home Economics 1.6.1. pagpapaupo, pagdudulot ng makakain, tubig, atbp)
1.6.2. pagsasagawa nang wastong pag-iingat sa pagtanggap ng bisita. (hal.,
hindi pagpapasok kung di kakilala ang tao).
1.6.3. pagpapakilala sa ibang kasapi ng pamilya
2 Weeks naisasagawa ang wastong paraan ng paglilinis ng bahay at bakuran
Home naisasagawa ang wastong paghihiwalay ng basura sa bahay
Economics 1.7. nakasusunod sa mga tuntuning
1. pangkaligtasan at pangkalusugan
2. paglilinis ng bahay at bakuran
nasusunod ang mga gawaing nakatakda sa sarili sa mga gawaing bahay
42

naisasagawa ang mgagawaing bahay nang kusang loob at may kasiyahan
2 Weeks 1.8. nakatutulong sa paghahanda ng masustansiyang pagkain.
Home Economics 1.8.1. napapangkat ang mga pagkain ayon sa Go, Grow, Glow food
1.8.2. nasusuri ang sustansiyang taglay ng mga pagkain sa almusal gamit ang
“food pyramid guide “ at ang pangkat ng pagkain
1.8.3. nakagagawa ng plano ng ilulutong pagkain
nakapagluluto at nakapaghahanda ng pagkain
1.9. naipakikita ang wastong paraan ng paggamit ng kubyertos (kutsara at tinidor).
mganasusunod ang tamang panuntunan sa pagkain angkop sa kultura
naisasagawa nang may sistema ang pagliligpit at paghuhugas ng pinagkainan
1 Week 1.1 Natatalakay ang mga kaalaman at kasanayan sa pagsusukat
Industrial Arts 1.1.1 nakikilala ang mga kagamitan sa
pagsusukat
1.1.2 nagagamit ang dalawang sistemang panukat (English at metric)
1.1.3 naisasalin ang sistemang panukat na Englishsa metric at metric sa English
1 Week naisasagawa ang pagleletra, pagbuo ng linya at pagguhit.
Industrial Arts 1.1.4 natutukoy ang mga uri ng letra
1.1.5 nabubuo ang ibat-ibang linya at guhit
1.1.6 nagagamit ang “alphabets of line” sa pagbuo ng linya, guhit, at pagleletra
1 Week natatalakay ang kahalagahan ng kaalaman at kasanayan sa "basic sketching"
Industrial Arts shading at outlining
2.1.1 natutukoy ang ilang produkto na ginagamitan ng basic sketching
shading at outlining.
2.1.2 natutukoy ang ilang tao/negosyo sa pamayanan na ang pinagkaka-
kitaan ang basic sketching shading at outlining
1 Week naisasagawa ang wastong pamamaraan ng basicsketching, shading atoutlining
Industrial Arts 2.1.1 natutukoy ang pamamaraan ng basic sketching, shading at
outlining
2.1.2 naiisa-isa ang mga kagamitan sa basic sketching, shading,outlining
ang wastong paggamit ng mga ito
1 Week nakapagsasaliksik ng wastong pamamaraan ng basic sketching, shading at
Industrial Arts outlining gamit ang teknolohiya at aklatan
naipakikita ang wastong paraan sa basic sketching, shading, at outlining
1 Week 2.2 nakagagawa ng sariling disenyo sa pagbuo o pagbabago ng produktong gawa
Industrial Arts sa kahoy, ceramics, karton, o lata (o mga materyales na nakukuha sa
pamayanan)
2.2.1 nasusunod ang mga panuntunang pangkaligtasan at pangkalusugan sa
43

paggawa
2.2.2 nakikilala ang mga materyales na maaaring iresakel sa pagbuo ng
naidesenyong proyekto
nasusuri ang nabuong proyekto batay sa sariling puna at ng iba gamit ang rubrics
1 Week 2.3 naibebenta ang nagawang proyekto
Industrial Arts 2.3.1 natutuos ang presyo ng nabuong proyekto
2.3.2 nakapagsasaliksikng mga lugar na pagbibilhan ng produkto
1 Week 2.5 naipakikita ang mga gawi na dapat o di-dapat isaugali upang makatulong sa
Industrial Arts patuloy na pag-unlad
GRADE 5 Edukasyong Pantahanan at Pangkabuhayan

Quarter/ Grading (Grade 5 Edukasyong Pantahanan at Pangkabuhayan) Learning developer available (provide a
Period
resources online) link if
available online)
2 WEEKS 1.1 natutukoy ang mga oportunidad na maaaring mapagkakitaan (products and
Entrepreneurshi services) sa tahanan at pamayanan
1.1.1 spotting opportunities for products and services
p and ICT naipaliliwanag ang kahulugan at pagkakaiba ng produkto at serbisyo
natutukoy ang mga taong nangangailangan ng angkop na produkto at serbisyo
natutukoy ang mga negosyong maaaring pagkakitaan sa tahanan at pamayanan
nakapagbebenta ng natatanging paninda
2 WEEKS naipapaliwanag ang mga panuntunan sa pagmamahagi ng mga dokumento at
Entrepreneurshi media file
nakapamamahagi ng mga dokumento at media file sa ligtas at responsableng
p and ICT pamamaraan
naipaliliwanag ang mga panuntunan sa pagsali sa discussion forum at chat
nakasasali sa discussion forum at chat sa ligtas at responsableng pamamaraan
1 WEEK nagagamit ang advanced features ng isang search engine sa pangangalap ng
Entrepreneurshi impormasyon
natutukoy ang angkop na search engine sa pangangalap ng impormasyon
p and ICT natitiyak ang kalidad ng impormasyong nakalap at ng mga website na
44

Period
available online)
pinanggalingan nito
nakakapag-bookmark ng mga website
naisasaayos ang mga bookmarks
2 WEEKS nakagagawa ng diagram ng isang proseso gamit ang word processing tool
Entrepreneurshi nakagagamit ng mga basic function at formula sa electronic spreadsheet upang
malagom ang datos
p and ICT nakasusunod sa usapan sa online discussion forum at chat
nakakapag-post ng sariling mensahe sa discussion forumat chat
nakakapagsimula ng bagong discussion thread o nakakabuo ng sariling discussion
group
nagagamit ang word processing tool o desktop publishing toolsa paggawa ng flyer,
brochure, banner, o poster na may kasamang nalagom na datosatdiagram, table,
tsart, photo, o drawing
nagagamit ang mga basic features ng slide presentation tool sa pagbuo ng
anunsiyo na may kasamang teksto, diagram, table, tsart, photo, o drawing
1 WEEK nakagagawa ng abonong organiko
Agriculture 1.4.1 natatalakay ang kahalagahan at pamamaraan sa paggawa ng abonong
organiko
1.4.2 nasusunod ang mga pamamaraan at pag-iingat sa paggawa ng abonong
organiko
1 WEEK naisasagawa ang masistemang pangangalaga ng tanim na mga gulay
Agriculture 1.5.1 pagdidilig
1.5.2 pagbubungkal
1.5.3 paglalagay ng abonong organiko
naisasagawa ang masistemang pagsugpo ng peste at kulisap ng mga halaman
1.6.1 intercropping
1.6.2 paggawa ng organikong pangsugpo ng peste at kulisap
1 WEEK naipakikita ang masistemang pag-aani ng tanim
Agriculture 1.1.1 natatalakay ang mga palatandaan ng tanim na maaari nang anihin.
nnaipakikita ang wastong paraan ng pag-aani
45

Period
available online)
2 WEEKS nagagamit ang talaan sa pagsasagawa ang wastong pagsasa-pamilihan ng inaning
Agriculture gulay; nakagagawa ng plano ng pagsasapamilihan ng ani.
1.1.2 pagpapakete
1.1.3 pagtatakda ng presyo
1.1.4 pagsasaayos ng paninda
1.1.5 paraan ng pagtitinda
1.1.6 pag-akit sa mamimili
1.1.7 pagtatala ng puhunan, gastos, kita, at maiimpok
2 WEEKS naipaliliwanag ang kabutihang dulot ng pag-aalaga ng hayop na may dalawang paa at
Agriculture pakpak o isda
nakapagsasaliksik ng mga katangian,uri, pangangailangan, pamamaraan ng pag-aalaga
at pagkukunan ng mga hayop na maaaring alagaan, at mga karanasan ng mga taong
nag-aalaga ng hayop o isda
natutukoy ang mga hayop na maaring alagaan gaya ng manok, pato, itik, pugo/
tilapia
nakagagawa ng talaan ng mga kagamitan at kasangkapan na dapat ihanda upang
makapagsimula sa pag-aalaga ng hayop o isda
1 WEEK naisasakatuparan ang ginawang plano.
Agriculture 1.1.8 naipakikitaang wastong pamamaraan sa pag-aalaga ng hayop na napiling
alagaan
1.1.9 nasusunod ang mga tuntuning pangkaligtasan atpangkalusugan sa pag-aalaga
1.1.10 nasusubaybayan ang paglaki ng mga alagang hayop/isda gamit ang isang
talaan
1.1.11 nakagagawa ng balak ng pagpaparami ng alagang hayop
1 WEEK naisasapamilihan ang inalagaang hayop/isda
Agriculture naipaliliwanag ang palatandaan ng alagang maaari nang ipagbili
nakagagawa ng istratehiya sa pag-sasapamilihan, hal., pagbebenta sa palengke o sa
pamamagitan ng online selling
natutuos ang puhunan, gastos, at kita
1 WEEK naipaliliwanag ang mga pagbabagongpisikal na nagaganap sa sarili sa panahon ng
Home pagdadalaga at pagbibinata
natutukoy ang mga pag-babagong pisikal sa sarili tulad ngpagkakaroon ng tagiyawat,
Economics pagtubo ng buhok sa iba’t-ibang bahagi ng katawan, at labis na pagpapawis
natatalakay ang mga paraang dapat isagawa sa panahon ng pagbabagong pisikal
(paliligo at paglilinis ng katawan
naipakikita ang kamalayansa pang-unawa sa pagbabago ng sarili at sa pag-iwas sa
panunukso
46

Period
available online)
1.1.2 pagpapakete
tilapia
alagaan
talaan
panunukso
47

Period
available online)
1.1.2 pagpapakete
tilapia
alagaan
talaan
panunukso
48

Period
available online)
1.1.2 pagpapakete
tilapia
alagaan
talaan
panunukso
49

Period
available online)
1.1.2 pagpapakete
tilapia
alagaan
talaan
panunukso
50

Period
available online)
1.1.2 pagpapakete
tilapia
alagaan
talaan
panunukso
51

Period
available online)
1.1.2 pagpapakete
tilapia
alagaan
talaan
panunukso
52

Period
available online)
1.1.2 pagpapakete
tilapia
alagaan
talaan
panunukso
53

Period
available online)
1.1.2 pagpapakete
tilapia
alagaan
talaan
panunukso
54

Period
available online)
1 WEEK naisasagawa ang pagpaplano at pagluluto ng masustansiyang pagkain (almusal,
Home tanghalian, at hapunan) ayon sa badyet ng pamilya
natutukoy ang mga salik sa pagpaplano ng pagkain ng pamilya badyet, bilang ng
Economics kasapi, gulang, atbp
naitatala ang mga sangkap na gagamitin sa pagluluto ayon sa napiling resipe
naisasagawa ang pamamalengke ng mga sangkap sa pagluluto

naipakikita ang husay sa pagpili ng sariwa, mura at masustansyang sangkap
naisasaalang-alang ang mga sangkap na makikita sa paligid
nakapagkukwenta nang mahusay sa pamamalengke
1 WEEK naisasagawa ang pagluluto
Home naihahanda ang mga sangkap sa pagluluto
nasusunod ang mga tuntuning pangkalusugan at pangkaligtasan sa paghahanda at
Economics pagluluto ng pagkain
di paggamit ng mga sangkap na may food artificial additives
naihahanda nang kaakit-akit ang nilutong pagkain sa hapag kainan (food presentation)
nakalilikha ng ilang paraan ng kaakit-akit na paghahanda ngpagkain
naipaliliwanag ang dapat tandaan/ mga alituntunin sa paghahanda ng mesa at
paghahain (principles in table setting)
2 WEEKS natatalakay ang mga mahalagang kaalaman at kasanayan sa gawaing kahoy, metal,
Industrial Arts kawayan at iba pang lokal na materyalessa pamayanan
nakagagawa ng mga malikhaing proyekto na gawa sa kahoy, metal, kawayan at iba
pang materyales na makikita sa kumunidad
natutukoy ang mga uri ng kagamitan at kasangkapan sa gawaing kahoy, metal,
kawayan, at iba pa
natatalakay ang mga uri ng kagamitan at kasangkapan sa gawaing kahoy, metal,
kawayan at iba pa
nasusunod ang mga panuntunang pagkalusugan at pangkaligtasan sa paggawa
1 WEEK nakagagawa ng proyekto na ginagamitan ng elektrisidad
Industrial Arts natatalakay ang mga kaalaman at kasanayan sa gawaing elektrisidad
natutukoy ang mga materyales at kagamitan na ginagamit sa gawaing elektrisidad
nagagamit ang kasangkapan at kagamitan sa gawaing elektrisidad
1 WEEK nakabubuo ng plano ng proyekto na nakadisenyo mula sa ibat-ibang materyales na
Industrial Arts makikita sa pamayanan (hal., kahoy, metal, kawayan, atbp) na ginagamitan ng
elektrisidad na maaaring mapapagkakakitaan
55

Period
available online)
1 WEEK nakapagtatala ng iba pang disenyo at materyales na maaring magamit o pagsama-
Industrial Arts samahin upang makagawa ng malikhaing produkto batay sa nakalap na datos
1 WEEK nasusuri ang ginawang produkto at naisasaayos ito batay sa sarili at mungkahi ng iba
Industrial Arts gamit ang rubrics
nalalapatan ng angkop na panghuling ayos(finishing) ang nabuong produkto
natutukoy ang iba ibang paraan ngpanghuling ayos (pagliha, pagpintura, at pagbarnis)
nasusundan ang wastong paraan ng pagliliha, pagpipintura, o pagbabarnis
1 WEEK naisasapamilihanang mga nagawang produkto gamit ang natutunang productivity tools
Industrial Arts naipapakete ang nabuong proyekto bago ipagbili
napapamahalaan ang kinita
natutuos ang puhunan at kita
nakagagawa ng plano ng bagong produktong gagawin mula sa kinita
1 WEEK naisasagawa ang payak na pagkukumpuni ng mga sirang kagamitan at kasangkapan
Industrial Arts sa tahanan o sa paaralan
natatalakay ang kahalagahan ng kaalaman at kasanayan sa pagkukumpuni ng mga
sirang kagamitan sa tahanan o paaralan
naipaliliwanag ang mga hakbang sa pagkukumpuni. (sirang silya, bintana, door knob,
sirang gripo, maluwag/ natanggal na screw ng takip, extension cord, lamp shade at
iba pa)
natutukoy ang mga kasangkapan/kagamitan sa pagkukumpuni at ang wastong paraan
ng paggamit nito pagkukumpuni ng sirang kasangkapan sa tahanan o paaralan
56
GRADE 6 TECHNOLOGY AND LIVELIHOOD EDUCATION

Quarter/ Grading (Grade 6 TLE) Learning resources developer available (provide a
Period available online) link if
online)
ICT and ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Week 1 TLEIE60a-2: produces simple products
Week 2 TLEIE60b-3: buys and sells products based on needs
TLEIE60b-4: sells products based on needs and demands in school and
community
TLEIE60c-5: posts and shares materials on wikis in a safe and responsible
Week 3 manner
TLEIE60c-6: posts and shares materials on blogs in a safe and responsible
manner
TLEIE60d-7: participates in video and audio conferences in a safe and
Week 4
responsible manner
Week 5 TLEIE60e-9: creates an online survey form
Week 6 TLEIE60f-11: processes online survey data
TLEIE60f-12: uses functions and formulas in an electronic spreadsheet tool
to perform advanced calculations on numerical data
Week 7 TLEIE60g-13: uses audio and video conferencing tools to share ideas and
work with others online
Week 8 TLEIE60h-14: uses an e-group to share ideas and work with others
TLEIE60i-15: uses the advanced features of a slide presentation tool to
Week 9 create a multimedia presentation with text, graphics, and photos; hyperlinked
elements; animation; and embedded audio and/or video
Week 10 TLEIE60j-16: uses the moviemaking software to create a multimedia
presentation
AGRICULTURE
Week 1 TLE6AG0a-1: discusses the importance of planting and propagating trees
and fruit-bearing trees and marketing seedlings.
TLE6AG-0b- 2
uses technology in the conduct of survey to find out the following:
Week 2 elements to be observed in planting trees and fruit-bearing trees
market demands for fruits
famous orchard farms in the country
57

online)
TLE6AG-0c- 3:
conduct a survey to identify:
types of orchard farms
trees appropriate for orchard gardening based onlocation, climate, and
market demands
Week 3 proper way of planting/propagating trees and fruit-bearing trees (budding,
marcotting, grafting)
sources of fruit-bearing trees
how to care for seedlings
TLE6AG0c-4: prepares layout design of an orchard garden using the
information gathered
TLE6AG0d-5:
propagates trees and fruit-bearing trees using scientific processes
Week 4 identifies the appropriate tools and equipment in plant propagation and their
uses
demonstrates scientific ways of propagating fruit-bearing trees
observes healthy and safety measures in propagating fruit-bearing trees
Week 5 TLE6AG-0e-6: performs systematic and scientific ways of caring orchard trees/
seedlings such as watering, cultivating, preparing, and applying organic fertilizer
Week 6 TLE6AG-0f-7: markets fruits and seedlings
Week 7 TLE6AG0g-8: develops plan for expansion of planting trees and seedling
production
Week 8 TLE6AG-0h-9:
conducts survey to find out:
persons in the community whose occupation is animal (four-legged) /fish raising
kinds of four-legged animals/fish being raised as means of livelihood
possible hazards that animal raising can cause to the people and community
ways to prevent hazards brought about by raising animals
market demands for animal/fish products and byproducts
direct consumers or retailers
Week 9 TLE6AG-0i-10:
benefits that can be derived from animal/fish raising
stories of successful entrepreneurs in animal/fish raising
plans for the family’s animal raising project
TLE6AG-0i-11:
implements plan on animal/fish raising
58

online)
monitors growth and progress
Week 9 keeps an updated record of growth/progress
expands/enhances one’s knowledge of animal/fish raising using the Internet
Week 10 TLE6AG0j-13:
manages marketing of animal/fish raised
discusses indicators for harvesting/capturing
demonstrates skill in harvesting/capturing animal/fish
prepares marketing strategy by asking help from others or using the Internet
markets animals/fish harvested/captured
computes the income earned from marketed products (Gross Sale – Expenses =
Net income)
prepares plans for expansion of animal-raising venture
HOME ECONOMICS
TLE6HE0a-1: identifies family resources and needs (human, material, and
Week 1 nonmaterial)
TLE6HE0a-2: enumerates sources of family income
TLE6HE0b-3: allocates budget for basic and social need such as:
1.1.1 food and clothing
1.1.2 shelter and education
1.1.3 social needs: social andmoral obligations (birthdays,baptisms, etc.),
Week 2 familyactivities, school affairs
1.1.4 savings/emergency budget (health, house repair)
TLE6HE0b-4:
1.2 prepares feasible and practical budget
1.2.1 manages family resources efficiently
1.2.2 prioritizes needs over wants
Week 3 TLE6HE0c-5: classifies tools and materials according to their use ( measuring,
cutting, sewing)
TLE6HE0c-6: prepares project plan for household linens
TLE6HE0c-7: identifies supplies/ materials and tools needed for the project
TLE6HE-0d- 8:
2.1 drafts pattern for household linens
2.1.1 steps in drafting pattern
Week 4 2.1.2 safety precautions
TLE6HE0d-9:
2.2 sews creative and marketable household linens as means to augment
family income
59

online)
2.3 assesses the finished products as to the quality (using rubrics
TLE6HE0e-10:
Week 5
2.4 markets finished house hold linens in varied/ creative ways
TLE6HE0f-10: explains different ways of food preservation (drying, salting,
Week 6
freezing, and processing)
Week 7 TLE6HE0g-11: uses the tools/utensils and equipment and their substitutes in
food preservation/ processing
TLE6HE0h-12: preserves food applying principles and skills in food
Week 8
preservation processing
TLE6HE-0i- 13: conducts simple research to determine market trends and
demands inpreserved/ processed foods
Week 9
TLE6HE0i-14: assesses preserved/processed food as to the quality using the
rubrics
Week 10 TLE6HE-0j- 15: markets preserved/processed food in varied/ creative ways
with pride
INDUSTRIAL ARTS
Week 1 TLE6IA-0a-1: discusses the importance and methods of enhancing/
decorating bamboo, wood, and metal products
TLE6IA0a-2: demonstrates creativity and innovativeness in enhancing/
decorating bamboo, wood, and metalproducts
Week 2 TLE6IA0b- 3: conducts simple survey using technology and other data-
gathering method to determine
1.1.1 market trends on products made of bamboo, wood, and metal
1.1.2 customer’s preference of products
1.1.3 types/sources of innovative finishing materials, accessories, and
designs
1.1.4 processes in enhancing/decorating finished products
Week 3 TLE6IA0c-4: discusses the effects of innovative finishing materials and creative
accessories on the marketability of products
TLE6IA0c- 5: enhances bamboo, wood, metal, and other finished products
through sketching, shading, and outlining
Week 4 TLE6IA-0d-6: 1.6 constructs project plan
1.6.1 considers deliberate policies on sustainable development in
constructing the project plan
1.6.2 demonstrates resourcefulness and management skills in the use
of time, materials, money, and effort
1.6.3 assesses the quality of enhanced product using rubrics
60

online)
1.6.4 refines product based on assessment made
Week 5 TLE6IA-0e-7: markets products
Week 6 TLE6IA-0f- 8: construct simple electrical gadgets
Week 7 TLE6IA0g- 9: explains the protocols (processes) in making electrical gadgets
Week 8 TLE6IA0h-10: repairs simple gadgets/furniture/ furnishings at home and
school
Week 9 TLE6IA-0i-11:
1.1 discusses the principles of “five S”
1.1.1 Sorting (Seiri)
1.1.2 Straightening (Seiton)
1.1.3 Systematic Cleaning (Shine) (Seiso)
1.1.4 Standardizing (Seiketsu)
1.1.5 Service (Sustaining) (Shitsuke)
TLE6IA0i-12: identifies recyclable products/waste materials made of wood,
metal, paper, plastic, and others
Week 10 TLE6IA0j-13: explains the process and the importance of recycling
TLE6IA0j- 14: recycles the identified products/waste material into functional
items (binding of used paper into notebook or memo pad; bottled plastic
into lampshades, flowers, plants; etc.)
61
GRADE 7/8 TECHNOLOGY AND LIVELIHOOD EDUCATION

TECHNICAL DRAFTING (40 Hours)

Quarter/ Grading (Grade 7/8 TLE: Technical Drafting) Learning developer available (provide a
Period resources online) link if
available online)
LESSON 1: PERSONAL ENTREPRENEURIAL COMPETENCIES (PECS)
Recognize Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies and Skills (PeCS)
needed in Technical Drafting (TLE_PECS7/8-00-1)
Identify and assess a practitioner’s PeCS: Characteristics, Attributes, Lifestyle,
Skills, Traits
Align one’s PECS with those of a practitioner/ entrepreneur
LESSON 2: ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET (EM)
LO 1. Generate a business idea that relates with a career choice in
Week 0 Technical Drafting (TLE_EM7/8-00-1)
Conduct SWOT analysis
Identify the different products/services available in the market
Compare different products/services in Technical Drafting business
Determine the profile potential customers
Determine the profile potential competitors
1.6 Generate potential business idea based on the SWOT analysis
LESSON 3: USE OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT (UT)
LO 1. Prepare hand tools and equipment in technical drafting
TLE_ICTTD7/8UT-0a-1
Week 1 List hand tools and equipment based on job requirement
Identify appropriate hand tools and equipment
1.3 Classify hand tools and equipment according to function and task
requirement
LESSON 4: MAINTAIN HAND TOOLS, DRAWING INSTRUMENTS,
Week 2 EQUIPMENT AND PARAPHERNALIA (MT)
LO 1. Maintain hand tools, drawing instruments, equipment, and
paraphernalia (TLE_ICTTD7/8MT-0b-1)
Perform safety procedures in maintaining hand tools, drawing instruments,
equipment, and paraphernalia
Follow procedures in cleaning, tightening and simple repair of hand tools,
drawing instruments, equipment, and paraphernalia
1.3 Identify common malfunction (unplanned or unusual events) when using
tools, drawing instruments, equipment, and paraphernalia
62

available online)
LO 2. Inspect hand tools, drawing instruments, equipment, and
Week 3-4 paraphernalia received in technical drafting (TLE_ICTTD7/8MT-0c-d-2)
2.1 Follow the standard procedures in accomplishing forms
2.2 Check the list of hand tools, drawing instruments, equipment, and
paraphernalia to be requested per job requirement
2.3 Evaluate the condition of all the requested hand tools, drawing
instruments, equipment, and paraphernalia for proper operation and safety
LO 3. Prepare an inspection report of the hand tools, drawing
Week 5 instruments, equipment, and paraphernalia received in technical
drafting (TLE_ICTTD7/8MT-0e-3)
3.1 Follow procedures in preparing an inspection report to the property
custodian
Week 6 LESSON 5: PERFORM MENSURATION AND CALCULATION (MC)
LO 1. Select measuring instruments (TLE_ICTTD7/8MC-0f-1)
1.1 Identify measuring tools based on the object to be measured or job
requirements
1.2 Select appropriate measuring instruments according to job requirements
1.3 Interpret an object or component to be measured according to the
appropriate regular geometric shapes
1.4 Use alternative measuring tools without sacrificing cost and quality of
work
LO 2. Carry out mensuration and calculation (TLE_ICTTD7/8MC-0g-
Week 7 2)
2.1 Perform calculation needed to complete task by applying trade
mathematics/mensuration
2.2 Employ different techniques in checking for accuracy of the computation
LESSON 6: PREPARE AND INTERPRET TECHNICAL DRAWING (TD)
Week 8 LO 1. Analyze signs, symbols, and data (TLE_ICTTD7/8TD-0h-1)
1.1 Identify signs and symbols used in technical drawing
Analyze data indicated in the technical drawing
LO 2. Interpret technical drawings & plans (TLE_ICTTD7/8MC-0i-2)
Week 9 2.1 Identify necessary materials according to the technical drawing
2.2 Recognize components, assemblies, or objects based on job
requirements
2.3 Identify dimensions and specifications according to job requirements
63

available online)
Week 10 LESSON 7: PRACTICE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
PROCEDURE (OS)
LO 1. Identify hazards and risks (TLE_ICTTD7/8OS-0j-1)
1.1 Follow OHS policies and procedures in identifying hazards and risks
1.2 Explain hazards and risks in the workplace
1.3 Identify hazards and risks indicators as prescribed by the
manufacturer
1.4 Apply contingency measures in accordance with the OHS procedures
LO 2. Evaluate and control hazards and risks (TLE_ICTTD7/8OS-
Week 10 0j-2)
2.1 Determine the effects of hazards in the workplace
2.2 Identify the methods in controlling hazards and risks
2.3 Follow OHS procedures for controlling hazards and risks
LO 3. Maintain Occupational Health and Safety (TLE_ICTTD7/8OS-
Week 10 0j-3)
3.1 Observe established procedures in responding to emergency-related
drill
3.2 `Fill-up OHS personal records in accordance with SOP

SHIELDED METAL ARC WELDING NC I (40 Hours)

Quarter/ Grading (Grade 7/8 TLE: SMAW NC I) Learning developer available (provide a
available online)
PERSONAL ENTREPRENEURIAL COMPETENCIES (PeCS)
Week 0 LO.1 Recognize Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies and Skills
(PeCS) needed in SMAW (TLE_PECS7/8-00-1)
Align one’s PECs with those of apractitioner/entrepreneur
ENVIRONMENT AND MARKET (EM)
64

available online)
Week 0 SMAW (TLE_PECS7/8-00-1)
Conduct SWOT analysis
Compare different products/services in SMAW business
Determine the profile potential customers
Determine the profile potential competitors
Generate potential business idea based on the SWOT analysis
LESSON 1: USE BASIC HAND TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT (UT)
Week 1 LO1. Identify and select materials and tools (TLE_IAAW7/8UT-0a-1)
Manipulate the tools and materials in a job/task
Week 2 LO1. Request appropriate materials and tools (TLE_IAAW7/8UT-
0a-b-2)
Accomplish the different forms needed in making requests for materials and
tools
Week 3 LO 2. Receive and inspect materials and tools (TLE_IAAW7/8UT-0c-3)
Accomplish the different forms in receiving materials and tools
LESSON 2: PERFORM MENSURATION AND CALCULATION (MC)
Wek 4 LO 1. Select measuring instruments (TLE_IAAW7/8MC-0d-1)
Manipulate the measuring tool for a specified task
Week 4-5 LO 2. Carry out measurements and calculations (TLE_IAAW7/8MC-
0d-e-2)
Measure and calculate the dimensions of a specific object
LESSON 3: APPLY SAFETY PRACTICES (OS)
Week 6 LO1. Identify hazards and risks (TLE_IAAW7/8OS-0f-1)
Observing safety work habits in the work place
Preventing hazards in the workplace
LO 2. Evaluate hazards and risks (TLE_IAAW7/8OS-0f-2)
Identify work hazards in the workplace
Make a plan of action for the identified hazards
Week 7 LO 3. Control hazards and risks (TLE_IAAW7/8OS-0g-3)
Demonstrate the use of PPEs in the workplace
Enumerate the benefits of observing safety procedure in the workplace
LESSON 4: MAINTAIN TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT (MT)
Week 8 LO 1. Check condition of tools and equipment (TLE_IAAW7/8MT-0h-1)
Functional and non-functional tools are labeled
Week 9 LO 2. Perform basic preventive maintenance (TLE_IAAW7/8MT-0i-2)
Maintenance of tools is done regularly
65

available online)
Week 9 LO 3. Store tools and equipment (TLE_IAAW7/8MT-0i-3)
Tools are stored safely in appropriate locations in accordance with manufacturer
specifications or standard operating procedure
LESSON 5: INTERPRET PLANS AND DRAWINGS (ID)
Week 10 LO 1. Analyze signs, symbols and data (TLE_IAAW7/8ID-0i-j-1)
Determine appropriate welding materials based on technical drawings
Week 10 LO 2. Interpret technical drawings (TLE_IAAW7/8ID-0i-j-2)
Necessary tool, materials and equipment are identified according to plans

PLUMBING NC I

Quarter/ Grading (Grade 7/8 TLE: Plumbing NC I) Learning developer available (provide a
Period resources online) link if online)
available
LO 1. Recognize Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies and Skills
Week 0 (PeCS) needed in plumbing (TLE_PECS7/8-00-1)
Assess one’s PeCS: characteristics, attributes, lifestyle, skills, traits
Week 0 plumbing (TLE_EM7/8-00-1)
1.1 Conduct SWOT analysis
1.2 Identify the different products/services available in the market
1.3 Compare different products/services in Plumbing business
1.4 Determine the profile potential customers
1.5 Determine the profile potential competitors
LESSON 1: PREPARE PLUMBING MATERIALS AND TOOLS (UT)
Week 1 LO 1. Prepare plumbing materials and tools for the task
1.1 Prepare a list of plumbing tools and materials for a specific job
(TLE_IAPB7/8UT-0a-1)
LO 2. Request appropriate plumbing supplies, materials and tools
66

available
Week 1 applicable to a specific job (TLE_IAPB7/8UT-0a-2)
1.1 Use the appropriate form in requesting for plumbing tools,
supplies and materials for a specific job
Week 2 LO 3. Receive and inspect electrical supplies, materials and tools
(TLE_IAPB7/8UT-0b-3)
1.1 Check and control received items on the list
LESSON 2: PERFORM MENSURATION AND CALCULATIONS (MC)
LO 1. Select plumbing measuring tools and instruments
Week 3 (TLE_IAPB7/8MC-0c-1)
1.1 Identify object or component to be measured.
1.2 Choose measuring tools to be used for specific tasks
Identify alternative measuring tools without sacrificing cost and quality of work
LO 2. Carry out measurements & calculations (TLE_IAPB7/8MC-0d-2)
Week 4 2.1 Use appropriate measuring devices for specific tasks
2.2 Compute for required data.
2.3 Convert data to its equivalent measure
LESSON 3: INTERPRET TECHNICAL DRAWINGS AND PLANS (ID)
Week 5 LO 1. Analyze signs, plumbing symbols & data (TLE_IAPB7/8ID-0e-1)
1.1 Read and interpret plumbing signs, symbols and data
Analyze plumbing components and materials based on electrical signs, symbols
and data
Week 6 LO 2. Interpret technical drawings and plans (TLE_IAPB7/8ID-0f-2)
1.1 Read blueprints of plumbing plans, diagrams and circuits
1.2 Identify necessary tools, materials and equipment according to blueprints
of plumbing plans, diagrams and circuits
Week 7 LO 1. Check condition of tools and equipment (TLE_IAPB7/8MT-0g-1)
1.1 Functional and non-functional tools are labeled
LO 2. Perform basic preventive maintenance (TLE_IAPB7/8MT-0g-2)
1.1 Maintenance of tools is done regularly
Week 8 LO 3. Store tools and equipment (TLE_IAPB7/8MT-0h-3)
1.1 Tools are stored safely in appropriate locations in accordance with
manufacturer specifications or standard operating procedure
LESSON 5: PRACTICE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROCEDURE (OS)
Week 9 LO 1. Identify hazards and risks (TLE_IAPB7/8OS-0i-1)
1.1 Observing safety work habits in the work place
1.2 Preventing hazards in the workplace
Week 9 LO 2. Evaluate hazards and risks (TLE_IAPB7/8OS-0i-2)
67

available
2.1 Identify work hazards in the workplace
2.2 Make a plan of action for the identified hazards
LO 3. Control hazards and risks (TLE_IAPB7/8OS-0j-3)
Week 10 1.1 Demonstrate the use of PPEs in the workplace
1.2 Enumerate the benefits of observing safety procedure in the
workplace

MASONRY (40 Hours)

Quarter/ Grading (Grade 7/8 TLE: Masonry) Learning resources developer available (provide a
Period
available online) link if online)
Week 0 (PeCS) needed in masonry (TLE_ PECS7/8-00-1)
1.1 Assess one’s PeCS: characteristics, attributes, lifestyle, skills, traits
Week o Masonry (TLE_EM7/8-00-1)
1.3 Compare different products/services in Masonry business
Generate potential business idea based on the SWOT analysis
LESSON 1: PREPARE CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND TOOLS (UT)
Week 1 LO 1. Prepare masonry materials and tools for the task
(TLE_IAMS7/8UT-0a-1)
1.1Prepare a list of masonry tools and materials for a specific job
Week 2 LO 2. Request appropriate masonry supplies materials and tools applicable
to a specific job (TLE_IAMS7/8UT-0b-2)
68

Period
2.1 Use the appropriate form in requesting for masonry tools, supplies and
materials for a specific job
LO 3. Receive and inspect masonry supplies, materials and tools
(TLE_IAMS7/8UT-0b-3)
3.1 Check and inspect received items on the list
LESSON 2: OBSERVE PROCEDURE, SPECIFICATIONS AND MANUALS OF INSTRUCTIONS (ID)
Week 3 LO 1. Analyze signs, masonry symbols and data (TLE_IAMS7/8ID-0c-1)
1.2 Read and interpret masonry signs, symbols and data
1.2 Analyze materials based on masonry signs, symbols and data
Week 4 LO 2. Interpret technical drawings and plans (TLE_IAMS7/8ID-0d-2)
2.1 Read blueprints of masonry plans, diagrams and circuits
2.2 Identify necessary tools, materials and equipment according to blueprints
of masonry plans, diagrams and circuits
LESSON 3: PERFORM MENSURATION AND CALCULATIONS (MC)
LO 1. Select masonry measuring tools & instruments (TLE_IAMS7/8MC-0e-1)
Week 5 1.1 Identify object or material to be measured
1.2 Choose measuring tools to be used for specific tasks
1.3 Identify alternative measuring tools without sacrificing cost and quality of
work
LO 2. Carry out measurements and calculations (TLE_IAMS7/8MC-0f-2)
Week 6 2.1 Use appropriate measuring devices for specific tasks
2.2 Compute for required data
2.3 Convert data to its equivalent measure
Week 7 LO 1. Check condition of tools and equipment (TLE_IAMS7/8MT-0g-1)
1.1 Label functional and non-functional tools and equipment
LO 2. Perform basic maintenance (TLE_IAMS7/8MT-0g-2)
1.1 Perform cleaning and lubricating of tools
1.2 Observe periodic preventive and maintenance of tile setting tools and
equipment
1.2.1 Sharpening 1.2.3 Insulating
1.2.2 Oiling
LO 3. Store tools and equipment (TLE_IAMS7/8MT-0h-3)
Week 8 3.1Prepare inventory of tools and equipment
69

Period
3.2Store tools and equipment in their proper places
LESSON 5: PRACTICE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROCEDURE (OS)
Week 9 LO 1. Identify hazards and risk (TLE_IAMS7/8OS-0i-1)
1.1 List down hazards and risks in the workplace
LO 2. Control hazards and risks (TLE_IAMS7/8OS-0i-2)
2.1 Determine effects of hazards and risks
2.2 Evaluate hazards and risks
2.3 Follow procedure for controlling hazards and risks in the workplace
Week 10 LO 3. Practice OHSP (TLE_IAMS7/8OS-0j-3)

FOOD FISH PROCESSING (40 Hours)

Quarter/ (Grade 7/8 TLE: Food Fish Processing) Learning resources developer available (provide a
Grading Period
Week 0 (PECs) needed in Food Processing (TLE_PECS9-12-00-1)
1.1. Assess one’s PECs: characteristics, attributes, lifestyle, skills, traits
LO 1. Generate a business idea that relates with a career choice in Food
Week 0 Processing (TLE_EM9-12EM-00-1)
1.3 Compare different products/services in Masonry business
70

Grading Period
LESSON 1: USE AND MAINTAIN FOOD PROCESSING TOOLS, EQUIPMENT AND UTENSILS (UT)
LO 1. Select tools, equipment, utensils and instruments (TLE_AFFP9-12
UT-0b-2)
Week 1 1.1. Select tools, equipment, utensils and instruments according to food (fish)
processing method
1.2. Explain the defects in tools, equipment, utensils and instrument
1.3 Follow procedures in reporting defective tools, equipment, utensils and
instruments
LO 2. Use tools, equipment, instruments and utensils by following the
Week 2 standard procedures (TLE_AFFP9-12 UT-0b-2)
2.1. Interpret a food processing procedure
2.2. Apply standard procedures in using tools, equipment, instruments, and
utensils
2.3. Calibrate tools, equipment instruments and utensils
2.4. Follow procedures in sanitizing tools, equipment, instruments and utensils
2.5 Use tools, equipment, instruments, and utensils according to job
requirements and manufacture’s specification
LO 3. Perform post-operation activities (TLE_AFFP9-12 UT-0c-3)
Week 3 3.1. Apply procedures in switching off/plugging off food (fish) processing tools,
equipment, instruments and utensils
3.2. Follow steps in cleaning and sanitizing tools, equipment, instruments and
tools before storing
3.3. Perform minor preventive machine maintenance
3.4 Explain the proper disposal of defective tools, equipment, instruments and
utensils
LESSON 2: PERFORM ESTIMATION AND BASIC CALCULATION (MC)
LO 1. Tabulate the recorded data relevant to production of processed
Week 4 food (TLE_AFFP9-12MC-0d-1)
1.1. Record weights and measurements of raw materials and ingredients
1.2. Summarize/sum up recorded weights and measurements of processed
products
1.3 Perform how a seam is measured
LO 2. Review various formulations (TLE_AFFP9-12MC-0d-2)
2.1. Check raw materials, ingredients and percentage formulations according to
approved specifications and enterprise requirements
2.2. Re-check percentage formulations of finished products according to approved
specifications and enterprise
requirements
71

Grading Period
LO 3. Calculate the production inputs and output (TLE_AFFP9-12MC-0e-
Week 5 3)
3.1. Compute for the percentage equivalents of actual spoilage and rejects
3.2. Calculate the percentage of actual yields and recoveries according to
enterprise requirements
3.3. Record calculated data according to enterprise requirements
LESSON 3: INTERPRET PLANS AND DRAWINGS (ID)
LO 1. Interpret a layout plan (TLE_AFFP9-12ID-0f-1)
Week 6 1.1. Explain the meanings of signs and symbol used in lay outing plan for fish
processing activity
1.2. Interpret layout plan for fish processing area according to standard set
LO 2. Perform outer packaging procedures (TLE_AFFP9-12ID-0f-2)
2.1. Design packaging materials for fish products
2.2. Label packaged fish products according to quality control standards
LESSON 4: APPLY FOOD SAFETY AND SANITATION (OS)
LO 1. Observe personal hygiene and good grooming (TLE_AFFP9-12OS-
Week 7 0g-1)
1.1. Explain the importance of good grooming in a workplace
1.2. Follow the procedures in cleaning, checking and sanitizing personal
protective equipment
LO 2. Implement food safety practices (TLE_AFFP9-12OS-0g-2)
2.1. Discuss the sanitary practices in food safety
2.2. Explain the importance of cleanliness and sanitation in a workplace
2.3. Observe practices in manufacturing good food
2.4. Perform first aid according to workplace standard and operating procedures
LO 3. Conduct work in accordance with environmental policies and
Week 8 procedures (TLE_AFFP9-12OS-0h-3)
3.1. Explain the importance of implementing the HACCP plan
3.2. Discuss how a sound monitoring practices is done
3.3. Develop a plan to document and monitor corrective actions on
environmental protection
LO 4. Participate in improving environmental practices at work
Week 9-10 (TLE_AFFP9-12OS-0i-j-4)
4.1. Explain environmental hazards
4.2. Discuss how environmental risks, hazards and incidents can be prevented
and controlled
4.3. Plan ways in managing ad utilizing resources in the environment
4.4. Suggest ways to avoid wastage
72

Grading Period
4.5. Observe rehabilitation procedures
COOKERY (40 Hours)
Week of the Quarter/ Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if Assessment
Grading Period (Grade 7/8 TLE: Cookery) Learning resources developer availabl (provide a
available e online) link if online)
1. explain basic concepts in cookery
2. discuss the relevance of the course
3. explore opportunities for cookery as a career
Week 1 Cookery
1.1 discuss swot analysis
LO 1. Utilize appropriate kitchen tools, equipment, & paraphernalia
1.1 identify types of tools, equipment, and paraphernalia
1.2 classify the types of appropriate cleaning tools and
equipment based on their uses
Week 2 LO 2. Maintain appropriate kitchen tools, equipment, and
paraphernalia
1.1 select various types of chemicals for cleaning and sanitizing
kitchen tools, equipment, and paraphernalia
1.2 clean and sanitize kitchen tools and equipment following
manufacturer’s instructions
1.3 use cleaning tools, equipment, and paraphernalia in
accordance to standard operating procedures
maintain kitchen tools, equipment, and work areas
Week 3 Store and stack kitchen tools and equipment
1.1 store or stack cleaned equipment and utensils safely in the
designated place
Week 4 LO 1. Carry out measurements and calculations in a required task
1.1 give the abbreviations and equivalents of measurements
73
Grading Period (Grade 7/8 TLE: Cookery) Learning resources developer availabl (provide a
available e online) link if online)
1.2 measure ingredients according to recipe requirement
1.3 convert systems of measurement according to recipe
requirement
1.4 perform substitution of ingredients
Week 5 LO 2. Calculate cost of production
2.1 discuss principles of costing
2.2 compute cost of production
Week 6 LO 1. Importance of Occupational Health and Safety Procedures
1.1 recognize the importance of ohsp
Week 7 LO 2. Identify Hazards and Risks in the Workplace
2.1 determine the types of hazards and risks the workplace
Week 8 LO 3. Evaluate and Control Hazards and Risks in the Workplace
1.1 Follow consistently OHS procedure for controlling hazards/risks
1.2 Use Personal Protective Equipment in accordance with OHS
1.3 Maintain OHSP awareness

CAREGIVING (40 Hours)
Grading Period (Grade 7/8 TLE: Caregiving) Learning resources develope available (provide a
available r online) link if online)
Week 1 1. Explain key concepts in caregiving

2. Discuss the relevance of the course
3. Explore on opportunities for caregiving as a career
LO 1. Identify caregiving tools, equipment, and paraphernalia
applicable to a specific job
1.1 Classify equipment, tools, and paraphernalia according to
74
Grading Period (Grade 7/8 TLE: Caregiving) Learning resources develope available (provide a
available r online) link if online)
types, and functions

Week 2-3 LO 2. Use caregiving tools, equipment, and paraphernalia
2.1 Use equipment, tools and paraphernalia based on the task
requirement
Week 4-6 LO 1. Perform aftercare activities for tools, equipment and
paraphernalia
1.1 Clean tools, equipment and paraphernalia after use
1.2 Store tools, equipment and paraphernalia in the appropriate
area
1.3 Check tools, equipment and paraphernalia regularly for
orderliness/tidiness
1.4 Carry out routine maintenance as per Standard Operating
Procedures (SOP)
Week 7 LO 1. Perform simple calculations
1.1 Compute oral dosages
1.2 Determine rectal dosages
1.3 Calculate pediatric dosages
Week 8 LO 1. Identify hazards and risks
1.1 Identify hazards and risks
1.2 Determine hazard and risks indicators in the workplace
1.3 Determine the effects of hazards
Week 9 LO 2. Evaluate and control hazards and risks
1.1 Follow Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) procedures in
dealing with and for controlling hazards and risks
1.2 Establish organizational protocol in providing appropriate
assistance in workplace emergencies
75

BEAUTY CARE (40 Hours)
Grading Period (Grade 7/8 TLE: Beauty Care) Learning developer available (provide a
available online)
1. Explain basic concepts in Beauty Care (Nail Care) Services
2. Discuss the relevance of the course
3. Explore on opportunities for Beauty Care (Nail Care) Services as a
Week 1 career
LO 1. Generate a business idea that relates with a career choice in Beauty
Care (Nail Care) Services
1.1 Discuss SWOT analysis
LO 1. Prepare the necessary tools and equipment for the specific nail
care activity
1.1 Identify the uses of tools and equipment in nail care according to
Week 1-2
task requirements
1.2 Use tools and equipment according to task requirement
1.3 Observe safety procedure of using tools and equipment
LO 1. Check condition of nail care tools and equipment
Week 3
1.1 Sterilize/sanitize nail care tools
LO 2. Perform basic preventive and corrective maintenance
Week 4-5 1.1 Clean tools according to standard procedures
1.2 Inspected defective tools and equipment
LO 3. Store nail care tools and equipment
Week 6-8 3.1 Conduct the inventory of tools, and equipment
3.2 Store tools and equipment safely
Week 9 LO 1. Keep workplace clean
1.1 Identify protective outfit for nail care
76
Grading Period (Grade 7/8 TLE: Beauty Care) Learning developer available (provide a
available online)
1.2 Identify hazards and risks
LO 1. Identify nail structure and shapes
Week 10 1.1 Identify nail structure and shapes
1.2 Perform nail trimmings to varied shapes
AQUACULTURE (40 Hours)
Grading Period (Grade 7/8 TLE: Aquaculture) Learning developer available (provide a
available online)
PERSONAL ENTREPRENEURIAL COMPETENCIES (PECS)
Recognize Personal Entrepreneurial Competencies and Skills (PeCS)
Week 0 needed in Aquaculture (TLE_PECS9-12-00-1)
Identify and assess a practitioner’s PeCS: Characteristics, Attributes, Lifestyle,
Skills, Traits
Identify areas for improvement, development and growth
Recognize and understand the market for aquaculture. (TLE_EM9-12-
Week 0 00-1)
1.1. Identify the different products/services available in the market
1.2. Enumerate the differences between these products
1.3. Identify who the customers of these products are and the reason these
products/services are purchased
1.4 Identify the companies who sell these products/services in the market
LESSON 1: USE FISHERY TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT (UT)
LO 1. Select and use fishery tools (TLE_AFAQ9-12UT-Ia-1)
Week 1 1.1. Identify appropriate fishery tools according to requirement
1.2. Check for faulty and defective tools in accordance with farm procedures
1.3. Use appropriate tools and equipment
LO 2. Select and operate fishery equipment (TLE_AFAQ9-12UT-Ia-b-2)
2.1. Identify fishery equipment and facilities
77
available online)
2.2 Conduct pre-operation check-up in line with
Week 2 2.3. Follow safety precautions
2.4. Identify and report faults and defects of tools
2.5. Use fishery equipment and facilities according to their functions
2.6. Read instructional manuals on farm tools and equipment
LO 3. Perform preventive maintenance (TLE_AFAQ9-12UT-Ic-3)
3.1. Follow aquaculture procedures in cleaning tools, equipment and facilities
Week 3 after use
3.2. Perform routine check-up and maintenance
3.3. Store tools and equipment in areas in accordance with farm procedures
LESSON NO. 2: PERFORM ESTIMATION AND BASIC CALCULATION (MC)
LO 1. Perform estimation (TLE_AFAQ9-12MC-Id-1)
Week 4 1.1. Identify job requirements from oral and written communication
1.2. Estimate quantities of materials and resources required to complete a
work/task
1.3. Estimate time needed to complete a work/activity
1.4. Make estimate of work materials and resources
LO 2. Perform basic calculations (TLE_AFAQ9-12MC-Ie-2)
2.1. Check and complete computed number
Week 5 2.2. Identify basic calculations to be made according to job requirements
2.4. Follow the appropriate mathematical operations to comply with the job
requirements
2.5. Explain how to review and check results obtained in the computation of
2.6. Calculate whole numbers, fractions, percentages and mixed numbers
LESSON NO. 3: DRAW THE LAYOUT PLANS FOR PONDS, TANKS PENS AND CAGES (ID)
LO 1. Draw layout plans for ponds (TLE_AFAQ9-12ID-If-1)
Week 6 1.1. Identify different pond
compartments
1.2. Use signs and symbols of plan
according to fishpond engineering standards
1.3. Draw layouts of different
pond designs according to established
LO 2. Draw layout plans for tanks (TLE_AFAQ9-12ID-Ig-2)
Week 7 2.1. Identify different life support systems for tanks
2.2. Use signs and symbols of plan according to fishpond engineering
standards
78
available online)
2.3.
Draw layouts of different tank designs according to established
procedures
LO 3. Draw layout plans for pens and cages (TLE_AFAQ9-12ID-Ih-3)
Week 8 3.1. Identify the different life support systems for pens and cages
3.2. Use signs and symbols of plan according to fishpond engineering
standards
3.3. Draw layouts of different pens and cages designs according to established
procedures
LESSON 4: APPLY SAFETY MEASURES IN FARM OPERATIONS (OS)
LO 1. Apply appropriate safety measures (TLE_AFAQ9-12OS-Ii-1)
Week 9 1.1. Identify work tasks
1.2. Determine place and time for safety measures
1.3. Prepare appropriate tools, materials and outfits
Week 9 1.4. Use tools and materials accordingly
1.5. Identify hazards
1.6. Wear outfit accordingly
1.7. Observe shelf life
1.8. Follow emergency procedures
LO 2. Safekeeping/disposal of tools materials and outfit (TLE_AFAQ9-
Week 10 12OS-Ij-2)
2.1. Explain how to clean used tools and outfits before storing
2.2. Label unused materials and supplies according to manufacturer’s
recommendation before storing
2.3. Observe how to dispose waste materials

ANIMAL PRODUCTION
79
Week of the Learning competencies Lesson LR Link (if available Assessment

Quarter/ Grading (Grade 7/8 TLE: Animal Production) Exemplar/ develope online) (provide a
Period
Learning r link if online)
resources
available
LESSON 1: PERSONAL ENTREPRENEURIAL COMPETENCIES (PECS)
Week 0 (PECs) needed in animal production (TLE_PECS7-12-00-1)
1.1 Compare one’s PECs with those of a practitioner/entrepreneur
Align one’s PECs with those of a practitioner/entrepreneur
LO 2. Develop and strengthen personal competencies and skills
(PECs) needed in animal production (TLE_PECS7-12-00-1)
2.1 Identify areas for improvement, development and growth
2.2 Align one’s PECs according to his/her business/career choice
2.3 Create a plan of action that ensures success of his/her business/career
choice
ENVIRONMENT AND MARKETING (EM)
LO 1. Recognize and understand the market in animal production
Week 0 (TLE_EM7-12-00-1)
1.1 Identify the players/ competitors within the town
LO 2. Recognize the potential customer/ market in animal
production (TLE_EM7-12-00-2)
2.1 Profile potential customers
2.2 Identify the customer’s needs and wants through consumer analysis
2.3 Conduct consumer/market analysis
LESSON 1: PARTICIPATING IN WORKPLACE COMMUNICATION (PWC)
LO 1. Obtain and convey workplace information ( TVL_AFAAPPC9-
Week 1 12PWC-Ia-1)
1.1 Access specific relevant information is from appropriate sources
1.2 Use effective questioning and active listening and speaking to gather and
convey information
1.3 Use appropriate medium to transfer information and ideas
1.4 Use appropriate nonverbal communication
1.5 Identify appropriate lines of communication with superiors and
colleagues
1.6 Define work procedures for the location and storage of information
1.7 Carry out personnel interaction clearly and concisely
LO 2. Participate in workplace meeting and discussion

80

Period
resources
available
(TVL_AFAAPPC9-12PWC-Ia-2)
2.1 Attend team meetings on time
2.2 Express own opinions and listen to those of others
2.3 Conduct workplace interaction courteously while being mindful of cultural
considerations
2.4 Ask and respond to questions on simple routine workplace procedures
and matters concerning conditions of employment
2.5 Interpret and implement meeting outcomes
Week 2 LO 3. Complete relevant work-related documents (TVL_AFAAPPC9-
12PWC-Ib-3)
3.1
Week 2 3.1 Complete rangesof forms relating to conditions of employment
accurately and legibly
3.2 Record workplace data on standard workplace forms and documents
3.3 Use basic mathematical process for routine calculations
3.4 Errors in recording information on forms.
3.5 Identify and rectify documents
3.6 Complete reporting requirements to superior according to enterprise
guidelines
LESSON 2: WORKING IN TEAM ENVIRONMENT (WTE)
LO 1. Describe team role and scope (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12WTE-Ib-4)
1.1 Identify role and objective of the team
Week 2 1.2 Identify team parameters, relationships, and responsibilities
1.3 Identify individual role and responsibilities
1.4 Identify and recognize roles and responsibilities of other team members
1.5 Identify reporting relationships within team and external to team
LO 2. Set and meet work priorities (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12WTE-Ic-5)
2.1 Prioritize competing demands to achieve personal, team and
Week 3 organizational goals and objectives
2.2 Utilize resources efficiently and effectively to manage work priorities
and commitments.
2.3 Follow practices and economic use and maintenance of equipment and
facilities as per established procedures.
LO 3. Work as a team member (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12WTE-Ic-6)
3.1 Undertake appropriate forms of communication and interactions.
81

Period
resources
available
3.2 Make appropriate contributions to complement team activities and
objectives.
3.3 Follow reporting using standard operating procedures.
3.4 Contribute development of team work plans based from team role
LESSON 3: PRACTICING CAREER PROFESSIONALISM (PCP)
LO 1. Integrate personal objectives with organizational goals
Week 3 (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12PCP-Ic-7)
1.1 Manifest personal growth and work plans towards improving the
qualifications set for professionalism
1.2 Maintain intra and interpersonal relationship in the course of managing
oneself based on performance evaluation
Week 3 1.3 Demonstrate commitment to the organization and its goal in the performance of
duties
1.4 Observe practice of appropriate personal hygiene
LO 2. Set and meet work priorities (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12PCP-Id-8)
Week 4 2.1 Prioritize competing demands to achieve personal, team, and organizational
goals and objectives
2.2 Utilize resources efficiently and effectively to manage work priorities and
commitments
Follow practices and economic use and maintenance of equipment and facilities as
per established procedures
LO.3. Maintain professional growth and development ( TVL_AFAAPPC9-
12PCP-Id-9)
Week 4 3.1 Identify training and career opportunities relevant to the job
requirements
3.2 Acquire licenses and/or certifications according to the requirements of
the qualifications
Complete and update training and career opportunities based on industry
requirements
LESSON 4. PRACTICING OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROCEDURES (POHS)
LO 1. Identify hazards and risks (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12POHS-Id-10)
Week 4 1.1 Identify workplace hazards and risks
1.2 Identify hazards/risks and its corresponding indicators in with the
company procedures
Recognize contingency measures in accordance with organizational
procedures
82

Period
resources
available
LO 2. Evaluate hazards and risks (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12POHS-Id-11)
Week 4 2.1 Identify terms of maximum tolerable limits which when exceeded will
result in harm or damage based on TLV
2.2 Determine effects of the hazards
2.3 Identify and report OHS issues and/or concerns and safety hazards.
Week 5 LO 3. Control hazards and risks (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12POHS-Ie-12)
3.1 Follow OHS procedures for controlling hazards/risks in workplace
3.2 Follow procedures for dealing with workplace accidents, fire, and
emergencies in accordance with organization OHS policies
3.3 Use Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) in accordance with organization
OHS procedures and practices
Week 5 LO 4. Maintain OHS awareness (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12POHS-Ie-13)
4.1 Participate in emergency-related drills and trainings as per established
organization guidelines and procedures
4.2 Complete and update OHS personal records in accordance with
workplace requirements
LESSON 5: APPLYING SAFETY MEASURES IN FARM OPERATION (ASMF)
LO 1. Determine areas of concern for safety measures
(TVL_AFAAPPC9-12ASMF-If-14)
Week 6 1.1 Identify work tasks in line with farm operations
1.2 Determine place for safety measures in line with farm operations
1.3 Determine time for safety measures in line with farm operations
1.4 Prepare appropriate tools, materials and outfits in line with job
requirement
LO 2. Apply appropriate safety measures ( TVL_AFAAPPC9-12ASMF-
Week 7 Ig-15)
2.1 Use tools and materials according to the specification and procedure
2.2 Wear outfit according to the farm requirements
2.3 Strictly observe shelf life/expiration dates of materials
2.4 Follow emergency procedures to ensure seatwork requirements
2.5 Identify and report hazards in the workplace in line with the guidelines
LO 3. Safe keep/dispose of tools, materials, and outfit
Week 8 (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12ASMF-Ih-16)
3.1 Clean and store used tools and outfit after use in designated areas
83

Period
resources
available
3.2 Label and store unused materials according to manufacturer’s
recommendation and farm requirements
3.3 Dispose of waste materials according to manufacturer’s, government,
and farm requirements
LESSON 6: USING FARM TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT (UFTE)
LO 1. Select and use farm tools (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12UFTE-Ii-17)
Week 9 1.1 Identify appropriate farm tools according to requirement/use
1.2 Check farm tools for defects
1.3 Report defective farm tools in accordance with farm procedures
Use appropriate tools and equipment according to job requirements and
manufacturer’s conditions
LO 2.Select and operate farm equipment (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12UFTE-
Ij-18)
Week 10 2.1 Identify appropriate farm equipment
2.2 Read carefully instructional manual of the farm tools and equipment
prior to operation
2.3 Conduct Pre-operation check-up in line with manufacturers manual
2.4 Identify and reports faults in farm equipment in line with farm
procedures
2.5 Use farm equipment according to its function
2.6 Follow safety procedures
LO 3. Perform preventive maintenance ( TVL_AFAAPPC9-12UFTE-
Week 1 IIa-19)
3.1 Clean tools and equipment immediately after use in line with farm
procedures
3.2 Perform routine checkup and maintenance
Store tools and equipment in designated areas in line with farm procedures
LESSON 7: PERFORMING ESTIMATION AND BASIC CALCULATION (PEBC)
LO 1. Perform estimation (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12PEBC-IIb-c-20)
Week 2-3 1.1 Identify job requirements from written or oral communications
1.2 Estimate quantities and resources and time required to complete a task
1.3 Calculate the duration of work completion
Report the estimated materials and resources to appropriate person
LO 2. Perform basic workplace calculation (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12PEBC-
84

Period
resources
available
Week 4-5 IId-e-21)
2.1 Identify calculations to be made according to the job requirement
2.2 Identify correct methods of calculation
2.3 Ascertain systems and units of measurement to be followed
2.4 Perform calculations needed to complete a task using the four basic
mathematical operations
2.5 Use fraction and percentage or mixed in calculating to complete the
instruction
Employ different techniques in checking accuracy of result

Period
resources
available
LESSON 8: PROCESSING FARM WASTE (PFW)
LO 1. Collect farm wastes (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12PFW-IIf-22)
Week 6 1.1 Prepare tools and materials for collection of farm wastes
1.2 Collect wastes following OSHS and waste collection requirements and
plan
1.3 Collect dangerous and hazardous wastes following the HAZMAT protocol
Wear appropriate personal PPE as prescribed by OSHS
LO 2. Identify and segregate wastes (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12PFW-IIg-23)
Week 7 2.1 Identify waste by category according to industry standards and
environmental legislation
2.2 Segregate waste according to organizational requirements and relevant
legislation
2.3 Label sorted waste to prevent cross-contamination
Obtain information on waste by asking authority to ensure correct
identification
LO 3. Treat and process farm wastes (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12PFW-IIg-
Week 7 24)
3.1 Handle dangerous and hazardous waste according to organizational
requirements and relevant legislation following OSHS procedures
85

Period
resources
available
3.2 Apply principles of 3Rs accordingly
3.3 Dispose of farm waste according to environmental legislation and codes
LO 4. Perform housekeeping (TVL_AFAAPPC9-12PFW-IIh-25)

Week 8 4.1 Display appropriate warming sign and labels in conspicuous place
around the work place
4.2 Clean the work area according to 5S principle
4.3 Check, clean, and stow tools according to established industry procedure
and following user’s manual
4.4 Store materials following industry standard procedures and
manufacturer’s specifications
4.5 Check damage PPE and ensure that clean and undamaged equipment is
store.
4.6 Keep record according to industry requirements.

GRADE 1 EDUKASYON SA PAGPAPAKATAO

the (Grade 1 Edukasyon sa Pagpapakatao) Learning develope online) (provide a
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ Nakikilala ang sariling:
1st Q  gusto
 interes
 potensyal
 kahinaan
 damdamin / emosyon
86

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 2/ Naisasakilos ang sariling kakayahan sa iba’t ibang pamamaraan
1st Q  pag-awit
 pagsayaw
 pakikipagtalastasan at iba pa
Week 3/ Nakapaglalarawan ng iba’t ibang gawain na maaaring makasama o
1st Q makabuti sa kalusugan
 nakikilala ang iba’t ibang gawain/paraan na maaaring makasama o
makabuti sa kalusugan
 nasasabi na nakatutulong sa paglinang ng sariling kakayahan ang
wastong pangangalaga sa sarili
Week 4/ Nakakikila ng mga gawaing nagpapakita ng pagkakabuklod ng pamily tulad
1st Q ng
4.1.pagsasama-sama sa pagkain
4.2.pagdarasal
4.3.pamamasyal
4.4. pagkukuwentuhan ng masasayang pangyayari

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 5/ Nakatutukoy ng mga kilos at gawain na nagpapakita ng pagmamahal at
1st Q pagmamalasakit sa mga kasapi ng pamilya
Hal. pag-aalala sa mga kasambahay, pag-aalaga sa nakababatang kapatid
at kapamilyang maysakit
Week 1/
Nakapagpapakita ng pagmamahal at paggalang sa mga magulang
2nd Q
Week 2/ Nakapagpapakita ng pagmamahal at paggalang sa mga magulang
2nd Q Nakapagpapakita ng pagmamahal sa pamilya at kapwa sa lahat ng
pagkakataon lalo na sa oras ng pangangailangan
87

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 3/ Nakapagpapakita ng pagmamahal sa pamilya at kapwa sa lahat ng
1st Q pagkakataon lalo na sa oras ng pangangailangan
Week 4/ Nakapagpapakita ng paggalang sa pamilya at sa kapwa sa pamamagitan
2nd Q ng:
a. pagmamano/paghalik sa nakatatanda
b. bilang pagbati
c. pakikinig habang may nagsasalita
d. pagsagot ng “po" at “opo”
e. paggamit ng salitang “pakiusap” at “salamat”
Week 5/ Nakapagsasabi ng totoo sa magulang/ nakatatanda at iba pang kasapi ng mag-
2nd Q anak sa lahat ng pagkakataon upang maging maayos ang samahan
 kung saan papunta/ nanggaling
 kung kumuha ng hindi kanya
 mga pangyayari sa paaralan na nagbunga ng hindi pagkakaintindihan
 kung gumamit ng computer sa paglalaro imbis na sa pag-aaral
Week 1 / Nakapagpapakita ng iba’t ibang paraan ng pagiging masunurin at magalang
3rd Q tulad ng:
 pagsagot kaagad kapag tinatawag ng kasapi ng pamilya
 pagsunod nang maluwag sa dibdib kapag inuutusan
 pagsunod sa tuntuning itinakda ng: tahanan, paaralan

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 2 / Nakapagpapakita ng pagpapahalaga sa mga karapatang tinatamasa
3rd Q Hal. Pagkain ng masusustansyang pagkain Nakapag-aaral
Week 3 / Nakasusunod sa utos ng magulang at nakatatanda. Nakapagpapakita ng
3rd Q mga paraan upang makamtam at mapanatili ang kaayusan at kapayapaan
sa tahanan at paaralan tulad ng:
88

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
 pagiging masaya para sa tagumpay ng ibang kasapi ng pamilya at ng
kamag-aral
 pagpaparaya
 pagpapakumbaba
Week 4 / Nakatutulong sa pagpapanatili ng kalinisan at kaayusan sa loob ng
3rd Q tahanan at paaralan para sa mabuting kalusugan
Hal. Pagtulong sa paglilinis ng tahanan
Pagtulong sa paglilinis ng paaralan
Pag-iwas sa pagkakalat
Week 5 /
Nakagagamit ng mga bagay na patapon ngunit maaari pang pakinabangan
3rd Q
Week 1 /
Nakasusunod sa utos ng magulang at nakatatanda
4th Q
Week 2 / Nakapagpapakita ng paggalang sa paniniwala ng kapwa
4th Q
Week 3 / Nakasusunod sa mga gawaing panrelihiyon
4th Q

89

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ Naisakikilos ang sariling kakayahan sa iba’t ibang pamamaraan:
1st Q 1. pag-awit
2. pagguhit
3. pagsayaw
4. pakikipagtalastasan
5. at iba pa
Week 2/ Napahahalagahan ang saya o tuwang dulot ng pagbabahagi ng anumang
1st Q kakayahan o talent
Week 3/ Nakapagpapakita ng kakayahang labanan ang takot kapag may
1st Q nangbubully
Naisakikilos ang mga paraan ng pagpapanatili ng kalinisan, kalusugan at
Week 4/ pag-iingat ng katawan
1st Q Nakapagpapakita ng pagsunod sa mga tuntunin at pamantayang itinakda
sa loob ng tahanan
Week 5/ 1. paggising at pagkain sa tamang oras
1st Q 2. pagtapos ng mga gawaing bahay
3. paggamit ng mga kagamitan
4. at iba pa
Week 1/ Nakapagpapakita ng pagkamagiliwin at pagkapalakaibigan na may
2nd Q pagtitiwala sa mga sumusunod:
1. kapitbahay
2. kamag-anak
3. kamag-aral
4. panauhin/ bisita
5. bagong kakilala
6. taga-ibang lugar
90

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 2/ Nakapagbabahagi ng sarili sa kalagayan ng kapwa tulad ng:
2nd Q 1. antas ng kabuhayan
2. pinagmulan
3. pagkakaroon ng kapansanan
Week 3/ Nakagagamit ng magalang na pananalita sa kapwa bata at nakatatanda
2nd Q Nakapagpapakita ng iba’t ibang magalang na pagkilos sa kaklase o kapwa
bata
Week 4/ Nakapagbabahagi ng gamit, talento, kakayahan o anumang bagay sa
2nd Q kapwa
Nakapaglalahad na ang paggawa ng mabuti sa kapwa ay pagmamahal sa
sarili.
Nakatutukoy ng mga kilos at gawaing nagpapakita ng pagmamalasakit sa
Week 5 mga kasapi ng paaralan at pamayanan
2nd Q Nakapagpapakita ng pagmamalasakit sa kasapi ng paaralan at pamayanan
sa iba’t ibang paraan
Week 1/ Nakapagpapakita ng paraan ng pagpapasalamat sa anumang karapatang
3rd Q tinatamasa
Hal. pag-aaral nang mabuti
pagtitipid sa anumang kagamitan
Week 2/ Nakatutukoy ng mga karapatang maaaring ibigay ng pamilya o mga kaanak
3rd Q Nakapagpapahayag ng kabutihang dulot ng karapatang tinatamasa
Week 3/ Nakapagbabahagi ng pasasalamat sa tinatamasang karapatan sa
3rd Q pamamagitan ng kuwento
Nakagagamit nang masinop ng anumang bagay tulad ng tubig, pagkain,
enerhiya at iba pa
Week 4/ Nakikibahagi sa anumang programa ng paaralan at pamayanan na
3rd Q makatutulong sa pagpapanatili ng kalinisan at kaayusan sa pamayanan at
bansa
91

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 5/ Nakatutukoy ng iba’t ibang paraan upang mapanatili ang kalinisan at
3rd Q kaayusan sa pamayanan
hal. - pagsunod sa mga babalang pantrapiko
- wastong pagtatapon ng basura
- pagtatanim ng mga halaman sa paligid
Week 6/
Nakapagpapakita ng pagmamahal sa kaayusan at kapayapaan
3rd Q
Week 1/
Nakapagpapakita ng ibat-ibang paraan ngpagpapasalamat sa mga biyayang
4th Q
tinanggap, tinatanggap at tatanggapin mula sa Diyos
Week 2/ Nakapagpapakita ng pasasalamat sa mga kakayahan/ talinong bigay ng
4th Q Panginoon sa pamamagitan ng:
1. paggamit ng talino at kakayahan
2. pagbabahagi ng taglay na talino at kakayahan sa iba
3. pagtulong sa kapwa
4.pagpapaunlad ng talino at kakayahang bigay ng Panginoon
92

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ Nakatutukoy ng natatanging kakayahan
1st Q Hal. talentong ibinigay ng Diyos
Nakapagpapakita ng mga natatanging kakayahan nang may pagtitiwala sa
sarili
Week 2/ Napahahalagahan ang kakayahan sa paggawa
1st Q Nakatutukoy ng mga damdamin na nagpapamalas ng katatagan ng
kalooban
Nakagagawa ng mga wastong kilos at gawi sa pangangalaga ng sariling
kalusugan at kaligtasan.
Week 3/ Nakasusunod sa mga pamantayan/tuntunin ng mag-anak
1st Q
Week Nakapagpapadama ng malasakit sa kapwa na may karamdaman sa
1/2nd Q pamamagitan ng mga simpleng gawain
1.pagtulong at pag-aalaga
2.pagdalaw, pag-aliw at pagdadala ng pagkain o anumang bagay na
kailangan
Week Nakapagpapakita ng malasakit sa may mga kapansanan sa pamamagitan
2/2nd Q ng:
1.pagbibigay ng simpleng tulong sa kanilang pangangailangan
2.pagbibigay ng pagkakataon upang sumali at lumahok sa mga palaro o
larangan ng isport at iba pang programang pampaaralan
3 pagbibigay ng pagkakataon upang sumali at lumahok sa mga palaro at
iba pang paligsahan sa pamayanan
Week Naisasaalang-alang ang katayuan/ kalagayan/ pangkat etnikong
3/2nd Q kinabibilangan ng kapwa bata sa pamamagitan ng:
93

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
pagbabahagi ng pagkain, laruan, damit, gamit at iba pa
94

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Nakapagpapakita nang may kasiyahan sa pakikiisa sa mga gawaing
4/2nd Q
pambata
Hal. paglalaro
programa sa paaralan (paligsahan, pagdiriwang at iba pa)
Week Nakapagpapakita ng mga kaugaliang Pilipino tulad ng:
1/3rd Q
 pagmamano
 paggamit ng "po" at "opo”
 pagsunod sa tamang tagubilin ng mga nakatatanda
Week Nakapagpapahayag na isang tanda ng mabuting pag-uugali ng Pilipino ang
2/3rd Q
pagsunod sa tuntunin ng pamayanan
Nakapagpapanatili ng malinis at ligtas na pamayanan sa pamamagitan ng:
 paglilinis at pakikiisa sa gawaing pantahanan at pangkapaligiran
 wastong pagtatapon ng basura
 palagiang pakikilahok sa proyekto ng pamayanan na may
kinalaman sa kapaligiran
Week Nakasusunod sa mga tuntuning may kinalaman sa kaligtasan tulad ng mga
3/3rd Q
babala at batas trapiko, pagsakay/pagbaba sa takdang lugar
Week Nakapagpapanatili ng ligtas na pamayanan sa pamamagitan ng pagiging
4/3rd Q
handa sa sakuna o kalamidad
Week Nakapagpapakita ng pananalig sa Diyos
1/4th Q
Week Nakapagpapakita ng paggalang sa paniniwala ng iba tungkol sa Diyos
2/4th Q
95

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/1st Nakapagsasabi ng katotohanan anuman ang maging bunga nito
Q
Week 2- Nakapagsusuri ng katotohanan bago gumawa ng anumang hakbangin
3/1st Q batay sa mga nakalap na impormasyon
1. balitang napakinggan
2. patalastas na nabasa/narinig
3. napanood na programang pantelebisyon
4 pagsangguni sa taong kinauukulan
Week 4- Nakapagninilay ng katotohanan batay sa mga nakalap na impormasyon:
5/1st Q 1. balitang napakinggan
4. nababasa sa internet at mga social networking sites
Week 6/1st Nakapagsasagawa nang may mapanuring pag-iisip ng tamang
Q pamamaraan/ pamantayan sa pagtuklas ng katotohanan
Week 1- Nakapagpapakita ng pagkamahinahon sa damdamin at kilos ng kapwa
2/2nd Q tulad ng:
1. pagtanggap ng sariling pagkakamali at pagtutuwid nang bukal sa loob
2. pagtanggap ng puna ng kapwa nang maluwag sa kalooban
3. pagpili ng mga salitang di-nakakasakit ng damdamin sa pagbibiro
Week 3 / Nakapagbabahagi ng sariling karanasan o makabuluhang pangyayaring
2nd Q nagpapakita ng pang-unawa sa kalagayan/pangangailangan ng kapwa.
Week 4 / Naisasabuhay ang pagiging bukas-palad sa
2nd Q 1. mga nangangailangan
2. panahon ng kalamidad
96

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 5- Nakapagpapakita ng paggalang sa iba sa mga sumusunod na sitwasyon:
6 /2nd Q 1. oras ng pamamahinga
2. kapag may nag-aaral
3. kapag mayroong maysakit
4. pakikinig kapag may nagsasalita/ nagpapaLiwanag
5. paggamit ng pasilidad ng paaralan nang may pag-aalala sa kapakanan
ng kapwa
5.1. palikuran
5.2. silid-aklatan
5.3. palaruan
6. pagpapanatili ng tahimik, malinis at kaaya-ayang kapaligiran bilang
paraan ng pakikipagkapwa-tao
Week 1- Nakapagpapakita ng kawilihan sa pakikinig o pagbabasa ng mga pamanang
2 /3rd Q kulturang materyal (hal. kuwentong bayan, alamat, mga epiko) at di-
materyal (hal. mga magagandang kaugalian, pagpapahalaga sa
nakatatanda at iba pa)
Week 3 / Naipagmamalaki/napahahalagahan ang nasuring kultura ng iba’t ibang
3rd Q pangkat etniko tulad ng kuwentong-bayan, katutubong sayaw, awit, laro at
iba pa
Week 4 / Nakasusunod sa mga batas/panuntunang pinaiiral tungkol sa
3rd Q pangangalaga ng kapaligiran kahit walang nakakakita
Week 5- Nakatutulong sa pagpapanatili ng kalinisan at kaayusan ng kapaligiran
6 /3rd Q saanman sa pamamagitan ng:
1. segregasyon o pagtapon ng mga basurang nabubulok at di-nabubulok
sa tamang lagayan
2. pag-iwas sa pagsunog ng anumang bagay
3. pagsasagawa ng muling paggamit ng mga patapong bagay (Recycling)
97

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1- Napahahalagahan ang lahat ng mga likha: may buhay at mga materyal na
2 /4th Q bagay
1. Sarili at kapwa-tao:
1.1. pag-iwas sa pagkakaroon ng sakit
1.2. paggalang sa kapwa-tao
Week 3 / Hayop:
4th Q 1. pagkalinga sa mga hayop na ligaw at endangered
Week 4 / Halaman : pangangalaga sa mga halaman gaya ng :
4th Q 1. pag-aayos ng mga nabuwal na halaman
2. paglalagay ng mga lupa sa paso
3. pagbubungkal ng tanim na halaman sa paligid
Week 5 / Mga Materyal na Kagamitan:
4th Q 1. pangangalaga sa mga materyal na kagamitang likas o gawa ng tao

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1- Napahahalagahan ang katotohanan sa pamamagitan ng pagsusuri sa mga:
2 /1st Q 1. balitang napakinggan
4. nabasa sa internet
98

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 3- Nakasusuri ng mabuti at di-mabuting maidudulot sa sarili at miyembro ng
4 /1st Q pamilya ng anumang babasahin, napapakinggan at napapanood
1. dyaryo
2. magasin
3. radyo
4. telebisyon
5. pelikula
6. Internet
Week 5 / Nakapagpapakita ng kawilihan at positibong saloobin sa pag-aaral
1st Q 1. pakikinig
2. pakikilahok sa pangkatang gawain
3. pakikipagtalakayan
4. pagtatanong
5. paggawa ng proyekto (gamit ang anumang technology tools)
6. paggawa ng takdang-aralin
7. pagtuturo sa iba
Week 6 / Nakapagpapakita ng matapat na paggawa sa mga proyektong
1st Q pampaaralan
Week 7 / Nakapagpapatunay na mahalaga ang pagkakaisa sa pagtatapos ng gawain
1st Q
Week 8 / Nakapagpapahayag nang may katapatan ng sariling opinyon/ideya at
1st Q saloobin tungkol sa mga sitwasyong may kinalaman sa sarili at pamilyang
kinabibilangan. Hal. Suliranin sa paaralan at pamayanan
Week 9 / Nakapagpapahayag ng katotohanan kahit masakit sa kalooban gaya ng:
1st Q 1. pagkuha ng pag-aari ng iba
2. pangongopya sa oras ng pagsusulit
3. pagsisinungaling sa sinumang miyembro ng pamilya, at iba pa

Quarter/
99
Grading available
Period
Week 1- Nakapagsisimula ng pamumuno para makapagbigay ng kayang tulong para
2 /2nd Q sa nangangailangan
1. biktima ng kalamidad
2. pagbibigay ng babala/impormasyon kung may bagyo, baha, sunog,
lindol, at iba pa
Week 3 / Nakapagbibigay-alam sa kinauukulan tungkol sa kaguluhan, at iba pa
2nd Q (pagmamalasakit sa kapwa na sinasaktan / kinukutya / binubully
Week 4- Nakapagpapakita ng paggalang sa mga dayuhan sa pamamagitan ng:
5 /2nd Q 1. mabuting pagtanggap/pagtrato sa mga katutubo at mga dayuhan
2. paggalang sa natatanging kaugalian/paniniwala ng mga katutubo at
dayuhang kakaiba sa kinagisnan
Week 6 / Nakabubuo at nakapagpapahayag nang may paggalang sa anumang
2nd Q ideya/opinion
Week 7 / Nakapagpapaubaya ng pansariling kapakanan para sa kabutihan ng kapwa
2nd Q
Week 8 / Nakapagsasaalang-alang ng karapatan ng iba
2nd Q
Week 9 / Nakikilahok sa mga patimpalak o paligsahan na ang layunin ay
2nd Q pakikipagkaibigan
Week 10 / Nagagampanan nang buong husay ang anumang tungkulin sa programa o
2nd Q proyekto gamit ang anumang teknolohiya sa paaralan
Week 1 / Nakapagpapakita ng mga kanais-nais na kaugaliang Pilipino
3rd Q 1. nakikisama sa kapwa Pilipino
2. tumutulong/lumalahok sa bayanihan at palusong
3. magiliw na pagtanggap ng mga panauhin
Week 2- Nakapagpapamalas ng pagkamalikhain sa pagbuo ng mga sayaw, awit at
3 /3rd Q sining gamit ang anumang multimedia o teknolohiya
Week 4 / Napananatili ang pagkamabuting mamamayang Pilipino sa pamamagitan
3rd Q ng pakikilahok
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
100
Week 5- Nakasusunod ng may masusi at matalinong pagpapasiya para sa

6 /3rd Q kaligtasan. Hal:
1. paalala para sa mga panoorin at babasahin
2. pagsunod sa mga alituntunin tungkol sa pag-iingat sa sunog at
paalaala kung may kalamidad
Week 7 / Nakapagpapakita ng magagandang halimbawa ng pagiging responsableng
3rd Q tagapangalaga ng kapaligiran
1. pagiging mapanagutan
2. pagmamalasakit sa kapaligiran sa pamamagitan ng pakikiisa sa mga
programang pangkapaligiran
Week 8 / Napatutunayan na di-nakukuha sa kasakiman ang pangangailangan
3rd Q 1. pagiging vigilant sa mga illegal na gawaing nakasisira sa kapaligiran
Week 9-10 Nakikiisa nang may kasiyahan sa mga programa ng pamahalaan na may
/3rd Q kaugnayan sa pagpapanatili ng kapayapaan
1. paggalang sa karapatang pantao
2. paggalang sa opinyon ng iba
3. paggalang sa ideya ng iba
Week 11 / Nakalalahok sa pangangampanya sa pagpapatupad ng mga batas para sa
3rd Q kabutihan ng lahat
1. pangkalinisan
2. pangkaligtasan
3. pangkalusugan
4. pangkapayapaan
5. pangkalikasan
Week 12- Nakagagawa ng isang proyekto gamit ang iba’t ibang multimedia at
13 /3rd Q technology tools sa pagpapatupad ng mga batas sa kalinisan,
kaligtasan, kalusugan at kapayapaan
Week 14 / Nakikiisa nang buong tapat sa mga gawaing nakatutulong sa bansa at
3rd Q daigdig
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1- Nakapagpapakita nang tunay na pagmamahal sa kapwa tulad ng:
2/4th Q
101
1. pagsasaalang-alang sa kapakanan ng kapwa at sa kinabibilangang

pamayanan
2. pakikiisa sa pagdarasal para sa kabutihan ng lahat
3. pagkalinga at pagtulong sa kapwa
Week 3- Nakapagpapakita ng iba’t ibang paraan ng pasasalamat sa Diyos
4/4th Q

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1- Pagsusuri nang mabuti sa mga bagay na may kinalaman sa sarili at
2/1st Q pangyayari
Week 3/1st Pagsang-ayon sa pasya ng nakararami kung nakabubuti ito
Q
Week 4- Paggamit ng impormasyon
5 /1st Q
Week 1- Naipakikita ang kahalagahan ng pagiging responsable sa kapwa:
2/2nd Q 1 pangako o pinagkasunduan;
2 pagpapanatili ng mabuting pakikipagkaibigan;
3 pagiging matapat
Week 3- Nakapagpapakita ng paggalang sa ideya o suhestyon ng kapwa
4 /2nd Q
Week 1- Napahahalagahan ang magaling at matagumpay na mga Pilipino sa
2/3rd Q pamamagitan ng:
1. pagmomodelo ng kanilang pagtatagumpay;
2. kuwento ng kanilang pagsasakripisyo at pagbibigay ng sarili para sa
bayan;
3. pagtulad sa mga mabubuting katangian na naging susi sa
102

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
pagtatagumpay ng mga Pilipino
Week 3 / Nakagagamit nang may pagpapahalaga at pananagutan sa kabuhayan at
3rd Q pinagkukunang-yaman
Week 4 / Nakapagpapakita ng tapat na pagsunod sa mga batas pambansa at
3rd Q pandaigdigan tungkol sa pangangalaga sa kapaligiran
Week 5 / Naipagmamalaki ang anumang natapos na gawain na nakasusunod sa
3rd Q pamantayan at kalidad
Week 6- Naipakikita ang pagiging malikhain sa paggawa ng anumang proyekto na
7 /3rd Q makatutulong at magsisilbing inspirasyon tungo sa pagsulong at pag-unlad
ng bansa
Week 8- Naisasakilos ang pagtupad sa mga batas pambansa at pandaigdigan:
9 /3rd Q 1. pagtupad sa mga batas para sa kaligtasan sa daan; pangkalusugan;
pangkapaligiran; pag-abuso sa paggamit ng ipinagbabawal na gamot;
2. lumalahok sa mga kampanya at programa para sa pagpapatupad ng
batas tulad ng pagbabawal sa paninigarilyo, pananakit sa hayop, at iba pa;
3. tumutulong sa makakayanang paraan ng pagpapanatili ng kapayapaan
Week 1- Napatutunayan na nagpapaunlad ng pagkatao ang ispiritwalidad. Hal.
2 /4th Q pagpapaLiwanag na ispiritwalidad ang pagkakaroon ng mabuting pagkatao
anuman ang paniniwala; pagkakaroon ng positibong pananaw, pag-asa, at
pagmamahal sa kapwa at Diyos.
103

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Natutukoy ang mga pagbabago sa kanyang sarili mula sa gulang na 8 o 9
1/1st Q hanggang sa kasalukuyan sa aspetong:
a. Pagtatamo ng bago at ganap na pakikipag-ugnayan (more mature
relations) sa mga kasing edad (Pakikipagkaibigan)
b. Pagtanggap ng papel o gampanin sa lipunan
c. Pagtanggap sa mga pagbabago sa katawan at paglalapat ng tamang
pamamahala sa mga ito
d. Pagnanais at pagtatamo ng mapanagutang asal sa pakikipagkapwa/ sa
lipunan
e. Pagkakaroon ng kakayahang makagawa ng maingat na pagpapasya
Week NaipaliLiwanag na ang paglinang ng mga angkop na inaasahang kakayahan
st
2/1 Q at kilos (developmental tasks) sa panahon ng pagdadalaga / pagbibinata ay
nakatutulong sa:
a. pagkakaroon ng tiwala sa sarili, at paghahanda sa limang inaasahang
kakayahan at kilos na nasa mataas na antas (phase) ng
pagdadalaga/pagbibinata (middle and late adoscence): (paghahanda sa
paghahanapbuhay, paghahanda sa pag-aasawa/ pagpapamilya, at
b. pagkakaroon ng mga pagpapahalagang gabay sa mabuting asal), at
pagiging mabuti at mapanagutang tao
Week Naisasagawa ang mga angkop na hakbang sa paglinang ng limang
st
3/1 Q inaasahang kakayahan at kilos (developmental tasks) sa panahon ng
pagdadalaga / pagbibinata
Week 4 / Natutukoy ang mga aspekto ng sarili kung saan kulang siya ng tiwala sa
1st Q sarili at nakikilala ang mga paraan kung paano malalampasan ang mga ito
Napatutunayan na ang pagtuklas at pagpapaunlad ng mga angking talento
at kakayahan ay mahalaga sapagkat ang mga ito ay mga kaloob na kung
pauunlarin ay makahuhubog ng sarili tungo sa pagkakaroon ng tiwala sa
sarili, paglampas sa mga kahinaan, pagtupad ng mga tungkulin, at
104

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
paglilingkod sa pamayanan
Week 5 / Naisasagawa ang mga gawaing angkop sa pagpapaunlad ng sariling mga
1st Q talento at kakayahan
Week 6- Nakasusuri ng mga sariling hilig ayon sa larangan at tuon ng mga ito.
10 /1st Q NaipaliLiwanag na ang pagpapaunlad ng mga hilig ay makatutulong sa
pagtupad ng mga tungkulin, paghahanda tungo sa pagpili ng propesyon,
kursong akademiko o teknikal-bokasyonal, negosyo o hanapbuhay,
pagtulong sa kapwa at paglilingkod sa pamayanan.
Naisasagawa ang mga gawaing angkop sa pagpapaunlad ng kanyang mga
hilig
Natataya ang kanyang mga kilos tungo sa maayos na pagtupad ng kanyang
mga tungkulin bilang nagdadalaga / nagbibinata
Napatutunayan na ang pag unawa ng kabataan sa kanyang mga tungkulin
sa sarili, bilang anak, kapatid, mag-aaral, mamamayan, mananampalataya,
kosyumer ng media at bilang tagapangalaga ng kalikasan ay isang paraan
upang maging mapanagutan bilang paghahanda sa susunod na yugto ng
buhay
Week 11 Naisasagawa ang mga gawaing angkop sa maayos na pagtupad ng kanyang
/1st Q mga tungkulin sa bawat gampanin bilang nagdadalaga/nagbibinata
Week 1- Natutukoy ang mga katangian, gamit at tunguhin ng isip at kilos-loob
2 /2nd Q Nasusuri ang isang pasyang ginawa batay sa gamit at tunguhin ng isip at
kilos-loob
Naipaliliwanag na ang isip at kilos-loob ang nagpapabukod-tangi sa tao,
kaya ang kanyang mga pagpapasiya ay dapat patungo sa katotohanan at
kabutihan
Week 3- Naisasagawa ang pagbuo ng angkop na pagpapasiya tungo sa katotohanan
5 at kabutihan gamit ang isip at kilos-loob
nd
/2 Q Nakikilala na natatangi sa tao ang Likas na Batas Moral dahil ang pagtungo
sa kabutihan ay may kamalayan at kalayaan. Ang unang prinsipyo nito ay
likas sa tao na dapat gawin ang mabuti at iwasan ang masama.
105

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 3- Nailalapat ang wastong paraan upang baguhin ang mga pasya at kilos na
5 taliwas sa unang prinsipyo ng Likas na Batas Moral
/2nd Q Nahihinuha na nalalaman agad ng tao ang mabuti at masama sa
kongkretong sitwasyon batay sa sinasabi ng konsiyensiya. Ito ang Likas na
Batas Moral na itinanim ng Diyos sa isip at puso ng tao.
Week 6 / Nakabubuo ng tamang pangangatwiran batay sa Likas na Batas Moral
2nd Q upang magkaroon ng angkop na pagpapasiya at kilos araw-araw
Week 7 Nakikilala ang mga indikasyon / palatandaan ng pagkakaroon o kawalan ng
-10 /2nd kalayaan
Q Nahihinuha na likas sa tao ang malayang pagpili sa mabuti o sa masama;
ngunit ang kalayaan ay may kakambal na pananagutan para sa kabutihan
Naisasagawa ang pagbuo ng mga hakbang upang baguhin o paunlarin ang
kaniyang paggamit ng kalayaan
Nakikilala na may dignidad ang bawat tao anoman ang kanyang
kalagayang panlipunan, kulay, lahi, edukasyon, relihiyon at iba pa
Nahihinuha na likas sa tao ang malayang pagpili sa mabuti o sa masama;
ngunit ang kalayaan ay may kakambal na pananagutan para sa kabutihan
Week Napatutunayan na ang paggalang sa dignidad ng tao ay ang nagsisilbing
11- 12 / daan upang mahalin ang kapwa tulad ng pagmamahal sa sarili at ang
2nd Q paggalang sa dignidad ng tao ay nagmumula sa pagiging pantay at
magkapareho nilang tao
Naisasagawa ang mga konkretong paraan upang ipakita ang paggalang at
pagmamalasakit sa mga taong kapuspalad o higit na nangangailangan
kaysa sa kanila
Week 1 / Natutukoy
3rd Q a. ang mga birtud at pagpapahalaga na isasabuhay at
b. ang mga tiyak na kilos na ilalapat sa pagsasabuhay ng mga ito
Week 2 / Napatutunayan na ang paulit-ulit na pagsasabuhay ng mga mabuting gawi
3rd Q batay sa mga moral na pagpapahalaga ay patungo sa paghubog ng mga
106
birtud (acquired virtues)

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 3 / Naisasagawa ang pagsasabuhay ng mga pagpapahalaga at birtud na
3rd Q magpapaunlad ng kanyang buhay bilang nagdadalaga/ nagbibinata
Week 4 / Natutukoy ang iba’t ibang antas ng pagpapahalaga at ang mga halimbawa
3rd Q ng mga ito
Week 5 / Napatutunayang ang piniling uri ng pagpapahalaga batay sa hirarkiya ng
3rd Q mga pagpapahalaga ay gabay sa makatotohanang pag-unlad ng ating
pagkatao
Week 6- Naisasagawa ang paglalapat ng mga tiyak na hakbang upang mapataas ang
8 /3rd Q antas ng kaniyang mga pagpapahalaga
Nakikilala ang mga panloob na salik na nakaiimpluwensya sa paghubog ng
mga pagpapahalaga
Nahihinuha na ang paglalapat ng mga panloob na salik sa pang-araw-araw
na buhay ay gabay sa paggawa ng mapanagutang pasiya at kilos
Week 9- Naisasagawa ang paglalapat ng mga hakbang sa pagpapaunlad ng mga
10 /3rd Q panloob na salik na nakaiimpluwensya sa paghubog ng mga
pagpapahalaga
Naiisa-isa ang mga panlabas na salik na nakaiimpluwensya sa paghubog ng
mga pagpapahalaga
Napatutunayan na ang pag-unawa sa mga panlabas na salik na
nakaiimpluwensya sa paghubog ng mga pagpapahalaga ay nakatutulong
upang maging mapanuri at mapanindigan ang tamang pasya at kilos sa
gitna ng mga nagtutunggaliang impluwensya
Week 11 Naisasagawa ang pagiging mapanuri at mapanindigan sa mga pasiya at
/3rd Q kilos sa gitna ng mga nagtutunggaliang impluwensya ng mga panlabas na
salik na nakaiimpluwensya sa paghubog ng mga pagpapahalaga
Week 1 / Nakikilala na ang mga pangarap ang batayan ng mga pagpupunyagi tungo
4th Q sa makabuluhan at maligayang buhay
Week 2 / Nahihinuha na ang pagtatakda ng malinaw at makatotohanang mithiin ay
4th Q nagsisilbing gabay sa tamang pagpapasiya upang magkaroon ng tamang
107
direksyon sa buhay at matupad ang mga pangarap

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 2- Naisasagawa ang paglalapat ng pansariling plano sa pagtupad ng mga
4 /4th Q pangarap
Naipaliliwanag ang kahalagahan ng makabuluhang pagpapasiya sa uri ng
buhay
Nahihinuha na ang pagbuo ng Personal na Pahayag ng Misyon sa Buhay ay
gabay sa tamang pagpapasiya upang magkaroon ng tamang direksyon sa
buhay at matupad ang mga pangarap.
Week 5- Naisasagawa ang pagbuo ng Personal na Pahayag ng Misyon sa Buhay
6 /4th Q batay sa mga hakbang sa mabuting pagpapasiya
Natutukoy ang mga personal na salik na kailangang paunlarin kaugnay ng
pagpaplano ng kursong akademiko o teknikal-bokasyonal, negosyo o
hanapbuhay
Natatanggap ang kawalan o kakulangan sa mga personal na salik na
kailangan sa pinaplanong kursong akademiko o teknikal-bokasyonal,
negosyo o hanapbuhay
Week 7 / Naipaliliwanag na mahalaga ang pagtutugma ng mga personal na salik at
4th Q mga kailanganin (requirements) sa pinaplanong kursong akademiko o
teknikal-bokasyonal, sining o isports, negosyo o hanapbuhay upang
magkaroon ng makabuluhang negosyo o hanapbuhay, maging produktibo
at makibahagi sa pag-unlad ng ekonomiya ng bansa
Week 8- Naisasagawa ang pagtatakda ng mithiin gamit ang Goal Setting at Action
10/4th Q Planning Chart
Nakikilala ang (a) mga kahalagahan ng pag-aaral bilang paghahanda sa
pagnenegosyo at paghahanapbuhay at ang (b) mga hakbang sa paggawa
ng Career Plan
NaipaliLiwanag na sa pag-aaral nalilinang ang mga kasanayan,
pagpapahalaga, talento at mga kakayahang makatutulong, sa
pagtatagumpay sa pinaplanong buhay, negosyo o hanapbuhay
Week 11 Naisasagawa ang plano ng paghahanda para sa minimithing kursong
108
/4th Q akademiko o teknikal-bokasyonal, negosyo o hanapbuhay batay sa

pamantayan sa pagbuo ng Career Plan

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1- Natutukoy ang mga gawain o karanasan sa sariling pamilya na kapupulutan
2 /1st Q ng aral o may positibong impluwensya sa sarili
Nasusuri ang pag-iral ng pagmamahalan,pagtutulungan at
pananampalataya sa isang pamilyang nakasama, naobserbahan o
napanood
Napatutunayan kung bakit ang pamilya ay natural na institusyon ng
pagmamahalan at pagtutulungan na nakatutulong sa pagpapaunlad ng
sarili tungo sa makabuluhang pakikipagkapwa
Week 3 / Naisasagawa ang mga angkop na kilos tungo sa pagpapatatag ng
1st Q pagmamahalan at pagtutulungan sa sariling pamilya
Nakikilala ang mga gawi o karanasan sa sariling pamilya na nagpapakita ng
pagbibigay ng edukasyon, paggabay sa pagpapasya at paghubog ng
pananampalataya
Week 4 / Nasusuri ang mga banta sa pamilyang Pilipino sa pagbibigay ng edukasyon,
1st Q paggabay sa pagpapasya at paghubog ng pananampalataya
Week 5 / Naipaliliwanag na:
1st Q a. Bukod sa paglalang, may pananagutan ang mga magulang na bigyan ng
maayos na edukasyon ang kanilang mga anak, gabayan sa pagpapasya at
hubugin sa pananampalataya.
b. Ang karapatan at tungkulin ng mga magulang na magbigay ng
edukasyon ang bukod-tangi at pinakamahalagang gampanin ng mga
magulang.
Week 6 / Naisasagawa ang mga angkop na kilos tungo sa pagpapaunlad ng mga gawi
1st Q sa pag-aaral at pagsasabuhay ng pananampalataya sa pamilya
Nabibigyang-puna ang uri ng komunikasyon na umiiral sa isang pamilyang
109

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
nakasama, naobserbahan o napanood
Week 7 / Nahihinuha na:
1st Q a. Ang bukas na komunikasyon sa pagitan ng mga magulang at mga anak
ay nagbibigay-daan sa mabuting ugnayan ng pamilya sa kapwa.
b. Ang pag-unawa at pagiging sensitibo sa pasalita, di-pasalita at virtual na
uri ng komunikasyon ay nakapagpapaunlad ng pakikipagkapwa.
c. Ang pag-unawa sa limang antas ng komunikasyon ay makatutulong sa
angkop at maayos na pakikipag-ugnayan sa kapwa.
Week 8- Naisasagawa ang mga angkop na kilos tungo sa pagkakaroon at
9/ 1st Q pagpapaunlad ng komunikasyon sa pamilya
Nasusuri ang isang halimbawa ng pamilyang ginagampanan ang
panlipunan at pampulitikal na papel nito
Nahihinuha na may pananagutan ang pamilya sa pagbuo ng mapagmahal
na pamayanan sa pamamagitan ng pagtulong sa kapitbahay o pamayanan
(papel na panlipunan) at pagbabantay sa mga batas at institusyong
panlipunan (papel na pampolitikal)
Week Naisasagawa ang isang gawaing angkop sa panlipunan at pampulitikal na
st
10/ 1 Q papel ng pamilya
Week 1- Natutukoy ang mga taong itinuturing niyang kapwa
3/ 2nd Q Nasusuri ang mga impluwensya ng kanyang kapwa sa kanya sa aspektong
intelektwal, panlipunan, pangkabuhayan, at pulitikal
Nahihinuha na:
a. Ang tao ay likas na panlipunang nilalang, kaya’t nakikipag-ugnayan siya
sa kanyang kapwa upang malinang siya sa aspetong intelektwal,
panlipunan, pangkabuhayan, at politikal.
b. Ang birtud ng katarungan (justice) at pagmamahal (charity) ay kailangan
sa pagpapatatag ng pakikipagkapwa
c. Ang pagiging ganap niyang tao ay matatamo sa paglilingkod sa kapwa -
ang tunay na indikasyon ng pagmamahal.
Naisasagawa ang isang gawaing tutugon sa pangangailangan ng mga mag-
110

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
aaral o kabataan sa paaralan o pamayanan sa aspetong intelektwal,
panlipunan, pangkabuhayan, o pulitikal
Week 4/ Nasusuri ang kanyang mga pakikipagkaibigan batay sa tatlong uri ng
2nd Q pakikipagkaibigan ayon kay Aristotle
Week 5/ Nahihinuha na:
2nd Q a. Ang pakikipagkaibigan ay nakatutulong sa paghubog ng matatag na
pagkakakilanlan at pakikisalamuha sa lipunan.
b. Maraming kabutihang naidudulot ang pagpapanatili ng mabuting
pakikipagkaibigan: ang pagpapaunlad ng pagkatao at pakikipagkapwa at
pagtatamo ng mapayapang lipunan/pamayanan.
c. Ang pagpapatawad ay palatandaan ng pakikipagkaibigang batay sa
kabutihan at pagmamahal. Nakatutulong ito sa pagtamo ng integrasyong
pansarili at pagpapaunlad ng pakikipagkapwa.
Week 6- Naisasagawa ang mga angkop na kilos upang mapaunlad ang
8/ 2nd Q pakikipagkaibigan (hal.: pagpapatawad)
Nasusuri kung paano naiimpluwensyahan ng isang emosyon ang
pagpapasiya sa isang sitwasyon na may krisis, suliranin o pagkalito
Napangangatwiranan na:
a. Ang pamamahala ng emosyon sa pamamagitan ng pagtataglay ng mga
birtud ay nakatutulong sa pagpapaunlad ng sarili at pakikipagkapwa.
b. Ang katatagan (fortitude) at kahinahunan (prudence) ay nakatutulong
upang harapin ang matinding pagkamuhi, matinding kalungkutan, takot at
galit.
Naisasagawa ang mga angkop na kilos upang mapamahalaan nang wasto
ang emosyon
Week 9- Nasusuri ang katangian ng mapanagutang lider at tagasunod na nakasama,
10/ 1st Q naobserbahan o napanood
Nahihinuha na ang pagganap ng tao sa kanyang gampanin bilang lider at
tagasunod ay nakatutulong sa pagpapaunlad ng sarili tungo sa
mapanagutang pakikipag-ugnayan sa kapwa at makabuluhang buhay sa
111

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
lipunan
Naisasagawa ang mga angkop na kilos upang mapaunlad ang kakayahang
maging mapanagutang lider at tagasunod
Week 1- Nasusuri ang mga umiiral na paglabag sa paggalang sa magulang,
3 / 3rd Q nakatatanda at may awtoridad
Nahihinuha na dapat gawin ang pagsunod at paggalang sa mga magulang,
nakatatanda at may awtoridad dahil sa pagmamahal, sa malalim na
pananagutan at sa pagkilala sa kanilang awtoridad na hubugin, bantayan
at paunlarin ang mga pagpapahalaga ng kabataan
Week 4/ Naisasagawa ang mga angkop na kilos ng pagsunod at paggalang sa mga
3rd Q magulang, nakatatanda at may awtoridad at nakaiimpluwensiya sa kapwa
kabataan na maipamalas ang mga ito
Week 5- Naipaliliwanag na:
6.5/ 3rd Dahil sa paglalayong gawing kaaya-aya ang buhay para sa kapwa at
Q makapagbigay ng inspirasyon na tularan ng iba, ang paggawa ng kabutihan
sa kapwa ay ginagawa nang buong-puso
Week
Naisasagawa ang mga angkop na kilos sa isang mabuting gawaing
6.5-7.5 /
tumutugon sa pangangailangan ng kapwa
3rd Q
Week Nakikilala ang
7.5-8.5 / a. kahalagahan ng katapatan,
3rd Q b. mga paraan ng pagpapakita ng katapatan, at
c. bunga ng hindi pagpapamalas ng katapatan
Week Naipaliliwanag na:
8.5-9.5 / Ang pagiging tapat sa salita at gawa ay pagpapatunay ng pagkakaroon ng
3rd Q komitment sa katotohanan at ng mabuti/ matatag na konsensya. May
layunin itong maibigay sa kapwa ang nararapat para sa kanya, gabay ang
diwa ng pagmamahal.
Week Naisasagawa ang mga mga angkop na kilos sa pagsasabuhay ng katapatan
9.5-11 / sa salita at gawa
112

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
3rd Q
Week 1/ Nasusuri ang ilang napapanahong isyu ayon sa tamang pananaw sa
4th Q sekswalidad
Week 2/ Nahihinuha na:
4th Q Ang pagkakaroon ng tamang pananaw sa sekswalidad ay mahalaga para sa
paghahanda sa susunod na yugto ng buhay ng isang nagdadalaga at
nagbibinata at sa pagtupad niya sa kanyang bokasyon na magmahal
Week 3/ Naisasagawa ang tamang kilos tungo sa paghahanda sa susunod na yugto
4th Q ng buhay bilang nagdadalaga at nagbibinata at sa pagtupad niya ng
kanyang bokasyon na magmahal
Week
Nakikilala ang mga uri, sanhi at epekto ng mga umiiral na karahasan sa
4.5/ 4th
paaralan
Q
Week Nasusuri ang mga aspekto ng pagmamahal sa sarili at kapwa na kailangan
4.5-7/ 4th upang maiwasan at matugunan ang karahasan sa paaralan
Q Naipaliliwanag na:
a. Ang pag-iwas sa anomang uri ng karahasan sa paaralan (tulad ng pagsali
sa fraternity at gang at pambubulas) at ang aktibong pakikisangkot upang
masupil ito ay patunay ng pagmamahal sa sarili at kapwa at paggalang sa
buhay. Ang pagmamahal na ito sa kapwa ay may kaakibat na katarungan –
ang pagbibigay sa kapwa ng nararapat sa kanya (ang kanyang dignidad
bilang tao.)
b. May tungkulin ang tao kaugnay sa buhay- ang ingatan ang kanyang sarili
at umiwas sa kamatayan o sitwasyong maglalagay sa kanya sa panganib.
Kung minamahal niya ang kanyang kapwa tulad ng sarili, iingatan din niya
ang buhay nito.
Naisasagawa ang mga angkop na kilos upang maiwasan at masupil ang
mga karahasan sa kanyang paaralan
Week 8- Nasusuri ang:
12 / 4th a. pagkakaiba-iba ng mga henerasyon sa pananaw sa teknolohiya at
113

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Q b. ang implikasyon ng pagkakaroon at di pagkakaroon ng access sa
teknolohiya

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 8- Nahihinuha na:
12 / 4th a. Ang pag-unawa sa pagkakaiba ng mga henerasyon sa pananaw sa
Q teknolohiya ay makatutulong sa pagpapaunlad ng pakikipag-ugnayan sa
kapwa.
b. Ang pag-unawa sa konsepto ng Agwat Teknolohikal ay mahalaga sa
pagsusulong ng moral na karapatan ng tao sa pantay na oportunidad
kaugnay ng pagpapaunlad ng antas ng kanyang pamumuhay.
Nakapaghahain ng mga hakbang para matugunan ang hamon ng agwat
teknolohikal
Natutukoy ang mga epekto ng migrasyon sa pamilyang Pilipino
Nasusuri ang mga sanhi ng migrasyon sa pamilyang Pilipino
Nahihinuha na ang banta ng migrasyon sa pamilyang Pilipino ay
mapagtatagumpayan sa tulong ng pagpapatatag ng pagmamahalan sa
pamilya at paghubog ng pagkatao ng bawat miyembro nito
Naisasagawa ang mga angkop at konkretong hakbang sa pagiging handa sa
mga epekto ng migrasyon sa pamilyang Pilipino

114

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ Natutukoy ang mga elemento ng kabutihang panlahat
1st Q Nakapagsusuri ng mga halimbawa ng pagsasaalang-alang sa kabutihang
panlahat sa pamilya, paaralan, pamayanan o lipunan
Week 2/ Napangangatwiranan na ang pagsisikap ng bawat tao na makamit at
1st Q mapanatili ang kabutihang panlahat sa pamamagitan ng pagsasabuhay ng
moral na pagpapahalaga ay mga puwersang magpapatatag sa lipunan
Week 3/ Naisasagawa ang isang proyekto na makatutulong sa isang pamayanan o
1st Q sektor sa pangangailangang pangkabuhayan, pangkultural, at
pangkapayapaan.
Week Naipaliliwanag ang: a. dahilan kung bakit may lipunang pulitikal
4.5/ 1st b. Prinsipyo ng Subsidiarity
Q c. Prinsipyo ng Pagkakaisa
Week Natataya ang pag-iral o kawalan sa pamilya, paaralan, baranggay,
4.5-7 / pamayanan, o lipunan/bansa ng: a. Prinsipyo ng Subsidiarity
1st Q b. Prinsipyo ng Pagkakaisa
Napatutunayan na:
a. May mga pangangailangan ang tao na hindi niya makakamtan bilang
indibidwal na makakamit niya lamang sa pamahalaan o organisadong
pangkat tulad ng mga pangangailangang pangkabuhayan,
pangkultural, at pangkapayapaan.
b. Kung umiiral ang Prinsipyo ng Subsidiarity, mapananatili ang
pagkukusa, kalayaan at pananagutan ng pamayanan o pangkat na
nasa mababang antas at maisasaalang-alang ang dignidad ng bawat
kasapi ng pamayanan.
c. Kailangan ang pakikibahagi ng bawat tao sa mga pagsisikap na
mapabuti ang uri ng pamumuhay sa lipunan/bansa, lalo na sa pag-
angat ng kahirapan, dahil nakasalalay ang kaniyang pag-unlad sa pag-
unlad ng lipunan (Prinsipyo ng Pagkakaisa).
Nakapagsusuri ng maidudulot ng magandang ekonomiya
Week 8/ Napatutunayan na:
115

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
1st Q a. Ang mabuting ekonomiya ay iyong napauunlad ang lahat – walang
taong sobrang mayaman at maraming mahirap.
b. Ang ekonomiya ay hindi para lamang sa sariling pag-unlad kundi sa
pag-unlad ng lahat.
Week 9/ Nakatataya ng lipunang ekonomiya sa isang baranggay/pamayanan, at
1st Q lipunan/bansa gamit ang dokumentaryo o photo/video journal
(hal.YouScoop)
Week Nahihinuha na :
10/ 1st Q a. Ang layunin ng Lipunang Sibil, ang likas-kayang pag-unlad, ay isang
ulirang lipunan na pinagkakaisa ang mga panlipunang pagpapahalaga
tulad ng katarungang panlipunan, pang-ekonomiyang pag-unlad
(economic viability), pakikilahok ng mamamayan, pangangalaga ng
kapaligiran, kapayapaan, pagkakapantay ng kababaihan at kalalakihan
(gender equality) at ispiritwalidad.
b. Ang layunin ng media ay ang pagpapalutang ng katotohanang
kailangan ng mga mamamayan sa pagpapasya.
Sa tulong ng simbahan, nabibigyan ng mas mataas na antas ng katuturan
ang mga materyal na pangangailangan na tinatamasa natin sa tulong ng
estado at sariling pagkukusa.
Week Natataya ang adbokasiya ng iba’t ibang lipunang sibil batay sa
11/ 1st Q kontribusyon ng mga ito sa katarungang panlipunan, pang-ekonomiyang
pag-unlad (economic viability), pakikilahok ng mamamayan, pangangalaga
ng kapaligiran, kapayapaan, pagkakapantay ng kababaihan at kalalakihan
(gender equality) at ispiritwalidad (mga pagpapahalagang kailangan sa
isang lipunang sustainable)
Nakapagsasagawa ng mga pananaliksik sa pamayanan upang matukoy
kung may lipunang sibil na kumikilos dito, matukoy ang adbokasiya ng
lipunang sibil sa pamayanan, at matasa ang antas ng pagganap nito sa
pamayanan
Week . Natutukoy ang mga karapatan at tungkulin ng tao
116

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
5/ 2nd Q
Week .5- Nasusuri ang mga paglabag sa karapatang pantao na umiiral sa pamilya,
1.5 / 2nd paaralan, baranggay/pamayanan, o lipunan/bansa
Q
Week Napatutunayan na ang karapatan ay magkakaroon ng tunay na kabuluhan
1.5-2.5 / kung gagampanan ng tao ang kanyang tungkulin na kilalanin at unawain,
2nd Q gamit ang kanyang katwiran, ang pagkakapantay-pantay ng dignidad ng
lahat ng tao
Week Naisasagawa ang mga angkop na kilos upang ituwid ang mga nagawa o
2.5-3.5 / naobserbahang paglabag sa mga karapatang pantao sa pamilya,
2nd Q paaralan, baranggay/pamayanan, o lipunan/bansa
Week Nasusuri ang mga batas na umiiral at panukala tungkol sa mga kabataan
3.5-4.5 / batay sa pagsunod ng mga ito sa Likas na Batas Moral
2nd Q
Week Nahihinuha na ang pagsunod sa batas na nakabatay sa Likas na Batas
4.5-5.5 / Moral (Natural Law), gumagaratiya sa pagtugon sa pangangailangan ng tao
2nd Q at umaayon sa dignidad ng tao at sa kung ano ang hinihingi ng tamang
katwiran, ay mahalaga upang makamit ang kabutihang panlahat
Week Nakapagsusuri kung ang paggawang nasasaksihan sa pamilya, paaralan o
5.5-6.5 / baranggay/pamayanan ay nagtataguyod ng dignidad ng tao at paglilingkod
2nd Q
Week Napatutunayan na sa pamamagitan ng paggawa, nakapagpapamalas ang
6.5-7.5 / tao ng mga pagpapahalaga na makatutulong upang patuloy na maiangat,
2nd Q bunga ng kanyang paglilingkod, ang antas kultural at moral ng lipunan at
makamit niya ang kaganapan ng kanyang pagkatao
Week Nakabubuo ng sintesis tungkol sa kabutihang naidudulot ng paggawa
7.5-8 / gamit ang panayam sa mga manggagawang kumakatawan sa taong
2nd Q nangangailangan (marginalized) na nasa iba’t ibang kurso o trabahong
teknikal-bokasyonal
Week 9/ Napatutunayan na:
117

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
2nd Q a. Ang pakikilahok at bolunterismo ng bawat mamamayan sa mga
gawaing pampamayanan, panlipunan/ pambansa, batay sa kanyang
talento, kakayahan, at papel sa lipunan, ay makatutulong sa pagkamit
ng kabutihang panlahat
Week 9/ Bilang obligasyong likas sa dignidad ng tao, ang pakikilahok ay nakakamit

2nd Q sa pagtulong o paggawa sa mga aspekto kung saan mayroon siyang
personal na pananagutan
Week Nakalalahok sa isang proyekto o gawain sa baranggay o mga sektor na may
10/ 2nd Q partikular na pangangailangan, Hal. mga batang may kapansanan o mga
matatandang walang kumakalinga
Week . Nakikilala ang mga palatandaan ng katarungang panlipunan
5/ 3rd Q
Week .5- Nakapagsusuri ng mga paglabag sa katarungang panlipunan ng mga
1.5 / 3rd tagapamahala at mamamayan
Q
Week Napatutunayan na may pananagutan ang bawat mamamayan na ibigay sa
1.5-2.5 / kapwa ang nararapat sa kanya
3rd Q
Week Natutugunan ang pangangailangan ng kapwa o pamayanan sa mga angkop
2.5-3.5 / na pagkakataon
3rd Q
Week Natutukoy ang mga indikasyon na may kalidad o kagalingan sa paggawa ng
3.5-4.5 / isang gawain o produkto
3rd Q
Week NaipaliLiwanag na kailangan ang kagalingan sa paggawa at paglilingkod
4.5-5.5 / upang maiangat ang sarili, mapaunlad ang ekonomiya ng bansa at
3rd Q mapasalamatan ang Diyos sa mga talentong Kanyang kaloob
Week Nakapagtatapos ng isang gawain o produkto na mayroong kalidad o
5.5-6.5 / kagalingan sa paggawa
118

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
3rd Q
Week Natutukoy ang mga indikasyon ng taong masipag, nagpupunyagi sa
6.5-7.5 / paggawa, nagtitipid at pinamamahalaan ang naimpok
3rd Q

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Napatutunayan na:
a. Ang kasipagan na nakatuon sa disiplinado at produktibong gawain
na naaayon sa itinakdang mithiin ay kailangan upang umunlad ang
sariling pagkatao, kapwa, lipunan at bansa
Ang mga hirap, pagod at pagdurusa ay nadadaig ng pagpupunyagi tungo sa
pagtupad ng itinakdang mithiin
Week Nakagagawa ng Chart ng pagsunod sa hakbang upang matupad ang
7.5-9 / itinakdang gawain nang may kasipagan at pagpupunyagi
3rd Q Napatutunayang ang pamamahala ng oras ay kailangan sa kaayusan ng
paggawa upang magampanan ang mga tungkulin nang may
prayoritisasyon (prioritization)
Week Natataya ang sariling kakayahan sa pamamahala sa oras batay sa
rd
10/ 3 Q pagsasagawa ng mga gawain na nasa kanyang iskedyul ng mga gawain
Week 1/ Nakikilala ang mga pagbabago sa kanyang talento, kakayahan at hilig (mula
4th Q Baitang 7) at naiuugnay ang mga ito sa pipiliing kursong akademiko,
teknikal-bokasyonal, sining at palakasan o negosyo
Week 2/ Napatutunayan na ang pagiging tugma ng mga personal na salik sa mga
4th Q pangangailangan (requirements) sa napiling kursong akademiko, teknikal-
bokasyonal, sining at isports o negosyo ay daan upang magkaroon ng
makabuluhang hanapbuhay o negosyo at matiyak ang pagiging produktibo
at pakikibahagi sa pagpapaunlad ng ekonomiya ng bansa
119

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Napatutunayan na:
rd
Week 3 / Natutukoy ang kanyang mga paghahandang gagawin upang makamit ang
4th Q piniling kursong akademiko, teknikal-bokasyonal, sining at palakasan o
negosyo (hal., pagkuha ng impormasyon at pag-unawa sa mga tracks sa
Senior High School)
Week 4/ Nakapagpapaliwanag ng kahalagahan ng Personal na Pahayag ng Misyon
4th Q sa Buhay
Week 5/ Nahihinuha na ang kanyang Personal na Pahayag ng Misyon sa Buhay ay
4th Q dapat na nagsasalamin ng kanyang pagiging natatanging nilalang na
nagpapasya at kumikilos nang mapanagutan tungo sa kabutihang panlahat
Week 6 / Nakapagbubuo ng Personal na Pahayag ng Misyon sa Buhay
4th Q
Week 7 / Napatutunayan na makatutulong ang sapat (updated and accurate) na
4th Q impormasyon tungkol sa mga trabahong kailangan sa Pilipinas at sa ibang
bansa upang mapili at mapaghandaan ang kursong akademiko o teknikal-
bokasyonal na maaaring maging susi ng sariling tagumpay at ng pag-unlad
ng ekonomiya ng bansa
Week 8 / Nakabubuo ng profile ng mga trabahong mataas ang lokal at global na
120

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Napatutunayan na:
rd
4th Q demand na angkop sa taglay na mga talento at kakayahan, pagpapahalaga
at tunguhin
Week 9 / Napangangatwiranan na:
4th Q a. Mahalaga ang pagtutugma ng pansariling salik sa lokal at global na
demand upang makamit ang mga itinakdang tunguhin tungo sa
pagpapaunlad ng sarili at pakikibahagi sa lipunan
Ang pagkamit ng mithiin sa buhay ay nagsisimula sa mabuting pagpili ng
track at stream sa senior high school bilang paghahanda sa kurso o
trabaho; ang mabuting pagpili ay ginagamitan ng mga hakbang sa paggawa
ng mabuting pasya.
Week 16.4 Nakapagpapasya ng kursong akademiko o teknikal-bokasyonal,
th
10/ 4 Q negosyo o hanapbuhayna ayon sa sariling kagustuhan na angkop sa mga
pansariling salik at lokal at global na demand
121

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1 / Natutukoy ang mataas na gamit at tunguhin ng isip at kilos-loob
1st Q
Week 2- Napatutunayan na ang isip at kilos-loob ay ginagamit para lamang sa
3 / 4th Q paghahanap ng katotohanan at sa paglilingkod/pagmamahal
Nakagagawa ng mga angkop na kilos upang maipakita ang kakayahang
mahanap ang katotohanan at maglingkod at magmahal
Natutukoy ang mga prinsipyo ng Likas na Batas Moral
Week 4/ Nakapagsusuri ng mga pasiyang ginagawa batay sa mga prinsipyo ng Likas
1st Q na Batas Moral
Week 5/ Napatutunayan na ang konsiyensiyang nahubog batay sa Likas na Batas
1st Q Moral ay nagsisilbing gabay sa tamang pagpapasiya at pagkilos
Week 6- Nakagagawa ng angkop na kilos batay sa konsensiyang nahubog ng Likas
9.5 / 1st na Batas Moral.
Q Naipaliliwanag ang tunay na kahulugan ng kalayaan
Napatutunayan na ang tunay na kalayaan ay ang kakayahang tumugon sa
tawag ng pagmamahal at paglilingkod
Nakagagawa ng angkop na kilos upang maisabuhay ang paggamit ng tunay
na kalayaan: tumugon sa tawag ng pagmamahal at paglilingkod
Nakapagpapaliwanag ng kahulugan ng dignidad ng tao
Nakapagsusuri kung bakit ang kahirapan ay paglabag sa dignidad ng mga
mahihirap at indigenous groups
Week Naipatutunayan na nakabatay ang dignidad ng tao sa kanyang
9.5- pagkabukod-tangi (hindi siya nauulit sa kasaysayan) at sa pagkakawangis
10.5/1st Q niya sa Diyos (may isip at kalooban)
Week Nakagagawa ng mga angkop na kilos upang maipakita sa kapwang
10.5- itinuturing na mababa ang sarili na siya ay bukod-tangi dahil sa kanyang
st
11.5 / 1 taglay na dignidad bilang tao
Q
122

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1 / Nakikilala:
2nd Q a. na may pagkukusa sa makataong kilos kung nagmumula ito sa
malayang pagsasagawa ng kilos-loob sa pamamatnubay ng isip.
b. ang bawat salik na nakaaapekto sa pananagutan ng tao sa
kahihinatnan ng kaniyang kilos at pasiya
Nakapagsusuri ng:
a. mga kilos na may pananagutan
b. mga sitwasyong nakaaapekto sa pagkukusa sa kilos dahil sa
kamangmangan, masidhing damdamin, takot, karahasan at gawi
Week 2 / Napatutunayan na:
2nd Q a. Ang makataong kilos ay sinadya (deliberate) at niloob ng tao, gamit
ang isip, kaya pananagutan niya ang kahihinatnan nito (kabutihan o
kasamaan).
b. Nakaaapekto ang kamangmangan, masidhing damdamin, takot,
karahasan at gawi sa pananagutan ng tao sa kahihinatnan ng kaniyang
kilos dahil maaaring mawala ang pagkukusa ng kilos.
Week 3- Nakapagsusuri ng sariling kilos na dapat panagutan at nakagagawa ng
4.5 / 2nd paraan upang maging mapanagutan sa pagkilos
Q Naipaliliwanag ang bawat salik na nakaaapekto sa pananagutan ng tao sa
kahihinatnan ng kaniyang kilos at pasya
Nakapagsusuri ng isang sitwasyong nakaaapekto sa pagkukusa sa kilos
dahil sa kamangmangan, masidhing damdamin, takot, karahasan, gawi
Week Napatutunayan na nakaaapekto ang kamangmangan, masidhing
4.5-8 / damdamin, takot, karahasan at ugali sa pananagutan ng tao sa
2nd Q kalalabasan ng kanyang mga pasya at kilos dahil maaaring mawala ang
pagkukusa sa kilos
Naipaliliwanag ang bawat yugto ng makataong kilos at mga hakbang sa
moral na pagpapasiya
Naipaliliwanag na ang bawat yugto ng makataong kilos ay kakikitaan ng
kahalagahan ng deliberasyon ng isip at katatagan ng kilos-loob sa paggawa
123

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
ng moral na pasya at kilos
Week Nakapagsusuri ng sariling kilos at pasya batay sa mga yugto ng
4.5-8 / makataong kilos at nakagagawa ng plano upang maitama ang kilos o
2nd Q pasya
Naipaliliwanag ang layunin, paraan, sirkumstansiya, at kahihinatnan ng
makataong kilos
Week 9 Nakapagsusuri ng kabutihan o kasamaan ng sariling pasiya o kilos sa isang
2nd Q sitwasyon batay sa layunin, paraan, sirkumstansiya, at kahihinatnan nito
Week 10 Napatutunayan na ang layunin, paraan, sirkumstansya, at kahihinatnan ng
2nd Q kilos ay nagtatakda ng pagkamabuti o pagkamasama nito
Week 11 Nakapagtataya ng kabutihan o kasamaan ng pasiya o kilos sa isang
2nd Q sitwasyong may dilemma batay sa layunin, paraan sirkumstansya, at
kahihinatnan nito
Week .5- Natutukoy ang mga katangian ng tao bilang espiritwal na nilalang
10 / 3rd Nasusuri ang sariling ugnayan sa Diyos
Q Nahihinuha na:
a. Nasa pagsisikap na hanapin ang kahulugan ng buhay, hindi ang mga
bagay na materyal, ang pagiging espiritwal ng tao.
b. Ang pagsisikap na mapanatili ang ugnayan sa Diyos, bilang indikasyon
ng pagiging ispiritwal, ang nagpapatibay sa ating pananampalataya.
c. Naipakikita ang tunay na pananampalataya sa pag-ibig sa kapwa at
preperensya sa kabutihan.
Nakagagawa ng mga angkop na kilos upang mapaunlad ang sariling
pananampalataya at espiritwalidad
Napangangatwiranan na: Mahalaga ang buhay dahil kung wala ang buhay,
hindi mapahahalagahan ang mas mataas na pagpapahalaga kaysa buhay;
di makakamit ang higit na mahalaga kaysa buhay.
Nakagagawa ng angkop na kilos upang maipamalas ang paggalang sa
buhay. Hal. maituwid ang “culture of death” na umiiral sa lipunan
Napangangatwiranan na: Nakaugat ang pagkakakilanlan ng tao sa
124

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
pagmamahal sa bayan. (“Hindi ka global citizen pag di ka mamamayan.”)
Week .5- Nakagagawa ng angkop na kilos upang maipamalas ang pagmamahal sa
10 / 3rd bayan (Patriyotismo)
Q Natutukoy ang mga paglabag sa pangangalaga sa kalikasan na umiiral sa
lipunan
Napangangatwiranan na:
a. Lahat tayo ay mamamayan ng iisang mundo, dahil nabubuhay tayo sa
iisang kalikasan (Mother Nature)
b. Inutusan tayo ng Diyos na alagaan ang kalikasan (stewards) at hindi
maging tagapagdomina para sa susunod na henerasyon.
c. Binubuhay tayo ng kalikasan.
Nakagagawa ng angkop na kilos upang maipamalas ang pangangalaga sa
kalikasan
Week 1- Nasusuri ang mga gawaing taliwas sa batas ng Diyos at kasagraduhan ng
312/ 4th buhay
Q Napatutunayan na: Ang pagbuo ng posisyon tungkol sa mga isyung may
kinalaman sa paninindigan ng tao sa pagmamahal niya sa buhay bilang
kaloob ng Diyos ay kailangan upang mapatibay ang ating pagkilala sa
Kaniyang kadakilaan at kapangyarihan at kahalagahan ng tao bilang
nilalang ng Diyos.
Nakagagawa ng sariling pahayag tungkol sa mga gawaing taliwas sa batas
ng Diyos at sa kasagraduhan ng buhay
Week 4/ Nasusuri ang mga isyu na kaugnay sa paggamit ng kapangyarihan at
4th Q pangangalaga sa kapaligiran.
Week 5/ Napatutunayan na: Ang pagkakaroon ng matibay na paninindigan sa
4th Q paggawa at tamang paggamit ng kapangyarihan ay daan para sa
mapanagutang paglilingkod.
Week 6/ Nakabubuo ng matatag na posisyon tungkol sa mga isyu sa paggawa
4th Q
Week 7/ Nasusuri ang mga isyung kaugnay sa kawalan ng paggalang sa dignidad at
125

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
4th Q sekswalidad
Week 8/ Napangangatwiranan na: Ang malawak na kaaalaman sa mga isyu tungkol
4th Q sa sa kawalan ng paggalang sa seksuwalidad ay daan upang magkaroon ng
malinaw na posisyon sa kahalagahan ng paggalang sa kabuuan ng
pagkatao ng tao sa tunay na layunin nito
Week 9/ Nakagagawa ng malinaw na posisyon tungkol sa isang isyu sa kawalan ng
4th Q paggalang sa dignidad at sekswalidad
Week Nasusuri ang mga isyung may kinalaman sa kawalan ng paggalang sa
th
10/4 Q katotohanan
Week Napatutunayang ang pagiging mulat sa mga isyu tungkol sa kawalan ng
11- paggalang sa katotohanan ay daan upang isulong at isabuhay ang
th
12.5 / 4 pagiging mapanagutan at tapat na nilalang
Q Nakabubuo ng mga hakbang upang maisabuhay ang paggalang sa
katotohanan
126

GRADE 1 - ENGLISH

the (Grade 1- English) Learning develope online) (provide a
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN1PA-IIIa-e-2.2
rd
3 Q Recognize rhyming words in nursery rhymes, poems, songs heard
EN1PA-IIIa-b-3.1
Give the number of syllables of given words
EN1G-IIIa-1.1
Recognize sentences and non-sentences
EN1G-IIIb-1.4
Recognize simple sentences
EN1G-IIIc-e-1.3
Recognize telling and asking sentences
EN1V-IIIa-e-5
Use words that are related to self, family, school, community, and concepts such as the
names for colors, shapes, and numbers
EN1LC-IIIa-j- 1.1
Listen to short stories/poems
1. note important details pertaining to
a. character
b. setting
c. events
2. Give the correct sequence of three events
3. Infer the character feelings and traits
4. Identify cause and/or effect of events
5. Identify the speaker in the story or poem
6. Predict possible ending of a story read
7. Relate story events to one’s experience
8. Discuss, illustrate, dramatize specific events
9. Identify the problem and solution
10. Retell a story listened to
EN1OL-IIIa-e-1.5
127

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Use/Respond appropriately to polite expressions
EN1OL-IIIa-1.5.1 greetings
EN1OL-IIIb-1.5.2 leave takings
EN1OL-IIIc-1.5.3 expressing gratitude and apology
EN1OL-IIId-1.5.4 asking permission
EN1OL-IIIe-1.5.5 offering help
EN1OL-IIIa-b-1.17
Talk about oneself and one’s family
EN1OL-IIIb-c 1.3.3
Talk about one’s personal experiences pertaining to the family, one’s pets, and personal
experiences
EN1OL-IIIc-1.17.1
Relate one’s activities/responsibilities at home
EN1OL-IVd- 1.3.4
Talk about topics of interest (likes and dislikes)
EN1OL-IIIa-e-1.5
Use common expressions and polite greetings
EN1OL-IIIa-j-1.3.1
Talk about stories heard when and where it took place
● the characters and
some important details of the story
EN1OL-IIIa-j-1.2.9
Participate in some sharing activities
● News sharing
● Show and tell
● “I Spy” games
● Recite rhymes, poem
EN1PA-IVa-b-2.3
4th Q Distinguish rhyming words from non-rhyming words
EN1G-IVa-e-3.4
Recognize common action words in stories listened to
EN1V-IVa-e-3
Sort and Classify familiar words into basic categories (colors, shapes, foods, etc)
Listen to narrative and informational text or poem and
EN1LC-IVa-j-2.1
Note important details
128

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN1LC-IVa-j-3.12
Give one’s reaction to an event or issues
EN1LC-IVa-j-2.8
Infer important details
EN1LC-IVa-j-2.7
Sequence events when appropriate
EN1OL-IVa-j-1.3
Talk about pictures presented using appropriate local terminologies with ease and
confidence
EN1OL-IVf-1.17.2
Ask simple questions
EN1LC-IVg-h-3.6
Follow one-to-two step directions
EN1OL-IVi-j-1.17.1
Give one-to-two step directions
GRADE 2 ENGLISH

the (Grade 2 English) Learning develope online) (provide a
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN2BPK-Ia-3
ST
1 Q Recognize environmental print
EN2BPK-Ib-c-4
Recognize the common terms in English relating to part of book (e.g. cover, title page,
etc.) book orientation
EN2BPK-Id-e-5
Recognize proper eye movement skills (transfer skills)
● left to right
● top to bottom
return sweep
129

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN2AK-If-g-1
Read the alphabets of English
EN2AK-Ih-j-2
Identify letters in English that are not present in Mother Tongue/Filipino and vice-versa
EN2G-Id-e-1.3
Recognize different kinds of sentences (declarative, interrogative)
EN2G-If-g-2.1
Recognize names people, objects, things and places (e.g. names of animals, fruits, objects
in songs, stories, poems, nursery rhymes, pictures, realia and other ICT-based materials)
EN2G-Ih-2.4
Recognize nouns in simple sentences
EN2G-Ii-9.2
Recognize the use of a/an + noun
EN2PA-Ia-c-1.1
Classify/Categorize sounds heard (animals, mechanical, objects, musical instruments,
environment, speech)
EN2PA-Id-e-1.2
Discriminate sounds from a background of other sounds
EN2PA-If-1.2.1
Recognize same/different sounds
EN2PA-Ig-2.3
Distinguish rhyming words from non-rhyming words
EN2PA-Ih-2.4
Supply words that rhyme with given words
EN2PA-Ii-j-2.4
Supply rhyming words in response to spoken words
EN2V-Ia-5
Use words that are related to self, family, school, community, and concepts such as the
names for colors, shapes, and numbers in both Mother Tongue and English
EN2V-Ib-c-01
Differentiate English words from other languages spoken at home and in school
EN2VD-Id-e-1
Identify the English equivalent of words in the Mother Tongue or in Filipino
EN2LC-Ia-j-1.1
Listen to a variety of media including books, audiotapes videos and other age-appropriate
publications
130

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
a. Note important details pertaining to
a. character
b. settings
c. events
Give the correct sequence of three events
b. Infer the character feelings and traits
Identify cause and/or effect of events
Identify the speaker in the story or poem
Predict possible ending of a story read
Relate story events to one’s experience
Discuss, illustrate, dramatize specific events
Identify the problem and solution
Retell a story listened to
EN2LC-Ib-3.16
Follow a set of verbal two-step directions with picture cues
EN2LC-Ic-1.1
Activate prior knowledge based on new knowledge formed
EN2LC-Id-e-1.2
Relate information and events in a selection to life experiences and vice versa
EN2LC-Ih-1.1
Activate prior knowledge based on new knowledge formed
EN2LC-Ii-j-1.2
Relate information and events in a selection to life experiences and vice versa
EN2OL-If-j-1.3
Talk about oneself and one’s family
EN2OL-If-1.3.1; EN2OL-Ig-1.3.1
Talk about one’s name and other personal information
EN2OL-Ih-j-1.3.2
Talk about one’s environment (e.g. persons, animals, places, things, events, etc.)
EN2OL-Ia-e-1.5
Use appropriate expressions in common situations (polite expressions, greetings, seeking
directions, apologizing, asking help, query and clarification)
N2AK-IIa-e-3
Give the beginning letter of the name of each picture
131

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
2nd Q N2PA-IIf-2.3
Distinguish rhyming words from non-rhyming words
EN2PA-IIg-h-2.4
Supply words that rhyme with given words
EN2PA-IIi-j-2.4
Supply rhyming words in response to spoken words
EN1G-IIa-e-3.4
Recognize common action words in retelling, conversation, etc.
EN2G-IIf-j-5.1
Recognize descriptions of people, objects, things and places (color, shape, size, height,
weight, length, distance, etc.)
EN2V-IIa-3
Sort and classify familiar words into basic categories (colors, shapes, foods, etc.)
EN2V-IIb-c-12.1
Determine the meaning of words using clues (Total Physical Response through realia,
pictures, body movements, context clues etc.)
EN2V-IId-e-6 Derive meaning from repetitive language structures
EN2LC-IIa-b-2.2
Identify and discuss the elements of a story (theme, setting, characters, and events)
EN2LC-IIc-2.1
Ask and answer simple questions (who, what, where, when, why, and how) about text
listened to
EN2LC-IId-e-2.5
Validate ideas made after listening to a story
EN2LC-IIf-g-2.2
Identify and discuss the elements of a story (theme, setting, characters, and events)
EN2LC-IIj-2.5
EN2OL-IIa-b-1.3.3
Talk about one’s activities/responsibilities at home and in school and community
EN2OL-IIc-d-1.3.4
Talk about topics of interest (likes and dislikes)
EN2OL-IIf-1.17.2
EN2LC-IIg-3.6
Follow one-to-two step directions
132

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN2OL-IIh-1.17.1
Give one-to-two step directions
EN2OL-IIi-j-1.6
Recite memorized verses, short poems, and rhymes
EN2WC-IIIa-c-1
3rd Q Participate in generating ideas through prewriting activities
Show understanding of a story listened to through the following writing activities:
EN2WC-IIIb-1.9
Writing a phrase or sentence about an illustration
EN2WC-IIIc-1.10
Completing a Lost and Found Poster
EN2WC-IIIc-1.11
Filling in blanks in a letter
EN2WC-IIIc-1.12
Drawing and writing some words on a birthday card
EN2WC-IIIc-1.13
Writing some words about a character
EN2BPK-IIIa-1
Discuss the illustrations on the cover and predict what the story may be about
EN2BPK-IIIa-b-4
Identify the common terms in English relating to part of book (e.g. cover, title page, etc.)
EN2BPK-IIIb-2
Identify title, author and book illustrator and tell what they do
EN2AK-IIIa-1.1
Give the beginning sound of each Consonant (m,s, f, t, h)
EN2AK-IIIb-1.2
Give the beginning sound of each Consonant (c, r, n,b, g, p)
EN2AK-IIIc-1.2
Give the beginning sound of each Consonant (d, j, w, v, z, y)
EN2AK-IIIa-c-1.2
Name the pictures that begin its name with a particular consonant
EN2AK-IIIa-c-4
Give the
beginning consonant sound of the name of each picture
EN2S-IIId-j-3
Spell words with short e sound in CVC pattern
133

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN2S-IIId-j-4
Spell words with short e and a sound in CVC pattern
EN2G-IIIa-1.1
Distinguish sentences from non-sentences
EN2G-IIIb-1.3
Use different kinds of sentences: declarative (telling) and interrogative (asking)
EN2G-IIIc-1.6
Recognize punctuation marks (period, question mark)
EN2G-IIId-f-2
Give naming words for persons, places, things
EN2G-IIId-2.4
Use common nouns in simple sentences
EN2G-IIIf-9.2
Use the use of a/an + noun
EN2G-IIIg-3.1
Identify action words
EN2G-IIIh-3.4
Use common action words in retelling, conversations, etc.
EN2RC-IIId-e-2.10
Note details in sentences and stories (controlled words, short e, a...) that they read
EN2RC-IIId-e-2.4
Identify the basic sequence of events and make relevant predictions about stories
EN2RC-IIIf-h-2.17
Answer questions to clarify understanding before, during and after reading
EN2PA-IIIc-e-6.2
Produce speech sounds (sounds and letter names)
EN2PA-IIIf-h-6.3
Produce the sounds of English letters using the letter sounds of Mother Tongue as
reference
EN2V-IIIa-b-13.1
Give the meaning of words used in stories presented through real objects, illustrations,
demonstration and context clues
EN2V-IIIc-13.1
Recognize that some words mean the same (synonyms)
EN2V-IIIc-d-13.2
Recognize that some words have opposite meaning (antonyms)
134

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN2V-IIId-j-20
Give the meaning of short e words
EN2LC-IIIa-2.4
Use an understanding of characters, incidents and settings to make predictions
EN2LC-IIIb-c-2.5
Use an understanding of incidents, characters and settings to validate predictions
EN2LC-IIId-e-2.4
Use personal experiences to make predictions about text viewed and listened to
EN2LC-IIIf-g-3.15
Recognize the difference between “made-up” and “real” in) texts listened to
EN2LC-IIIh-3.1
Identify important details in expository text listened
EN2LC-IIIi-j-2.6
Retell and/or reenact events from a story
EN2OL-IIIa-b-3.3 Talk about texts identifying major points and key themes
EN2OL-IIIc-d-1.2
Participate in choral speaking and echo reading of short poems, rhymes and stories with
repeated patterns and refrains in English
EN2OL-IIIe-f-1.1
Listen and respond to texts to clarify meanings heard while drawing on personal
experiences
EN2OL-IIIg-1.16
Create and participate in oral dramatic activities
EN2OL-IIIh-j-1.6
Dramatize familiar stories, rhymes and poems
EN2PWR-IIIc-d-3
Read words with short e sound in CVC pattern (e.g. pen, men…)
EN2PWR-IIId-f-9
Read some
the sight words
EN2PWR-IIId-f-7.1
Match the picture with its
and sight word
EN2PWR-IIId-f-10
Read short phrases consisting of short e words and Some sight words
EN2PWR-IIIg-h-11
135

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Read short phrases and sentences consisting of short e words and the sight words
EN2PWR-IIIi-j-12
Read a short story consisting of short e words and sight words
EN2F-IIIa-b-2.11
Read aloud phrases, sentences and stories consisting of short e words with appropriate
speed, accuracy and proper expression
EN2WC-IVa-c-1
4th Q Participate in generating ideas through prewriting activities:
EN2WC-IVa-1.1
brainstorming
EN2WC-IVb-1.2
webbing
EN2WC-IVc-1.3
drawing
EN2WC-IVd-g-1.6
Express idea through illustrations or storyboard
EN2S-IVa-e-3
Spell words with short e, a and i sound in CVC pattern
EN2S-IVa-e-3.1
Spell 2-syllable words with short e, a and i sound in CVC pattern
EN2G-IVa-b-4.2.1
Use personal pronouns(e.g. I, you, he, she, it, we, they) in dialogues
EN2G-IVc-d-4.2.3
Use demonstrative pronouns (this/that, these/ those)
EN2G-IVg-i-7.3
Use the most frequently occurring preposition (e.g. on, over, under, to, from, above, etc.)
EN2G-IIIi-j-5.1
Describe people, objects, things and places using simple adjectives (color, shape, size,
height, weight, length, distance, etc.)
EN2RC-IVa-2.2
State details of text during and after reading
EN2RC-IVc-3.1.3
Give the sequence of three events in stories read
EN2RC-IVd-2.8
Infer/ predict outcomes
EN2RC-IVe-2.16
136

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Use clues to make and justify predictions before, during and after reading (titles, pictures)
EN2PA-IVa-b-3.1
Demonstrate the concept of word by dividing spoken sentences in English into individual
words
EN2V-IVa-e-21
Give the meaning of short a words
EN2V-IVa-e-22
Give the meaning of 2-syllable words with short e and a sounds
EN2V-IVg-21
Give the meaning of short i words
EN2V-IVh-j-22
Give the meaning of 2-syllable words with short e, a and I sounds
EN2LC-IVa-b-2.4
Use an understanding of characters, incidents and settings to make predictions
EN2PWR-IVa-c-1
Read short a words in CVC pattern (cat, man, bag)
EN2PWR-IVa-c-2.9
Match pictures with short a words
EN2PWR-IVd-13
Differentiate and read correctly the short e and a words (pan- pen, man-men, tan-iten
etc.)
EN2PWR-IVd-14
Write the names of pictures with the short a, e words
EN2PWR-IVd-e-10.1-11.1
Read phrases, short sentences and short stories consisting of short e and a words and the
Who, What and Where questions about them
EN2PWR-IVf-15
Read 2-syllable words consisting of short e and a (basket, magnet...)
EN2PWR-IVg-h-16
Read short i words in CVC pattern (pin, big, fit...)
EN2PWR-IVg-h-2.8
Match pictures with short i words
EN2PWR-IVh-17.2
Differentiate and read correctly the short e, a and i words (pan-pen-pin, bag-beg-big)
EN2PWR-IVi-14.1
Write the names of pictures with the short a, e and i words.
137

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN2PWR-IVi-10.1.1-
Read phrases, short sentences and short stories consisting of short e, a and i words and
the Who, What and Where questions about them
EN2PWR-IVj-15.2
Read 2-syllable words consisting of short a, e and i words (pigpen, magnet...)
EN2PWR-IVj-2.8
Match the 2-syllable words with the correct pictures
EN2PWR-IVj-18
Write correctly the 2-syllable words that name the pictures
EN2PWR-IVj-10.1.2-
Read phrases, sentences and short stories consisting of two syllable words and the
questions about them
EN2F-IVa-d-4
Read phrases, sentences and stories consisting of short a words and some sight words
with appropriate speed, accuracy and proper expression
EN2F-IVf-4.1
Read phrases, sentences and stories consisting of short e, a, and i words and some sight
words with appropriate speed, accuracy and proper expression
EN2F-IVg-j-4.2
Read phrases, sentences and stories consisting of 2-syllable short e, a, and i words and
some sight words with appropriate speed, accuracy and proper expression
GRADE 3 ENGLISH

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Write different forms of simple composition
ST
1 Q as a response to stories/poems listened to
EN3WC-Ia-j-4
138

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Draw and write sentences about one’s drawing
EN3WC-Ia-j-5
A note of advice
EN3WC-Ia-j-6
Thank you letter
EN3WC-Ia-j-7
Descriptive paragraph
EN3WC-Ia-j-8
Another ending for a story
EN3WC-Ia-j-2.2
A diary
EN3WC-Ia-j-9
A short paragraph, etc.
EN3G-Ib-1.4
Construct simple sentences
EN3G-Ib-1.4.1
Use a declarative sentence
EN3G-Ib-1.4.1.1
Differentiate a declarative from an interrogative sentence
EN3G-Ib-1.6
Use proper punctuation for declarative and interrogative sentences
EN3G-Ib-1.4.7
Construct declarative and interrogative sentences
EN3G-Ib-1.4.8
Identify an exclamatory sentence
EN3G-Ic-1
Identify an imperative sentence
EN3G-Ic-1.3
Use different kinds of sentences (e.g. declarative, interrogative, exclamatory, imperative)
EN3G-Id-1.6
Use appropriate punctuation marks (e.g. period, comma, question mark, exclamation
point)
EN3G-Ie-2.4
Use nouns (e.g. people, animals, places,, things events) in simple sentences
EN3G-If-2.2
Use common and proper nouns
139

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN2G-Ig-h-2 .3
Use plural form of regular nouns by adding /s/ or /es/ (e.g., dog, dogs; wish, wishes)
EN3G-Ii-j-2.4
Use plural from of frequently occurring irregular nouns (e.g. children, feet, teeth)
EN3RC-I0-2.2
Note details regarding character, setting and plot
EN3RC-I0-2.10
Sequence 3 events
EN3RC-Ic-e-2.1
Describe literary elements of texts including characters setting and plot
EN3RC-If-j-2.8
Make and confirm predictions about texts
EN1V-Ia-b-01
Give the meaning of words used in stories listened to
EN1V-Ib-23
Show understanding of meaning of short o words through drawing, actions, and using
them in sentences
EN1V-Ic-24
Show understanding of meaning of short u words through drawing, actions, and using
them in sentences
EN2V-Ie-14
Classify common words into conceptual categories (e.g. animals, foods, toys)
EN2V-Ie-j-4.1
Show understanding of meaning of 2-syllable words consisting of short e to u words
through drawing, actions, and using them in correctly in sentences
EN3LC-Ia-j-2
Activate prior knowledge based on the stories to be read
Listen to a variety of literary and expository texts:
EN3LC-Ia-j-2.1
note important details
EN3LC-Ia-j-2.7
sequence at least 3 events using signal words
EN3LC-Ia-j-2.6
retell some parts of the story
EN3LC-Ia-j-3.15
differentiate real from make-believe
140

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN3LC-Ia-j-2.8
infer feelings and traits of characters
EN3LC-Ia-j-2.16
identify cause and effect
EN3LC-Ia-j-2.17
draw conclusions
Listen to poems and
EN3LC-Ic-2.18
identify the rhyming words
EN3LC-Ic-3.11
give a simple paraphrase
EN3PWR-Ia-b-7
Review reading and writing short e, a and i words in CVC pattern
EN3PWR-If-g-17.1
EN3PWR-Ib-d-19
Read words with short o sounds in CVC pattern and phrases and sentences containing
these words
EN3PWR-Ib-d-19.1
Recognize more common sight words in order to read simple phrases and sentences
EN3PWR-Ie-3
Read words with short u sound in CVC pattern
EN3PWR-If-g-17.1
Differentiate words with different medial vowels (eg: cap-cop-cup; fan-fin-fun)
EN3PWR-Ig-h-20.1
Read phrases, sentences and short stories consisting of short vowel words and the
EN3PWR-Ii-15
Read 2-syllable words consisting of short e to u sound (basket, hotdog, sunset, etc.)
EN3PWR-Ij-21
Read phrases, sentences and short stories consisting of 2-syllable words and the
EN3F-Ia-j-3.5.1
Read grade 3 level texts consisting of 2-syllable words with short vowel sound with at
least 95-100% accuracy
EN3F-Ia-j-1.10.1
Read aloud from familiar prose and poetry
141

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
consisting of long vowel words with fluency, appropriate rhythm, pacing and intonation
EN3F-Id-e-1.10
Read aloud short stories/poems consisting of short a, e, i and o words with speed,
accuracy and proper intonation
EN3F-Ie-j-4.3
Read with accuracy, speed and proper phrasing sentences and stories with short u words
and other words previously studied
EN3F-Ie-j-4.2.1
Read with accuracy, appropriate speed and correct intonation 2-syllable words consisting
of short e to u words
EN3OL-Ia-3.8
Initiate conversations with peers in a variety of school settings
EN3OL-Ib-3.6
Express ideas in a conversational manner
EN3OL-Ib-1.19
Express one’s ideas by presenting a ski
EN3OL-Ic-1.3
Share relevant information
EN3OL-Id-1.8
Recount specific/significant events
EN3OL-Ie-1.10
Synthesize and Restate information shared by others
EN3OL-Ii-j-1.10.3
Connect information heard to personal experience
EN3WC-IId-h-3
2nd Q Write at least three sentences from various familiar sources
EN3G-IIa-b-3.4
Use the be-verbs (am, is, are was, were) correctly in sentences
EN3G-IIc-d-3.4
Identify and use action words in simple sentences
EN3G-IId-f-3.2
Form and use the past tense of frequently occurring regular verbs (walk – walked, etc)
EN3G-IIe-f-3.2.1.1
Use verbs in simple present tense
EN3G-IIe-f-3.2.1.1
Use verbs in simple present and past tense
142

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN3G-IIi-j-3.2.2
Use verbs in simple future tense
EN3RC-IIa-b-2.19
Rereads, monitors and self-correct one’s comprehension
EN3RC-IIc-e-2.2
Note details in a given text
EN3RC-IIa-b-2.8
Make simple predictions
EN3RC-IIi-j-2.10
Sequence a series of events in a literary selection
EN3V-IIa-b-5
Show understanding of meaning of words with initial consonant blends through drawing,
actions, and using them in sentences
EN3V-IIc-6
Derive meaning from repetitive language structures review
EN3V-IId-e-5.1 Show understanding of meaning of words with final consonant blends
through drawing, actions, and using them in sentences
EN3V-IIg-h-5.2
Show understanding of meaning of words with consonant digraphs ch through drawing,
EN3V-IIi-j-5.3
Show understanding of meaning of words with consonant digraphs sh through drawing,
EN3LC-IIa-b-3.16
Follow a set of verbal three-step directions with picture cues
EN3LC-IIa-j-2
Activate prior knowledge based on the stories to be read
EN3LC-IIf-h- 2.8
Make simple inferences about thoughts and feelings based from texts viewed/listened to
EN3LC-IIi- j-2.7
Sequence a series of events viewed/listened to
EN3PA-IIa-d-2
Show how spoken words are represented by written letters that are arranged in a specific
order
EN3PA-IIe-f-4.1
Identify sounds and count syllables in words
143

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN3PWR-IIa-b-22
Read words with initial consonant blends (l, r and s blends)
EN3PWR-IIa-b-23
followed by short vowel sounds (e.g. black, frog, step)
EN3PWR-IIc-24
Read phrases, sentences and short stories consisting of words with initial consonant
blends
EN3PWR-IId-e-1.1
Read words with final blends (-st, -lt, -nd, -nt, -ft…) preceded by short e, a, i,o and u words
(belt, sand, raft)
EN3PWR-IIf-1.1
Read phrases, sentences and short stories consisting of words with final consonant blends
and other words previously studied and the questions about them
EN3PWR-IIg-h-22
Read words with initial and final consonant digraph ch
EN3PWR-IIi-j-22.1
Read phrases, sentences and short stories consisting of words with consonant digraph ch
and sh and other words previously studied and the questions about them
EN3PWR-IIg-h-22
Read words with initial and final consonant digraph ch
EN3PWR-IIi-j-22.1
Read phrases, sentences and short stories consisting of words with consonant digraph ch
and sh and other words previously studied and the questions about them
EN3F-IIa-j-3.5.1
Read grade 3 level texts
consisting of 2-syllable words with long vowel sound with at least 95-100% accuracy
EN3F-IIa-j-1.10.1
Read aloud from familiar prose and poetry consisting of long vowel words with fluency,
appropriate rhythm, pacing and intonation
EN3F-IIa-c-4.4
Read with accuracy, speed and proper phrasing sentences and stories with words
beginning in consonant blends and other words previously studied
EN3F-IId-e-4.4.1
Read with accuracy, speed and proper phrasing sentences and stories consisting of words
with ending consonant blends and other words previously studied
EN3F-IIg-h-4.4.2
144

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
consisting of initial and final ch and sh and other words previously studied
EN3F-IIi-j-4.4.2
consisting of l ch and sh words and other words previously studied with speed, accuracy
and proper phrasing
EN3OL-IIa-b-1.17.2
EN3OL-IId-e-1.17.1
Give one-to-three step directions
EN3OL-IIf-1.11
Restate and retell information
EN3OL-IIg-h-2.1
Recall and share experiences, film viewed and story read/listened to as springboard for
writing
EN3OL-IIi-j-3
Retell familiar stories to other children
EN3S-IIa-b-4
Spell one- to- two syllable words with consonant blends (e.g. pl, tr)
EN3S-IId-e-4.1
Spell words with ending consonant blends
EN3S-IIg-h-4.2
Spell words with consonant digraphs ch and sh
EN3S-IIi-j-4.3
Spell words with initial and final consonant blends and consonant digraphs
EN3WC-IIIh-2.4
3rd Q Complete patterned poems using appropriate rhyming words
EN3G-IIIe-f-4.2.4
Use commonly used possessive pronouns
EN3G-IIIf-g-5.3.1
Use descriptive adjectives
EN3RC-IIIa 2.7.1
Identify several effects based on a given cause
EN3RC-IIIa 2.11
Make inferences and draw conclusions based on texts (pictures, title and content words)
EN3RC-IIIa 2.13
145

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Distinguish fact from opinion
EN3RC-IIIa-b-2.13
Identify cause and effect
EN3RC-IIIg-j-2.5
Use different sources of information in reading
EN3V-IIIa-7
Recognize some words represented by common abbreviations (e.g. Mr. Ave., Oct.)
EN1V-IIIa-c-13.1,13.2
Give the synonyms and antonyms of some words
EN1V-IIIa-j-25
Show understanding of meaning of long vowel words (a, i, o, and u) through drawing,
EN3V-IIIb-d-13
Increase vocabulary through Synonyms (e.g. quick/fast) and Antonyms (e.g. big/small)
EN3V-IIIe-f13.6
Homonyms (e.g. flower/flour)
EN3V-IIIg-h-13.7
Homographs (e.g., read-read)
EN3V-IIIi-j-13.7
Hyponyms – type of (e.g. guava - type of fruit)
EN3LC-IIIa-b-2.1
Recall details from texts viewed/listened to
EN3LC-IIIb-2.19
Identify possible solutions to problems
EN3LC-IIIb-4
Infer print sources
EN3LC-IIIc-d-2.5
Listen to a variety of literary and expository texts
EN3LC-IIIe-f-2.4
Propose several predictions about texts/stories listened to
EN3LC-IIIg-h-3.15
Determine whether a story is realistic or fantasy
EN3LC-IIIi-j-3.7
Identify and use the elements of an informational/factual text heard
EN3PWR-IIIa-b-5
146

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Read words with long a sound (long a ending in e)
EN3PWR-IIIc-11,12,13
Read sentences, stories and poems consisting of long a words and questions about them
EN3PWR-IIId-24
Read words with long i sound (long i ending in e)
EN3PWR-IIIe-25
Read sentences, stories and poems consisting of long i words and questions about them
EN3PWR-IIIf-26
Read words with long o sound (long a ending in e)
EN3PWR-IIIg-26.1
Read sentences, stories and poems consisting of long o words and questions about them
EN3PWR-IIIh-26.2
Read words with long u sound (long a ending in e)
EN3PWR-IIIi-26.3
Read words with long a, i, o, and u and phrases, sentences and stories containing these
words.
EN3PWR-IIIj-27
Read sentences, stories and poems consisting of long u words and questions about them
EN3PWR-IIIj-15
Read 2-syllable words (fireman) with long vowel sound
EN3F-IIIa-1.6
Read grade 3 level texts
consisting of words with long vowel sound with at least 95-100% accuracy
EN3F-IIIe-f-1.8
Read with automaticity 100 2nd and 3rd grade high-frequency/sight words
EN3F-IIIg-j-1.11
Observe the use of punctuations including commas, periods and question marks to guide
reading for fluency
EN3OL-IIIc-1.16.2
Listen and respond to others
EN3OL-IIId-1.16.3
Follow and explain processes
EN3OL-IIIe-1.16.4
Express opinions and feelings about other’s ideas
EN3OL-IIIf-1.16.5
Engage in discussions about specific topics
147

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN1OL-IIIg-h-3.2
Ask and respond to questions about informational texts listened to (environment, health,
how-to’s, etc.)
EN3OL-IIIi-j-1.9
Compare and contrast information heard
EN3S-IIIa-d-4
Spell words that were introduced during word recognition
EN3S-IIIe-f-5
Spell some irregularly spelled words (e.g. have, said, please, because)
EN3S-IIIg-j-2.5
Use capitalization rules in word and sentence level (e.g. proper and common nouns,
beginning words in sentences)
EN2WC-IVa-e-22
Write a simple story
EN2WC-IVf-j-2.3
4th Q Make a card for various occasions (birthday, Christmas, New Year, etc)
EN3G-IVh-5.6
Give the synonyms and antonyms of common adjectives
EN3G-IVi-j-5.2
Use the degrees of adjectives in making comparisons (positive, comparative, superlative)
EN3G-IVi-j-6.1
Recognize adverbs of manner
EN3RC-Iva-b-2.14
Show understanding of a story by presenting them in through dramatization, role playing
etc.
EN3RC-IVc-d-1.2
Interpret simple maps of unfamiliar places, signs and symbols
EN3RC-IVe-g-1.2
Interpret pictographs
EN3RC-IVh-j-1.2
Interpret simple graphs and tables
EN1V-IVa-b-13.6
Give the correct meaning of homonyms (pail, pale)
EN3V-IVa-j-12.3
Use clues from the context to figure out what words mean
EN3V-IVa-j-12.3
148

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Determine what words mean based on how they are used in a sentence
EN3V-IVf-g-13.6
Use homonyms correctly (meat-meet, road-rode)
EN3V-IVg-i-9
Use known words to perform artistic theme-based activities(e.g. interviews, telephone
conversation, role-play, etc.) using common sight words
EN3V-Ih-i-26
Show understanding of the meaning of words with vowel diphthongs by using them in
correct sentences in correct sentences
EN1V-IVj-27
Read word with affixes
EN3LC- IVb -3.7.1
Informational Reports (school events, sports, projects
EN3LC-IVc-3.7.2
Three-step directions
EN3LC- IVd -3.7.3
Conversations
EN3LC- IVe-f-3.7.
Personal Recounts (anecdotes, past experiences)
EN3LC-IVg-h-3.7.5
Explanation (life cycles, water cycle)
EN3LC-IVi-j-3.5
Restate facts from informational texts (climate change, children’s rights, traffic safety,
etc.)
EN3PWR-IVa-b-8
Read words with vowel digraphs ai (pail), ay (bay)
EN3PWR-IVc-2
Match words, phrases and sentences containing these words with pictures
EN3PWR-IVc-28
Read stories containing these words and other words previously learned
EN3PWR-IVd-e-22 and 29
Read words with vowel digraphs ea and ee and phrases, sentences and stories containing
these words.
EN3PWR-IVf-g-8
Read words with vowel digraphs oo(food), oa (road)
EN3PWR-IVg-2
149

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Match words, phrases and sentences containing these words with pictures
EN3PWR-IVg-28
Read stories containing these words and other words previously learned
EN2PW-IVh-i-6
Read words with vowel diphthongs Oy (boy), oi (boil), ou (out) Ow (bow)
EN3PWR-IVi-2
Match these words with the appropriate pictures
EN3PWR-IVi-21
Read phrases, sentences and short stories consisting of these words and other words
previously studied
EN3PWR-IVj-22
Recognize and read some irregularly spelled words (e.g. such as enough, through,
beautiful)
EN3F- IVa-h-1.6
Read grade 3 level texts consisting of words with vowel digraphs and diphthongs with at
least 95-100% accuracy
EN3F-IVa-j-1.11
Use punctuations including commas, periods and question marks to guide reading for
fluency
EN3OL-IVa-e-1.19
Present information in varied artistic ways (e.g. role playing, show and tell, radio
play/podcast/broadcast/reporting/poster presentations)
EN3OL-IVa-j-5
Engage in a variety of ways to share information (e.g. role playing,) reporting,
summarizing, retelling and show and tell (depending on th e selection presented)
GRADE 4 ENGLISH
Grading Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Period (Grade 4 English) Learning develope online) (provide a
available
1st Q EN4WC-Ia-b-15 Write 2–3 sentences about the characters in a literary text listened to or
read
150

available
EN4WC-Ic-2.4 Write different forms of simple composition (letters) as a response to
stories/poems read or listened to
EN4WC-Id-33 Write 2–3 step directions using signal words
EN4WC-Ig-18 Write a friendly letter as a response to stories/poems read or listened to
EN4WC-Ih-19 Write different forms of simple composition (notes/letters) as a response to
stories/ poems read or listened to
1st Q EN4WC-Ii-6 Write a response to a story/poem read or listened to
-letters
EN4G-Ib-2.4 Use plural form of irregular nouns
EN4G-Id-33 Use clear and coherent sentences employing appropriate grammatical
structures: Kinds of Nouns – Mass Nouns and Count Nouns
EN4G-Ie-34
Use clear and coherent sentences employing appropriate grammatical structures
(quantifiers of mass nouns)
EN4G-If-35 Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures: Kinds of Nouns (Possessive Nouns)
EN4G-Ig-36 Identify and use concrete nouns and abstract nouns
EN4G-Ih-3.9 Use collective nouns
EN4G-Ii-3.2.1.1 Use simple present tense of verbs in sentences
EN4RC-Ia-2.2 Note significant details in a literary text
EN4RC-Ib-2.1.1 Analyze a story in terms of its setting
EN4RC-Id-e-24 Sequence events in a story or narrative
EN4RC-If-25 Infer feelings and traits of characters in a story read
EN4RC-Ig-26 Make inferences and draw conclusions based on a literary text
EN4V-Ia-31 Use context clues to find meaning of unfamiliar words
EN4V-Ib-13.1 Use context clues (synoynms) to find meaning of unfamiliar words
EN4V-Id-13.2 Use context clues (antonym) to determine the meaning of unfamiliar words
EN4V-Ig-13.9 Use context clues to find meaning of unfamiliar words (definition)
EN4V-Ih-13.9 Use context clues (exemplification) to determine the meaning of unfamiliar
words
EN4LC-Ia-17 Note details in a literary text listened to
151

available
EN4LC-Ib-1.1 Note details in a selection listened to
EN4LC-Ic-18 Note details by asking/answering questions about a story/poem listened to
EN4OL-Ia-1.14.4 Speak clearly using appropriate pronunciation and intonation
EN4OL-Ie-1.13.1 Give oral directions
EN4OL-If-10 Express one’s ideas and feelings clearly
EN4F-Ia-6 Read words, phrases, poems, or stories with long vowel a sound
EN4F-Ia-7 Read words, phrases, poems, or stories with long vowel e sound
st
1 Q EN4F-Ic-8 Read words, phrases, poems, or stories with long vowel i sound
EN4F-Id-9 Read words, phrases, poems, or stories with long vowel o sound
EN4F-Ie-10 Read words, phrases, poems, or stories with long vowel u sound
EN4F-If-11 Read words, phrases, poems, or stories with compound words
EN4F-Ig-12 Read aloud grade-level texts with accuracy and proper expression
EN4F-Ih-13 Read with accuracy words, phrases, poems, and stories with diphthongs
EN4F-Ii-14 Read with accuracy words, phrases, poems, and stories with silent letters
nd EN4WC-IId-20
2 Q
Write a short story with its complete elements
EN4WC-IIf-22
Write a reaction about the character in a story read
EN4WC-IIg-23
Write a paragraph about one’s personal experience
EN4WC-IIh-24
Write sentences expressing fantasy and reality
EN4WC-IIi-25
Write a news report using the given facts
EN4G-IIa-4.2.1
Identify and use personal pronouns in sentences
EN4G-IIb-37
Use the pronoun that agrees in gender, number with the antecedent
EN4G-IIc-38 Identify and use s form of verbs
EN4G-IId-3.2.1 Use the present form of verbs that agree with the subject
EN4G-IIe-9 Use possessive pronouns that agree in gender with antecedents
EN4G-IIf-10 Use correct time expressions to tell an action in the present
152

available
EN4G-IIg-3.2 Use the past form of regular verbs
EN4G-IIh-11 Use the past form of irregular verbs
EN4G-IIi-12 Use the past form of regular and irregular verbs
EN4RC-IIa-1.1 Identify the important story elements such as setting, character, and plot
EN4RC-IIc-28 Identify the theme of the literary text read
EN4RC-IId-29 Infer traits and feelings of characters based on what they say or do in a
story read
2nd Q EN4RC-IIe-30 Use appropriate graphic organizers to show the sequence of events in a
text read (story)
EN4RC-IIf-2.8 Predict outcomes of events in the story
EN4RC-IIg-31 Give possible ending to a story read
EN4RC-IIh-35 Distinguish reality from fantasy
EN4RC-IIi-36 Distinguish fact from opinion in a narrative
EN4RC-IIi-36 Distinguish fact from opinion in a narrative
EN4V-IIc-32 Identify meanings of unfamiliar words through structural analysis (words and
affixes)
EN4V-IId-33 Use prefixes and root words as clues to get the meaning of words
EN4V-IIh-35 Get the meaning of words using a dictionary
EN4LC-IIa-19 Identify the elements of a literary text listened to
EN4LC-IIc-19 Note the elements of the literary text listened to
EN4LC-IId-20 Infer traits and feelings of characters based on what they say or do in a
story listened to
EN4LC-IIe-21 Sequence events in a story listened to
EN4LC-IIg-1.1 Give a possible ending to a story heard
EN4LC-IIh-22 Distinguish reality from fantasy
EN4LC-IIi-23 Distinguish fact from opinion in a narrative
EN4OL-IIa-11 Restate or retell information from a text listened to
EN2OL-IIb-1.5 Use courteous expressions
EN4OL-IIc-12 Listen and answer questions about a story read/listened to
EN4OL-IIe-1.1 Relate story events to one’s experience
EN4OL-IIf-13 React to what the characters said in the story listened to
153

available
EN4OL-IIg-2.6 Retell best-liked part of a story heard
EN4F-IIa-4 Read with automaticity grade-level and frequently occurring content-area
words
EN4F-IIc-5 Read correctly words that end with –s
EN4F-IId-1 Read words, phrases, poems, and stories with accuracy and appropriate
expression
EN4F-IIg-4.4 Read texts with words with consonant blends /tr/ and /cr/
EN4F-IIh-16 Read words with consonant blends /br/ and /gr/
nd
2 Q EN4F-IIi-4.4 Read words with consonant blends /pr/ and /gr/
3rd Q EN4WC-IIIa-26
Write sentences describing persons, places, things, and animals
EN4WC-IIIb-27
Write/compose a news story
EN4WC-IIIc-28
Write/compose an editorial
EN4WC-IIId-29
Write/compose clear and coherent sentences using the correct order of adjectives
EN4WC-IIIe-30
Write/compose clear and coherent sentences using adverbs of time
EN4WC-IIIf-31
Write/compose clear and coherent sentences using adverbs of manner
EN4WC-IIIg-32
Write/compose clear and coherent sentences using adverbs of place
EN4WC-IIIh-33
Write news report using the given facts
EN4G-IIIa-13
Identify and use adjectives in sentences
EN4G-IIIb-14
Identify and use words that show degrees of comparison of adjectives in sentences
EN4G-IIId-15
Identify and use the correct order of adjectives in a series in sentences
EN4G-IIIe-16
Identify and use adverbs of place in sentences
EN4G-IIIf-17
Use appropriate adverbs of time in sentences
154

available
EN4G-IIIg-18
Use adverbs of place in sentences
EN4G-IIIh-19
Use a particular kind of sentence for a specific purpose (e.g., making requests)
EN4G-IIIi-20
Use a particular kind of sentence for a specific purpose (e.g., asking permission)
EN4RC-IIIa-34
Compare and contrast people, places, and events in texts read
EN4RC-IIIb-35
Note details in informational text
3rd Q EN4RC-IIIc-36
Identify various text types according to structure (problem and solution)
EN4RC-IIId-37
Identify various text types according to structure (description)
EN4RC-IIIf-39
Identify various text types according to structure (procedural/ sequence)
EN4RC-IIIg-40
Identify the main idea, key sentences, and supporting details of a given text
EN4RC-IIIh-i-41
Distinguish fact from opinion in a news report
EN4V-IIIa-13.2
Use context clues (synonym and antonym) to find meaning of unfamiliar words
EN4V-IIIc-36
Identify multiple meanings of words
EN4V-IIIc-36
Identify multiple meanings of words
EN4V-IIIf-38
Identify different meanings of content specific words (denotation and connotation)
EN4V-IIIh-39
Get the meaning of words through word association (analogy)
EN4V-IIIi-40
Get the meaning of words through word classification
EN4LC-IIIa-24
Note details in an informational text heard
EN4LC-IIIb-25
155

available
Note details from news reports/sections listened to
EN4LC-IIIc-26
Identify the elements of informational text (editorial)
EN4LC-IIId-27
Identify the elements of informational text (feature story)
EN4LC-IIIe-28
Recall the elements of informational text listened to (autobiography, biography)
EN4LC-IIIf-29
Identify the elements of informational text (“how to”)
EN4LC-IIIg-1.1
Identify the main idea, key sentences, and supporting details from text listened to
3rd Q EN4LC-IIIh-2.10
Distinguish fact from opinion in news reports listened to
EN4OL-IIIa-b-14
Use appropriate expression to talk about famous events
EN4OL-IIIc-15
Use appropriate expression to talk about issues/current events
EN4OL-IIId-16
Use of appropriate expression in talking about famous places
EN4OL-IIIe-f-17
Use appropriate expression in talking about famous people
EN4OL-IIIg-18
Tell/retell familiar stories by using appropriate gestures and expressions in complete
sentences
EN4OL-IIIh-19
Retell a news report using appropriate gestures and expressions
EN4F-IIIa-15
Read grade-level texts with appropriate speed, accuracy, and proper expression
4th Q EN4WC-IVa-34
Outline a paragraph with explicitly given main idea
EN4WC-IVb-35
Write a 2- point sentence outline
EN4WC-IVc-36
Write a paragraph based on a 2-point outline
EN4WC-IVd-37
Write 5–6 sentence paragraph about a given topic (Prewriting)
156

available
EN4WC-IVe-38
Write 5–6 sentence paragraph about a given topic (Writing)
EN4WC-IVf-39
Write 5–6 sentence paragraph about a given topic (Editing)
EN4WC-IVg-40
Write 5–6 sentence paragraph about a given topic (Rewriting/ Revising)
EN4WC-IVh-41
Write 5–6 sentence paragraph about a given topic (Publishing)
EN4WC-IVi-42
Write 5–6 sentence paragraph about a given topic (Publishing)
EN4G-IVa-21
Identify prepositions in sentences
4th Q EN4G-IVb-7.3
Use prepositions in sentences – to and from
EN4G-IVc-7.3
Use prepositions in sentences – among and between
EN4G-IVd-7.3
Use prepositions in, on, under, and above in sentences
EN4G-IVe-7.2
Use prepositional phrases in sentences
EN4G-IVf-22
Use simple sentence: Simple subject and simple predicate
EN4G-IVg-23
Use simple sentence: Compound subject + simple predicate
EN4G-IVh-24
Use simple sentences: Simple subject and compound predicate
EN4G-IVi-25
Use compound sentences
EN4RC-IVa-42
Distinguish fact from opinion in an informational text
EN4RC-IVc-43
Distinguish reality from fantasy in stories read
EN4RC-IVe-44
Make inferences and draw conclusions based on informational text
EN4RC-IVf-45
Give conclusions to realistic fiction read
157

available
EN4RC-IVg-2.2.12
Make generalizations
EN4RC-IVh-2.16
Identify cause- and-effect relationship
EN4V-IVd-42
Identify meaning of words with prefixes un-, in-, im-, dis-, mis- and re-
EN4V-IVe-43
Identify meaning of word with suffixes -ful and -less
EN4V-IVf-44
Identify meaning of words with suffixes -er and -or
EN4V-IVg-45
Identify meaning of words with prefixes de- and dis
EN4V-IVh-46 Identify meaning of words with suffixes -ly and -y
4th Q EN4V-IVi-47
Identify meaning of words with suffixes -able and -ible
EN4LC-IVd-32
Evaluate the likelihood that a story/event could really happen
EN4LC-IVe-33
Draw conclusion in informational text heard
EN4LC-IVf-34
Give conclusions to realistic fiction listened to
EN4LC-IVh-2.16
Identify cause-and-effect relationship
EN4OL-IVa-20
State a fact and opinion about a particular topic (advertisements)
EN4OL-IVb-21
State a fact and opinion about a particular topic (announcement)
EN4OL-IVc-22
Express whether an action or event is reality or fantasy
EN4OL-IVd-23
State conclusion to realistic fiction
EN4OL-IVe-24
State conclusion to informational text
EN4OL-IVg-26
Express one’s reaction to an event or issue
EN4OL-IVh-27
158

available
State the effects of a given cause
EN4OL-IVi-28
State the cause of a given effect
EN4F-IVa-1.6
Read aloud grade four-level texts with accuracy rate of 95–100%
EN4F-IVd-1.13
Read grade-level texts with 118 words correct words per minute
GRADE 5 ENGLISH

available
1st Q EN5WC-Ia-1.1.6.1 Plan a two to three-paragraph composition using an outline/other
graphic organizers
EN5WC-Ic-2.2.4 Write two to three-paragraph composition based on the prepared
outline
EN5WC-Ie-1.8.2 Revise writing for clarity -correct spelling
EN5WC-If-1.8.1 Revise writing for clarity -punctuation marks
EN5WC-Ig-1.8.3 Revise writing for clarity -transition/signal words
EN5G-Ia-3.3 Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures: -Aspects of verbs
EN5G-Ic-3.6 Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures: -Modals
EN5G-Ie-8.3/8.4 Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures: -conjunctions
EN5RC-Ib-2.9.1 Infer the theme of literary text
EN5RC-Ic-2.23 Summarize summative texts based on elements
159

available
-Theme
-Setting
-Characters (Heroes and Villains)
-Plot (beginning, middle and ending)
EN5RC-Ie-6 Summarize a poem in terms of its elements (rhymes, sound devices, imagery
and figurative language)
EN5RC-If-2.3 Summarize figures of speech (simile, metaphor, personification, hyperbole)
in a given
EN5V-Ia-12 and 13 Infer the meaning of unfamiliar words (compound) based on given
context clues (synonyms, antonyms, word parts) and other strategies
EN5V-Ic-12 and 13 Infer the meaning of unfamiliar words (affixed) based on given context
clues (synonyms, antonyms, word parts) and other strategies
EN5V-Ie-12 and 13 Infer the meaning of unfamiliar words (blended) based on given
EN5V-Ig-12 and 13 Infer the meaning of unfamiliar words (clipped) based on given
EN5VD-Ii-8.1/8.2/8.3 Clarify meaning of words using dictionaries, thesaurus, and/or
online resources
1st Q EN5LC-Ib-2.17.1 Identify the elements of literary texts
EN5LC-Ie-2.11.1/2.11.2/2.11.3 Analyze sound devices (onomatopoeia, alliteration,
assonance)
EN5LC-If-2.8.1/2.8.2/2.8.3 Infer the speaker’s tone, mood and purpose
EN5VC-Ia-5.1 Describe different forms and conventions of film and moving pictures
(lights, blocking, direction, characterization, acting, dialog, setting or set-up)
EN5VC-Id-6 Distinguish among various types of viewing materials
EN5OL-Ia-2.6.1 Use appropriate facial expressions
EN5OL-Ib-2.6.2 Use appropriate body movements/gestures
EN5OL-Ic-3.9 Use formal and informal English when appropriate to task and situation
EN5OL-Ig-1.8 Recount events effectively

EN5F-Ia-2.9 Self-correct when reading
EN5F-Ib-1.6 Read aloud grade level appropriate text with an accuracy rate of 95-100%
EN5F-Id-1.8.1.1 Read with automaticity grade level frequently occurring content area
words (Art)
160

available
EN5F-Ie-1.8.1.2 Read with automaticity grade level frequently occurring content area
words (Math)
EN5F-If-1.8.1.3Read with automaticity grade level frequently occurring content area
words (Science)
EN5F-Ig-1.8.1.4 Read with automaticity grade level frequently occurring content area
words (Health)
EN5F-Ih-1.13 Read grade level text with 118 words correct per minute
2nd Q EN5WC-IIb-2.2.5 Write paragraphs showing -cause and effect
EN5WC-IIf-2.2.6 Write paragraphs showing -comparison and contrast
EN5WC-IIj-3.7 Distinguish among forms (kinds and descriptions)
Fill-out forms accurately (school forms, deposit and withdrawal slips, etc.)
EN5G-IIa-3.9 Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures: -subject-verb agreement (inverted sentences)
EN5G-IIb-3.9 Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures: -subject-verb agreement (intervening phrases)
EN5G-IIc-3.9 Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures: -irregular nouns and verb agreement
2nd Q EN5G-IId-3.9 Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures: -collective nouns and verb agreement
EN5G-IIe-5.3 Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures: -kinds of adjectives
EN5G-IIf-5.5 Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures: -order of adjectives
EN5G-IIg-5.2 Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures: -degrees of adjectives
EN5G-IIh-8.3 Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures: -subordinate and coordinate conjunctions
EN5RC-IIa-2.21 Identify main idea, key sentences and supporting details of a given
paragraph
EN5RC-IIc-3.2.1 Distinguish text-types according to purpose
-To classify or describe
EN5RC-IIe-3.2.2 Distinguish text-types according to purpose
-To recall a series of events/information
EN5RC-IIf-3.2.3 Distinguish text-types according to purpose
-To explain
161

available
EN5RC-IIg-2.12 Make generalizations
EN5RC-IIh-2.15.1 Make an outline from a selection read
EN5V-IIb-20.2.1 Identify different meanings of content specific words (denotation and
connotation) (Science)
EN5V-IIe-20.2.2 Identify different meanings of content specific words (denotation and
connotation) (Mathematics)
EN5V-IIg-20.2.3 Identify different meanings of content specific words (denotation and
connotation) (Health)
EN5LC-IIa-4 Identify signal words from text heard
EN5LC-IIb-3.19 Identify informational text-types
EN5VC-IIa-7 Determine images/ideas that are explicitly used to influence viewers
EN5VC-IIa-7.1 Stereotypes
EN5VC-IIa-7.2 Point of view
EN5VC-IIa-7.3 Propagandas
EN5OL-IIa-1.13.1 Provide accurate instructions
EN5OL-IIb-1.26 Give precise information on a given topic
nd
2 Q EN5OL-IIc-1.3.1 Ask questions to check understanding of information presented
EN5OL-IId-3.4.1 Respond to ideas and opinions after reflection
EN5OL-IIf-3.5.1 Provide evidence to support opinion/fact
EN5OL-IIh-4 Make a stand
EN5F-IIc-1.8.1 Read with automaticity grade level frequently occurring content area
words
3rd Q EN5WC-IIIe-2.2.7 Write a 3-paragraph feature article
EN5G-IIIa-7.3.1 Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures: -Prepositions
EN5G-IIIa-7.3.2 Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures: -Prepositional phrases
EN5G-IIId-1.8.2 Use a particular kind of sentence for a specific purpose and audience
-asking permission; -responding to questions
EN5G-IIIe-1.8.4 Use a particular kind of sentence for a specific purpose and audience
-following and giving directions
EN5G-IIIf-1.8.8 Use a particular kind of sentence for a specific purpose and audience
-giving information
162

available
EN5G-IIIg-1.8.9 Use a particular kind of sentence for a specific purpose and audience
-making explanation
EN5G-IIIh-1.8.10 Use a particular kind of sentence for a specific purpose and audience
-expressing opinions/emotions
EN5RC-IIIa-3.2.4 Distinguish text-types according to purpose
-To persuade
EN5RC-IIIb-3.2.5 Distinguish text-types according to features (structural and language)
-Problem and solution
EN5RC-IIIe-3.2.6 Distinguish text-types according to features (structural and language)
-cause and effect
EN5RC-IIIg-3.2. 7 Distinguish text-types according to features (structural and language)
-comparison and contrast
EN5V-IIIa-20.3 Infer the meaning of unfamiliar words (compound, affixed) based on
EN5V-IIIa-20.4 given context clues (Synonyms, Antonyms, word parts) and
EN5V-IIIa-20.5 other strategies (Health)
EN5V-IIIc-20.5 other strategies (Science)
EN5V-IIIe-20.5 other strategies (Mathematics)
rd
3 Q EN5LC-IIIa-2.15 Provide evidence to support understanding
EN5LC-IIId-2.8.1/2.8.2/2.8.3 Infer the speaker’s tone, mood and purpose
EN5LC-IIIg-3.17 Identify point-of-view
EN5OL-IIIa-2.7 Remind others to stay on topic
EN5OL-IIIc-2.8 Link comments to the remarks of others
EN5OL-IIIe-3.7 Use appropriate strategies to keep the discussion going
EN5VC-IIIe-3.7 Infer the target audience
EN5VC-IIIf-3.8 Infer purpose of the visual media
EN5F-IIIg-1.7 Observe accuracy, appropriate rate and proper expressions in choral, echo
and shadow reading
4th Q EN5WC-IVd-2.2.8 Compose a three-paragraph descriptive essay on self-selected topic
EN5G-IVa-1.8.1 Use compound sentences to show cause and effect
EN5G-IVc-1.8.2 Use compound sentences to show problem-solution relationship of ideas
EN5G-IVe-1.9.1 Use complex sentences to show cause and effect
EN5G-IVg-1.9.2 Use complex sentences to show problem-solution relationship of ideas
163

available
EN5RC-IVa-3.2. 8 Distinguish text-types according to features (structural and language)
-Enumeration
EN5RC-IVc-3.2. 9 Distinguish text-types according to features (structural and language)
-Time-order (sequence, recounts, process)
EN5RC-IVe-2.15.2 Use appropriate graphic organizers in texts read
EN5RC-IVf-5.5 Respond appropriately to messages of different authentic texts
EN5V-IVa-20.2 Identify different meanings of content specific words (denotation and
connotation) (Science)
EN5V-IVc-20.2 Identify different meanings of content specific words (denotation and
connotation) (Health)
EN5V-IVe-20.2 Identify different meanings of content specific words (denotation and
connotation) (TLE)
EN5V-IVg-20.2 Identify different meanings of unfamiliar words (denotation and
connotation) (Mathematics)
EN5LC-IVa-3.11 Restate sentences heard in one’s own words
EN5LC-IVf-3.13 Summarize information from various text types
EN5VC-IVd-1.7.1 Analyze how visual and multimedia elements contribute to the meaning
of a text
4th Q EN5VC- IVh -2.4 Make connections between information viewed and personal
experiences
EN5OL-IVa-2.6.1 Use appropriate facial expressions
EN5OL-IVc-2.6.2 Use appropriate body movements/Gestures
EN5OL-IVe-4 Use verbal and non-verbal cues in a TV broadcast
EN5F-IVd-1.13 Read grade level text with 128 words correct per minute
EN5F-IVh-1.3 EN5F-IVh-1.7 EN5F-IVh-1.14 Observe accuracy, appropriate rate, proper
expressions and correct pronunciation in dramatic readings and presentations
GRADE 6 ENGLISH
164

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
1st Q EN6WC-Ia-2.2.2 Write a 3-line 4-stanza poem
EN6G-Ic-3.2Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures: -tenses of verbs
EN6RC-Ia-2.3.1/EN6RC-Ia-2.3.3/EN6RC-Ia-2.3.2
EN6RC-Ia-2.3.9
Analyze sound devices (onomatopoeia, alliteration, assonance, consonance)
EN6RC-Ib-6.1/EN6RC-Ib-6.2/EN6RC-Ib-6.3/EN6RC-Ib-6.4
Analyze poem with 4 or more stanzas in terms of its elements (rhymes, sound devices,
imagery and figurative language)
EN6RC-Ic-6.5/EN6RC-Ic-6.6/EN6RC-Ic-6.7 Determine tone, mood, and purpose of the
author
EN6RC-Id-6.8/EN6RC-Id-6.9 Analyze figures of speech (simile,metaphor)
EN6RC-Ie-6.10/EN6RC-Ie-6.11 Analyze figures of speech (hyperbole, irony)
EN6RC-If- 6.12 Analyze figures of speech (culture-based euphemism)
EN6RC-Ig-2.24. EN6RC-Ig-2.24.2 Evaluate narratives based on how the author developed
the elements Setting , Characters (Heroes and Villains)
1st Q EN6RC-Ih-2.24.3
Evaluate Narratives based on how the author developed the elements: Plot
(Chronological-sequential, en medias res, flashback)
EN6RC-Ii-2.24.4/EN6RC-Ii-2.24.5
Evaluate narratives based on how the author developed the elements:
-theme, point of view
EN6V-Ia-12.3.1 Infer meaning of idiomatic expressions using
-context clues
EN6V-Ib-12.4.2.1 Infer meaning of idiomatic expressions using
-affixes
EN6V-Ic-12.4.1.1 Infer meaning of idiomatic expressions using
-roots
EN6V-Id-12.3.2/EN6V-Id-12.4.1.2/EN6V-Id-12.4.2.2 Infer meaning of figurative language
using
-context clues
-affixes and roots
-other strategies
EN6LC-Ia-2.3.7 Analyze sound devices (onomatopoeia, alliteration, assonance,
personification, irony and hyperbole) in a text heard
165

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN6VC-Ia-5.1.1 Describe different forms and conventions of film and moving pictures
(lights)
EN6VC-Ib-5.1.2 Describe different forms and conventions of film and moving pictures
(blocking)
EN6VC-Ic-5.1.3 Describe different forms and conventions of film and moving pictures
(direction)
EN6VC-Id-5.1.4 Describe different forms and conventions of film and moving pictures
(characterization)
EN6VC-Ie-5.1.5 Describe different forms and conventions of film and moving pictures
(acting)
EN6VC-If-5.1.6 Describe different forms and conventions of film and moving pictures
(dialog)
EN6VC-Ig-5.1.7 Describe different forms and conventions of film and moving pictures
(setting )
EN6VC-Ih-5.1.8 Describe different forms and conventions of film and moving pictures
(set-up)
EN6VC-Ii-3.3.3 Analyze the characters used in print, non-print, and digital materials (Age
and gender, Race and nationality, Attitude and behavior)
1st Q EN6VC-Ii-3.3.4 Analyze the setting used in print, non-print and digital materials (Urban or
Rural; Affluent or Poor)
EN6OL-Ia-1.17 Relate an experience appropriate to the occasion
EN6OL-Ia-1.17 Relate an experience appropriate to the occasion
EN6F-Ib-1.6 Read aloud grade level appropriate text with an accuracy rate of 95-100%
EN6F-Ih-1.13 Read grade level text with 135 words correct per minute
2nd Q EN6WC-IIa-3.7 Fill-out forms accurately and efficiently (biodata, application forms, etc.)
EN6WC-IIb-1.1.6.1 Plan a composition using an outline/other graphic organizer
EN6WC-IIc-1.1.6.1 Use appropriate graphic organizers for pre-writing tasks
EN6WC-IId-2.2.6 Write a 4-paragraph composition showing -comparison and contrast
EN6WC-IIf-2.2.5 Write a 4-paragraph composition showing -cause and effect
EN6WC-IIh-2.2.9 Write a 4-paragraph composition showing -problem and solution
EN6G-IIc-6.6 Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
structures:
-Adverbs of intensity
EN6G-IId-6.7 Compose clear and coherent sentences using appropriate grammatical
166

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
structures:
-Adverbs of frequency
EN6RC-IIa-5.5 Respond appropriately to the messages of the different authentic texts
EN6RC-IIc-5.5 Note significant details of informational texts
EN6V-IIb-12.3.3/EN6V-IIb-12.4.1.3/EN6V-IIb-12.4.2.3 Infer meaning of borrowed words
and content specific terms using
-context clues
-affixes and roots
-other strategies
(Science)
EN6V-IIc-12.3.3/EN6V-IIc-12.4.1.3/EN6V-IIc-12.4.2.3 Infer meaning of borrowed words
-context clues
-affixes and roots
-other strategies
(Health)

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
2nd Q EN6V-IId-12.3.3/EN6V-IId-12.4.1.3/EN6V-IId-12.4.2.3 Infer meaning of borrowed words
-context clues
-affixes and roots
-other strategies
(Literary terms)
EN6V-IIe-12.3.3/EN6V-IIe-12.4.1.3/EN6V-IIe-12.4.2.3 Infer meaning of borrowed words
-context clues
-affixes and roots
-other strategies
(ICT terms)
EN6V-IIf-12.3.3/EN6V-IIf-12.4.1.3/EN6V-IIf-12.4.2.3 Infer meaning of borrowed words
167

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
-context clues
-affixes and roots
-other strategies
(EPP)
EN6LC-IIa-3.2 Distinguish various types of informational/factual text
EN6LC-IId-2.2
Note down relevant information from text heard
EN6VC-IIa-3.7 Infer the target audience
EN6OL-IIa-3.7 Employ an appropriate style of speaking, adjusting language, gestures,
rate, and volume according to audience and purpose
EN6OL-IId-5 Share brief impromptu remarks about topics of interest
EN6OL-IIh-6 React on the content of the material presented
rd
3 Q EN6WC-IIIb-2.2.10 Write a 3-paragraph editorial article
EN6SS-IIIf-1.8.11 Use a particular kind of sentence for a specific purpose and audience
-asserting
EN6RC-IIIa-3.2.8 Distinguish text-types according to purpose and language features
-Enumeration
EN6RC-IIIb-3.2.9 Distinguish text-types according to purpose and language features
-Time-order (sequence, recounts, process
EN6RC-IIIc-3.2.7 Distinguish text-types according to purpose and language features
-Comparison and contrast
3rd Q EN6RC-IIId-2.15.2 Use appropriate graphic organizers in texts read
EN6V-IIIa-8.1/EN6V-IIIa-8.2 Clarify meaning of words using dictionaries, thesaurus
EN6V-IIIb-8.3 Clarify meaning of words using online resources
EN6V-IIIc-12.3.3/EN6V-IIIc -12.4.1.3 Infer meaning of borrowed words using
-context clues
-affixes and roots
-other strategies
EN6V- IIId -12.4.1.3 Infer meaning of borrowed words using roots
EN6V- IIIe -12.4.2.3 Infer meaning of borrowed words using prefix
EN6V- IIIf -12.4.2.3 Infer meaning of borrowed words using suffix
EN6V-IIIg-12.3.3/EN6V- IIIg -12.4.1.3/EN6V- IIIg -12.4.2.3 Infer meaning of content
specific terms using
-context clues
168

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
-affixes and roots
-other strategies
EN6LC-IIIb-3.1.12 Detect biases and propaganda devices used by speakers
EN6LC-IIId-3.1.13 Make a stand
EN6VC-IIIa-6.2 Identify real or make-believe, fact or non-fact images
EN6VC-IIIc-7.1 Identify the values suggested in the visual media
EN6OL-IIIa-1.27 Provide evidence to support opinions
EN6OL-IIIb-1.28 Make a stand based on informed opinion
EN6OL-IIId-3.7 Use appropriate strategies to keep a discussion going
EN6OL-IIIg-1.19 Present a coherent, comprehensive report on differing viewpoints on an
issue
EN6F-IIId-3.5
EN6F-IIId-3.2
EN6F-IIId-3.6 Observe accuracy, appropriate rate and proper expressions in dialogs
4th Q EN6WC-IVb-2.2.11 Compose a three-paragraph persuasive essay on self-selected topic
EN6SS-IVa-1.8 Use various types and kinds of sentences for effective communication of
information/ideas (compound sentences)
EN6SS-IVb-1.9 Use various types and kinds of sentences for effective communication of
information/ideas (complex sentences)
EN6SS-IVc-1.10 Use various types and kinds of sentences for effective communication of
information/ideas (compound, complex sentences)
4th Q ENGRC-Iva.3.6 Distinguish text types according to purpose and language features (Cause
and effect)
EN6RC-IVc-3.2.5 Distinguish text-types according to purpose and language features
-Problem and solution
EN6RC-IVe-2.15.2 Use appropriate graphic organizers in texts read
ENG6V- IVa 12.3-3/ENG6V –Iva 12.4.1.3/ENG6-Iva 12.4.2-3. Infer meaning of borrowed
words using
-context clues
-affixes and roots
-other strategies
EN6LC-IVa-3.1.14 Restate portions of a text heard to clarify meaning
EN6LC-IVd-2.23 Summarize the information from a text heard
EN6VC-IVd-1.4 Make connections between information viewed and personal experiences
169

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN6OL-IVa-3.6 Summarize information conveyed through discussion
EN6F-IVd-1.13 Read grade level text with 145 words correct per minute
EN6F-IVf-3.5
EN6F- IVf -3.2
EN6F- IVf -3.6
EN6F- IVf -3.11 Observe accuracy, appropriate rate, proper expressions and correct
pronunciation in oral communication group task
GRADE 7 ENGLISH

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
1st Q EN7WC-I-a-4
Distinguish between oral and written language use
EN7WC-I-a-4.1
Recognize the common purposes for writing
1st Q EN7WC-I-b-4.2
Differentiate literary writing from academic writing
EN7WC-I-d-4.3
Identify basic features and kinds of paragraph
EN7WC-I-e-2.8.1
Recognize the parts of a simple paragraph
EN7WC-I-g-4.4
Sequence steps in writing a simple paragraph
EN7WC-I-h-2.2
Retell a chosen myth or legend in a series of simple paragraphs
EN7RC-I-a-7
Use the appropriate reading style (scanning, skimming, speed reading, intensive reading
etc.) for one’s purpose, Scan for specific information
170

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN7SS-I-b-1.5.1
Skim for major ideas using headings as guide
EN7RC-I-c-7.1
Read intensively to find answers to specific questions
EN7RC-I-e-2.15
Use non-linear visuals as comprehensive aids in content texts
EN7SS-I-e-1.2
Transcode orally and in writing the information presented in diagrams, charts, table,
graphs, etc.
EN7SS-I-g-1.2
Give the meaning of given signs and symbols (road signs, prohibited signs, etc.)
EN7RC-I-i-14
Follow directions using a map
EN7V-I-a-22
Distinguish between slang and colloquial expressions in conversations
EN7V-I-a-22.1
Distinguish features of colloquial language (fillers, contractions, etc.) and slang
EN7V-I-c-10.2
Use appropriate idiomatic expressions in a variety of basic interpersonal communicative
situations
EN7V-I-e-22.2
Select an appropriate colloquial or idiomatic word or expression as a substitute for
another word or expression
1st Q EN7V-I-g-22.3
Explain the predominance of colloquial and idiomatic expressions in oral communication
EN7LC-I-a-5
Recognize prosodic features: volume, projection, pitch, stress, intonation, juncture, and
speech rate that serve as carriers of meaning
EN7LC-I-a-5.1
Listen for important points signalled by volume, projection, pitch, stress, intonation,
juncture, and rate of speech
EN7LC-I-a-5.2
Note the changes in volume, projection, pitch, stress, intonation, juncture, and rate of
speech that affect meaning
EN7VC-I-a-8
Use structural analysis to determine the meaning of unfamiliar words or expressions from
171

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
the material viewed
EN7VC-I-c-3.1.3
Give the meaning of given signs and symbols (road signs, prohibited signs, etc.)
EN7VC-I-d-6
Identify the genre of a material viewed (such as movie clip, trailer, news flash, internet-
based program, documentary, video, etc.)
EN7VC-I-f-9
Organize information from a material viewed
EN7VC-I-h-10
Determine the truthfulness and accuracy of the material viewed
EN7LT-I-a-1
Discover literature as a means of connecting to a significant past
EN7LT-I-a-2
Describe the different literary genres during the pre-colonial period
EN7LT-I-a-2.1
Identify the distinguishing features of proverbs, myths, and legends
EN7LT-I-b-2.2
Explain how the elements specific to a genre contribute to the theme of a particular
literary selection
EN7LT-I-c-2.2.1
Express appreciation for sensory images used
EN7LT-I-d-2.2.2
Explain the literary devices used
1st Q EN7LT-I-f-2.2.3
Determine the tone, mood, technique, and purpose of the author
EN7LT-I-g-2.3
Draw similarities and differences of the featured selections in relation to the theme
EN7LT-I-i-3
Explain how a selection may be influenced by culture, history, environment, or other
factors
EN7F-I-a-3.11
Observe the correct production of vowel and consonant sounds, diphthongs, blends,
glides, etc.
EN7F-I-a-3.11.1
Read words phrases, clauses, sentences and paragraphs using the correct production of
vowel and consonant sounds, diphthongs, blends and glides
172

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN7OL-I-b1.14
Use appropriate prosodic features of speech like pitch, stress, juncture, intonation,
volume and projection and rate/speed of speech in differing oral communication
situations
EN7OL-I-b-1.14.2
Observe the correct pitch levels (high, medium, low) when reading lines of poetry, sample
sentences and paragraphs
EN7OL-I-d-1.14.3
Use the correct stress (primary, secondary, tertiary and weak) when reading passages
EN7OL-I-f-1.14.4
Use the rising intonation pattern with Yes-No and tag questions; the rising-falling
intonation with information- seeking questions, option questions and with statements
EN7OL-I-h-1.14.5
Observe and use correct juncture/phrasing and rate of speech when reading sample
passages (prose or poetry)
2nd Q EN7WC-II-a-5
Extract information from a text using a summary, precis, and paraphrase
EN7WC-II-b-5
EN7WC-II-c-5
EN7WC-II-d-5.1
Identify key ideas
2nd Q EN7WC-II-f-5.2
Identify supporting details
EN7WC-II-h-5.3
Simplify ideas
EN7G-II-a-1
Use phrases, clauses, and sentences appropriately and meaningfully
EN7SS-II-a-1
Use appropriate mechanisms/tools in the library for locating resources
EN7SS-II-a-1.5.3
Use the card catalog, the online public access catalog, or electronic search engine to
locate specific resources
EN7SS-II-d-1.3/1.4
Get information from the different parts of a book and from general references in the
173

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
library
EN7SS-II-g-2.1
Gather current information from newspapers and other print and non-print media
EN7V-II-a-10.1
Discriminate between literal and figurative language
EN7V-II-a-10.1.1
Classify sample texts into literal or figurative
EN7V-II-c-10.1.2
Identify figures of speech that show comparison (simile metaphor, personification)
EN7V-II-f-10.1.3
Identify figures of speech that show contrast (irony, oxymoron, paradox)
EN7LC-II-a-6
Use listening strategies based on purpose, familiarity with the topic and levels of difficulty
of short texts listened to
EN7LC-II-a-6.1
Extract information from the text listened to
EN7LC-II-b-3.3
Recognize main/key ideas
EN7LC-II-c-2.1/3.1
Note specific details/elements of the text listened to
EN7LC-II-e-4
Recognize signals/ cues to determine the order of ideas/ events
EN7LC-II-f-2.13
Determine the tone and mood of the speaker or characters in the narrative listened to
2nd Q EN7LC-II-g-2.8.3
Infer the purpose of the text listened to
EN7LC-II-h-2.5
Make predictions about the contents of the texts listened to
EN7LC-II-i-6.2
Infer thoughts and feelings expressed in the text listened to
EN7VC-II-a-1/2: Note details, sequence, and relationships of ideas and events
EN7VC-II-c-11: Narrate events chronologically/ Arrange ideas logically based on a material
viewed
EN7VC-II-f-1.3: Predict the gist of the material viewed based on the title, pictures, and
excerpts of the material viewed
EN7VC-II-h-12: Raise questions about a material viewed
174

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN7LT-II-a-4
Discover the conflicts presented in literary selections and the need to resolve those
conflicts in non-violent ways
EN7LT-II-a-4.1
Identify the distinguishing features of literature during the Period of Apprenticeship
EN7LT-II-0-4.2
Identify the distinguishing features of poems and short stories
EN7OL-II-a-4
Use verbal and nonverbal cues in conversations, dialogs, and interviews
EN7OL-II-a-4.1
Use appropriate verbal and non-verbal cues when developing, maintaining and ending
conversations and dialogs
EN7OL-II-c-2.7
Employ correct turn-taking, turn-giving and topic control strategies in conversations and
dialogs
EN7OL-II-e-3.7
Use appropriate techniques and strategies when asking questions and eliciting answers
EN7OL-II-g-2.6.2
Observe and use the appropriate gestures (hand-body) that accompany oral language
EN7OL-II-h-1.14
Use the correct pitch, juncture, stress, volume and projection and rate/speed of speech in
conversations and dialogs
3rd Q EN7WC-III-a-2.2
Compose simple narrative texts
3rd Q EN7WC-III-a-2.2.12
Identify features of narrative writing
EN7WC-III-b-2.1
Compose personal and factual recounts
EN7WC-III-c-2.8.5
Compose a series of journal entries
EN7WC-III-d-2.2.13
Compose an anecdote based on a significant personal experience
EN7WC-III-f-2.2.14
Compose a travelogue
EN7WC-III-h-2.2.15
Compose a personal letter to a friend, relative, and other people
175

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN7G-III-a-1
Link sentences using logical connectors that signal chronological and logical sequence and
summation
EN7G-III-c-2
Use the passive and active voice meaningfully in varied contexts
EN7G-III-e-3
Use direct and reported speech appropriately in varied contexts
EN7G-III-h-3
Use the past and past perfect tenses correctly in varied contexts
EN7RC-III-a-8
Use one’s schema to better understand a text
EN7RC-III-a-8.1
Use one’s schema as basis for conjectures made about a text
EN7RC-III-c-8.2
Use the universe of the text to activate one’s schema
EN7RC-III-e-2.8
Make predictions about the text
EN7RC-III-g-9
Identify the author’s intentions for writing
EN7RC-III-g-2.13
Distinguish fact from opinion, fantasy from reality in the text
EN7RC-III-i-2.1.7
React to assertions made by the author in the text
EN7V-III-a-13.11
Categorize words or expressions according to shades of meaning
3rd Q EN7V-III-a-13.11.1
Identify collocations used in a selection
EN7V-III-d-13.8
Determine words or expressions with genus-species (hyponymous) relations in a selection
EN7V-III-g-13.11.2
Identify words or expressions with part-whole (partitive) relations
EN7V-III-i-13.11.2
Identify words or expressions with part-whole (partitive) relations
EN7LC-III-a-7
Use different listening strategies based on purpose, topic and levels of difficulty of simple
informative and short narrative texts
176

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN7LC-III-b-3.3/3.3.1
Recognize main points and supporting ideas in the text listened to
EN7LC-III-d-3.18
Determine the order of ideas as signaled by cues
EN7LC-III-e-3.6
Follow steps in a process
EN7LC-III-f-2.7
Sequence a series of events mentioned in the listened to
EN7LC-III-g-7.1
Identify the persons speaking and addressed, and the stand of the speaker based on
explicit statements made
EN7LC-III-g-7.1
Identify the persons speaking and addressed, and the stand of the speaker based on
explicit statements made
EN7VC-III-a-13
Determine the key message conveyed in the material viewed
EN7VC-III-e-14
Make a stand on the material viewed
EN7LT-III-a-5
Discover literature as a tool to assert one’s unique identity and to better understand
other people
EN7LT-III-a-5.1
Identify the distinguishing features of literature during the Period of Emergence
EN7LT-III-b-5.2
Identify the distinguishing features of revolutionary songs, poems, short stories, drama,
and novels
3rd Q EN7OL-III-a-1.3
Express ideas, opinions, feelings and emotions during interviews, group/panel
discussions, forums/fora, debates, etc.
EN7OL-III-a-5
Use the appropriate prosodic features of speech during interviews, discussions and
forums
EN7OL-III-b-3
Employ the appropriate oral language and stance in an interview, a panel discussion, in a
forum and in a debate
EN7OL-III-f-3.4.1
177

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Express ideas and opinions based on text listened to
EN7OL-III-h-1.3.1
Raise sensible, challenging thought provoking questions in public forums/panel
discussions, etc
4th Q EN7WC-IV-a-2.2 Compose simple informative texts
EN7WC-IV-a-2.8.4 Identify features of personal essays
EN7WC-IV-b. 2.8.6 Distinguish between and among a capsule biography, biographical
sketch, and feature article
EN7WC-IV-e-2.8.6.1 Compose a capsule biography of a person interviewed
EN7WC-IV-g-2.8.6.2 Compose a biographical sketch based on a personal interview and
background research
EN7G-IV-a-4 Use imperatives and prepositions when giving instructions
EN7G-IV-c-5 Use verbs when giving information and making explanations
EN7GS-IV-f-6 Formulate meaningful expressions
EN7G-IV-f-6.2 Formulate who, what, when, where, why, and how questions
EN7G-IV-h-6.1 Formulate short replies
EN7RC-IV-a-3.2 Classify text types (narrative, expository, explanation, recount,
persuasive)
EN7RC-IV-b-10 Use appropriate reading strategies for various text types
EN7RC-IV-b-10.1 Give and follow instructions and directions
EN7RC-IV-c-2.12 Make generalizations from different text types
EN7RC-IV-d-10.2 Distinguish between general and specific statements
EN7RC-IV-e-2.10 Sequence/reorganize ideas or information
Sequence steps in a process
4th Q EN7RC-IV-g-10.4 Cite evidence to support a general statement
EN7RC-IV-g-3.1.13 Make a stand
EN7RC-IV-h-2.15.1 Organize information read into an outline
EN7RC-IV-a-12.3 Use lexical and contextual cues in understanding unfamiliar words and
expressions
EN7V-IV-c-23 Analyze relationships presented in analogies/ Supply other words or
expressions that complete an analogy
EN7V-IV-e-9 Give the various meanings of identified homonymous or polysemous words
or expressions
178

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
EN7V-IV-g-3.11 Identify words or expressions used in a selection that show varying
shades of meaning (gradients)
EN7V-IV-h-23.2 Create or expand word clines
EN7LC-IV-a-8 Process information mentioned in the text listened to
EN7LC-IV-a-8.1 Determine the intentions of speakers by focusing on their unique verbal
and non-verbal cues
EN7LC-IV-c-2.5 Predict the outcomes of a verbal exchange listened to and their possible
effects on the speakers
EN7LC-IV-f-2.8 Make simple inferences about thoughts and feelings expressed in the text
listened to
EN7LC-IV-g-8.2 Determine the worth of ideas mentioned in the text listened to
EN7LC-IV-h-8.3 Express appreciation for entertaining texts (anecdotes, jokes, fables,
myths, tales) by recognizing the punch lines
EN7VC-IV-c-15 Compare content of materials viewed to other sources of information
(print and radio)
EN7VC-IV-f-16 Express one’s beliefs/convictions based on a material viewed
EN7LT-IV-a-6 Discover through Philippine literature the need to work cooperatively and
responsibly in today’s global village
EN7LT-IV-a-6.1 Identify the distinguishing features of selected literary genres during the
Contemporary Period
EN7OL-IV-a 3 Observe and use the appropriate oral language, stance and behavior when
giving information, instructions, making explanations, and narrating events in factual and
personal recounts
EN7OL-IV-a-1.26 Give clear precise and concise information, explanations and
instructions in varied oral communication situations
4th Q EN7OL-IV-c-1.7 Orally narrate events in factual and personal recounts using appropriate
verbal and non-verbal cues
EN7OL-IV-e-3.10 Use correct and appropriate multi-media resources when orally giving
information, instructions, making explanations and narrating events in personal or factual
recounts
GRADE 8 ENGLISH
179
Week of Learning Competencies Lesson LR Link (if Assessment

the (Grade 8 ENGLISH) Exemplar/ developer available (provide a
Quarter/ Learning online) link if
Grading resources online)
Period available
Q1 EN8G-Ia-7 Use parallel structures
EN8G-Ia-8
Use appropriate cohesive devices in composing an informative speech
EN8RC-Ia-7.2
Scan for logical connectors to determine the text type
EN8SS-Ic-1.5.1 Skim to determine key ideas
EN8RC-Ie-7
Use the appropriate reading style (scanning, skimming, speed reading, intensive
reading etc.) for one’s purpose
EN8RC-Ig-7.1
Read intensively to determine the author’s purpose
EN8V-Ia-10.2
Determine the meaning of idiomatic expressions by noting context clues and
collocations
EN8V-Ie-4
Use appropriate strategies in unlocking the meaning of unfamiliar words and
idiomatic expressions
EN8V-If-6
Determine the meaning of words and expressions that reflect the local culture by
noting context clues
Q1 EN8LC-Ia-5.1
Listen for important points signaled by volume, projection, pitch, stress, intonation,
juncture, and rate of speech
EN8LC-Ie-9
Determine how volume, projection, pitch, stress, intonation, juncture, and speech
rate serve as carriers of meaning
EN8LC-If-5.2
Note the changes in volume, projection, pitch, stress, intonation, juncture, and rate of
speech that affect meaning
EN8VC-Ia-8
Use context clues from the material viewed to determine the meaning of unfamiliar
words or expressions
EN8VC-Id-9
Organize information from a material viewed
180

Period available
EN8VC-Ig-15
Compare and contrast the presentation of the same topic in different viewing genres
EN8VC-Ii-15
Compare and contrast the presentation of the same topic in different viewing genres
EN8LT-Ia-8
Describe the notable literary genres contributed by African writers
EN8LT-Ia-8.1
Identify the distinguishing features of notable African chants, poems, folktales, and
short stories
EN8LT-If-7
Appreciate literature as a means of understanding the human being and the forces
he/she needs to contend with
EN8OL-Ia-3.11
Use the correct sounds of English
EN8F-Id-3
Deliver a self-composed informative speech
EN8OL-Ie-5
Use appropriate prosodic features of speech when delivering lines
EN8OL-Ig-3.8
Use the correct stance and behavior
EN8OL-Ih-3.12
Highlight important points in an informative talk using appropriate presentation aids
Q2 EN8WC-IIa-2.8 Compose effective paragraphs
EN8WC-IIa-2.8.7 Limit a topic
EN8WC-IIb-2.8.8 Use a variety of techniques to introduce a topic
EN8WC-IIc-2.2.1 Develop related support sentences
EN8WC-IId-2.8.9 Use a variety of techniques to formulate a conclusion
EN8WC-IIe-2.2
Develop paragraphs that illustrate each text type (narrative in literature, expository,
explanatory, factual and personal recount, persuasive)
EN8WC-IIf-2.2
EN8WC-IIg-2.2
181

Period available
EN8WC-IIh-2.2
EN8WC-IIi-2.2
EN8G-IIa-9
Use appropriate grammatical signals or expressions suitable to each pattern of idea
development:
● general to particular
● claim and counterclaim
● problem-solution
● cause-effect
● and others
EN8G-IIc-9 Use appropriate grammatical signals or expressions suitable to each
pattern of idea development:
● cause-effect
● and others
Q2 EN8G-IIe-9
development:
● cause-effect
● and others
EN8G-IIg-9
development:
182

Period available
● cause-effect
● and others
EN8G-IIi-9
development:
● cause-effect
● and others
EN8RC-IIa-2.22
Evaluate the personal significance of a literary text
EN8RC-IIa-2.18
Relate content or theme to previous experiences and background knowledge
EN8RC-IIc-2.1.7
React to assertions made by the author in the text
EN8SS-IIe-1.2
Explain visual-verbal relationships illustrated in tables, graphs, and information maps
found in expository texts
EN8RC-IIe-11
Transcode information from linear to non-linear texts and vice-versa
EN8RC-IIh-2.15 Organize information in tables, graphs, and maps
Q2 EN8V-IIa-24.1
Distinguish between and among verbal, situational, and dramatic types of irony and
give examples of each
EN8V-IIe-24
Discriminate between literal and figurative language
EN8V-IIf-10.1.4
Identify figures of speech that show emphasis (hyperbole and litotes)
EN8LC-IIa-7
Employ appropriate listening skills and strategies suited to long descriptive and
narrative texts
EN8LC-IIa-7.2
Employ projective listening strategies with longer stories
EN8LC-IIb-6.2
Infer dominant thoughts and feelings expressed in the text listened to
183

Period available
EN8LC-IIc-2.13 Determine the tone and mood of the speaker or characters in the
narrative listened to
EN8LC-IIe-2.17.3
Infer the theme of the text listened to
EN8LC-IIf-2.5
Formulate predictions about the contents of the listening text
EN8LC-IIg-3.12
Listen to paraphrase information/ideas
EN8VC-IIa-1.3
Predict the gist of the material viewed based on the title, pictures, and excerpts
EN8VC-IIa-17
Discern positive and negative messages conveyed in a material viewed
EN8LT-IIa-9.1
Describe the notable literary genres contributed by East Asian writers
EN8LT-IIa-9.2
Identify the distinguishing features of notable East Asian poems, folktales, and short
stories
EN8LT-IIe-0-9
Appreciate literature as an art form inspired and influenced by nature
EN8OL-IIa-5
Use the appropriate prosodic features of speech when delivering an entertainment
speech
Q2 EN8OL-IIc-3.11
Produce the sounds of English correctly and effectively when delivering an
entertainment speech
EN8OL-IIe-2.6
Use appropriate non-verbal cues when delivering lines in an entertainment speech
EN8OL-IIg-3
Deliver a self-composed entertainment speech using all the needed speech
conventions
EN8OL-IIh-3.13
Maintain the interest of the audience by delivering punch lines effectively
Q3 EN8WC-IIIb-1.1.6
Transcode information from a graphic organizer to a topic or sentence outline
EN8WC-IIIc-1.1.6
Expand the content of an outline using notes from primary and secondary sources
184

Period available
EN8WC-IIId-2.2.16
Compose an informative essay
EN8SS-IIIe-1.6
Show respect for intellectual property rights by acknowledging citations made in an
informative essay
EN8SS-IIIe-1.6.3
Acknowledge sources by creating a bibliography
EN8SS-IIIg-1.6.4
Use conventions in citing sources
EN8SS-IIIh-1.6.5
Use in-text citation
EN8RC-IIIa-10
Share ideas using opinion-marking signals
EN8G-IIIa-3.6
Use modals appropriately
EN8G-IIIe-12
Use emphasis markers for persuasive purposes
EN8RC-IIIa-12.1
Recognize propaganda techniques used in a given text
EN8RC-IIIc-2.13
Differentiate facts from opinions
EN8RC-IIId-12 Utilize coping reading strategies to process information in a text
Q3 EN8RC-IIIe-2.1.7
React to what is asserted or expressed in a text
EN8RC-IIIf-2.1.7.1
Evaluate the details that support assertions in a text
EN8RC-IIIg-3.1.12
Examine biases (for or against) made by the author
EN8V-IIIa-15.3
Explain the meaning of a word through structural analysis (prefixes, roots, suffixes)
EN8V-IIId-25
Use appropriate strategies for unlocking unfamiliar words
EN8V-IIIe-12.3
Arrive at meanings through context clues
EN8V-IIIg-26
Analyze intention of words or expressions used in propaganda techniques
185

Period available
EN8LC-IIIa-7.3
Determine the target audience of a listening text and the objective/s of the speaker
EN8LC-IIIb-8.2
Judge the relevance and worth of ideas presented in the text listened to
EN8LC-IIIe-7.1
Determine the stand of the speaker on a given issue presented in the text listened to
EN8LC-IIIf-2.10
Distinguish facts from opinion cited in the text listened to
EN8LC-IIIh-7.4
Determine various social, moral, and economic issues discussed in the text listened to
EN8VC-IIIa-3.4/4.4/5.4
Determine the target audience of a material viewed
EN8VC-IIIc-18
Determine the issue and stand presented in the material viewed
EN8VC-IIIf-19
Judge the relevance and worth of ideas presented in the material viewed
EN8LT-IIIa-11
Identify the notable literary genres contributed by Southeast Asian writers
EN8LT-IIIa-11.1
Identify the distinguishing features of notable poems, short stories, dramas, and
novels contributed by Southeast Asian writers
EN8LT-IIId-2.2.4 Explain figurative language used
Q3 EN8LT-IIIe-10
Appreciate literature as a mirror to a shared heritage of people with diverse
backgrounds
EN8OL-IIIa-3.11
Use the correct sounds of English during speech delivery
EN8OL-IIIb-5
Observe the use of correct stress, pitch, and juncture when delivering a persuasive
speech
EN8OL-IIIe-1.14
Use appropriate persuasive devices
EN8OL-IIIf-3
Deliver a self-composed persuasive speech
EN8OL-IIIi-4.1
Use appropriate verbal and non-verbal cues when delivering a persuasive speech
186

Period available
Q4 EN8WC-IVa-3.4.1
Identify features of journalistic writing
EN8WC-IVb-3.4.2
Distinguish among types of journalistic writing (news report, opinion article, feature
article, and sports news article)
EN8WC-IVc-3.4.2
Distinguish among types of journalistic writing (news report, opinion article, feature
article, and sports news article)
EN8WC-IVe-3.4
Compose journalistic texts
EN8SS-IVh-1.6.4
Use writing conventions to indicate acknowledgement of sources
EN8G-IVa-16
Use appropriate logical connectors for emphasis
EN8G-IVb-13
Use active and passive constructions in journalistic contexts
EN8G-IVb-3
Use past and past perfect tenses in journalistic writing
EN8G-IVc-14
Use direct and reported speech in journalistic writing
EN8RC-IVa-2.21.1
Identify positions of a topic sentence
Q4 EN8RC-IVb-2.21.2
Identify details that support the topic sentence
EN8RC-IVc-13.1
Note explicit and implicit signals (like cohesive devices) used by the writer
EN8RC-IVd-14.1
Interpret and follow instructions, directions, notices, rules and regulations
EN8RC-IVe-13
Use text type knowledge (narrative in literature, instructions, explanation, factual and
personal recount, persuasive, expository) to process information in a text
EN8RC-IVf-10.2
Distinguish between general and specific statements
EN8RC-IVg-15.1
Evaluate the accuracy of a given information
EN8RC-IVh-2.12
187

Period available
Draw conclusions from a set of details
EN8RC-IVi-15
Synthesize essential information found in a given text
EN8V-IVa-15
Use various strategies in decoding the meaning of words
EN8LC-IVa-2.5
Predict what is to follow after a segment of a text listened to
EN8LC-IVb-6.2
Infer thoughts and feelings expressed in a text listened to
EN8LC-IVc-3.2
Raise questions about the text listened to
EN8LC-IVe-3.14
Summarize information from the text listened to.
EN8LC-IVf-10
Process speech delivered by making inferences from what has been listened to
EN8VC-IVa-20
Analyze the elements that make up reality and fantasy based on a material viewed
EN8VC-IVb-12
Raise questions about a particular aspect of a material viewed
EN8VC-IVc-15
Compare and contrast one’s beliefs/convictions with those presented in a material
viewed
Q4 EN8LT-IVa-13
Identify notable literary genres contributed by South and West Asian writers
EN8LT-IVa-13.1
Identify the distinguishing features found in religious texts, epics, myths, drama, and
short stories contributed by South and West Asian writers
EN8LT-IVe-12
Appreciate literature as an expression of philosophical and religious ideals
EN8OL-IVa-3.11
Use the correct production of the sounds of English when delivering a manuscript or
memorized speech in an oration, in a declamation or in a dramatic monologue
EN8OL-IVe-5
Use the appropriate prosodic features of speech like pitch, stress, juncture, volume,
and projection, intonation and speech rate
EN8OL-IVg-1.5
188

Period available
Deliver a manuscript/memorized oral speech with ease and fluency before an
audience
EN8OL-IVh-3.7
Use effective non-verbal communication strategies: gestures and body movements
and eye contact, etc.
GRADE 9 ENGLISH

Period available
Q1 EN9WC-Ia-8
Distinguish between and among informative, journalistic, and literary writing
EN9WC-Id-8.1
Examine sample texts representative of each type.
EN9WC-Ie-9
Compose forms of literary writing
Q1 EN9WC-If-9.1
Identify types and features of poetry
EN9WC-Ih-3.6
Use literary devices and techniques to craft poetic forms
EN9G-Ia-17
Use normal and inverted word order in creative writing
EN9G-Ia-18
Use interjections to convey meaning
EN9RC-Ia-16
Share prior knowledge about a text topic
EN9RC-Ic-13.2
Take note of sequence signals or connectors to determine patterns of idea
development given in a text
189

Period available
EN9RC-Id-13.2
Scan sequence signals or connectors to determine patterns of idea development
EN9SS-Ie-1.5.1
Skim to determine key ideas and author’s purpose
EN9RC-Ig-17
Make a connection between the present text and previously read text
EN9RC-Ii-18
Identify advance organizers, titles, sub-titles, illustrations, etc. given in a text
EN9V-Ia-1
Provide words or expressions appropriate for a given situation
EN9V-Ic-15
Explain how words are derived from names of persons and places
EN9V-Ie-11
Arrive at meaning of words through word formation (clipping, blending, acronymy,
compounding, folk etymology, etc.)
EN9V-Ig-12.3
Note types of context clue (restatement, definition, synonyms, antonyms) used for a
given word or expression
EN9LC-Ia-8
Process information mentioned in the text listened to
EN9LC-Ia-3.6
Perform a task by following instructions
EN9LC-Ib-6.2 Infer thoughts, feelings and intentions of the speaker
Q1 EN9LC-Ic-3.12
Paraphrase the text listened to
EN9LC-Id-8.4
Agree or disagree with the ideas of the speaker
EN9LC-Id-8.5
Accept or reject ideas mentioned
EN9LC-Ie-8.6
Make decisions based on what is listened to
EN9LC-If-8.2
Judge the relevance and worth of ideas presented
EN9LC-Ih-8.8
Compare and contrast information listened to
190

Period available
EN9LC-Ii-3.14
Summarize information from the text listened to
EN9VC-Ia-3.8
Infer thoughts, feelings, and intentions in the material viewed
EN9VC-Id-21
Summarize the contents of the material viewed
EN9VC-If-19
Assess the relevance and worth of ideas presented in the material viewed
EN9VC-Ih-1.5/2.5
Draw generalizations and conclusions from the material viewed
EN9LT-Ia-14 Analyze literature as a means of discovering the self
EN9LT-Ia-14.1
Identify the distinguishing features of notable Anglo-American lyric poetry, songs,
poems, sermons, and allegories
EN9LT-Ib-14.2 Explain how the elements specific to a selection build its theme
EN9OL-Ia-1.15
Use the appropriate segmentals (sounds of English) and the suprasegmentals or
prosodic features of speech when delivering lines of poetry and prose in a speech
choir, jazz chants and raps.
EN9F-Ib-3.1 Produce the correct beat and rhythm in delivering jazz chants and raps
EN9OL-Id-1.14
Use the correct pitch, juncture, stress, intonation, rate of speech, volume and
projection when delivering lines of poetry and prose in dramatic and conventional
speech choirs
Q1 EN9OL-If-2.6.2
Use the appropriate gestures (hand, face, and body)
EN9F-Ih-3.14
Use the appropriate and effective speech conventions expected of speech choir
presentations
Q2 EN9WC-IIf-9.2
Identify types and features of short prose
EN9WC-IIh-9.3
Use literary devices and techniques to craft short prose forms
EN9G-IIa-19
Use adverbs in narration
191

Period available
EN9G-IIe-20
Use conditionals in expressing arguments
EN9RC-IIa-3.2.7
Compare and contrast similar information presented in different texts
EN9RC-IIb-19
Get information from various print media like brochures, pamphlets, periodicals, and
audio-video recordings
EN9RC-IIf-11.1
Sense the difference between linear and non-linear texts
EN9RC-IIg-5
Interpret information found in non-linear texts such as diagrams, maps, charts, etc
EN9RC-IIh-11.1.1
Match diagrams with their corresponding write-ups
EN9RC-IIi-2.15
Organize information in various ways (outlining, graphic, representations, etc.)
EN9V-IIa-27
Give the appropriate communicative styles for various situations (intimate, casual,
conversational, consultative, frozen)
EN9V-IIf-28
Determine the vocabulary or jargons expected of a communicative style
EN9LC-IIa-11
Shift from one listening strategy to another based on topic, purpose, and level of
difficulty of the argumentative or persuasive text
EN9LC-IIb-11.1
Listen to get important information from argumentative/ persuasive texts
Q2 EN9LC-IIb-2.8
Make inferences from what was said
EN9LC-IId-11.2
Anticipate the points that will be made based on the speaker’s purpose
EN9LC-IIe-12
Make a stand based on the text listened to
EN9LC-IIf-8.7
Draw conclusions based on the text listened to
EN9LC-IIg-3.13
React and share personal opinion about the ideas listened to
EN9VC-IIa-1.4
192

Period available
Establish connections of events and how these lead to the ending of a material
EN9VC-IIb-21
Summarize the information contained in the material viewed
EN9VC-IId-22
Agree or disagree with the ideas presented in the material viewed
EN9VC-IIf-23
Share personal opinion about the ideas presented in the material viewed
EN9LT-IIa-15
Analyze literature as a means of valuing other people and their various circumstances
in life
ENLT-IIa-15.1
Identify the distinguishing features of notable Anglo-American sonnets, dramatic
poetry, vignettes, and short stories
EN9OL-IIa-3.7
Employ varied verbal and non-verbal strategies to create impact on the audience
while delivering lines in a Readers Theatre or in a Chamber Theatre
EN9OL-IIc-1.1
Use the correct production of English sounds: vowels sounds, consonant sounds,
diphthongs, etc.
EN9OL-IIe-5
Use the appropriate prosodic features of speech when delivering lines in a Readers
Theatre or in a Chamber Theatre
EN9OL-IIg-2.6
Employ effective and appropriate non-verbal communication to convey meaning in a
Readers or Chamber Theatre.
Q3 EN9WC-IIIa-9.4
Identify types and features of a play synopsis
EN9WC-IIIe-9.5
Use literary devices and techniques to craft a play synopsis
EN9G-IIIa-21
Use verbals
EN9RC-IIIa-20
Analyze a one-act play
EN9LT-IIIa-20.1
Explain how the elements specific to a one-act play contribute to the development of
its theme
193

Period available
EN9LT-IIIf-2.1.5
Express appreciation for sensory images used
EN9LT-IIIf-20.2
Explain the literary devices used
EN9LT-IIIg-2.11
Determine tone, mood, technique, and purpose of the author
EN9V-IIIa-29
Get familiar with the technical vocabulary for drama and theatre (like stage
directions)
EN9LC-IIIa-6
Employ appropriate listening strategies suited to type of text
EN9LC-IIIa-6.1
Extract important information from argumentative/persuasive texts
EN9LC-IIIb-6.3
Reflect on the ideas of the speaker
EN9LC-IIIc-6.4
Interpret the information listened to
EN9LC-IIId-6.5
Recognize faulty logic, unsupported facts, and emotional appeal
EN9LC-IIIe-3.13
Provide appropriate and critical feedback/ reaction to a specific context or situation
EN9LC-IIIg-2.10
Share personal opinion about the ideas listened to
EN9LC-IIIi-8.6
Form decisions based on the ideas mentioned
Q3 EN9VC-IIIa-1.2/2.2
Interpret the message conveyed in a material viewed
EN9VC-IIIc-1.2/2.2
Interpret the message conveyed in a poster
EN9VC-IIId-4.3/5.3
Analyze the information contained in the material viewed
EN9VC-IIIg-24
Provide critical feedback to the idea presented in the material viewed
EN9LT-IIIa-16
Analyze literature as a means of connecting to the world.
EN9LT-IIIa-16.1
194

Period available
Identify the distinguishing features of Anglo-American one-act plays
EN9OL-IIIa-3.7
Employ varied verbal and non-verbal strategies while performing in a one-act play
EN9OL-IIIa-3.11
Produce the English sounds correctly and effectively when delivering lines in a one-act
play.
EN9OL-IIIc-5
Use the appropriate prosodic features of speech when delivering lines in a one-act
play
EN9OL-IIIf-2
Use effective and appropriate non-verbal communication strategies
EN9OL-IIIh-3.10
Use appropriate multi-media resources to accompany the oral delivery of lines
Q4 EN9WC-IVa-11 Compose a play review
EN9G-IVc-23
Express permission, obligation, and prohibition
EN9G-IVd-23
EN9G-IVe-23
writing an evaluation
EN9G-IVh-24
Use words to express evaluation
EN9RC-IVa-2.18
Relate text content to particular social issues, concerns, or dispositions in real life
Q4 EN9RC-IVf-2.22
Judge the relevance and worth of ideas, soundness of author’s reasoning, and the
effectiveness of the presentation
EN9LC-IVa-13
Listen to lay value judgment on critical issues that demand sound analysis and call for
prompt actions
EN9LC-IVc-13.2
Employ analytical listening to make prediction/projections
EN9LC-IVd-7.2
Analyze the stand of the speaker based on the explicit statement made
195

Period available
EN9LC-IVf-13.3
Differentiate biases from prejudices
EN9LC-IVh-2.15
Judge the validity of the evidence listened to
EN9LC-IVi-8.7
EN9VC-IVa-10
Determine the relevance and the truthfulness of the ideas presented in the material
viewed
EN9VC-IVd-1.3/2.3
Formulate predictions based on the material viewed
EN9VC-IVg-14
Take a stand on critical issues brought up in the material viewed
EN9LT-IVa-17
Analyze literature as a means of understanding unchanging values in a changing world
EN9LT-IVa-17.1
Explain how the elements specific to full-length plays build its theme
EN9OL-IVa-3.7
Use varied verbal and non-verbal communication strategies when performing in a
full-length play
EN9F-IVa-3.11
Produce the sounds of English effectively when delivering lines in a full-length play
EN9OL-IVf-1.14
Use the appropriate suprasegmentals: pitch, stress, juncture, intonation, etc.
EN9OL-IVh-3.10
Use appropriate multi-media resources appropriately, effectively and efficiently
GRADE 10 ENGLISH
Week of Learning Competencies Lesson LR Link (if available Assessment

the (Grade 10 ENGLISH) Exemplar/ developer online) (provide a
Quarter/ Learning link if online)
Grading resources
Period available
Q1 EN10WC-Ia-12.1
Identify features of persuasive texts
196

Grading resources
Period available
EN10WC-Ic-12.2
Formulate a statement of opinion or assertion
EN10WC-Ie-12.3
Compose a persuasive text of three paragraphs expressing one’s stand on an issue
EN10WC-Ii-12
Compose short persuasive texts using a variety of persuasive techniques and devices
EN10G-Ia-27
Use reflexive and intensive pronouns
EN10G-Ic-26
Using words and expressions that emphasize a point
EN10RC-Ia-2.15.2
Determine the effect of textual aids like advance organizers, titles, non-linear
illustrations, etc. on the understanding of a text
EN10RC-If-21
Compare new insights with previous learnings
EN10V-Ia-13.9 Differentiate formal from informal definitions of words
EN10LC-Ia-11.1
Get information that can be used in everyday life from news reports, speeches,
informative talks, panel discussions, etc.
EN10LC-Ib-4
Determine the implicit and explicit signals, verbal, as well as non-verbal, used by the
speaker to highlight significant points
EN10LC-Ic-4
Determine the implicit and explicit signals, verbal, as well as non-verbal, used by the
speaker to highlight significant points
EN10LC-Id-4.1 Single out direct and indirect signals used by a speaker
EN10LC-Ie-14.1
Point out the effectiveness of the devices used by the speaker to attract and hold the
attention of the listener
EN10LC-If-14.2
Determine the roles of discourse markers (e.g. conjunctions, gambits, adverbs) in
signaling the functions of statements made
Q1 EN10LC-Ig-8.7
EN10LC-Ih-14.3
Show appreciation for songs, poems, and other listening texts
197

Grading resources
Period available
EN10VC-Ia-1.4/2.4
Determine how connected events contribute to the totality of a material viewed
EN10VC-Ie-25
Express insights based on the ideas presented in the material viewed
EN10VC-Ig-1.5/2.5
Draw generalizations and conclusions based on the materials viewed
EN10LT-Ii-18
Evaluate literature as a way of expressing and resolving one’s personal conflicts
EN10OL-Ia-3.14
Identify the factors of public speaking
EN10OL-Ib-3.15
Describe and interpret the ethics of public speaking
EN10OL-Ic-3.16
Describe the techniques in effective public speaking
EN10OL-Id-3.16.1
Employ the techniques in public speaking in a sample public speaking situation
Q2 EN10WC-IIa-13.1
Identify parts and features of argumentative essays
EN10WC-IIb-13.2
Formulate claims of fact, policy, and value
EN10WC-IIc-13.3
Use patterns and techniques of developing an argumentative claim
EN10SS-IIf-1.6.6
Use quotation marks or hanging indentations for direct quotes
EN10WC-IIh-13
Compose an argumentative essay
EN10G-IIa-29
Observe correct grammar in making definitions
EN10G-IIe-28
Use words and expressions that affirm or negate
EN10RC-IIa-11
Transcode information from linear to non-linear texts and vice-versa
Q2 EN10RC-IIb-11.2
Explain illustrations from linear to non-linear texts and vice versa
EN10RC-IIc-5.4
Present information using tables, graphs, and maps
198

Grading resources
Period available
EN10SS-IId-1.5.2
Scan for needed information
EN10RC-IIe-7.3
Read closely to get the author’s purpose
EN10RC-IIf-13.1
Read closely to get explicitly and implicitly stated information
EN10RC-IIh-2.22
Evaluate text content, elements, features, and properties using a set of criteria
EN10V-IIa-13.9
Give technical and operational definitions
EN10LC-IIa-11
Switch from one listening strategy to another to extract meaning from the listening
text
EN10LC-IIb-15.1
Assess the effectiveness of a material listened to taking into account the speaker’s
purpose
EN10LC-IIc-15.2
Assess whether the speaker’s purpose is achieved or not
EN10LC-IId-3.15
Evaluate listening texts in terms of accuracy, validity, adequacy, and relevance
EN10LC-IIe-13.2
Employ analytical listening in problem solving
EN10LC-IIg-13.3
Detect biases and prejudices
EN010LC-IIh-15.3
Determine unsupported generalizations and exaggerations
EN10VC-IIa-3.8
Assess the effectiveness of the ideas presented in the material viewed taking into
account its purpose
EN10VC-IId-26
Detect bias and prejudice in the material viewed
EN10VC-IIg-27
Use previous experiences as scaffold to the message conveyed by a material viewed
Q2 EN10LT-IIi-19
Evaluate literature as a vehicle of expressing and resolving conflicts between and
among individuals or groups
199

Grading resources
Period available
EN10OL-IIa5
Employ appropriate pitch, stress, juncture, intonation, etc.
EN10OL-IIc-3.11
Use the correct sound of English when delivering impromptu and extemporaneous
speech
EN10OL-IIe-3.8
Observe the correct stance and proper stage behavior as deemed necessary
EN10OL-IIe-2.6.2
Establish eye contact
EN10F-IIg-3.7
Demonstrate confidence and ease of delivery
EN10F-IIi-1.15
Make and deliver impromptu and extemporaneous speeches with ease and
confidence
Q3 EN10WC-IIIa-14.1.1
Expand ideas using principles of cohesion and coherence
EN10WC-IIIb-14.1.2
Use a variety of informative, persuasive, and argumentative writing techniques
EN10WC-IIIg-14
Compose an independent critique of a chosen selection
EN10G-IIIe-30
Use structures of modification
EN10RC-IIIa-22.1
Overall artistic value of the structure and elements of the selection
(structuralist/formalist)
EN10RC-IIIb-22.2
Treatment of underlying or overarching issue concerning human experience (moralist)
EN10RC-IIIc-22.3
Power struggles of characters (Marxist)
EN10RC-IIId-22.4
Gender relationships of characters (feminist)
EN10RC-IIIe-22.5
Relevance of the selection to the historical context during which it was produced
(historical)
Q3 EN10RC-IIIf-2.18
Personal significance of the selection to the reader (reader-response)
200

Grading resources
Period available
EN10RC-IIIh-23.1
Identifying textual details that affirm or refute a claim
EN10RC-IIIi-3.1.12
Examining biases
EN10V-IIIa-13.9
Give expanded definitions of words
EN10LC-IIIa-16
Listen to simplify, reorganize, synthesize, and evaluate information to expand, review,
or update knowledge
EN10LC-IIIb-16.1
Distinguish the important points from less important ones in a text listened to
EN10LC-IIIc-3.14
Summarize important points discussed in the text listened to
EN10LC-IIId-3.2
Raise questions and seek clarifications on issues discussed in the text listened to
EN10LC-IIId-3.18
Get different viewpoints on various local or global issues
EN10LC-IIIe-2.9
React intelligently and creatively to the text listened to
EN10LC-IIIf-3.13
React to the falsity or soundness of an argument
EN10LC-IIIg-14.3
Show appreciation for songs, poems, plays, etc.
EN10LC-IIIh-6.5
Describe the emotional appeal of a listening text
EN10VC-IIIa-12
Raise questions to clarify issues covered in the material viewed
EN10VC-IIIc-10
Evaluate the information contained in the material viewed in terms of accuracy and
effectiveness
EN10VC-IIId-28
Disclose the personal significance of a material viewed
EN10LT-IIIg-20
Evaluate literature as a source of wisdom in expressing and resolving conflicts
between individuals or groups and nature
Q3 EN10OL-IIIa-3.8
201

Grading resources
Period available
Use the correct stage stance and behavior when giving a roast and a toast and when
paying tribute to someone in a eulogy
EN10OL-IIIc-5
Employ the appropriate prosodic features of speech
EN10OL-IIId-1.4
Use polite expressions when giving a roast
EN10OL-IIIe-3.9
Use the correct and appropriate language when giving a toast or a tribute to someone
and when delivering welcome and closing remarks
EN10OL-IIIg-1.10
Deliver special speeches like toast and roast speeches, tributes, welcome and closing
remarks, speeches to introduce guest speakers/resource persons etc. effectively in
varied speech situations
Q4 EN10SS-IVe-2.3
Compose a research report on a relevant social issue
EN10G-IVa-32:
Observe the language of research, campaigns, and advocacies
EN10SS-IVa-1.5
Use locational skills to gather information from primary and secondary sources of
information
EN10SS-IVb-1.7
Get vital information from various websites on the internet
EN10SS-IVc-1.8
Synthesize essential information about a chosen issue
EN10RC-IVd-2.13
Distinguish facts from beliefs
EN10RC-IVe-15.1
Evaluate the accuracy of given information
EN10RC-IVf-2.12
Draw conclusions from the set of details
EN10SS-IVh-1.8.1
Point out relationships among statements
EN10RC-IVi-10.2
Distinguish between general and specific statements
EN10V-IVa-30
Get familiar with technical terms used in research
202

Grading resources
Period available
Q4 EN10LC-IVa-16
Listen to simplify, reorganize, synthesize and evaluate information to expand,
review, or update knowledge
EN10LC-IVb-3.18
Get different viewpoints on various local or global issues
EN10LC-IVh-14.3
Show appreciation for songs, poems, plays, etc.
EN10VC-IVa-15
Compare and contrast the contents of the materials viewed with outside sources of
information in terms of accessibility and effectiveness
EN10VC-IVc-29
Appraise the unity of plot, setting and characterization in a material viewed to achieve
the writer’s purpose
EN10VC-IVf-6.1
Evaluate how the elements that make up reality and fantasy affect viewing habit
EN10LT-IVe-21: Evaluate literature as an instrument to express and resolve conflicts
within, between, and among societies
EN10OEN10OL-IVa-3.9
Use appropriate language when delivering campaign speeches.
EN10OL-IVb-3.8.1
Show courtesy and politeness when delivering campaign speeches
EN10OL-IVc-3.8
Demonstrate the appropriate stage stance and behavior when persuading others in a
campaign speech
EN10OL-IVg-3.10
Use appropriate multimedia resources that accompany language
EN10F-IVh-1.16
Deliver self-composed Campaign Speeches on Advocacies, Social Issues and Concerns
203

GRADE 1 FILIPINO
Week of Pamantayan sa Pagkatuto (Essential Learning Competencies) Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment
the (Grade 1 Filipino) Learning develope online) (provide a
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang pabula
1/2nd Nakapagtatanong tungkol sa isang larawan
Quarter
Nagagamit ang magalang na pananalita sa angkop na sitwasyon pagpapakilala ng
sarili
Nasasabi ang mensaheng nais ipabatid ng nabasang pananda patalastas babala o
paalala
Nakasusulat nang may tamang laki at layo sa isa't isa ang mga letra
Nakasusulat ng malalaki at maliliit na letra
Week Naisasakilos ang napakinggang awit
2/2nd Nabibigkas nang wasto ang tunog ng bawat letra ng alpabetong Filipino
Quarter
Natutukoy ang kahulugan ng salita batay sa kumpas, galaw, ekspresyon ng
mukha; ugnayang salita-larawan
Nasasabi ang nilalaman ng aklat batay sa pabalat
Nasisipi nang wasto at malinaw ang salita mula sa huwaran
Week Naiguguhit ang naibigang bahagi ng napakinggang kuwento (batay sa tunay na
3/2nd buhay)
Quarter Naiuulat nang pasalita ang mga naobserbahang pangyayari sa paaralan
Nagagamit nang wasto ang pangngalan sa pagbibigay ng pangalan ng tao, lugar,
hayop, bagay at pangyayari
Nabibilang ang salita sa isang pangungusap
Natutukoy ang pamagat, may- akda, tagaguhit ng aklat o kuwento
Week Nakasusunod sa napakinggang panuto na may 1 hakbang.
4/2nd Nakapagbibigay ng maikling panuto na may 1 – 2 hakbang
Quarter
Nagagamit nang wasto ang pangngalan sa pagbibigay ng pangalan ng tao,
lugar, hayop, bagay at pangyayari Pambalana/ pantangi
Napagyayaman ang talasalitaan sa pamamagitan ng pagbubuo ng mga salita
gamit ang mga pantig
204
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Nagagamit ang naunang kaalaman o karanasan sa pag-unawa ng napakinggang
5/2nd alamat
Quarter Nabibilang ang pantig sa isang salita
Nababasa ang mga salitang batayan
Nababaybay nang wasto ang mga salitang may tatlo o apat na pantig natutuhan
sa aralin
Week Napagsusunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari sa napakinggang kuwento sa tulong ng
6/2nd mga larawan
Quarter Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto sa tulong ng larawan
Natutukoy ang kailanan ng pangngalan
Nakikilala ang mga tunog na bumubuo sa pantig ng mga salita
Nababaybay nang wasto ang mga salitang natutuhan sa aralin
Week Nahuhulaan ang susunod na mangyayari sa napakinggang kuwento
7/2nd Nakapagsasalaysay ng orihinal na kuwento na kaugnay ng napakinggang kuwento
Quarter
Nagagamit ang mga salitang pamalit sa ngalan ng tao (ako, ikaw, siya)
Nababasa ang mga salita gamit ang palatandaang konpigurasyon larawan
Nasusundan ang pagkakasulat ng teksto ayon sa estilo
Naisusulat nang may wastong baybay at bantas ang mga salitang ididikta ng guro
Week Naibibigay ang paksa ng talatang napakinggan
8/2nd Nasasabi ang mensahe ng isang babala
Quarter
Natutukoy ang salita/pangungusap sa isang talata
Nasisipi ang mga salita mula sa huwaran
Week Nailalarawan ang damdamin ng isang tauhan sa kuwentong napakinggan
9/2nd Naipapahayag ang sariling ideya/damdamin o reaksyon tungkol sa napakinggang
Quarter sa kuwento
Nagagamit ang mga salitang pamalit sa ngalan ng tao (tayo, kayo, sila)
Natutukoy ang kasarian ng pangngalan
Nakapag-uuri-uri ng mga salita ayon sa ipinahihiwatig ng kaisipang konseptwal
Nababaybay nang wasto ang mga salitang may tatlo o apat na pantig natutunan
sa aralin
205
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Naiuugnay ang sariling karanasan sa napakinggang kuwento
10/2nd Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa pagpapahayag ng sariling karanasan
Quarter
Napapalitan at nadadagdagan ang mga tunog upang makabuo ng bagong salita
Natutukoy ang ugnayan ng teksto at larawan
Nakasusulat nang may wastong baybay, bantas, gamit ng malaki at maliit na
letra upang maipahayag ang ideya, damdamin o reaksyon sa isang paksa o isyu
pangungusap
Week Nakabubuo ng mga tanong matapos mapakinggan ang kuwento
1/3rd Qtr Naiuulat nang pasalita ang mga naobserbahang pangyayari sa loob ng silid-
aralan
Nasasabi ang nilalaman ng aklat batay sa pamagat
Week Nakasusunod sa napakinggang panuto na may 1- 2 hakbang
2/3rd Qtr Nagagamit ang magalang na pananalita sa angkop na sitwasyon pagbati
Nababasa ang mga salita at babala na madalas makita sa paligid
Nakasusulat nang may tamang laki at layo sa isa't isa ang mga salita
Week Nasasabi ang sariling ideya tungkol sa tekstong napakinggan
3/3rd Qtr Nakapagtatanong tungkol sa napakinggang kuwento
Nakapagla larawan ng mga bagay, tao, hayop, pangyayari, at lugar
Natutukoy ang mga salitang magkakatugma
Nasisipi nang wasto at malinaw ang mga salita sa huwaran
Week Nakapaglalarawan ng mga bagay, tao, pangyayari, at lugar
4/3rd Qtr Nasasabi ang mensahe ng nais ipabatid ng mga babala o paalala
Natutukoy ang gawain ng may-akda/tagaguhit ng aklat o kuwento
Week Nakapagtatanong ng kaugnay na impormasyon para lalong mauunawaan ang
5/3rd Qtr napakinggan
Nasasabi ang mensahe ng isang babala
Nasasabi ang pagkakatulad o pagkakaiba ng mga pantig/salita
Natutukoy ang simula ng pangungusap/talata/kuwento
Naisusulat nang may wastong baybay at bantas ang salita/pangungusap na
ididikta ng guro
206
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
6/3rd Qtr Nakasasali sa isang usapan tungkol sa isang napakinggang kuwento
Nagagamit ang mga salitang kilos sa pag-uusap tungkol sa iba’t ibang gawain sa
tahanan, paaralan, at pamayanan
Nababasa ang mga salita gamit ang palatandaang konpigurasyon tunay na
bagay
Week Nasasagot sa mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang tugma/tula
7/3rd Qtr Naipapahayag ang sariling ideya/damdamin o reaksyon tungkol sa sa
napakinggang tugma/tula
Nasusundan ang pagkakasulat ng teksto ayon sa anyo
Week Napapalitan at nadadagdagan ang mga tunog upang makabuo ng bagong salita
8/3rd Qtr Natutukoy ang kahulugan ng salita batay sa kasingkahulugan
Week Naibibigay ang paksa ng napakinggang tula
9/3rd Qtr Nakapagbibigay ng maikling panuto gamit ang lokasyon
Nakapag-uuri-uri ng mga salita ayon sa ipinahihiwatig na kaisipang konseptwal
Nababaybay nang wasto ang mga salitang may tatlo o apat na pantig batayang
talasalitaan
Week Nakapagbibigay ng sariling hinuha sa napakinggang teksto.
10/3rd Nasasabi ang paraan, panahon at lugar ng pagsasagawa ng kilos o gawain sa
Qtr tahanan, paaralan at pamayanan
Napagyayaman ang talasalitaan sa pamamagitan ng pagbubuo ng mga salita
gamit ang mga pantig
Nagagamit ang mga natutuhang salita sa pagbuo ng mga simpleng
pangungusap.
letra upang maipaha yag ang ideya, damdamin o reaksyon sa isang paksa o isyu
salita pangungusap
Week Natutukoy ang mahahalagang detalye kaugnay ng paksang napakinggan
1/4th Qtr Naiuulat nang pasalita ang mga napanood na palabas sa telebisyon
2/4th Qtr teksto
207
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Naipapahayag ang sariling ideya/damdamin o reaksyon tungkol sa napakinggang
2/4th Qtr tekstong pang-impormasyon
Natutukoy ang gamit ng maliit at malaking letra
Nasisipi nang wasto at malinaw ang pangungusap
Week Napagsusunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari ng kuwentong napakinggan sa tulong
3/4th Qtr ng mga pamatnubay na tanong
Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto
Nasasabi ang mensaheng nais ipabatid, babala o paalala
Week Naiguguhit ang naibigang bahagi ng tulang napakinggan
4/4th Qtr Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga pang-ukol
Nababasa ang mga salita gamit ang palatandaang konpigurasyon
Nababaybay nang wasto ang mga salitang may tatlo o apat na pantig
5/4th Qtr Nakasasali sa isang usapan tungkol sa isang pangyayaring naobserbahan sa loob
ng paaralan
Week Naisusulat nang may wastong baybay at bantas ang salita/ pangungusap na
6/4th Qtr ididikta
Nababasa ang mga salitang nautuhan sa aralin at sa ibang asignatura
Week Natutukoy ang gamit ng iba’t ibang bantas
7/4th Qtr Nakapagbibigay ng maikling panuto gamit ang simpleng mapa
Week Nakapagbibigay ng mga salitang magkakatugma
8/4th Qtr Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang tekstong pang-
impormasyon
Nakapagtatanong tungkol sa isang napakinggang balita
Natutukoy ang kahulugan ng salita batay sa kasalungat
Week Nababaybay nang wasto ang mga natutuhang salita mula sa mga aralin
9/4th Qtr Nakapagbibigay ng sariling hinuha sa napakinggang kuwento
Nakabubuo nang wasto at payak na pangungusap na may tamang ugnayan ng
simuno at panag-uri sa pakikipag-usap
Week Nakapagpapalit at nakapagdaragdag ng mga tunog upang makabuo ng bagong
208
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
10/4th salita
Qtr Naibibigay ang paksa ng napakinggang tekstong pang-impormasyon paliwanag
Week Napagyayaman ang talasalitaan sa pamamagitan ng pagbubuo ng mga salita
10/4th /paghahanap ng mga salita sa isang salita
Qtr Nakasusulat nang may wastong baybay, bantas, gamit ng malaki at maliit na
pangungusap
GRADE 2 FILIPINO
the (Grade 2 Filipino) Learning developer online) (provide a
Quarter/
Grading
resources link if online)
Period available
1/1st Qtr teksto
Nagagamit ang magalang na pananalita sa angkop na sitwasyon (pagbati
Nahuhulaan ang pamagat batay sa pabalat ng aklat
Nasasabi ang mensaheng nais ipabatid
Nakakagamit ng mga palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahulugahan (context;
kasingkahulugan)
Nakagagawa ng pataas-pababang guhit
Week Nakasasagot sa mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang kuwento batay sa tunay na
2/1st Qtr pangyayari /pabula
Nakasasali sa isang usapan tungkol sa isang pangyayaring naobserbahan
Nakapagpapalit at nakapagdaragdag ng mga tunog upang makabuo ng bagong
salita
Nasasabi ang pagkakatulad at pagkakaiba ng mga pantig/salita
Nakasusunod sa nakasulat na panutong may 1- 2 hakbang
Week Nakasusunod sa napakinggang panuto (1 hakbang)
3/1st Qtr Nagagamit nang wasto ang pangngalan sa pagbibigay ng pangalan ng tao, lugar
at mga bagay pambalana
209
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Nasasabi ang mensaheng nais ipabatid ng nabasang patalastas
Week Napagyayaman ang talasalitaan sa pamama gitan ng paghanap ng maikling
3/1st Qtr salitang matatagpuan sa loob ng isang mahabang salita
Nagagamit ang personal na karanasan sa paghinuha ng mangyayari sa nabasang
teksto
Week Nasasagot ang mga tanong na sino , ano, saan at bakit
4/1st Qtr Nagagamit nang wasto ang pangngalan sa pagbibigay ng pangalan ng tao, lugar,
hayop, pangyayari at mga bagay
Nakasasagot sa mga tanong tungkol sa nabasang kuwento batay sa tunay na
pangyayari /pabula
Nakasusulat sa kabit-kabit na paraan na may tamang laki at layo sa isa't isa ang
mga salita
Week Nahuhulaan ang susunod na mangyayari sa kuwento batay sa tunay na
5/1st Qtr pangyayari/pabula
Nagagamit nang wasto ang pangngalan sa pagbibigay ng pangalan ng tao, lugar
at mga bagay kasarian
Natutukoy ang kahalagahan gamit ng malaking letra sa isang salita/
pangungusap
Napagyayaman ang talasalitaan sa pamamagitan paghanap ng maikling salitang
matatagpuan sa loob ng isang mahabang salita
Nailalarawan ang mga bahagi ng kuwento panimula kasukdulan
katapusan/kalakasan
6/1st Qtr kuwento batay sa tunay na pangyayari
Nababasa ang mga salita sa unang kita
Naisasalaysay muli ang binasang teksto nang may tamang pagkakasunod-sunod
sa tulong ng mga larawan
Nagagamit ang malaki at maliit na letra at mga bantas sa pagsulat ng mga
parirala at pangungusap gamit ang mga salitang natutuhan sa aralin
Naisusulat nang may wastong baybay at bantas ang mga salitang ididikta ng guro
Week Napagsusunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari ng kuwentong napakinggan batay sa
7/1st Qtr larawan
Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto sa tulong ng mga larawan
Nagagamit ang mga salitang pamalit sa ngalan ng tao (ako, ikaw, siya)
210
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Naibibigay ang paksa o nilalaman ng pabulang napakinggan
8/1st Qtr Nakakagamit ng mga pahiwatig upang malaman ang kahulugan ng mga salita
paggamit ng mga palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahulugahan (context clues)
kasalungat
Napag-uugnay ang sanhi at bunga ng mga pangyayari sa binasang talata
Week Nailalarawan ang mga tauhan sa napakinggang testo batay sa kilos
9/1st Qtr Naipahahayag ang sariling ideya/damdamin o reaksyon tungkol sa napakinggang
kuwento batay sa tunay na pangyayari/pabula
Nagagamit ang mga salitang pamalit sa ngalan ng tao tayo, kayo, sila
Naiuugnay sa sariling karanasan ang nabasang teksto
Week Nailalarawan ang mga tauhan sa napakinggang testo batay sa damdamin
10/1st Qtr Naiuulat nang pasalita ang mga nasaksihang pangyayari sa paaralan
Napag-uuri-uri ang mga salita ayon sa pahiwatig na konseptwal
Nababaybay nang wasto ang mga salita tatlo o apat na apat na pantig batayang
talasalitaang pampaningin natutunang salita mula sa mga aralin
Week Nakasusunod sa napakinggang panuto (1 hakbang)
1/2nd Qtr Nagagamit ang magalang na pananalita na angkop sa sitwasyon pakikipag-usap
sa matatanda
Nasasabi ang nilalaman ng aklat batay sa pabalat nito
Nakasasagot sa mga tanong tungkol sa nabasang kuwento
mga salita
Naisusulat nang may wastong baybay at bantas ang mga pangungusap na
ididikta ng guro
2/2nd Qtr teksto
Naipapahayag ang sariling ideya/damdamin o reaksyon tungkol sa napakinggang
sa kuwento/ alamat
Nakakagamit ng mga pahiwatig upang malaman ang kahulugan ng mga salita
211
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
tulad ng paggamit ng mga palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahulugahan (context
clues) katuturan o kahulugan ng salita
Week Nakasasagot sa mga tanong tungkol sa nabasang kuwento
2/2nd Qtr Nasisipi nang wasto at malinaw ang parirala pangungusap
Week Nakasasagot sa mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang kuwento/alamat
3/2nd Qtr Nakapaglalarawan ng mga bagay, tao, pangyayari, at lugar
Napapantig ang mga mas mahahabang salita
Nakasusunod sa nakasulat na panutong may 2- 3 hakbang
Week Nailalarawan ang mga tauhan sa napakinggang kuwento batay sa sinabi o
4/2nd Qtr pahayag
Nakapaglalarawan ng mga bagay, tao, pangyayari, at lugar
Nailalarawan ang mga elemento ng kuwento: tauhan, tagpuan, banghay
Week Naibibigay ang paksa o kaisipan ng kuwentong kathang – isip napakinggan
5/2nd Qtr Nakasasali sa isang usapan tungkol sa napakinggang kathang-isip na kuwento
Natutukoy ang kahalagahan gamit ng malaking letra /bantas sa isang
salita/pangungusap
Nababasa ang mga salitang madalas na makita sa paligid
Week Naiuulat nang pasalita ang mga naobserbahang pangyayari sa pamayanan
6/2nd Qtr Nakakagamit ng mga pahiwatig upang malaman ang kahulugan ng mga salita
tulad ng paggamit ng mga palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahulugahan (context
clue katuturan o kahulugan ng salita)
Nasasabi ang paksa o tema ng binasang teksto
7/2nd Qtr mga pamatnubay na tanong
Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto sa tulong ng pamatnubay na
tanong
Naisasalaysay muli ang binasang teksto nang may tamang pagkakasunod-sunod
Nababaybay nang wasto ang mga salitang may tatlo o apat na pantig batayang
talasalitaang pampaningin natutunang salita mula sa mga aralin
Naka susulat nang may wastong baybay, bantas at gamit ng malaki at maliit na
212
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Nakasasali sa isang usapan tungkol sa isang sariling karanasan
8/2nd Qtr Nagagamit ang mga salitang kilos sa pag-uusap tungkol sa iba’t ibang gawain sa
Napag-uugnay ang sanhi at bunga ng mga pangyayari sa binasang teksto
Week Naibibigay ang susunod na mangyayari sa kuwento
9/2nd Qtr Nakapagpapalit at nakapagdaragdag ng mga tunog upang makabuo ng bagong
salita
Nabibigyang kahulugan ang mga salita sa pamamagitan ng pagbibigay ng
kasingkahulugan at kasalungat
Natutukoy ang suliranin sa nabasang teskto o napanood
Week Nasasabi ang paraan, panahon at lugar ng pagsasagawa ng kilos o gawain sa
10/2nd tahanan, paaralan at pamayanan
Qtr Nakakagamit ng mga pahiwatig upang malaman ang kahulugan ng mga salita
katuturan o kahulugan ng salita
Nakapagbibigay ng angkop na pamagat sa binasang teksto
Week 1/3rd Nagagamit ang naunang kaalaman o karanasan sa pag-unawa ng napakinggang
Qtr teksto
Nakasasali sa isang usapan tungkol sa napanood o nabasang patalastas
Nagagamit ang magalang na pananalita sa angkop na sitwasyon paghingi ng
pahintulot
Napagyayaman ang talasalitaansa pamamagitan ng pagbubuo ng mga bagong
salita mula sa salitang-ugat
Naiuugnay ang binasa sa sariling karanasan
Nakasusulat sa kabit-kabit na paraan na may tamang laki at layo sa isa’t isa
Week Nakasasagot sa mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang tugma
2/3rd Qtr Nakapagbibigay ng maikling panuto gamit ang lokasyon
213
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Nababaybay nang wasto ang mga salitang may tatlo o apat na apat na pantig
batayang talasalitaang pampaningin natutunang salita mula sa mga aralin
Nasisipi nang wasto at malinaw ang isang talata
Nakasusulat ng sariling talatang may wastong baybay, bantas at gamit ng maliit
at malaking letra
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Nakasasagot sa mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang tula
3/3rd Qtr Naipahahayag ang sariling ideya/damdamin o reaksyon tungkol sa sa
napakinggang tugma/tula
Nakasusunod sa nakasulat na panutong gamit ang lokasyon
Week Nagagamit ang magalang na pananalita sa angkop na sitwasyon pagtanggap ng
4/3rd Qtr paumanhin
Nakapagbibigay ng mga salitang magkakatugma
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa nabasang tugma/tula
Nakasusulat sa kabit-kabit na paraan na may tamang laki at layo sa isa't isa
Week Naiuulat nang pasalita ang mga napanood sa telebisyon
5/3rd Qtr Natutukoy kung paano nagsisimula at nagtatapos ang isang pangungusap
Nababasa ang batayang talasalitaan
Nakasusulat ng sariling talatang may wastong baybay, bantas at gamit ng maliit
at malaking letra
Week Naibibigay ang paksa o kaisipan ng tugma/tulang napakinggan
6/3rd Qtr Nakasasali sa isang usapan tungkol sa isang paksang napakinggan
tulad ng paggamit ng mga palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahu lugahan (sitwasyong
pinaggamitan ng salita)
Natutukoy ang suliranin sa nabasang teskto o napanood
Week Nahuhulaan ang susunod na mangyayari sa napakinggang tugma/tula
214
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
7/3rd Qtr Nakasasali sa isang usapan tungkol sa isang napaking gang kuwento
Nagagamit ang magalang na pananalita sa angkop na sitwasyon (paghingi ng
paumanhin)
Nakapag-uuri-uri ng mga salita ayon sa ipinahihiwatig na kaisipang/ konseptwal
Week Napagsusunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari ng kuwentong napakinggan
8/3rd Qtr Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga pang-ukol ni/nina kay/kina ayon sa para sa
ukol sa
Nabibigkas nang wasto ang mga diptonggo (aw,ew, iw, ay, oy)
Natutukoy kung paano nagsisiumula at nagtatapos ang isang talata
Week Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto ayon sa pananaw ng isa sa mga
9/3rd Qtr tauhan
Week Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga pang-ukol: ni/nina, kay/kina, ayon sa, para sa,
9/3rd Qtr ukol sa
Napagyayaman ang talasalitaan sa pamamagitan pagbubuo ng mga bagong
Naibibigay ang mga sumusuportang kaisipan sa pangunahing kaisipan ng
tekstong binasa
Nakasusu lat nang may wastong baybay, bantas, gamit
ng malaki at maliit na letra upang maipahayag ang ideya, damdamin o reaksyon
sa isang paksa o isyu (talata na may 3- 5 pangu ngusap)
Week Nakapagbibigay ng sariling hinuha sa napakinggang teksto
10/3rd Qtr Nababaybay nang wasto ang mga salitang may tatlo o apat na pantig
(batayang talasalitaang pampa ningin; natutuhang salita mula sa mga aralin)
Week Naibibigay ang paksa o kaisipan sa napakinggang kuwento tungkol sa isang
1/4th Qtr tunay na pangyayari
Nagagamit ang magalang na pananalita sa angkop na sitwasyon pagtatanong ng
lokasyon ng lugar
tulad ng paggamit ng mga palatandaang nagbibigay ng ka hulugahan
(pagbibigay ng halimbawa)
Nakasa sagot sa mga tanong tungkol sa nabasang tekstong pang-imporma syon
Naisusulat nang may wastong baybay at bantas ang liham na ididikta ng guro
215
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
2/4th Qtr teksto
Nabibigkas nang wasto ang tunog na kambal katinig (kl, ts, gl, pr, pl, gr)
Nabibigyan ng sariling pamagat ang isang kuwento
Nakasusulat sa kabit-kabit na paraan na may tamang laki at layo sa isa't isa
- malaki at maliit na letra
- mga salita pangungusap
Naisusulat nang wasto ang mga idiniktang mga salita
Week Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa angkop na sitwasyon (pagtanggap
3/4th Qtr ng tawag sa telepono)
4/4th Qtr tekstong pang-impormasyon
Week Nababasa ang batayang talasalitaan
4/4th Qtr Nakakagamit ng mga pahiwatig upang malaman ang kahulugan ng mga salita
tulad ng paggamit ng mga palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahulugahan
(pagbibigay ng halimbawa)
Week Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto sa tulong ng story grammar
5/4th Qtr Nagagamit ang magalang na pananalita sa angkop na sitwasyon pagbibigay ng
reaksyon o komento
Nabibigkas nang wasto ang tunog ng mga diptonggo (ay,ey,iy,oy, uy)
Week Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang tekstong pang-
6/4th Qtr impormasyon
Nakasasali sa isang usapan tungkol sa isang napanood na patalastas o palabas
(paggamit ng pormal na depinisyon ng salita)
Naisasalysay muli ang binasang teksto sa pamamagitan ng story grammar
Week Naiuulat nang pasalita ang mga napakinggan sa radyo
7/4th Qtr Nakabubuo nang wasto at payak na pangungusap na may tamang ugnayan ng
simuno at panag-uri sa pakikipag-usap
Natutukoy kung paano nagsisiumula at nagtatapos ang isang pangungusap/
216
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
talata
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa binasang teksto
8/4th Qtr story grammar
Natutukoy ang mga tunog na bumubuo sa isang klaster (salitang hiram)
-KKPK tren
-KPKK nars, keyk
Nakapag-uuri-uri ng mga salita ayon sa ipinahihiwatig ng kaisipang konseptwal
mga salita at pangungusap
Week Nakasasali sa isang usapan tungkol sa isang napanood na patalastas o palabas
9/4th Qtr Nakabubuo nang wasto at payak na pangungusap na may tamang ugnayan ng
simuno at panag-uri
Week Nakapagbibigay ng mga salitang magkakatugma
9/4th Qtr Nakakagamit ng mga pahiwatig upang malaman ang kahulugan ng mga salita
paggamit ng mga palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahulugahan (pormal na
depenisyon ng mga salita)
tekstong binasa
Nababaybay nang wasto ang mga salitang may tatlo o apat na apat na pantig
batayang talasalitaang pampaningin natutunang salita mula sa mga aralin
Week Nakapagbibigay ng sarilinghinuhasanapakinggangkuwento
10/4th Nakabubuo nang wasto at payak na pangungusap na may tamang ugnayan ng
Qtr simuno at panag-uri
Nakapagpapalit at nakapagragdag ng mga tunog upang makabuo ng bagong
salita
Nakapgabibigay ng angkop na pamagat sa isang talata
GRADE 3 FILIPINO
217
Week of Pamantayan sa Pagkatuto (Essential Learning Competencies) Lesson LR Link (if available Assessment
the (Grade 3 Filipino) Exemplar/Learnin develope online) (provide a
Quarter/
Grading
g resources r link if online)
Period available
Week 1/1st Nagagamit ang pangngalan sa pagsasalaysay tungkol sa mga tao, lugar at
Quarter bagay sa paligid
Nahuhulaan ang nilalaman/paksa ng aklat sa pamamagitan ng pamagat
Nasisipi nang wasto at maayos ang isang talata
Week 2/1st Nagagamit ang naunang kaalaman o karanasan sa pag-unawa ng napakinggang
Quarter teksto
Nagagamit ang pangngalan sa pagsasalaysay tungkol sa mga tao, lugar at
bagay sa paligid
Week 2/1st Natutukoy ang mga salitang magkakatugma
Quarter Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa tekstong binasa tugma
Week Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang kuwento
3/1st Nababasa ang mga salitang may tatlong pantig pataas
Quarter
Nakakagamit ng mga pahiwatig upang malaman ang kahulugan ng mga salita,
paggamit ng mga palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahuluga han (kasing kahulugan)
Nakasusunod sa nakasulat na panuto
Week Napagsusunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari ng kuwentong napakinggan sa
4/1st pamamagitan ng larawan
Quarter Nagagamit ang pangngalan sa pagsasalaysay tungkol sa mga tao, lugar at
bagay sa paligid
Nahahati nang pabigkas ang isang salita ayon sa pantig
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa tekstong binasa (kuwento)
Nababaybay nang wasto ang mga salitang natutunan sa aralin
Week Naisasakilos ang tulang napakinggan
5/1st Nagagamit sa usapan ang mga salitang pamalit sa ngalan ng tao (ako, ikaw,
Quarter siya)
Naikukumpara ang mga aklat sa pamamagitan ng pagkakatulad at pagkakaiba
batay sa pisikal na anyo
Nailalarawan ang mga elemento ng kuwento (tauhan, tagpuan, banghay)
Nakasusulat nang may wastong baybay, bantas, at gamit ng malaki at maliit na
Week Nakasusunod sa panutong may 2 – 3 hakbang
6/1st Nagagamit sa usapan ang mga salitang pamalit sa ngalan ng tao kami, tayo,
218
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Quarter kayo at sila
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa binasang tekstong pang-impormasyon
Nababaybay nang wasto ang mga salita di-kilala batay sa bigkas
Week Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto sa tulong ng larawan
7/1st Nakapagpapalit at nakapagdaragdag ng mga tunog upang makabuo ng bagong
Quarter salita
Nakakaga mit ng pahiwatig upang malaman ang kahulugan ng mga salita tulad
ng paggamit ng mga palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahulugan (kasalungat)
Naisasalay say muli ang binasang teksto nang may tamang pagkakasunod-
sunod ng mga pangyayari
Week 7/1st Nagagamit ang malaki at maliit na letra at mga bantas sa pagsulat ng; mga
Quarter salitang natutunan sa aralin parirala, pangungusap
Week Naiguguhit ang mensahe ng napakinggang parabula/ alamat
8/1st Nagagamit ang panghalip bilang pamalit sa pangngalan may panandang ang
Quarter (ito/iyan/iyon)
Nakapagbibigay ng wakas ng binasang kuwento
Nababaybay nang wasto ang mga salitang may tatlo o apat na pantig
Week 9 Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang kuwento
/1st Naiuulat ang mga naobserbahang pangyayari sa pamayanan
Quarter
Nagagamit ang panghalip bilang pamalit sa pangngalan (ito/iyan/iyon)
ng paggamit ng mga palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahuluga han (ka salungat)
Nagbabago ang dating kaalaman base sa mga natuklasang kaalaman sa
binasang teksto
Nagagamit ang malaki at maliit na letra at mga bantas sa pagsulat ng talata
Week Nakabubuo ng isang kuwentong katumbas ng napakinggang kuwento
10/1st Napayayaman ang talasalitaan sa pama magitan ng paggamit ng magkasing
Quarter kahulugan at magka salungat namga salita
1/2nd teksto
Quarter Nagagamit ang pangngalan sa pagsasalaysay tungkol sa mga tao, lugar, bagay
at mga pangyayari sa paligid
ng paggamit ng mga palatan daang nagbibigay ng kahuluga han (ka salungat)
219
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Nagagamit ang magalang na pananalita sa angkop na sitwasyon
2/2nd (pagpapaliwanag)
Quarter Nahuhulaan ang nilalaman/paksa ng aklat sa pamamagitan ng pagtingin sa mga
larawan
Nailalarawan ang elemento ng kuwento (tauhan, tagpuan, banghay)
Nasisipi nang wasto at maayos ang isang talata
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang tula
Nagagamit ang pangngalan sa pagsasalaysay tungkol sa mga tao, lugar ,
bagay at mga pangyayari sa paligid
Week 3 Nababasa ang mga salitang may klaster
/2nd Nakasusunod sa nakasulat na panuto
Quarter
Nababaybay nang wasto ang batayang talasalitaan
Week Naisasakilos ang tulang napakinggan
4/2nd Natutukoy ang mga salitang magkakatugma
Quarter
Nakakaga mit ng pahiwatig upang malaman ang kahulugan ng mga salita
tulad ng paggamit ng mga pala tandaang nagbibigay ng kahulugan (katuturan
o kahulugan ng salita)
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa tekstong binasa tula
parirala/pangungusap
Week Nagagamit sa usapan ang mga salitang pamalit sa ngalan ng tao (kami, tayo,
5/2nd kayo at sila)
Quarter Naikokompara ang mga kuwento sa pamamagitan ng pagtatala ng
pagkakatulad at pagkakaiba
Nailalarawan ang mga elemento ng kuwento (tauhan, tagpuan, banghay)
Nakasusulat ng talata nang may wastong baybay, bantas at gamit ng malaki at
maliit na letra upang maipahayag ang ideya, damdamin o reaksyon sa isang
paksa o isyu
Week Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto sa tulong ng pamatnubay na
6/2nd tanong
Quarter Nakakagamit ng pahiwatig upang malaman ang kahulugan ng mga salita tulad
ng paggamit ng mga palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahuluga han (sitwasyong
pinag gamitan)
220
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa binasang tekstong pang-impormasyon
Nabaybay nang wasto ang mga salitang natutuhan sa aralin
Week 7 Nakasusunod sa panutong may 2 – 3 hakbang
/2nd Nagagamit sa usapan ang mga salitang pamalit sa ngalan ng tao (kami, tayo,
Quarter kayo at sila)
Nababasa ang mga salitang iisa ang baybay ngunit magkaiba ang bigkas
Naisasalaysay muli ang binasang teksto nang may tamang pagkasunod-sunod
sa tulong ng pamatnubay na tanong
Week Napagyayaman ang talasalitaan sa pamamagitan ng paggamit ng
8/2nd magkasingkahulugan at magkasalungat ng mga salita
Quarter
Week Nababaybay nang wasto ang mga salitang hiram
8/2nd
Quarter
Week Nakabubuo ng mga tanong matapos mapakinggan ang isang teksto
9/2nd Naiuulat nang pasalita ang mga nasaksihang pangyayari sa pamayanan
Quarter Nagagamit ang panghalip bilang pamalit sa pangngalan sa anyong ng
(nito/niyan/ (noon) niyon)
10/2nd Nagagamit ang panghalip bilang pamalit sa pangngalan (nito/niyan (noo /
Quarter niyon)
Nagbabago ang dating kaalaman base sa mga natuklasang kaalaman sa
binasang teksto
Week 1/3rd Nagagamit ang naunang kaalaman o karanasan sa pag-unawa ng
Quarter napakinggang teksto
Nagagamit ang angkop na pagtatanong tungkol sa mga tao, bagay, lugar at
pangyayari
Nakapagbibigay ng mga salitang magkaka tugma
Naibibigay ang maaaring pahina ng aklat batay sa pamagat at pabalat
Naiuugnay ang sariling karanasan sa binasa
Nasisipi nang wasto at maayos ang mga talata
2/3rd Nagagamit ang angkop na pagtatanong tungkol sa mga tao, bagay, lugar at
221
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Quarter pangyayari ano, sino, saan, ilan, kalian, ano- ano, sino-sino
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa tekstong binasa tekstong pang-
impormasyon pagpapaliwanag
Nababaybay nang wasto ang mga salitang natutunan sa aralin/ batayang
talasalitaang pampaningin
Week Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang balita/anunsyo
3/3rd Nakapagla larawan ng mga tao, hayop, bagay at lugar sa pamayanan
Quarter
Naikukumpara ang mga aklat sa pamamagitan ng pagtatala ng pagkakatulad at
pagkakaiba batay sa tema
Natutukoy ang kahulugan ng mga tambalang salita na nananatili ang
kahulugan
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Nasasabi ang sariling ideya tungkol sa tekstong napakinggan
4/3rd Naipahahayag ang sariling opinyon o reaskyon sa isang napakinggang isyu
Quarter
Nakapaglalarawan ng mga tao, hayop, bagay at lugar sa pamayanan
Nababasa ang mga salitang iisa ang baybay ngunit magkaiba ang bigkas
Napagyayaman ang talasalitaan sa pamama gitan ng paghanap ng maikling
salitang matatagpuan sa loob ng isang mahabang
Nasasabi ang paksa o tema ng binasang teksto
salitang dinaglat
Week Naibibigay ang paksa ng kuwento o sanaysay na napakinggan
5/3rd Nagagamit ang tamang salitang kilos/ pandiwa sa pagsasalaysay ng mga
Quarter personal na karanasan
Nahuhulaan ang nilalaman/paksa ng aklat sa pamamagitan ng pahapyaw na
pagbasa
Nakakagamit ng pahiwatig upang malaman ang kahulugan ng mga salita tulad
ng paggamit ng mga palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahulugahan (sitwasyong
222
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
pinag gamitan ng salita)
tekstong binasa
Nasisipi nang wasto at maayos ang mga liham
Week 6 Naibibigay ang sariling hinuha bago, habang at pagkatapos mapakinggang
/3rd teksto
Quarter Nagagamit ang tamang salitang kilos/ pandiwa sa pagsasalaysay ng mga
personal na karanasan
Nakapagbibigay ng angkop na pamagat sa binasang teksto
7/3rd Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga pang-abay na naglalarawan ng isang kilos o
Quarter gawi
Nakakagamit ng pahiwatig upang malaman ang kahulugan ng mga salita tulad
ng paggamit ng mga palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahulugahan
(pormal na depinisyon ng salita)
Naisasalaysay muli ang binasang teksto nang may tamang pagkaka sunod-
sunod
Week 8/3rd Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto ayon sa kronolohikal na
Quarter pagkakasunod-sunod
Week Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga pang-abay na naglalarawan ng isang kilos o
8/3rd gawi
Quarter Napagyayaman ang talasalitaan sa pamama gitan ng paghanap ng maiikling
salita sa loob ng isang mahabang salita
Week 9 Nakapagbibigay ng sariling wakas sa napakinggang kuwento
/3rd Naiuulat nang pasalita ang mga napaking gang balita
Quarter
nang wasto ang pang-ukol (laban sa, ayon sa, para sa, ukol sa)
Natutukoy ang kahulugan ng mga tambalang salita na nananatili ang kahulugan
10/3rd Nagagamit nang wasto ang pang-ukol (laban sa, ayon sa, para sa , ukol sa,
Quarter tungkol sa)
Nagsasama ang mga katinig, patinig upang makabuo ng salitang klaster (Hal.
blusa, gripo, plato)
223
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Naikokompara ang mga kuwento sa pama magitan ng pagtatala ng
pagkakatulad at pagkakaiba
Naibibigay ang buod o lagom ng tesktong binasa
Week 1/4th Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang / usapan
Quarter Nagagamit ang angkop na pagtatanong tungkol sa mga tao, hayop, bagay, lugar
at pangyayari (ano, sino, saan, ilan, kalian, ano-ano, sino-
Napapayaman ang talasalitaan sa pamama gitan ng pagbubuo ng mga bagong
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa tekstong binasa balita
Nasisipi nang wasto at maayos ang mga talata
Week Nagagamit ang angkop na pagtatanong tungkol sa mga tao, hayop, bagay, lugar
2/4th at pangyayari (ano, sino, saan, ilan, kalian, ano-ano, sino-sino)
Quarter Nakagagamit ng mga pahiwatig upang malaman ang kahulugan ng mga salita
kasingkahulugan/ kasalungat
Nababaybay nang wasto ang mga natutuhan sa aralin
Week 3/4th Nagagamit ang naunang kaalaman o karanasan sa pag-unawa ng napakinggang
Quarter teksto
Week Naipapahayag ang sariling opinyon o reaskyon sa isang napakinggang isyu
3/4th usapan
Quarter Nakapagla larawan ng mga bagay, hayop, tao, at lugar sa pamayanan
Nababasa ang mga salitang hiram
Week Naibibigay ang paksa ng kuwento o sanaysay na napakinggan
4/4th Nakapagla larawan ng mga bagay, hayop, tao, at lugar sa pamayanan
Quarter
salitang natutunan sa aralin mga salitang katutubo, salitang hiram at mga
salitang dinaglat
Nakasusulat ng isang talata
5/4th Naiuulat nang pasalita ang mga napanood na patalastas
224
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Quarter Nagagamit ang mga salitang kilos sa pag-uusap tungkol sa iba’t ibang gawain sa
Nakagagamit ng mga pahiwatig upang malaman ang kahulugan ng mga salita
paggamit ng mga palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahulugahan (kasing kahulugan/
kasalungat)
Naisasalaysay muli ang binasang teksto nang may tamang pagkaka sunod-
sunod sa tulong ng balangkas
Nasisipi nang wasto at maayos ang liham
6/4th Nagagamit ang mga salitang kilos sa pag-uusap tungkol sa iba’t ibang gawain sa
Quarter tahanan, paaralan, at pamayanan
Napagyayaman ang talasalitaan sa pamama gitan ng pagbubuo ng mga bagong
Nakapagbi bigay ng wakas ng binasang kuwento
nang wasto ang mga salita natutunan sa aralin/ batayang talasalitaan/ salitang
dinaglat/ salitang hiram
Week Nakapagbibigay ng sariling wakas sa napakinggang kuwento
7/4th Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga pang-abay na naglalarawan ng isang kilos o
Quarter gawi
Nababasa ang mga salitang hiram/natutuhan sa aralin
Week Naikokompara ang mga aklat sa pamama gitan ng pagkakatulad at pagkakaiba
7/4th batay sa pisikal na anyo (tauhan tagpuan tema)
Quarter
Week Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto sa tulong balangkas
8/4th Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga pang-abay na naglalarawan ng isang kilos o
Quarter gawi
Nabibigay ng mungkahing solusyon sa suliraning nabasa sa isang teskto o
napanood
Week Natutukoy ang mahahalagang detalye kaugnay ng paksang narinig
9/4th Naiuulat nang pasalita ang naobser bahang pangyayari
Quarter
Nagagamit nang wasto ang pang-ukol (ukol sa,para sa, laban sa, tungkol sa)
Napagsasama ang mga katinig at patinig upang makabuo ng salitang may
diptonggo
225
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Naibibigay ang buod o lagom ng tesktong binasa
Week 10 / Naibibigay ang paksa ng kuwento o sanaysay na napakinggan
4th Nagagamit nang wasto ang pang-ukol (ukol sa, para sa, laban sa, tungkol sa)
Quarter
Naikukumpara ang mga kuwento sa pamama gitan ng pagkakatulad at
pagkakaiba batay sa pisikal na anyo tauhan tagpuan tema
Nakagagamit ng mga pahiwatig upang malaman ang kahulugan ng mga salita
tulad ng paggamit ng mga palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahulugahan (na
depinisyon ng salita)
GRADE 4 FILIPINO
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Nakikinig nang mabuti sa nagsasalita upang maulit at mabigyang-kahulugan ang
1/1st mga pahayag
Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa iba’t ibang sitwasyon tulad ng
Quarter pagbili sa tindahan
Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga pangngalan sa pagsasalita tungkol sa
- sarili
- ibang tao sa paligid
226
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Nabibigyang kahulugan ang salita sa pamamagitan ng pormal na depinisyon
Natutukoy ang mga elemento ng kuwento
- tagpuan
- tauhan
- banghay
Nakasusulat ng talata tungkol sa sarili
Week Natutukoy ang damdamin ng tagapagsalita ayon sa tono,diin,bilis at intonasyon
2/1st Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto gamit ang mga larawan
Quarter Naikukuwentong muli ang napakinggang kuwento na wasto ang pagkakasunod-
sunod at gumagamit ng signal words: una, pangalawa
Nagagamit nang wasto ang iba’t ibang kayarian ng pangngalan sa pagsasalita
tungkol sa mga
- hayop
- lugar sa paligid
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng salita sa pamamagitan ng pag-uugnay sa sariling
karanasan
Nasasagot ang mga tanong sa binasang tekstong pamapanitikan- kuwento
Nakasusulat ng natatanging kuwento tungkol sa natatanging tao sa pamayanan
Week Natutukoy ang damdamin ng tagapagsalita ayon sa tono,diin, bilis at intonasyon
3/1st Naiuugnay ang sariling karanasan sa napakinggang teksto
Quarter Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga pangngalang pantangi at pambalana sa
pagsasalita tungkol
sa sarili, sa mga tao ,sa mga hayop at pangyayari sa paligid
Nababasa ang maikling tula nang may tamang bilis, diin, ekspresyon at
intonasyon
Nakasusulat ng tugma o maikling tula
Week Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa mga mahahalagang detalye ng
4/1st napakinggang balita
Naipahahayag ang sariling opinyon o reaskyon sa isang napakinggang isyu o
Quarter usapan
Nakagagamit ng pahiwatig upang malaman ang kahulugan ng mga salita tulad
ng paggamit ng palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahulugan
-kasingkahulugan
Nakasusulat ng balita na may huwaran/ padron/ balangkas
227
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Nasusunod ang napakinggang panuto o hakbang ng isang gawain
5/1st Nagagamit nang wasto ang kasarian ng pangngalan sa pagsasalita tungkol - sa
Quarter sarili sa mga tao,sa mga hayop sa paligid - sa lugar, bagay at pangyayari sa
paligid
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng mga salitang pamilyar at di-pamilyar sa
pamamagitan ng pag-uugnay sa sariling karanasan
Naasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa binasang tekstong pang impormasyon-
balita
Nakasusulat ng balitang napakinggan nang may wastong pagkakasunod-sunod
ng mga pangyayari
Naibibigay ang kahalagahan ng media (hal. pang-impormasyon, pang-aliw,
panghikayat)
Week Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa mahahalagang detalye ng napakinggang
6/1st balita
Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto gamit ang mga larawan
Quarter
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang uri ng panghalip (panao) sa usapan at pagsasabi
tungkol sa sariling karanasan
Napagsusunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari sa kuwento-mga larawan
Naisasalaysay muli ang binasang teksto nang may tamang pagkasunod-sunod
ng mga pangayayari (larawan)
Nakasusulat ng balitang napakinggan ayon sa ginawang balangkas
7/1st teksto o SMS (Short Messaging Text)
Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa iba’t ibang sitwayson
Quarter pakikipag talastasan sa text (SMS) pagbati
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang uri ng panghalip (pananong) - isahan-- maramihan
sa usapan at pagsasabi tungkol sa sariling karanasan
Nasasagot ang mga tanong na bakit at paano
Week 7/1st Nakasusulat nang wastong text (SMS)
Quarter Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa pinanood
8/1st balita
Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto gamit ang mga larawan
Quarter
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang uri ng panghalip (panaklaw)-tiyakan-
Isahan/Kalahatan-di-tiyakan sa usapan at pagsasabi tungkol sa sariling
228
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
karanasan
ng paggamit ng palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahulugan, kasingkahulugan (1.4)-
kasalungat (1.5)-paglalarawan (1.13)
Nakasusulat ng maikling usapan na gumagamit ng magagalang na pagbati sa
iba’t ibang okasyon o pagdiriwang
Maligayang kaarawan/ pasko/ pagdating ...
Week Natutukoy ang damdamin ng nagsasalita ayon sa tono,diin,bilis, at intonasyon
9/1st Naipahahayag ang sariling opinyon o reaskyon sa isang napakinggang isyu o
Quarter usapan
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang uri ng panghalip (pamatlig)-Patulad- pahimaton
Paukol—Paari- panlunan- paturol sa usapan at pagsasabi tungkol sa sariling
karanasan
ng paggamit ng palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahulugan
paglalarawan
Natutukoy ang bahagi ng binasang kuwento- simula-kasukdulan-katapusan
Nakasusulat ng liham pangkaibigan bilang tugon sa imga nakalap sa kuwentong
binasa
Week Nakasusunod sa panutong may tatlo hanggang apat na hakbang gawain
10/1st Nakagagamit ng pahiwatig upang malaman ang kahulugan ng mga salita tulad
Quarter ng paggamit ng palatandaang nagbibigay ng kahulugan (Pormal na depinisyon)
Naisasalaysay muli ang nabasang teksto gamit ang mga pangungusap
Nakasusulat ng talaan ng mga salitang katutubo at ang mga kahulugan nito
Halimbawa- ibon – langgam
Week Naisasakilos ang bahagi ng kuwento na nagustuhan
1/2nd Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa iba’t ibang sitwayson paghingi ng
Quarter pahintulot
Week Nagagamit nang wasto ang pang-uri (lantay) sa paglalarawan ng tao, lugar,
1/2nd bagay at pangyayari -sa sarili-ibang tao-katulong sa pamayanan
Quarter Nakababasa para kumuha ng impormasyon
Naisusulat nang wasto ang baybay ng -salitang natutuhan sa aralin - at
salitang hiram-kaugnay ng ibang asignatura
Week Nakapagbibigay ng hinuha sa kalalabasan ng mga pangyayari sa napakinggang
2/2nd teskto
229
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Quarter Naipahahayag ang sariling opinyon o reaskyon sa isang napakinggang isyu o
usapan/paksa
Nagagamit nang wasto ang pang-uri paghahambing sa paglalarawan ng tao,
lugar, bagay at pangyayari, sa sarili,ibang tao katulong sa pamayanan
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng mga salitang pamilyar at di-pamilyar pamamagitan
ng pag-uugnay sa sariling karanasan
Nahuhulaan ang maaaring mangyari sa teksto gamit ang dating karanasan/
kaalaman
Nakasusulat ng reaksiyon/opinyon tungkol sa napapanahong isyu
Naisasadula ang nagustuhang bahagi ng napanood
Week Naibibigay ang paksa ng napakinggang teksto
3/2nd Naipahahayag ang sariling opinyon o reaskyon sa isang napakinggang isyu o
Quarter usapan
Nagagamit nang wasto ang pang-uri (lantay,paghahambing,-pasukdol)--sa
paglalarawan ng tao, lugar, bagay at pangyayari -sa sarili
ibang tao-katulong sa pamayanan
Nasasagot ang mga tanong sa binasang tekstong pang-impormasyon -recount
Week Nakikinig nang mabuti sa nagsasalita upang maulit at mabigyang-kahulugan ang
4/2nd mga pahayag
Quarter Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa iba’t ibang sitwasyon -
(pagpapahayag ng pasasalamat)
Nagagamit ang uri ng pandiwa ayon sa panahunan sa pagsasalaysay ng
nasaksihang pangyayari
Nasasabi ang sanhi at bunga ayon sa nabasang pahayag
Nakasusulat ng -timeline tungkol sa mga pangyayari sa binasang teksto
Naisasalaysay nang may tamang pagkakasunod-sunod ang nakalap na
impormasyon mula sa napanood
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Nailalarawan ang elemento ng kuwento-tagpuan- tauhan- banghay- pangyayari
230
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
5/2nd Nailalarawan ang tauhan batay sa ikinilos, ginawi , sinabi at naging damdamin
Quarter Nagagamit ang aspekto (panahunan) ng pandiwa n sa pagsasalaysay ng
nasaksihang pangyayari
Natutukoy ang kahulugan ng salita batay sa ugnayang salita-larawan
Nakasusulat ng talatang naglalarawan
Nakapagbibigay ng reaksyon sa napanood
Week Nasasagot ang mga literal na tanong tungkol sa napakinggang tekstong
6/2nd pampanitikan-alamat
Quarter Nailalarawan ang tauhan batay sa ikinilos o ginawi o sinabi at damdamin
Nagagamit ang panagano ng pandiwa-pawatas- pautospagsasalaysay ng
napakinggang usapan
Nakasusulat ng panuto gamit ang dayagram
Nasasabi ang paksa ng napanood na -maikling pelikula
Week Naibibigay ang sariling wakas ng napakinggang tekstong pang-impormasyon-
7/2nd talambuhay
Quarter Naiuugnay ang sariling karanasan sa napakinggang teksto
Nagagamit ang panagano
- paturol
pasakali ng pandiwa sa pagsasalaysay ng -sariling karanasan
Natutukoy ang kahulugan ng salita batay sa ugnayang salita-larawan
Nakasusulat ng sariling talambuhay
Nasusuri ang damdamin ng mga tauhan sa napanood
Week Napagsusunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari sa tekstong napakinggan sa
8/2nd pamamagitan ng tanong (pangungusap)
Quarter Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto gamit ang mga pangungusap
Nagagamit nang wasto ang pang-abay sa paglalarawan ng kilos
Natutukoy ang mga sumusuportang detalye sa mahalagang kaisipan sa
nabasang teksto
Nakasusulat ng impormasyong hinihingi sa card catalog
Week Naibibigay ang sanhi at bunga ng mga pangyayari sa napakinggang teksto
9/2nd
Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto gamit ang mga pangungusap
Quarter
231
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Nagagamit nang wasto ang pang-abay at pandiwa sa pangungusap
9/2nd Nakasusulat ng liham na humihingi ng pahintulot na magamit ang silid-aklatan
Quarter
Week Nakasusunod sa napakinggang panuto
10/2nd Nagagamit nang wasto ang pang-abay at pang-uri sa pangungusap
Quarter
Nakasusulat ng mga panuto gamit ang pangunahin at pangalawang direksiyon
Nakapagbibigay ng reaksyon sa napanood
Week 1/ Nakasusunod sa napakinggang hakbang ng isang gawain
3rd Nakapagbibigay ng hakbang ng isang gawain
Quarter Nagagamit ang pang-abay sa paglalarawan ng kilos
ng paggamit ng palatandaang nagbibigay ng
- kahulugan
- sitwasyong pinaggamitan (1.8)
Nasasagot ang mga tanong na bakit at paano batay sa tekstong pang-
impormasyon (procedure)
Nakasusulat ng simpleng resipi
Week 2/ Nasasagot ang mga literal na tanong tungkol sa napakinggang tula
3rd Nasasagot ang mga tanong na bakit at paano batay sa tekstong napakinggan
Quarter Nailalarawan ang tauhan batay sa ikinilos, ginawi, sinabi at naging damdamin
ng paggamit ng palatandaang nagbibigay ng - kahulugan katuturan o
kahulugan ng salita (1.7)
Nakasusulat ng isang awit tungkol sa nagustuhang bahagi ng binasang teksto
Week 3/ Nasasagot ang mga tanong na bakit at paano batay sa tekstong napakinggan
3rd Nagagamit sa pagpapahayag ng sariling opinyon ang magagalang na pananalita
Quarter sitwasyon
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng salita sa pamamagitan ng pormal na depinisyon
Nakasusulat ng buod/lagom ng binasang teksto
Naipakikita ang pag-unawa sa pinanood sa pamamagitan ng pagsasakilos nito
Week 4/ Naisasalaysay ang mahahalagang detalye sa napakinggang editoryal
3rd Nagagamit sa pagpapahayag ng hindi pagsang-ayon ang magagalang na
232
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Quarter
Week 4/ Nagagamit ang pariralang pang-abay at pandiwa, pariralang pang-abay at
3rd pang-uri sa paglalarawan
Natutukoy ang kaibahan ng pang-abay at pang-uri
Quarter
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa binasang editoryal
Nakasusulat ng editoryal
Natutukoy ang damdaming ipinahihiwatig ng napakinggang paliwanag
Week 5/ Nakapagbibigay ng reaksiyon sa napakinggang paliwanag
3rd Nakasusulat ng paliwanag
Quarter Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang argumento
Week 6/ Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa pakikipag-argumento o
3rd pakikipagdebate
Nagagamit nang wasto ang pang-angkop na
Quarter - ng
- g
- na
sa pangungusap
Nasusuri kung opinyon o katotohanan ang isang pahayag
Nakasusulat ng argumento
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napanood na argumento
Nakapagbibigay ng angkop na pamagat sa napakinggang teksto
Week 7/ Naiuugnay ang sariling karanasan sa napakinggang teksto
3rd Nagagamit nang wasto ang pang-angkop ( ng, g, na) sa pakikipag talastasan
Quarter Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng salita sa pamamagitan ng pormal na depinisyon ng
salita
Nabibigyan ng angkop na pamagat ang talatang binasa
Nasasagot ang mga tanong batay sa tekstong napakinggan
Week 8/ Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto gamit ang sariling salita
3rd Nagagamit nang wasto at angkop ang pangatnig
Quarter - o, ni, maging, man
- kung, kapag, pag, atbp.
233
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
- ngunit, subalit, atbp.
Week 8/ - dahil sa, sapagkat, atbp. - daw, raw atbp.
3rd - sa wakas atbp. - kung sino, kung ano, siya rin atbp.
- kung gayon, atbp.
Quarter
Nakasusulat ng buod o lagom
Naipakikita ang pag-unawa sa pinanood sa pamamagitan ng pagbibigay ng
ibang pagwawakas ayon sa sariling saloobin o paniniwala
Naibibigay ang sanhi at bunga ng mga pangyayari sa napakinggang ulat
Week 9/ Nakapagbibigay ng reaksiyon sa isyu mula sa napakinggang ulat
3rd Nagagamit nang wasto at angkop ang simuno at panaguri sa pangungusap
Quarter Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng mga salitang pamilyar at di-pamilyar sa
Nakasusulat ng talata na may sanhi at bunga
Napagsusunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari sa tekstong napakinggan sa
pamamagitan ng paggamit ng una, pangalawa, sumunod at panghuli
Week 10/ Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto gamit ang sariling salita
3rd Nakapagbibigay ng wakas sa binasang teksto
Quarter Nakasusulat ng kuwento na may angkop na wakas
Week 1/ Napagsusunod-sunod ang mga detalye ayon sa tekstong napakinggan
4th Nakapagbibigay ng panuto na may tatlo hanggang apat na hakbang gamit ang
Quarter pangunahin at pangalawang direksyon
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang mga uri ng pangungusap sa pagsasalaysay ng sariling
karanasan
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng mga salitang pamilyar at di- sa pamamagitan ng
pag-uugnay sa sariling karanasan
Nasasagot ang mga tanong na bakit at paano sa tekstong pang-impormasyon
Nakasusulat ng isang balangkas mula sa mga nakalap na impormasyon mula sa
binasa
Week 2/ Naibibigay ang paksa ng napakinggang teksto
4th Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa iba’t ibang sitwasyon (pagsasabi
Quarter ng panga ngailangan)
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang uri ng pangungusap sa pakikipag-usap
Nakasusulat ng usapan
234
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Naiuugnay sa pinanood ang sariling karanasan
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 3/ Naisasakilos ang napakinggang awit
4th Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa iba’t ibang sitwasyon tulad ng
Quarter pagsasabi ng puna
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang uri ng pangungusap sa pakikipag-debate tungkol sa
isang isyu
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng salita sa pamamagitan ng pormal na depinisyon ng
salita
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa binasang teksto ng awit
Nakasusulat ng mga puna tungkol sa isang isyu
Week 4/ Nasasagot ang mga literal na tanong tungkol sa napakinggang opinyon mula sa
4th binasang pahayagan
Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa iba’t ibang sitwayson sa
Quarter pagbibigay ng mungkahi o suhestyon
Nagagamit sa panayam ang iba’t ibang uri ng pangungusap
Nasusuri kung opinyon o katotohanan ang pahayag
Nakasusulat ng opinyon tungkol sa isang isyu
Week 5/ Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa isyung ipinahahayag sa isang editorial
4 th cartoon
Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa iba’t ibang sitwasyon
Quarter Pagbibigay ng puna sa editorial cartoon
Nagagamit sa pakikipag talastasan ang mga uri ng pangungusap
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa editorial cartoon
- Kapaligiran
- pangarap
Naibibigay ang bagong natuklasang kaalaman mula sa binasang teksto
Nakaguguhit ng sariling editorial cartoon
Week 6/ Nasasagot ang mga tanong na bakit at paano
235
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
4th Naipapahayag ang sariling opinyon o reaksyon sa isang napakinggang isyu
Quarter Nagagamit sa pagpapakilala ng produkto ang uri ng pangungusap
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng salita sa pamamagitan ng pormal na depinisyon ng
salita
Nakasusulat ng patalastas
Week 7/ 4th Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang pagpupulong (pormal at
Quarter di-pormal)
Week 7/ Naipahahayag ang sariling opinyon o reaskyon batay sa napakinggang
4th pagpupulong (pormal at di-pormal)
Nagagamit ang mga uri ng pangungusap sa pormal na pagpupulong
Quarter
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa minutes ng pagpupulong (pormal at di
-pormal)
Nakasusulat ng minutes ng pagpupulong
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napanood na patalastas
Week 8/ Napagsusunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari sa napakinggang radio broadcasting
4th Naibabahagi ang obserbasyon sa iskrip ng radio broadcasting
Quarter Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang uri ng pangungusap sa pagsasagawa ng radio
broadcast
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa binasang iskrip ng radio broadcasting
Nakasusulat ng script para sa radio broadcasting
Nakapagha hambing ng iba’t ibang patalastas na napanood
Week 9/ Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang debate
4th Naibabahagi ang obserbasyon sa mga taong kabahagi ng debate
Quarter Nagagamit ang mga uri ng pangungusap sa pakikipagdebate tungkol sa isang
isyu
Naibibigay ang buod o lagom ng debateng binasa
Nakasusulat ng mga isyu/argumento para sa isang debate
Week 10/ Nakapagha hambing ng iba’t ibang debateng napanood
4th Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang script ng teleradyo
Quarter Naibabahagi ang obserbasyon sa napakinggang script ng teleradyo
236
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Nagagamit ang mga uri ng pangungusap sa pagsasabi ng pananaw
Naibibigay ang buod o lagom ng tekstong script ng teleradyo
Nakasusulat ng script para sa teleradyo
GRADE 5 FILIPINO
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/1st Naiuugnay ang sariling karanasan sa napakinggang teksto
Quarter Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga pangngalan at panghalip sa pagtalakay tungkol
sa sarili,sa mga tao,hayop, lugar,bagay at pangyayari sa paligid
Nasasagot ang mga tanong sa binasang kuwento
Nakasusulat ng isang maikling balita
Week 2/1 st
Nabibigyang kahulugan ang tulang napakinggan sa pamamagitan ng mga kilos
Quarter Naipahahayag ang sariling opinyon o reaskyon sa isang napakinggang balita,
isyu o usapan
Napagsunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari sa kuwento sa tulong ng nakalarawang
balangkas
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa pinanood
Week 3/1st Naibibigay ang paksa ng napakinggang kuwento/usapan
Quarter Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto sa pamamagitan ng pagsasadula
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng salitang pamilyar at di-pamilyar sa pamamagitan
ng tono o damdamin
Nasasagot ang mga tanong sa binasang tekstong pang-impormasyon
Nababaybay nang wasto ang salitang natutuhan sa aralin/ hiram
Week 4/1 st
Naibabahagi ang isang pangyayaring nasaksihan o naobserbahan
237
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Quarter Nasasagot ang mga tanong sa binasang anekdota
Nailalarawan ang tagpuan at tauhan ng napanood na pelikula
Week 5/1st Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang sawikain
Quarter Nabibigkas nang may wastong tono, diin, antala at damdamin ang
napakinggang tula
Nasasagot ang mga tanong sa binasang talaarawan
Nakasusulat ng maikling tula
Week 6/1 st
Naibibigay ang paksa ng napakinggang kuwento/usapan
Quarter Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng salita pamilyar at di-pamilyar na mgasalita sa
pamamagitan ng kasingkahulugan
Naibibigay ang mahahalagang pangyayari sa nabasang talaarawan /talambuhay
Nakasusulat ng talatang nagsasalaysay
Week 7/1st Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa pagsasabi ng hinaing o reklamo
Quarter Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang uri ng panghalip sa usapan at paglalahad tungkol sa
sariling karanasan
Nakapagbibigay ng angkop na pamagat sa isang talata
Week 8/1st Nakapagbibigay ng angkop na pamagat sa tekstong napakinggan
Quarter Nakapagbibigay ng panuto
ng kasalungat
Week 9/1st Naipapahayag ang sariling opinyon o reaskyon sa isang napakinggang balita,
Quarter isyu o usapan
Naibibigay ang bagong natuklasang kaalaman mula sa binasang teksto
Naibibigay ang datos na hinihingi ng isang form
Week Nakasusunod sa 2 – 3 hakbang na panuto
10/1st Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang uri ng panghalip sa usapan at paglalahad tungkol sa
Quarter sariling karanasan
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng salitang pamilyar at di-pamilyar n mga salita sa
pamamagitan ng paglalarawan
Naibibigay ang paksa ng isang talata
Nakasusulat ng liham pangkaibigan
Napagsusunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari sa napanood na maikling pelikula
238
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Nakasusunod sa hakbang ng isang gawain
1/2nd Nakapagbibigay ng panuto na may 3 – 5 hakbang
Quarter
Nagagamit nang wasto ang pandiwa ayon sa panahunan sa pagsasalaysay
tungkol sa mahahalagang pangyayari
Nailalarawan ang mga tauhan at tagpuan ng teskto
Week Nailalarawan ang tauhan batay sa kilos at pagsasalita
2/2nd Nagagamit nang wasto ang pandiwa ayon sa panahunan sa pagsasalaysay
Quarter tungkol sa tradisyon at sa iba’t ibang okasyon
Naipapakita ang pag-unawa sa pinanood sa pamamagitan ng pagguhit
Week Napagsusunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari sa tekstong napakinggan sa
3/2nd pamamagitan ng pangungusap
Quarter Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto sa tulong ng mga pangungusap
Nasasabi ang sanhi at bunga ng mga pangyayari
Week 3/2 nd
Nakasusulat ng talambuhay
Quarter
Naipapakita ang pag-unawa sa panonood sa pamamagitan ng kilos o galaw
Week Naibabahagi ang isang pangyayaring nasaksihan
4/2nd Nagagamit nang wasto ang pandiwa ayon sa panahunan sa pagsasalaysay ng
Quarter isang sitwasyon
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng mga salitang iisa ang baybay ngunit magkaiba ang
diin
Nakapagbibigay ng wakas sa nabasang kuwento
Nakasusulat ng sulating pormal
Week Nasasagot ang mga literal na tanong sa napakinggang teksto
5/2nd Nagagamit nang wasto ang pandiwa ayon sa panahunan sa pagsasalaysay
Quarter tungkol sa kasaysayan
Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang tambalang salita
Nahuhulaan ang maaaring mangyari sa teksto gamit ang dating
karanasan/kaalaman
Week Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa pagsasabi ng ideya sa isang isyu
6/2nd Nagagamit ang pang-uri sa paglalarawan ng pamayanang kinabibilangan
Quarter
Nasasagot ang mga tanong sa binasang journal
Nakasusulat ng isang pagsasalaysay
239
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Naibibigay ang paksa/ /layunin ng pinanood na dokumentaryo
Week Naibibigay ang paksa ng napakinggang kuwento/usapan/talata
7/2nd Nagagamit ang pang-uri sa paglalarawan ng kilalang tao sa pamayanan
Quarter
Nakasusulat nang may wastong baybay, bantas ang ng idiniktang talata
Naipapakita ang pag-unawa sa napanood sa pamamagitan ng pagsulat sa buod
nito
Week Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto sa tulong ng mga pangungusap
8/2nd Nagagamit ang pang-uri sa paglalarawan ng magagandang tanawin sa
Quarter pamayanan
ng kayarian nito
Nakasusulat ng sulating di-pormal (email)
Week 9/2nd Naiuugnay ang sariling karanasang sa napakinggang teksto
Quarter
Naisasalay ang mga pangyayaring naobserbahan sa paligid
Week 9/2nd Nagagamit ang pang-uri sa paglalarawan ng mga hayop na exotic
Quarter
Nakapagtatala ng mahahalagang pangyayari sa napanood na dokumentaryo
Week Nakapagbibigay ng hinuha sa kalalabasan ng mga pangyayari sa napakinggang
10/2nd teskto
Quarter Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa pagtanggi
Nagagamit ang pang-uri sa paglalarawan ng mga makabagong kagamitan
Napagsunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari sa kuwento sa pamamagitan ng
pamatnubay na tanong
Nakasusulat ng liham na nagbibigay ng mungkahi
Week 1/3rd Naiuugnay ang sariling karanasang sa napakinggang teksto
Quarter Nailalarawan ang tauhan batay sa ikinilos o ginawi nito
Nagagamit ang pang-abay sa paglalarawan ng kilos
Nakasusulat ng simpleng patalastas
Week 2/3 rd
Napagsusunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari sa tekstong napakinggan
Quarter (kronolohikal na pagsusunod-sunod )
Nakabubuo ng mga tanong matapos mapakinggan ang isang salaysay
Nakasusulat ng simpleng islogan
Nakapag-uulat tungkol sa napanood
240
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 3/3rd Nasasagot ang mga literal na tanong tungkol sa napakinggang alamat
Quarter Naiuugnay ang sariling karanasan sa binasang talambuhay
Nababaybay nang wasto ang salitang hiram /natutuhan sa aralin
Nasusunod ang napakinggang panuto o hakbang ng isang gawain
Week 4/3 rd
Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa pagpapahayag ng panghinanayang
Quarter Nagagamit ang pang-abay at pang-uri sa paglalarawan
Nakasisipi ng talata mula sa huwaran
Nasusuri ang mga tauhan/tagpuan sa napanood na maikling pelikula
Naibabahagi ang isang pangyayaring nasaksihan
Week 5/3 rd
Nakagagawa ng isang timeline batay sa nabasang kasaysayan
Quarter Nakasusulat ng idiniktang liham ayon sa tamang anyo at ayos
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 6/3rd Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto
Quarter Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang salitang hiram
Nasusuri kung ang pahayag ay opinyon o katotohanan
Naiguguhit ang paksa ng binasang teksto/tula
Nagagamit nang wasto ang pang-angkop sa pakikipagtalastasan
Week 7/3rd Nababaybay nang wasto ang salitang hiram/natutuhan sa aralin
Quarter Nakapagbibigay ng ibang wakas para sa pelikulang napanood at naibabahagi ito
sa klase sa isang kakaibang paraan
Naiuugnay ang sariling karanasang sa napakinggang teksto
Week 8/3rd Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto gamit ang sariling salita
Quarter Nagbibigay ng mga salitang magkakasalungat/magkakasingkahulugan
Nakapagbibigay ng angkop na pamagat sa tekstong napakinggan
Week 9/3 rd
Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa pagtatanong ng direksyon
241
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Quarter Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng salitang pamilyar at di-pamilyar sa pamamagitan
ng paglalarawan
dugtungan
Nasasabi kung ano ang simuno at panag-uri sa pangungusap
Week Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng salitang pamilyar at di-pamilyar sa pamamagitan
10/3rd ng pag-uugnay sa ibang asignatura
Quarter Nakasusulat ng editoryal
Week 1/4th Nakakagawa ng dayagram ng ugnayang sanhi at bunga mula sa tekstong
Quarter napakinggan
Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa pag-uulat ng nasaksihang
pangyayari
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang uri ng pangungusap sa pagsasalaysay ng
napakinggang balita
Week Nasasagot ang mga literal na tanong tungkol sa napakinggang kuwento
2/4th Naipapahayag ang sariling opinyon o reaskyon o ideya sa isang napakinggang
Quarter isyu
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang uri ng pangungusap sa pakikipag-debate tungkol sa
isang isyu
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng salitang pamilyar at di-pamilyar na mga salita sa
Week 2/4th Natutukoy ang paniniwala ng may-akda ng teksto sa isang isyu
Quarter
Naiuugnay ang sariling karanasan sa napanood
Week 3/4th Naisasakilos ang napakinggang awit
Quarter Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang uri ng pangungusap sa pakikipanayam/ pag-
iinterview
Nakasusulat ng iskrip para sa radio broadcasting at teleradyo
Week 4/4th Nakagagawa ng dayagram ng ugnayang sanhi at bunga mula sa tekstong
Quarter napakinggan
Nakapagbibigay ng panuto gamit ang pangunahin at pangalawang direksyon
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang uri ng pangungusap sa pagkilatis ng isang produkto
Nasasagot ang mga tanong sa binasang paliwanag
Nakasisipi ng talata mula sa huwaran
Week 5/4th Naibibigay ang paksa ng napakinggang kuwento/usapan
242
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Quarter Nakapagbibigay ng maaaring solusyon sa isang naobserbahang suliranin
Nakasusulat ng iba’t ibang bahagi ng pahayagan
Napaghahambing ang iba’t ibang dokumentaryo
Week 6/4 th
Naibabahagi ang obserbasyon sa kapaligiran
Quarter Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang uri ng pangungusap sa pagsali sa isang usapan
(chat)
Nasusuri ang estilong ginamit ng gumawa ng maikling pelikula
Week 7/4th Nakapagbibigay ng lagom o buod ng tekstong napakinggan
Quarter Naipapahayag ang sariling opinyon o reaskyon o ideya sa isang napakinggang
isyu
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang uri ng pangungusap sa paggawa ng patalastas
Nakapagbi bigay ng sariling kuwento na may ilang bahagi na naiiba sa kuwento
Week 8/4 th
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang uri ng pangungusap sa pagsali sa isang usapan
Quarter
Week 9/4 th
Quarter Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto gamit ang sariling salita sa
pamamagitan ng pagsasadula
Week 9/4th Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang uri ng pangungusap sa pagsali sa isang dula-dulaan
Quarter Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng salita pamilyar at di-pamilyar na mga salita sa
pamamagitan ng pagbibigay ng halimbawa
Naibibigay ang mahahalagang pangyayari
Nakasusulat ng iskrip para sa radio broadcasting at teleradyo
Week Naiuugnay ang sariling karanasang sa napakinggang teksto
10/4th Nagagamit ang mga bagong natutuhang salita sa paggawa ng sariling
Quarter komposisyon
Nakapagta tanong tungkol sa impormasyong inilahad sa isang dayagram, tsart,
mapa
Nakagagawa ng portfolio ng mga drawing at sulatin
243
GRADE 6 FILIPINO
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/1st Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang pabula
Quarter Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga pangngalan sa pakikipag-usap sa iba’t ibang
sitwasyon
Nasisipi ang isang talata mula sa huwaran
2/1st Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga Pangngalang kongreto at di kongreto sa
Quarter pakikipag-usap sa iba’t ibang sitwasyon
Nabibigyang kahulugan ang salitang hiram
Napagsunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari sa kuwento sa tulong ng nakalarawang
balangkas
Nakasusulat ng idiniktang talata
Week 3/1st Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga gamit ng pangngalan sa pakikipag-usap sa
Quarter iba’t ibang sitwasyon
Nagagamit ang mga bagong salitang natutuhan
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa tekstong pang-impormasyon (procedure)
Week 4/1 st
Nakapagbibigay ng hinuha sa kalalabasan ng mga pangyayari sa kuwentong
Quarter napakinggan
Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa pagpapahayag ng saloobin
Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga panghalip na panao sa pakikipag-usap sa iba’t
ibang sitwasyon
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng pamilyar at di kilalang salita sa pamamagitan ng
gamit sa pangungusap
Nagmumungkahi ng iba pang pangyayari na maaaring maganap sa binasang
teksto
Nakasusulat ng kuwento
Week 5/1st Nakapagbibigay ng hinuha sa kalalabasan ng mga pangyayari sa alamat na
Quarter napakinggan
Nagagamit ang panghalip na paari sa iba’t ibang sitwasyon
244
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
sitwasyong pinaggamitan
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa tekstong pang-impormasyon
Week 6/1st Nakasusunod sa panuto
Quarter Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto
Nagagamit ang panghalip na Pananong sa iba’t ibang sitwasyon
pag-uugnay sa ibang aralin
Nasasagot ang mga tanong na bakit at paano sa kuwento
Nasusuri ang mga kaisipan at pagpapa halagang nakapaloob sa napanood na
maikling pelikula
Week 7/1st Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang usapan
Quarter
Week 8/1st Nakapagbibigay ng sariling solusyon sa isang suliraning naobserbahan
Quarter Nagagamit ang panghalip na pamatlig sa iba’t ibang sitwasyon
Nakapagbibigay ng angkop na pamagat sa binasang talata
Nakasusunod sa panuto
Week 8/1 st
Quarter Nagagamit ang panghalip na pamaklaw sa iba’t ibang sitwasyon
kayarian nito
Naisasalaysay nang may wastong pagkakasunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari sa
nabasang tekstong pang-impormasyon
Week 9/1st Nabibigyangkahulugan ang pahayag ng tauhan sa napakinggang usapan
Quarter Nagagamit ang dating kaalaman sa pagbibigay ng wakas ng napakinggang
teksto
Week Nabibigyang kahulugan ang sawikain na napakinggan
10/1st Naipapahayag ang sariling opinyon o reaskyon sa isang napakinggang balita isyu
Quarter o usapan
pormal na depinisyon
Nagbabago ang dating kaalaman batay sa natuklasan sa teksto
Nakasusulat ng liham pangkaibigan
245
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
1/2nd Nagagamit nang wasto ang kayarian ng pang-uri
Quarter Nailalarawan ang tauhan at tagpuan sa binasang kuwento
Week Naiuugnay ang sariling karanasan sa napakinggang teksto
2/2nd Nagagamit nang wasto ang uri ng pang-uri
Quarter
Nabibigyang kahulugan ang salitang hiram
Nasasabi ang paksa sa binasang sanaysay
Week Nabibigyang kahulugan ang kilos ng mga tauhan sa napakinggang pabula
3/2nd Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa iba’t ibang sitwayson
Quarter (pagbabahagi ng obserbasyon sa paligid)
Nagagamit nang wasto ang kailanan ng pang-uri
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng pamilyar at di-pamilyar na salita sa pamamagitan
ng pormal na depinisyon
Naipakikita ang pag-unawa sa pinanood sa pamamagitan ng pagsasakilos ng
bahaging naibigan o pagguhit ng isang poster
Week Natutukoy ang mahahalagang pangyayari sa napakinggang sanaysay
4/2nd Nagagamit nang wasto ang pang-uri sa paglalarawan sa iba’t ibang sitwasyon
Quarter
Week Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng pamilyar at di-pamilyar na salita sa pamamagitan
4/2nd ng kasalungat
Quarter Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa binasang talaarawan
Week Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto gamit ang mga pangungusap
5/2nd Nagagamitnang wasto ang pang-uri sa paglalarawan sa iba’t ibang sitwasyon
Quarter
sitwasyong pinaggamitan ng salita
pamatnubay na tanong
Natutukoy ang tema/layunin ng pinanood na pelikula
Week Nabibigyang kahulugan ang sawikaing napakinggan
6/2nd Naipahahayag ang sariling opinyon o reaskyon sa isang napakinggang balita
Nagagamit nang wasto ang aspekto ng pandiwa sa pakikipag-usap sa ibat
ibang sitwasyon
Nabibigyang kahulugan ang matalinghagang salita
246
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa binasang anekdota
Nakasusulat ng sulating di pormal
Week Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa napakinggang usapan
7/2nd Nagagamit nang wasto ang kayarian ng pandiwa sa pakikipag-usap sa ibat
Quarter ibang sitwasyon
kayarian
Nagagamit nang wasto ang tinig ng pandiwa sa pakikipag-usap sa ibat ibang
sitwasyun
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng pamilyar at di–pamilya na sa pamamagitan ng
Week Naibabahagi ang isang pangyayaring nasaksihan
8/2nd Nagagamit nang wasto ang tinig ng pandiwa sa pakikipag-usap sa ibat ibang
Quarter sitwasyon
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng pamilyar at di–pamilya na sa pamamagitan ng
8/2nd sitwasyong pinaggamitan ng salita
Quarter Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng pamilyar at di–pamilya na sa pamamagitan ng
Week Nabibigyang kahulugan ang pananalita ng tauhan sa napakinggang usapan
9/2nd Naipapahayag ang sariling opinyon o reaskyon sa isang napakinggang balita
Nagagamit nang wasto ang focus ng pandiwa sa pakikipag-usap sa ibat ibang
sitwasyon(aktor, layon, ganapan, tagatanggap)
Nabibigyang kahulugan ang tambalang salita
Nakasusulat ng panuto
247
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 10 / Nailalarawan ang tauhan batay sa damdamin nito
2nd Nagagamit nang wasto ang pandiwa sa pakikipag-usap sa iba’t ibang
Quarter sitwayson(gamit, sanhi, direksiyon)
pag-uugnay sa ibang asignatura
Naipakikita ang pag-unawa sa pinanood sa pamamagitan ng pagsasadula ng
naibigang bahagi
Week 1/3rd Nakapagbibigay ng panuto
Quarter Nagagamit nang uri ng pang-abay (panlunan, pamaraan, pamanahon) sa
pakikipag-usap sa ibat ibang sitwasyon (gamit, sanhi, direksiyon)
Nagmumungkahi ng iba pang pangyayari na maaaring maganap sa binasang
teksto
Nasisipi ang isang ulat mula sa huwaran
Week 2/3rd Nasasagot ang mga literal na tanong tungkol sa napakinggang talaarawan
Quarter Nagagamit ang uri ng pang-abay (pang-agam, panang-ayon, pananggi)
depinisyon
Napag-uugnay ang sanhi at bunga ng mga pangyayari
Week 3/3rd Naibibigay ang sanhiat bunga ng mga pangyayari
Quarter Nagagamit ang pariralang pang-abay sa paglalarawan ng paraan, panahon,
lugar ng kilos at damdamin
Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang idyoma o matalinghagang salita
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 3/3rd Nasasagot ang mga tanong na bakit at paano sa tekstong pang-impormasyon
Quarter Naiguguhit ang napiling pangyayari sa kuwentong binasa
Nakapag-uulat tungkol sa pinanood
Week 4/3rd
Naibibigay ang paksa ng napakinggang teksto
Quarter Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang salita bilang pang-uri at pang-abay sa
248
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
pagpapahayag ng sariling ideya
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa binasang ulat
Week 5/3rd Nakapagbibigay ng lagom o buod ng tekstong napakinggan
Quarter Nakapagbibigay ng sariling solusyon sa isang suliraning naobserbahan
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng pamilyar at di- pamilyar na salita sa pamamagitan
ng sitwasyong pinaggamitan
Naiisa-isa ang mga argumento sa binasang teksto
Nakasusulat ng tula
Week 6/3 rd
Nabibigyang kahulugan ang kilos ng mga tauhan sa napakinggang kuwento
Quarter Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa iba’t ibang sitwayson
-pagpapahayag ng ideya
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng pamilyar at di-pamilyar na salita sa pamamagitan
ng paglalarawan
Nakapagbibigay ng sariling hinuha bago, habang at matapos ang pagbasa
Week 7/3rd Nakapagbibigay ng angkop na pamagat sa napakinggang talata
Quarter Naipapahayag ang sariling opinyon o reaskyon sa isang napakinggang balita
isyu o usapan
Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga pangatnig
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng pamilyar at at di- pamilyar na salita sa
pamamagitan ng pagbibigay ng halimbawa
Nahuhulaan ang maaaring mangyari sa teksto gamit ang dating
karanasan/kaalaman
Nakabubuo ng isang poster
Week 8/3rd Napagsusunod-sunod na kronolohikal ang mga pangyayari sa napakinggang
Quarter teksto
Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto gamit ang sariling salita
Nagagamit nang wasto ang pangatnig sa pakikipag talastasan
249
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 8/3rd Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng pamilyar at di –pamilyar na salita sa
Quarter pamamagitan ng pormal na depinisyon
dugtungan
Nasusuri ang tauhan at tagpuan sa napanood na maikling pelikula
Week 9/3rd Nakapagbibigay ng lagom o buod ng tekstong napakinggan
Quarter Nagagamit nang wasto ang pang-angkop
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng pamilyar at di - pamilyar na salita sa
pamamagitan ng pag-uugnay sa ibang asignatura
Nakasusulat ng liham
Week 10 / Nakapagbibigay ng hinuha sa kalalabasan ng mga pangyayari sa alamat na
3rd Quarter napakinggan
Nagagamit nang wasto ang pang-angkop at pangatnig
Nakabubuo ng mga bagong salita gamit ang panlapi at salitang-ugat
Nasusuri kung ang pahayag ay opinyon o katotohanan
Nakapag-uulat tungkol sa pinanood
Week Naisasagawa angnapakinggang hakbang ng isang gawain
1/4th Naibabahagi ang isang pangyayaring nasaksihan
Quarter
Nagagamit sa usapan at iba’t ibang sitwasyon ang mga uri ng pangungusap
Nagagamit sa usapan ang uri ng pangungusap ayon sa gamit
250
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng pamilyar at di pamilyar na salita sa pamamagitan
ng depinisyon
Nakasusulat ng sanaysay na naglalarawan
Week Naiuugnay ang sariling karanasang sa napakinggang teksto
2/4th Nakagagawa ng patalastas at usapan gamit ang iba’t ibang bahagi ng
Quarter pananalita
Napapangkat ang mga salitang magkakaugnay
Nasasabi ang paksa ng binasang sanaysay
Nakasusulat ng ulat
Week Naiuugnay ang sariling karanasan sa napanood
2/4th
Quarter
Week Naipahahayag ang sariling opinyon o reaskyon sa isang napakinggang balita
3/4th isyu o usapan
Quarter Nasusuri ang pagkakaiba ng kathang isip at di-kathang isip teksto (fiction at
non-fiction)
Nakasusulat ng bahagi ng balitang pang-isport
Week Nasasagot ang mga literal na tanong tungkol sa napakinggang talata
4/4th Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa pagpapahayag ng damdamin
Quarter
Naibibigay ang impormasyong hinihingi ng nakalarawang balangkas
Nasusuri ang estilong ginamit ng gumawa ng pelikula
Week Naibibigay ang maaaring solusyon sa isang suliranin na naobserbahan sa
5/4th Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang idyoma o matalinghagang salita
Quarter
Napagha hambing-hambing ang iba’t ibang uri ng pelikula
Week Nakagagawa ng dayagram ng ugnayang sanhi at bunga ng mga pangyayari /
6/4th problema-solusyon
Quarter Naisasalaysay muli ang napakinggang teksto gamit ang sariling salita
Nakagagawa ng patalastas at usapan gamit ang iba’t ibang bahagi ng
pananalita
Napagsunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari sa kuwento
Nakasusulat ng liham sa editor
Week 7 Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa pagsali sa isang usapan
251
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
/4th Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng pamilyar at di pamilyar na salita sa pamamagitan
Quarter ng paglalarawan
Nakapagtatanong tungkol sa impormasyong inilahad sa dayagram, tsart, mapa
at graph
Week Napagsusunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari sa napakinggang kasaysayan
8/4th Nagagamit ang magagalang na pananalita sa pagbibigay ng reaksyon
Quarter
Nagagamit sa usapan at iba’t ibang sitwasyon ang mga uri ng pangungusap
Napapangkat ang mga salitang magkakaugnay
Nasasagot ang mga tanong tungkol sa binasang ulat
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week Nakalalahok sa mga gawaing kailangan ang madamdaming pagpapahayag
9/4th tulad ng sabayang pagbigkas, reader’s theater at dula-dulaan
Quarter Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng pamilyar at di pamilyar na salita sa pamamagitan
ng sitwasyong pinaggamitan
Nakasusulat ng iskrip para sa teleradyo
Week Nakalalahok sa mga gawaing kailangan ang madamdaming pagpapahayag
10/4th tulad ng sabayang pagbigkas, reader’s theater at dula-dulaan
Quarter Naibibigay ang impormasyong hinihingi ng nakalarawang balangkas
GRADE 7 FILIPINO
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1 – Nahihinuha ang kaugalian at kalagayang panlipunan ng lugar na pinagmulan ng
252
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 2/1st kuwentong bayan batay sa mga pangyayari at usapan ng mga tauhan
Quarter Naiuugnay ang mga pangyayari sa binasa sa mga kaganapan sa iba pang lugar
ng bansa
Naibibigay ang kasingkahulugan at kasalungat na kahulugan ng salita ayon sa
gamit sa pangungusap
Naisusulat ang mga patunay na ang kuwentong-bayan ay salamin ng tradisyon
o kaugalian ng lugar na pinagmulan nito
Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga pahayag sa pagbibigay ng mga patunay
Week 3 – Nahihinuha ang kalalabasan ng mga pangyayari batay sa akdang napakinggan
Week 4/1st
Quarter
Week 4 – Natutukoy at naipaliliwanag ang mahahalagang kaisipan sa binasang akda
Week 5/1st Nagagamit ang mga ekspresyong naghahayag ng posibilidad (maaari, baka, at
Quarter iba pa)
Nakikilala ang katangian ng mga tauhan batay sa tono at paraan ng kanilang
pananalita
Week 4 – Naipaliliwanag ang sanhi at bunga ng mga pangyayari
Week 5/1st Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga pang-ugnay na ginagamit sa pagbibigay ng
Quarter sanhi at bunga ng mga pangyayari (sapagkat, dahil, kasi, at iba pa)
Naisasalaysay ang buod ng mga pangyayari sa kuwentong napakinggan
Naiisa-isa ang mga elemento ng maikling kuwento mula sa Mindanao
Week 6 – Natutukoy at naipaliliwanag ang kawastuhan/ kamalian ng pangungusap batay
Week 7/1st sa kahulugan ng i i isang tiyak na salita
Quarter Nasusuri ang isang dokyu-film o freeze story batay sa ibinigay na mga
pamantayan
Naisasalaysay nang maayos at wasto ang pagkakasunod-sunod ng mga
pangyayari
Naisusulat ang buod ng binasang kuwento nang maayos at may kaisahan ang
mga pangungusap
Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga retorikal na pang-ugnay na ginamit sa akda
(kung, kapag, sakali, at iba pa)
Week 8 – Nailalarawan ang paraan ng pagsamba o ritwal ng isang pangkat ng mga tao
Week 9/1st batay sa dulang napakinggan
Quarter Nasusuri ang pagkamakatotohanan ng mga pangyayari batay sa sariling
karanasan
253
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Nagagamit sa sariling pangungusap ang mga salitang hiram
Nailalarawan ang mga gawi at kilos ng mga kalahok sa napanood na dulang
panlansangan
Naipaliliwanag ang nabuong patalastas tungkol sa napanood na dulang
panlansangan
Nakasusulat ng patalastas tungkol sa napanood na dulang panlansangan
Nagagamit ang mga pangungusap na walang tiyak na paksa sa pagbuo ng
patalastas
Week Naiisa-isa ang mga hakbang na ginawa sa pananaliksik mula sa napakinggang
10/1st mga pahayag
Quarter Nasusuri ang ginamit na datos sa pananaliksik sa isang proyektong panturismo
(halimbawa: pagsusuri sa isang promo coupon o brochure)
Naipaliliwanag ang mga salitang ginamit sa paggawa ng proyektong panturismo
(halimbawa ang paggamit ng acronym sa promosyon)
Naibabahagi ang isang halimbawa ng napanood na video clip mula sa youtube o
ibang website na maaaring magamit
Week Naiisa-isa ang mga hakbang at panuntunan na dapat gawin upang
10/1st maisakatuparan ang proyekto
Quarter Nagagamit nang wasto at angkop ang wikang Filipino sa pagsasagawa ng
isang makatotohanan at mapanghikayat na proyektong panturismo
Week 1 – Naipaliliwanag ang kaisipang nais iparating ng napakinggang bulong at awiting-
Week bayan
2/2nd Nabubuo ang sariling paghahatol o pagmamatuwid sa ideyang nakapaloob sa
Quarter akda na sumasalamin sa tradisyon ng mga taga Bisaya
Naiuugnay ang konotatibong kahulugan ng salita sa mga pangyayaring
nakaugalian sa isang lugar
Nasusuri ang mensahe sa napanood na pagtatanghal
Naisasagawa ang dugtungang pagbuo ng bulong at/o awiting-bayan
Nasusuri ang antas ng wika batay sa pormalidad na ginamit sa pagsulat ng
awiting-bayan (balbal, kolokyal, lalawiganin, pormal)
Week 3 – Naihahayag ang nakikitang mensahe ng napakinggang alamat
Week Nahihinuha ang kaligirang pangkasaysayan ng binasang alamat ng Kabisayaan
4/2nd
Naibibigay ang sariling interpretasyon sa mga salitang paulit-ulit na ginamit sa
Quarter
akda
Naihahambing ang binasang alamat sa napanood na alamat ayon sa mga
254
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
elemento nito
Naisusulat ang isang alamat sa anyong komiks
Nagagamit nang maayos ang mga pahayag sa paghahambing (higit/mas, di-
gaano, di-gasino, at iba pa
Week 5 – Natutukoy ang mga tradisyong kinagisnan ng mga taga-Bisaya batay sa
Week napakinggang dula
6/2nd Naibibigay ang sariling interpretasyon sa mga tradisyunal na pagdiriwang ng
Quarter Kabisayaan
Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang mga salitang iba-iba ang digri o antas ng kahulugan
(pagkiklino)
Naisasagawa ang isang panayam o interbyu kaugnay ng paksang tinalakay
Naisusulat ang isang editoryal na nanghihikayat kaugnay ng paksa
Nagagamit nang wasto ang angkop na mga pang-ugnay sa pagbuo ng editoryal
na nanghihikayat (totoo/tunay, talaga, pero/ subalit, at iba pa)
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 7- Natutukoy ang mahahalagang detalye sa napakinggang teksto tungkol sa epiko
Week sa Kabisayaan
8/2nd Nailalarawan ang mga natatanging aspetong pangkultura na nagbibigay-hugis sa
Quarter panitikan ng Kabisayaan (halimbawa: heograpiya, uri ng pamumuhay, at iba pa)
Naipaliliwanag ang pinagmulan ng salita (etimolohiya)
Naisusulat ang isang tekstong naglalahad tungkol sa pagpapahalaga ng mga
taga-Bisaya sa kinagisnang kultura
Nagagamit nang maayos ang mga pang-ugnay sa paglalahad (una, ikalawa,
halimbawa, at iba pa)
Nasusuri ang pagkakasunod-sunod ng mga pangyayari sa napakinggang
maikling kuwento
Week 9- Nailalahad ang mga elemento ng maikling kuwento ng Kabisayaan
Week Nabibigyang -kahulugan ang mga salitang ginamit sa kuwento batay sa a)
10/2nd kontekstuwal na pahiwatig, at b) denotasyon at konotasyon
Quarter Naisusulat ang isang orihinal na akdang nagsasalaysay gamit ang mga elemento
255
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
ng isang maikling kuwento
Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga pang-ugnay sa pagsasalaysay at pagsusunod-
sunod ng mga pangyayari (isang araw, samantala, at iba pa)
Naibibigay ang mga mungkahi sa napakinggang awiting-bayan ng isinulat ng
kapuwa mag-aaral (peer evaluation)
Nasusuri ang kulturang nakapaloob sa awiting-bayan
Naitatanghal ang orihinal na awiting- bayan gamit ang wika ng kabataan
Nagagamit ang mga kumbensyon sa pagsulat ng awitin (sukat, tugma, tayutay,
talinghaga, at iba pa)
Week 1 – Naipaliliwanag ang kahalagahan ng paggamit ng suprasegmental (tono, diin,
Week 3/3rd antala),
Quarter Nailalahad ang pangunahing ideya ng tekstong nagbabahagi ng bisang
pandamdamin ng akda
Naihahambing ang mga katangian ng tula/awiting panudyo, tugmang de gulong
at palaisipan
Naipaliliwanag ang kahulugan ng salita sa pamamagitan ng pagpapangkat
Nasusuri ang nilalaman ng napanood na dokumentaryo kaugnay ng tinalakay na
mga tula/awiting panudyo, tugmang de gulong at palaisipan
Nabibigkas nang may wastong ritmo ang ilang halimbawa ng tula/awiting
panudyo, tugmang de gulong at palaisipan
Week 1 – Naisusulat ang sariling tula/awiting panudyo, tugmang de gulong at palaisipan
Week 3/3rd batay sa itinakdang mga pamantayan
Quarter
Week 4 – Natutukoy ang magkakasunod at magkakaugnay na mga pangyayari sa tekstong
Week 5/3rd napakinggan
Quarter Napaghahambing ang mga katangian ng mito/alamat/ kuwentong-bayan batay
sa paksa, mga tauhan, tagpuan, kaisipan at mga aspetong pangkultura
(halimbawa: heograpiya, uri ng pamumuhay, at iba pa) na nagbibigay-hugis sa
panitikan ng Luzon
Nasusuri ang mga katangian at elemento ng mito,alamat at kuwentong-bayan
Naibibigyang- kahulugan ang mga salita sa tindi ng pag-papakahulugan **
Naipaliliwanag ang tema at iba pang elemento ng mito/alamat/ kuwentong-
bayan batay sa napanood na mga halimbawa nito
Naisasalaysay nang maayos at magkakaugnay ang mga pangyayari sa nabasa o
napanood na mito/alamat/ kuwentong-bayan
256
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Naisusulat ang buod ng isang mito/alamat/ kuwentong-bayan nang may maayos
na pagkakaugnay-ugnay ng mga pangyayari
Nagagamit nang wasto ang angkop na mga pahayag sa panimula, gitna at
wakas ng isang akda
Week 6 – Nahihinuha ang kaalaman at motibo/pakay ng nagsasalita batay sa napakinggan
Week 7/3rd Naibubuod ang tekstong binasa sa tulong ng pangunahin at mga pantulong na
Quarter kaisipan
Naibubuod ang tekstong binasa sa tulong ng pangunahin at mga pantulong na
kaisipan
Nasusuri ang mga elemento at sosyo-historikal na konteksto ng napanood na
dulang pantelebisyon
Naibabahagi ang ilang piling diyalogo ng tauhan na hindi tuwirang ibinibigay ang
kahulugan
Naisusulat ang isang talatang naghihinuha ng ilang pangyayari sa teksto
Nasusuri ang mga pahayag na ginamit sa paghihinuha ng pangyayar
Week 8 – Napaghahambing ang mga katangian ng mga tauhan sa napakinggang maikling
Week 9/3rd kuwento
Quarter Nahihinuha ang kahihinatnan ng mga pangyayari sa kuwento
Nabibigyang- kahulugan ang mga salita batay sa konteksto ng pangungusap
Week 8 – Naiaangkop sa sariling katauhan ang kilos, damdamin at saloobin ng tauhan sa
Week 9/3rd napanood
Quarter Naisasagawa ang mimicry ng tauhang pinili sa nabasa o napanood na dula
Nagagamit ang wastong mga panandang anaporik at kataporik ng pangngalan
Week Nasusuri ang mga salitang ginamit sa pagsulat ng balita ayon sa napakinggang
10/3rd halimbawa
Quarter Natutukoy ang datos na kailangan sa paglikha ng sariling ulat-balita batay sa
materyal na binasa
Nabibigyang kahulugan ang mga salitang ginamit sa ulat-balita
Naimumungkahi ang karagdagang impormasyon tungkol sa mga hakbang sa
pagsulat ng balita batay sa balitang napanood sa telebisyon
Naisasagawa ang komprehensibong pagbabalita (newscasting) tungkol sa
sariling lugar/ bayan
Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga pahayag na pantugon sa anumang mensahe
Week 1 – Natutukoy ang mahahalagang detalye at mensahe ng napakinggang bahagi ng
257
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 2/4th akda
Quarter Nailalahad ang sariling pananaw tungkol sa mga motibo ng may-akda sa bisa
Week 3 – ng binasang bahagi ng akda
Week 4/4th Naibibigay ang kahulugan at mga katangian ng “korido”
Quarter Nagagamit ang mga larawan sa pagpapaliwanag ng pag-unawa sa
mahahalagang kaisipang nasasalamin sa napanood na bahagi ng akda
Naibabahagi ang sariling ideya tungkol sa kahalagahan ng pag-aaral ng Ibong
Adarna
Naisusulat nang sistematiko ang mga nasaliksik na impormasyon kaugnay ng
kaligirang pangkasaysayan ng Ibong adarna
Nagmumungkahi ng mga angkop na solusyon sa mga suliraning narinig mula sa
akda
Week 3 – Nasusuri ang mga pangyayari sa akda na nagpapakita ng mga suliraning
Week 4/4th panlipunan na dapat mabigyang solusyon
Quarter Nabibigyang -linaw at kahulugan ang mga di-pamilyar na salita mula sa akda
Nailalahad ang sariling saloobin at damdamin sa napanood na bahagi ng
telenobela o serye na may pagkakatulad sa akdang tinalakay
Naiuugnay sa sariling karanasan ang mga karanasang nabanggit sa binasa
Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang mga salitang nagpapahayag ng damdamin
Week 3 – Nasusuri ang damdaming namamayani sa mga tauhan sa pinanood na dulang
Week 4/4th pantelebisyon/
Quarter pampelikula
Week 5 – Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang salita batay sa kasing kahulugan at kasalungat nito
Week 6 / Nagagamit ang dating kaalaman at karanasan sa pag-unawa at pagpapakahulu-
4th gan sa mga kaisipan sa akda
Quarter Nagagamit ang angkop na mga salita at simbolo sa pagsulat ng iskrip
Week 7 – Naibibigay ang mga mungkahi sa napanood na pangkatang pagtatanghal
Week 8/4th Nakikinig nang mapanuri upang makabuo ng sariling paghatol sa napanood na
Quarter pagtatanghal
Naisusulat ang orihinal na iskrip na gagamitin sa pangkatang pangtatanghal
Week 9- Nasusuri ang mga katangian at papel na ginampanan ng pangunahing tauhan at
Week mga pantulong na tauhan
10/4th Nakikilahok sa malikhaing pagtatanghal ng ilang saknong ng korido na
Quarter naglalarawan ng pagpapahalagang Pilipino
258
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Nagagamit ang mga salita at pangungusap nang may kaisahan at
pagkakaugnay-ugnay sa mabubuong iskrip
GRADE 8 FILIPINO
Week of the Pamantayan sa Pagkatuto (Essential Learning Competencies) Lesson LR Link (if available Assessment
Quarter/ (Grade 8 Filipino) Exemplar/Learnin develope online) (provide a
Grading Period
available
Week 1- Week Nahuhulaan ang mahahalagang kaisipan at sagot sa mga karunungang-
3/ 1st Quarter bayang napakinggan
Naiuugnay ang mahahalagang kaisipang nakapaloob sa mga karunungang-
bayan sa mga pangyayari sa tunay na buhay sa kasalukuyan
Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang mga talinghagang ginamit sa tula
Nakikilala ang bugtong, salawikain, sawikain o kasabihan na ginamit sa
napanood na pelikula o programang pantelebisyon
Week 1- Week Naibabahagi ang sariling kuro-kuro sa mga detalye at kaisipang nakapaloob
3/ 1st Quarter sa akda batay sa:
-pagiging totoo o hindi totoo
-may batayan o kathang-isip lamang
Naisusulat ang sariling bugtong, salawikain, sawikain o kasabihan na
angkop sa kasalukuyang kalagayan
Nagagamit ang paghahambing sa pagbuo ng alinman sa bugtong,
salawikain, sawikain o kasabihan (eupemistikong pahayag)
Week 4 – Week Nailalahad ang sariling pananaw sa pagiging makatotohanan/ di-
6/ 1st Quarter makatotohanan ng mga puntong binibigyang diin sa napakinggan
Nasusuri ang pagkakabuo ng alamat batay sa mga elemento nito
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng mata-talinghagang pahayag sa
alamat/maikling kuwento
Nasusuri ang pagkakatulad at pagkakaiba ng napanood na alamat sa
binasang alamat
Nabubuo ang angkop na pagpapasiya sa isang sitwasyon gamit ang:
259
Grading Period
available
-pamantayang pansarili
-pamantayang itinakda
Nakasusulat ng sariling alamat tungkol sa mga bagay na maaaring ihambing
sa sarili
Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga kaalaman sa pang-abay na pamanahon at
panlunan sa pagsulat ng sariling alamat
Week 7-8/1st Nakikinig nang may pag-unawa upang :
Quarter - mailahad ang layunin ng napakinggan
- maipaliwanag ang pagkakaugnay-ugnay ng mga pangyayari
Napauunlad ang kakayahang umunawa sa binasa sa pamamagitan ng:
- paghihinuha batay sa mga ideya o pangyayari sa akda
-dating kaalaman kaugnay sa binasa
Nakikilala ang kahulugan ng mga piling salita/ pariralang ginamit sa akdang
epiko ayon sa:
-kasingkahulugan at kasalungat na kahulugan
-talinghaga
Nauuri ang mga pangyayaring may sanhi at bunga mula sa napanood na
video clip ng isang balita
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang teknik sa pagpapalawak ng paksa:
-paghahawig o pagtutulad
-pagbibigay depinisyon -pagsusuri
Week 7-8/ 1st Naisusulat ang talatang:
Quarter -binubuo ng magkakaugnay at maayos na mga pangungusap
- nagpapa-hayag ng sariling palagay o kaisipan
-nagpapakita ng simula, gitna, wakas
Nagagamit ang mga hudyat ng sanhi at bunga ng mga pangyayari
(dahil,sapagkat,kaya,bunga nito, iba pa)
Week 9 - 10/ Naibabahagi ang sariling opinyon o pananaw batay sa napakinggang pag-
1st Quarter uulat
Naipaliliwanag ang mga hakbang sa paggawa ng pananaliksik ayon sa
binasang datos
*Nabibigyang- kahulugan ang mga salitang di maunawaan kaugnay ng mga
paraan sa pangangalap ng datos sa pananaliksik.
*Naiisa-isa ang mga paraan ng pananaliksik mula sa video clip na napanood
sa youtube o iba pang pahatid pangmadla
*Naipaliliwanag ang angkop na paraan sa pangangalap ng datos nang
naayon sa lugar at panahon ng pananaliksik
260
Grading Period
available
Nagagamit sa pagsulat ng resulta ng pananaliksik ang awtentikong datos na
nagpapakita ng pagpapahalaga sa katutubong kulturang Pilipino
Nagagamit nang maayos ang mga pahayag sa pag-aayos ng datos (una, isa
pa, iba pa)
Week 1 – Week *Naihahambing ang sariling saloobin at damdamin ng nagsasalita sa tula.
2/2nd Quarter Napipili ang mga pangunahin at pantulong na kaisipang nakasaad sa binasa
Nasusuri ang paraan ng pagbigkas ng tula ng mga kabataan sa kasalukuyan
batay sa napanood (maaaring sa youtube o sa klase)
Nabibigkas nang wasto at may damdamin ang tula
Naisusulat ang dalawa o higit pang saknong ng tulang may paksang katulad
sa paksang tinalakay
Nagagamit ang mga angkop na salita sa pagbuo ng orihinal na tula
Week 3 – Week Nabubuo ang mga makabuluhang tanong batay sa napakinggang palitan ng
4/2nd Quarter katuwiran.
Naibibigay ang opinyon at katuwiran tungkol sa paksa ng balagtasan
Naipaliliwanag ang mga eupimistiko o masining na pahayag na ginamit sa
balagtasan
Naipaliliwanag ang papel na ginagampanan ng bawat kalahok sa napanood
na balagtasan
Week 3 – Week Napangangatwiranan nang maayos at mabisa tungkol sa iba’t ibang
4/2nd Quarter sitwasyon
Nakapaglalahad sa paraang pasulat ng pagsang-ayon at pagsalungat sa
isang argumento
Nagagamit ang mga hudyat ng pagsang-ayon at pagsalungat sa paghahayag
ng opinyon
Week 5 – Week Naisasalaysay ang magkakaugnay na pangyayari sa napakinggan
6/2nd Quarter Naipahahayag ang pangangatuwiran sa napiling alternatibong solusyon o
proposisyon sa suliraning inilahad sa tekstong binasa
Naibibigay ang kasingkahulugan at kasalungat na kahulugan ng malalalim na
salitang ginamit sa akda
Napahahalagahan ang kulturang Pilipino na masasalamin sa pinanood na
sarsuwela
Naitatanghal ang ilang bahagi ng alinmang sarsuwelang nabasa,
napanood o napakinggan
Nasusuri nang pasulat ang papel na ginagampanan ng sarsuwela sa
261
Grading Period
available
pagpapataas ng kamalayan ng mga Pilipino sa kultura ng iba’t ibang rehiyon
sa bansa
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang aspekto ng pandiwa sa isasagawang pagsusuri ng
sarsuwela
Week 6-7/2nd *Nailalahad ang may kaugnay na pangyayari batay sa napakinggang
Quarter dayalogo.
Naipaliliwanag ang tema at mahahalagang kaisipang nakapaloob sa akda
Naikiklino (clining) ang mga piling salitang ginamit sa akda
Naiuugnay ang tema ng napanood na programang pantelebisyon sa akdang
tinalakay
Nailalahad nang maayos ang pansariling pananaw, opinyon at saloobin
kaugnay ng akdang tinalakay
Nakasusunod sa pamantayan sa pagpili ng napapanahong paksa sa pagsulat
ng sanaysay
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang paraan ng pagpapahayag (pag-iisa-isa,
paghahambing, at iba pa) sa pagsulat ng sanaysay
Week 7 - 8/2nd Nabibigyang-katangian ang mga tauhan batay sa napakinggang paraan ng
Quarter kanilang pananalita
Naiuugnay ang mga kaisipan sa akda sa mga kaganapan sa sarili, lipunan, at
daigdig
Week 7 - 8/2nd Nabibigyang kahulugan ang mga simbolo at pahiwatig na ginamit sa akda
Quarter Nasusuri ang katangian ng tauhan batay sa itinanghal na monologo na
nakabatay sa ilang bahagi ng maikling kuwento
Naipaliliwanag ang sariling kaisipan at pananaw nang malinaw at
makabuluhan
Nakasusulat ng wakas ng maikling kuwento
Nabibigyang-katangian ang piling tauhan sa maikling kuwento gamit ang
mga kaantasan ng pang-uri
Week 9 - 10/2nd Nabibigyang interpretasyon ang tulang napakinggan
Quarter Naihahambing ang anyo at mga elemento ng tulang binasa sa iba pang anyo
ng tula
Natutukoy ang nakakubling kahulugan sa mga talinghaga sa tula
Nasusuri ang tono at damdamin ng tula batay sa napanood at narinig na
paraan ng pagbigkas
Nabibigkas nang madamdamin ang tulang isinulat
262
Grading Period
available
Naisusulat ang isang orihinal na tulang may apat o higit pang saknong sa
alinmang anyong tinalakay, gamit ang paksang pag-ibig sa kapwa, bayan o
kalikasan
Nagagamit nang wasto ang masining na antas ng wika sa pagsulat ng tula
Week 1 – Week Nabibigyang-reaksiyon ang narinig na opinyon ng kausap tungkol sa isang
3/3rd Quarter isyu
Naihahambing ang tekstong binasa sa iba pang teksto batay sa:
- paksa
- layon
- tono
- pananaw
- paraan ng pagkakasulat
- pagbuo ng salita
- pagbuo ng talata
- pagbuo ng pangungusap
Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang mga lingo na ginagamit sa mundo ng
multimedia
Naiuugnay ang tema ng tinalakay na panitikang popular sa temang
tinatalakay sa napanood na programang pantelebisyon o video clip
Naiuulat nang maayos at mabisa ang nalikom na datos sa pananaliksik
Week 1 – Week Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang estratehiya sa pangangalap ng mga ideya sa
3/3rd Quarter pagsulat ng balita, komentaryo, at iba pa
Nagagamit sa iba’t ibang sitwasyon ang mga salitang ginagamit sa impormal
na komunikasyon (balbal, kolokyal, banyaga)
Week 4 – Week Napag-iiba ang katotohanan (facts) sa hinuha (inferences), opinyon at
5/3rd Quarter personal na interpretasyon ng kausap
Naiisa-isa ang mga positibo at negatibong pahayag
Nabibigyang -kahulugan ang mga salitang ginagamit sa radio broadcasting
Naiuugnay ang balitang napanood sa balitang napakinggan
Naibibigay ang sariling opinyon tungkol sa mga napanood na balita
Nailalahad nang maayos at wasto ang pansariling papanaw, opinyon at
saloobin
Naisusulat nang wasto ang isang dokumentaryong panradyo
Nagagamit ang mga angkop na ekspresyon sa paghahayag ng konsepto ng
pananaw (ayon, batay, sang-ayon sa, sa akala, iba pa)
263
Grading Period
available
Week 5 – Week Nailalahad sa sariling pamamaraan ang mga napakinggang pahayag o
6/3rd Quarter mensahe
Nahihinuha ang paksa, layon at tono ng akdang nabasa
Natutukoy ang mga tamang salita sa pagbuo ng isang puzzle na may
kaugnayan sa paksa
Nasusuri ang isang programang napanood sa telebisyon ayon sa itinakdang
mga pamantayan
Naipahahayag sa lohikal na paraan ang mga pananaw at katuwiran
Nagagamit sa pagsulat ng isang dokumentaryong pantelebisyon ang mga
ekspresyong nagpapakita ng kaugnayang lohikal
Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga ekspresyong hudyat ng kaugnayang
lohikal (dahilan-bunga, paraan-resulta)
Week 7 – Week Nailalahad ang sariling bayas o pagkiling tungkol sa interes at pananaw ng
8/3rd Quarter nagsasalita
Nasusuri ang napanood na pelikula batay sa:
- paksa/tema
- layon
- gamit ng mga salita
- mga tauhan
Nabibigyang kahulugan ang mga salitang ginagamit sa mundo ng pelikula
Week 7 – Week Naihahayag ang sariling pananaw tungkol sa mahahalagang isyung
8/3rd Quarter mahihinuha sa napanood na pelikula
*Naipaliliwanag nang pasalita ang mga kontradiksyon sanapanood na
pelikula sa pamamagitan ng mga komunikatibong pahayag
Nasusulat ang isang suring-pelikula batay sa mga itinakdang pamantayan
Nagagamit ang kahusayang gramatikal (may tamang bantas, baybay,
magkakaugnay na pangungusap/ talata sa pagsulat ng isang suring-
pelikula
Week 9 – Week Naisa-isa ang mga hakbang sa pagbuo ng isang social awareness campaign
10/3rd Quarter tungkol sa isang paksa batay sa napakinggang paliwanag
Nasusuri ang mga hakbang sa pagbuo ng isang kampanyang panlipunan
ayon sa binasang mga impormasyon
Naipaliliwanag ang mga salitang angkop na gamitin sa pagbuo ng isang
kampanyang panlipunan
Naipakikita sa isang powerpoint presentation ang mga angkop na hakbang
sa pagbuo ng isang kampanyang panlipunan batay sa tema, panahon at
264
Grading Period
available
tiyak na direksyon ng kampanya
Nailalapat ang tamang damdamin sa mga pahayag na binuo para sa
kampanyang panlipunan
Nakasusulat ng isang malinaw na social awareness campaign tungkol sa
isang paksa na maisasagawa sa tulong ng multimedia
Nagagamit ang angkop na mga komunikatibong pahayag sa pagbuo ng
isang social awareness campaign
Week 1 – Week Nahihinuha ang kahalagahan ng pag-aaral ng Florante at Laura batay sa
2/4th Quarter napakinggang mga pahiwatig sa akda
Natitiyak ang kaligirang pangkasaysayan ng akda sa pamamagitan ng:
- pagtukoy sa kalagayan ng lipunan sa panahong nasulat ito
- pagtukoy sa layunin ng pagsulat ng akda
- pagsusuri sa epekto ng akda pagkatapos itong isulat
Nabibigyang -kahulugan ang matatalinghagang pahayag sa binasa
Napaghahambing ang mga pangyayari sa napanood na teleserye at ang
kaugnay na mga pangyayari sa binasang bahagi ng akda
Naipahahayag Naipahahayag ang sariling pananaw at damdamin sa ilang
pangyayari sa binasa
Naibibigay ang sariling puna sa kahusayan ng may-akda sa paggamit ng
mga salita at pagpapakahulugan sa akda
Week 1 – Week Nailalahad ang damdamin o saloobin ng may- akda, gamit ang wika ng
2/4th Quarter kabataan
Week 3 – Week Nailalahad ang mahahalagang pangyayari sa napakinggang aralin
4/4th Quarter Nasusuri ang mga pangunahing kaisipan ng bawat kabanatang binasa
Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang :
-matatalinghagang ekspresyon
- tayutay
- simbolo
Nailalahad ang sariling karanasan o karanasan ng iba na maitutulad sa
napanood na palabas sa telebisyon o pelikula na may temang pag-ibig,
gaya ng sa akda
Nabibigkas nang madamdamin ang isinulat na monologo tungkol sa iba’t
ibang damdamin
Naisusulat sa isang monologo ang mga pansariling damdamin tungkol sa:
- pagkapoot
- pagkatakot
265
Grading Period
available
- iba pang damdamin
Nagagamit ang ilang tayutay at talinghaga sa isang simpleng tulang
tradisyunal na may temang pag-ibig
Week 4 -Week Nasusuri ang mga katangian at tono ng akda batay sa napakinggang mga
5/4th Quarter bahagi
Naipaliliwanag ang sariling saloobin/impresyon tungkol sa mahahalagang
mensahe at damdaming hatid ng akda
Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang mahihirap na salitang mula sa aralin batay sa
denotatibo at konotatibong kahulugan
Naibabahagi ang nadarama matapos mapanood ang isang music video na
may temang katulad ng aralin
Nabibigkas nang madamdamin ang mga sauladong berso ng Florante at
Laura
Naisusulat ang ilang saknong tungkol sa pag-ibig sa anyo ng isang
makabuluhang tula
Nalalapatan ng himig ang isinulat na orihinal na tula na may tamang anyo
at kaisahan
Week 6 – Week Nailalarawan ang tagpuan ng akda batay sa napakinggan
7/4th Quarter Nailalahad ang mahahalagang pangyayari sa aralin
Grading Period
available
Week 6 – Week Nabibigyang- kahulugan ang mga piling salita na di -lantad ang kahulugan
7/4th Quarter batay sa pagkakagamit sa pangungusap
Nagbibigay-reaksyon sa isang programang pantelebisyon na may paksang
katulad ng araling binasa
Natatalakay ang aralin gamit ang estratehiya ng :
- Simula
- Pataas na aksyon
- Kasukdulan
- Kakalasan
- Wakas
Nakasusulat ng sariling talumpating nanghihikayat tungkol sa isyung
266
Grading Period
available
pinapaksa sa binasa
Nagagamit nang wasto ang mga salitang nanghihikayat
Week 7 – Week Nailalahad ang damdaming namamayani sa mga tauhan batay sa
8/4th Quarter napakinggan
Nasusuri ang mga sitwasyong nagpapakita ng Iba’t ibang damdamin at
motibo ng mga tauhan
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng salitang di pamilyar gamit ang kontekswal na
pahiwatig
Naibabahagi ang isang senaryo mula sa napanood na teleserye, pelikula o
balita na tumatalakay sa kasalukuyang kalagayan ng bayan
Naihahambing nang pasalita ang mga pangyayari sa lipunang Pilipino sa
kasalukuyang panahon
Nakasusulat ng isang islogan na tumatalakay sa paksang aralin
Nagagamit ang mga hudyat ng pagsusunod-sunod ng mga hakbang na
maisasagawa upang magbago ang isang bayan
Week 9 - Mapanuring nakikinig upang matalinong makalahok sa mga diskusiyon sa
Week 10/4th klase
Quarter Natutukoy ang mga hakbang sa pagsasagawa ng isang kawili-wiling radio
broadcast batay sa nasaliksik na impormasyon tungkol dito
Nabibigyang pansin ang mga angkop na salitang dapat gamitin sa isang
radio broadcast
Nailalapat sa isang radio broadcast ang mga kaalamang natutuhan sa
napanood sa telebisyon na programang nagbabalita
Nakikilahok sa pagsasagawa ng radio broadcasting sa klase
Naipahahayag ang pansariling paniniwala at pagpapahalaga gamit ang mga
salitang naghahayag ng pagsang-ayon at pagsalungat (Hal.: totoo, ngunit)
Week 9 - Naisusulat at naisasagawaangisangmakatotoha-nang radio broadcast
Week 10/4th nanaghahambingsalipunang Pilipino sa panahong naisulat ang Florante at
Quarter Laura at sa kasalukuyan
GRADE 9 FILIPINO
267
Grading Period
available
Week 1 - Week Nasusuri ang mga pangyayari, at ang kaugnayan nito sa kasalukuyan sa
2/1st Quarter lipunang Asyano batay sa napakinggang akda
Nabubuo ang sariling paghatol o pagmamatuwid sa mga ideyang
nakapaloob sa akda
Nabibigyang- kahulugan ang mahirapmalalimna salitang ginamit sa akda
batay sa denotatibo o konotatibong kahulugan
Naihahambing ang ilang piling pangyayari sa napanood na telenobela sa
ilang piling kaganapan sa lipunang Asyano sa kasalukuyan
Nasusuri ang maikling kuwento batay sa:
- Paksa
- Mga tauhan
- Pagkakasunod-sunod ng mga pangyayari
- estilo sa pagsulat ng awtor
- iba pa
Napagsusunod-sunod ang mga pangyayarisa akda
Napagsusunod-sunod ang mga pangyayari gamit ang angkop na mga pag-
ugnay
Week 3 - Nauuri ang mga tiyak na bahagi sa akda na nagpapakita pinakamataas ng
Week 4/1st katotohanan, kabutihan at kagandahan batay sa napakinggang bahagi ng
Quarter nobela
Nasusuri ang tunggaliang tao vs. sarili sa binasang nobela
Nabibigyan ng sariling interpretasyon ang mga pahiwatig na ginamit sa
akda
Week 3 - Nasusuri ang pinanood na teleseryeng Asyano batay sa itinakdang
Week 4/1st pamantayan
Quarter Nabibigkas nang madamdamin ang palitang-diyalogo ng napiling bahagi ng
binasang nobela
Naisusulat ang isang pangyayari na nagpapakita ng tunggaliang tao vs.
sarili
Nagagamit ang mga pahayag na ginagagamit sa pagbibigay-opinyon (sa
tingin / akala / pahayag / ko, iba pa)
Week 5/1st Naiuugnay ang sariling damdamin sa damdaming inihayag sa napakinggang
Quarter tula
Nailalahad ang sariling pananaw ng paksa sa mga tulang Asyano
Natutukoy at naipaliliwanag ang magkakasingka-hulugang pahayag sa ilang
taludturan
268
Grading Period
available
Nasusuri mula sa youtube ang ilang halimbawa ng pagbigkas ng tula,
isahan man o sabayan
Nabibigkas nang maayos at may damdamin ang isinulat na sariling
taludturan
Naisusulat ang ilang taludtod tungkol sa pagpapahalaga sa pagiging
mamamayan ng rehiyong Asya
Naipapahayag ang sariling emosyon/damda-min sa iba’t ibang paraan at
pahayag
Week 6/1st Nasusuri ang sariling ideya at ideya ng iba kapag nakikita ang sarili sa
Quarter katauhan ng nagsasalita
Nasusuri ang padron ng pag-iisip (thinking pattern) sa mga ideya at
opinyong inilahad sa binasang sanaysay
Naipaliliwanag ang salitang may higit sa isang kahulugan
Nasusuri ang paraan ng pagpapahayag ng mga ideya at opinyon sa
napanood na debate o kauri nito
Nakikilahok sa isasagawang debate o kauri nito
Naisusulat ang sariling opinyon tungkol sa mga dapat o hindi dapat na
katangian ng kabataang Asyano
Nagagamit ang mga pang-ugnay sa pagpapahayag ng sariling pananaw
Week 7 - Nabubuo ang kritikal na paghusga sa karakterisasyon ng mga tauhan at sa
Week 8/1st epekto nito sa pagiging masining ng akda batay sa napakinggang mga
Quarter pahayag
Grading Period
available
Week 7 - Nailalapat sa sarili, bilang isang Asyano, ang pangunahing kaisipan ng
Week 8/1st dulang binasa
Quarter Naipaliliwanag ang kahulugan ng salita habang nababago ang estruktura
nito
Napahahalagahan ang napanood na dula sa pamamagitan ng pagpili at
pagpapaliwanag ng bahaging naibigan
Nabibigkas nang may paglalapat sa sariling katauhan ang ilang diyalogo ng
napiling tauhan sa binasang dula
269
Grading Period
available
Nasusuri ang pagiging makatotohanan ng ilang pangyayari sa isang dula
Nagagamit ang mga ekspresyong nagpapahayag ng katotohanan (sa totoo,
talaga, tunay, iba pa)
Week 9 - Napaghahambing ang mga napakinggang pasalitang panghihikayat na
Week 10/1st isinagawa ng bawat pangkat sa isang book fair
Quarter Naibabahagi ang sariling pananaw sa resulta ng isinagawang sarbey
tungkol sa tanong na: ”Alin sa mga babasahin ng Timog-Silangang Asya
ang iyong nagustuhan?”
Pasalitang nasusuri ang alinmang akda sa Timog-Silangang Asya na
kabilang sa isinagawang book fair
Batay sa isang iskrip na nabuo ng pangkat, naitatanghal sa isang book fair
ang malikhaing panghihikayat na basahin ang alinmang akda sa Timog-
Silngang Asya
Nagagamit ang mga ekspresyong nanghihikayat sa malikhaing
pagtatanghal ng book fair
Week 1 - Nasusuri ang tono ng pagbigkas ng napakinggang tanka at haiku
Week 2/2nd Nasusuri ang pagkakaiba at pagkakatulad ng estilo ng pagbuo ng tanka at
Quarter haiku
Nabibigyang- kahulugan ang matatalingha-gangmahahalagangsalitang
ginamit sa tanka at haiku
Napaghahambing ang sariling damdamin at ang damdamin ng bumibigkas
batay sa napanood na paraan ng pagbigkas ng tanka at haiku
Nabibigkas nang may wastong antala/hinto at damdamin ang isinulat na
tanka at haiku
Naisusulat ang payak na tanka at haiku sa tamang anyo at sukat
Nagagamit ang suprasegmental na antala/hinto, diin at tono sa pagbigkas
ng tanka at haiku
Grading Period
available
Week 3/2nd Nahihinuha ang damdamin ng mga tauhan batay sa diyalogong
Quarter napakinggan
Nabibigyang-puna ang kabisaan ng paggamit ng hayop bilang mga tauhan
270
Grading Period
available
na parang taong nagsasalita at kumikilos
Naiaantas ang mga salita (clining) batay sa tindi ng emosyon o damdamin
Naipakikita sa pamamagitan ng isahang pasalitang pagtatanghal ang
kakaibang katangian ng pabula
Naisusulat muli ang isang pabula sa paraang babaguhin ang karakter ng
isa sa mga tauhan nito
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang ekspresyon sa pagpapahayag ng damdamin
Week 4/2nd Naipaliliwanag ang pananaw ng may-akda tungkol sa paksa batay sa
Quarter napakinggan
Naipaliliwanag ang mga:
- kaisipan
- layunin
- paksa; at
- paraan ng pagkakabuo ng sanaysay
Naipaliliwanag ang mga salitang di lantad ang kahulugan batay sa
konteksto ng pangungusap
Nabibigyang-puna ang paraan ng pagsasalita ng taong naninindigan sa
kanyang mga saloobin o opinyon sa isang talumpati
Naipahahayag ang sariling pananaw tungkol sa isang napapanahong isyu
sa talumpating nagpapahayag ng matibay na paninindigan
Naisusulat ang isang panig na gagamitin sa pakikipagtalo na naglalalahad
ng sariling pananaw tungkol sa napapanahong isyu o paksasa lipunang
Asya
Nagagamit ang angkop na mga pahayag sa pagbibigay ng opinyon,
matibay na paninindigan at mungkahi
Week 5 - Nasusuri ang maikling kuwento batay sa estilo ng pagsisimula,
Week 6/2nd pagpapadaloy at pagwawakas ng napakinggang salaysay
Quarter Nahihinuha ang kulturang nakapaloob sa binasang kuwento na may
katutubong kulay
Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang mga imahe at simbolo sa binasang kuwento
Napaghahambing ang kultura ng ilang bansa sa Silangang Asya batay sa
napanood na bahagi ng teleserye o pelikula
Naisasalaysay ang sariling karanasan na may kaugnayan sa kulturang
nabanggit sa nabasang kuwento
Week 5 - Naisusulat ang isang paglalarawan ng sariling kultura na maaaring gamitin
Week 6/2nd sa isang pagsasalaysay
271
Grading Period
available
Quarter Nagagamit ang mga pahayag sa pagsisimula, pagpapatuloy ng mga
pangyayari at pagtatapos ng isang kuwento
Week 7 - Nauuri ang mga tiyak na bahagi at katangian ng isang dula batay sa
Week 8/2nd napakinggang diyalogo o pag-uusap
Quarter Nasusuri ang binasang dula batay sa pagkakabuo at mga elemento nito
Napaghahambingang mga napanood na dula batay sa mga katangian at
elemento ng bawat isa
Naisasadula nang madamdamin sa harap ng klase ang nabuong maikling
dula
Naisusulat ang isang maikling dula tungkol sa karaniwang buhay ng isang
pangkat ng tao sa ilang bansa sa Asya
Nagagamit ang mga angkop na pang-ugnay sa pagsulat ng maikling dula
Week 9 - Naipahahayag ang damdamin at pag-unawa sa napakinggang akdang
Week 10/2nd orihinal
Quarter Naipaliliwanag ang naging bisa ng nabasang akda sa sariling kaisipan at
damdamin
Nabibigyang- kahulugan ang mahihirap na salita batay sa konteksto ng
pangungusap
Naisasalaysay sa isang kumperensiya ang naisulat na sariling akda
Naisusulat ang sariling akda na nagpapakita ng pagpapahalaga sa pagiging
Asyano
Nagagamit ang linggwistikong kahusayan sa pagsulat ng sariling akda na
nagpapakita ng pagpapahalaga sa pagiging isang Asyano
Week 1/3rd Nahihinuha ang mga katangian ng parabula batay sa napakinggang
Quarter diiskusyon sa klase
Napatutunayang ang mga pangyayari sa binasang parabula ay maaaring
maganap sa tunay na buhay sa kasalukuyan
Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang matatalinghagang pahayag sa parabula
Natutukoy ang mensahe ng napanood na parabulang isinadula*
Naisasadula ang nabuong orihinal na parabula
Naisusulat ang sariling parabula tungkol sa isang pagpapahalagang kultural
sa Kanlurang Asya
Nagagamit nang wasto sa pangungusap ang matatalinghagang pahayag
Week 2- Week Nasusuri ang mga elemento ng elehiya batay sa:
3/3rd Quarter - Tema
272
Grading Period
available
- Mga tauhan
- Tagpuan
- Mga mahihiwatigang kaugalian o tradisyon
- Wikang ginamit
- Pahiwatig o simbolo
- Damdamin
Nabibigyang- kahulugan ang mga salitang may natatagong kahulugan
Nabibigyang-puna ang nakitang paraan ng pagbigkas ng elehiya o awit
Nalalapatan ng himig ang orihinal na elehiyang isinulat *
Nakasusulat ng isang halimbawang elehiya *
Nagagamit ang mga angkop na pang-uri na nagpapasidhi ng damdamin
Week 4- Week Nasusuri ang mga tunggalian (tao vs. tao, at tao vs. sarili) sa kuwento
5/3rd Quarter batay sa napakinggang pag-uusap ng mga tauhan
Napatutunayang ang mga pangyayari at/o transpormasyong nagaganap sa
tauhan ay maaaring mangyari sa tunay na buhay
Natutukoy ang pinagmulan ng salita (etimolohiya)
Naiuugnay sa kasalukuyan ang mga tunggaliang (tao vs. tao at tao vs.
sarili) napanood na programang pantelebisyon
Naisusulat muli ang maikling kuwento nang may pagbabago sa ilang
pangyayari at mga katangian ng sinuman sa mga tauhan *
Nagagamit ang angkop na pang-ugnay na hudyat ng pagsusunod-sunod ng
mga pangyayari sa lilikhaing kuwento
Week 6/3rd Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang kilos, gawi at karakter ng mga tauhan batay sa
Quarter usapang napakinggan
Napatutunayan ang pagiging makatotohanan/ di makatotohanan ng akda
Nakabubuo ng balangkas ng pinanood na alamat*
Naitatanghal sa isang pagbabalita ang nabuong sariling wakas
Naisusulat ang sariling wakas sa naunang alamat na binasa
Nagagamit ang mga pang-abay na pamanahon , panlunan at pamaraan sa
pagbuo ng alamat
Week 7- Week Nahuhulaan ang maaaring mangyari sa akda batay sa ilang pangyayaring
8/3rd Quarter napakinggan
Nailalarawan ang natatanging kulturang Asyano na masasalamin sa epiko
Week 7- Week Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang mga salita batay sa kontekstong pinaggamitan
273
Grading Period
available
8/3rd Quarter Nabibigyang-katangian ang isa sa mga itinuturing na bayani ng alinmang
bansa sa Kanlurang Asya
Naitatanghal sa anyo ng informance ang isang itinuturing na bayani ng
alinmang bansa sa Kanlurang Asya sa kasalukuyan
Nagagamit ang mga angkop na salita sa paglalarawan ng kulturang Asyano
at bayani ng Kanlurang Asya
Week 9- Week Naiisa-isa ang kultura ng Kanluraning Asyano mula sa mga akdang
10/3rd Quarter pampanitikan nito *
Nailalahad ang mga puna at mungkahi tungkol sa napanood na
pagtatanghal
Naipakikita sa isang masining na pagtatanghal ang kulturang Asyano *
Nakabubuo ng plano at kaukulang iskrip tungkol sa isasagawang
pagtatanghal ng kulturang Asyano*
Week 1- Week Batay sa napakinggan, natitiyak ang kaligirang pangkasaysayan ng akda sa
2/4th Quarter pamamagitan ng:
- pagtukoy sa layunin ng may- akda sa pagsulat nito
- pag-isa-isa sa mga kondisyon ng lipunan sa panahong isinulat ito
- pagpapatunay sa pag-iral pa ng mga kondisyong ito sa kasalukuyang
panahon sa lipunang Pilipino
Nailalarawan ang mga kondisyong panlipunan sa panahong isinulat ang akda
at ang mga epekto nito matapos maisulat hanggang sa kasalukuyan
Natutukoy ang mga kontekstuwal na pahiwatig sa pagbibigay-kahulugan
Nabibigyang-patunay na may pagkakatulad / pagkakaiba ang binasang akda
sa ilang napanood na telenobela*
Nailalahad ang sariling pananaw, kongklusyon, at bisa ng akda sa sarili at sa
nakararami
Naitatala ang nalikom na datos sa pananaliksik
Nagagamit ang mga angkop na salita / ekspresyon sa:
- paglalarawan
- paglalahad ng sariling pananaw
- pag-iisa-isa
- pagpapatunay
Week 3/4th Nakikilala ang katangian ng tauhan batay sa napakinggang pahayag *
Quarter Natutukoy ang kahalagahan ng bawat tauhan sa nobela
Week 3/4 th
Nahuhulaan ang ugali at gawi ng bawat tauhan batay sa napanood na
Quarter parade of characters
274
Grading Period
available
Nabibigkas nang madamdamin ang nabuong monologo tungkol sa isang
tauhan
Naisusulat ang isang makahulugan at masining na iskrip ng isang monologo
tungkol sa isang piling tauhan
Nagagamit ang tamang pang-uri sa pagbibigay- katangian
Week 4/4th Naibabahagi ang sariling damdamin sa tinalakay na mga pangyayaring
Quarter naganap sa buhay ng tauhan
Nailalahad ang sariling pananaw sa kapangyarihan ng pag-ibig sa magulang,
sa kasintahan, sa kapwa at sa bayan
Napapangkat ang mga salita ayon sa antas ng pormalidad ng gamit nito
(level of formality)
Nailalarawan ang mga pagbabagong nagaganap sa sarili matapos mabasa
ang akda
Nakasusulat ng iskrip ng Mock Trial tungkol sa tunggalian ng mga tauhansa
akda*
Nagagamit ang mga angkop na ekspresyon sa pagpapahayag ng:
- damdamin
- matibay na paninindigan
- mga pangyayari*
Week 5- Week Natitiyak ang pagkamakatotohanan ng akdang napakinggan sa
6 /4th Quarter pamamagitan ng pag-uugnay sa ilang pangyayari sa kasalukuyan
Naipaliliwanag ang mga kaugaliang binanggit sa kabanata na nakatutulong
sa pagpapayaman ng kulturang Asyano
Naipaliliwanag ang iba’t ibang paraan ng pagbibigay-pahiwatig sa kahulugan
Week 7- Week Naibabahagi ang sariling damdamin hinggil sa pag-uugnay ng kapalaran ng
8/4th Quarter tauhan sa nobela at sa ibang tao*
Naipaliliwanag ang mga kaisipang nakapaloob sa aralin gaya ng:
 pamamalakad ng pamahalaan
 paniniwala sa Diyos
 kalupitan sa kapuwa
 kayamanan
 kahirapan at iba pa
Nabibigyang- kahulugan ang mahihirap na salita batay sa kasingkahulugan
at kasalungat na kahulugan
Week 7- Week Naihahambing ang mga katangian ng isang ina noon at sa kasalukuyan
8/4th Quarter batay sa napanood na dulang pantelebisyon o pampelikula
275
Grading Period
available
Naipaliliwanag ang kahalagahan ng pagtupad sa tungkulin ng ina at ng
anak
Naitatanghal ang scenario building tungkol kay Sisa sa makabagong
panahon
Nagagamit ang mga angkop na ekspresyon sa:
 pagpapaliwanag
 paghahambing
 pagbibigay ng opinyon
Week 9- Week Naibabahagi ang sariling damdamin sa kapalaran ng tauhan batay sa
10/4th Quarter napakinggan*
Nailalahad ang sariling pananaw tungkol sa pag-ibig
Nasusuri ang pinanood na dulang panteatro na naka- video clip batay sa
pamantayan
Nagagamit ang mga kasanayang komunikatibo (linggwistik, sosyolinggwistik,
diskorsal at istratedyik) sa mga gawain sa klase
GRADE 10 FILIPINO
Grading Period
available
Week 1/1st Naipahahayag mahalagang kaisipan sa napakinggan
Quarter Naiuugnay ang mga kaisipang nakapaloob sa akda sa nangyayari sa:
 sarili
 pamilya
 pamayanan
 lipunan
 daigdig
Naiuugnay ang kahulugan ng salita batay sa kayarian nito
Week 1/1st Natutukoy ang mensahe at layunin ng napanood na cartoon ng isang
Quarter mitolohiya
276
Grading Period
available
Naipahahayag nang malinaw ang sariling opinyon sa paksang tinalakay
Naisusulat ang sariling mitolohiya batay sa paksa ng akdang binasa
Nagagamit ang pandiwa sa pagsasaad ng aksyon, pangyayari at karanasan
Week 2/1 st
Nasusuri ang tiyak na bahagi ng napakinggang parabula na naglalahad ng
Quarter katotohanan, kabutihan at kagandahang-asal
Nasusuri ang nilalaman, elemento at kakanyahan ng binasang akda gamit
ang mga ibinigay na tanong
Nabibigyang- puna ang estilo ng may-akda batay sa mga salita at
ekspresyong ginamit sa akda
Nahihinuha ang nilalaman, elemento at kakanyahan ng pinanood na akda
gamit ang mga estratehiyang binuo ng guro at mag-aaral
Naipakikita ang kakayahan sa pagsasalita sa paggamit ng mga berbal at
di-berbal na estratehiya
Naisusulat nang may maayos na paliwanag ang kaugnay na collage na may
kaugnayan sa paksa
Nagagamit ang angkop na mga piling pang-ugnay sa pagsasalaysay
(pagsisimula, pagpapatuloy pagpapadaloyng mga pangyayari,
pagwawakas)
Week 3/1st Naipaliliwanag ang pangunahing paksa at pantulong na mga ideya sa
Quarter napakinggang impormasyon sa radyo o iba pang anyo ng media
Nabibigyang-reaksiyon ang mga kaisipan o ideya sa tinalakay na akda
Natutukoy ang mga salitang magkakapareho o magkakaugnay ang
kahulugan
Natatalakay ang mga bahagi ng pinanood na nagpapakita ng mga isyung
pandaigdig
Naibabahagi ang sariling reaksiyon sa ilang mahahalagang ideyang
nakapaloob sa binasang akda sa pamamagitan ng brain storming
Naitatala ang mga impormasyon tungkol sa isa sa napapanahong isyung
pandaigdig
Nagagamit ang angkop na mga pahayag sa pagbibigay ng sariling pananaw
Week 4 - Week Nahihinuha ang katangian ng tauhan sa napakinggang epiko
5/1st Quarter Naibibigay ang sariling interpretasyon sa mga kinaharap na suliranin ng
tauhan
Napapangatuwi-ranan ang mga dahilan kung bakit mahala-gang akdang
pandaigdig na sumasalamin ng isang bansa ang epiko
277
Grading Period
available
Week 4 - Week Nabibigyang-puna ang bisa ng paggamit ng mga salitang nagpapahayag ng
5/1st Quarter matinding damdamin
Naipaliliwanag ang mga alegoryang ginamit sa binasang akda
Natutukoy ang mga bahaging napanood na tiyakang nagpapakita ng
ugnayan ng mga tauhan sa puwersa ng kalikasan
Nababasa nang paawit ang ilang piling saknong ng binasang akda
Naisusulat ang pananaw tungkol sa pagkakaiba-iba at pagkakatulad ng
mga epikong pandaigdig
Nagagamit ang angkop na mga hudyat sa pagsusunod-sunod ng mga
pangyayari
Week 6/1st Naipagpaliliwanag ng ilang pangyayaring napakinggan na may kaugnayan
Quarter sa kasalukuyang mga pangyayari sa daigdig
Nakapagbibigay ng mga halimbawang pangyayari sa tunay na buhay
kaugnay ng binasa)
Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang mahihirap na salita o ekspresyong ginamit sa
akda batay sa konteksto ng pangungusap
Napahahalagahan ang napanood na pagtatanghal ng isang akda sa
pamamagitan ng paghanap ng simbolong nakapaloob dito
Nakikibahagi sa round table discussionkaugnay ng mga isyung pandaigdig
Naisusulat ang paliwanag tungkol sa isyung pandaigdig na iniuugnay sa
buhay ng mga Pilipino
Nagagamit ang angkop na mga panghalip bilang panuring sa mga tauhan
Week 7 - Week Naibibigay ang katangian ng isang tauhan batay sa napakinggang
8/1st Quarter diyalogo
Nasusuri ang binasang kabanata ng nobela bilang isang akdang
pampanitikan sa pananaw humanismo o alinmang angkop na pananaw
Nakikilala ang pagkakaugnay-ugnay ng mga salita ayon sa antas o tindi ng
kahulugang ipinahahayag nito (clining)
Naihahambing ang ilang pangyayari sa napanood na dula sa mga
pangyayari sa binasang kabanata ng nobela
Nailalarawan ang kultura ng mga tuhan na masasalamin sa kabanata
Naisasadula ang isang pangyayari sa tunay na buhay na may pagkakatulad
sa mga piling pangyayari sa kabanata ng nobela
Nagagamit ang angkop na mga hudyat sa pagsusunod-sunod ng mga
pangyayari
278
Grading Period
available
Week 9 - Week Naibabahagi ang sariling opinyon o pananaw batay sa napakinggan
10/1st Quarter Naibubuod sa isang critique ang sariling panunuri ng alinmang akdang
pampanitikang Mediterranean
Naibibigay ang kaugnay na mga konsepto ng piling salitang critique at
simposyum
Naimumungkahi ang mga dapat isaalang-alang sa pagagsasagawa ng isang
simposyum batay sa nakita sa aklat o iba pang batis ng impormasyon
Nailalahad nang malinaw sa isang simposyum ang nabuong critique ng
alinmang akdang pampanitikang Mediterranean
Naisusulat ang isang critique ng alinmang akdang pampanitikang
Mediterranean
Nagagamit ang komunikatibong kasanayan sa paggamit ng wikang Filipino
sa isang simposyum
Week 1 -Week Mitolohiya: Nailalahad ng mga pangunahing paksa at ideya batay sa
2/2nd Quarter napakinggang usapan ng mga tauhan
Nasusuri ang nilalaman, elemento at kakanyahan ng binasang mitolohiya
Naiuugnay ang mahahalagang kaisipansa binasa sa sariling karanasan
Naisasama ang salita sa iba pang salita upang makabuo ng ibang
kahulugan (collocation)
Nabubuo ang sistematikong panunuri sa mitolohiyang napanood
Naipapahayag ang mahahalagang kaisipan at pananaw tungkol sa
mitolohiya
Pasulat na naihahambing ang mitolohiya mula sa bansang kanluranin sa
mitolohiyang Pilipino
Nagagamit ng wasto ang pokus ng pandiwa: tagaganap at layon sa
pagsulat ng paghahambing
Week 3/2nd Dula: Nailalahad ang kultura ng lugar na pinagmulan ng kuwentong-bayan
Quarter sa napakinggang usapan ng mga tauhan
Naihahambing ang kultura ng bansang pinagmulan ng akda sa alinmang
bansa sa daigdig
Naipaliliwanag ang kahulugan ng salita batay sa pinagmulan
nito(epitimolohiya)
Naipaliliwanag ang katangian ng mga tao sa bansang pinagmulan ng
kuwentong-bayan batay sa napanood na bahagi nito
279
Grading Period
available
Week 3/2nd Naibabahagi ang sariling damdamin at saloobin sa isang pangkatang
Quarter talakayan ang sariling kultura kung ihahahambing sa kultura ng ibang
bansa batay sa nabasang dula
Naisusulat nang wasto ang ang sariling damdamin at saloobin tungkol sa
sariling kultura kung ihahahambing sa kultura ng ibang bansa
Nagagamit nang wasto ang pokus ng pandiwa (pinaglalaaanan at
kagamitan) sa pagsulat ng saloobin sa paghahambing sa sariling kultura
at ng ibang bansa
Week 4/2nd Tula: Naibibigay ang puna sa estilo ng napakinggang tula
Quater Nasusuri ang mga elemento ng tula
Naibibigay ang kahulugan ng matatalinghagang pananalita na ginamit sa
tula
Nagagamit ang kasanayan at kakayahan sa malinaw at mabisang
pagbigkas ng tula
Week 4-Week Naisusulat ang sariling tula na may hawig sa paksa ng tulang tinalakay
5/2nd Quarter Nagagamit ang matatalinghagang pananalita sa pagsulat ng tula
Week 5/2 nd
Maikling Kuwento: Nasusuri sa diyalogo ng mga tauhan ang kasiningan ng
Quarter akda
Nabibigyang-reaksiyon ang pagiging makatotohanan/ di-makatotohanan ng
mga pangyayari sa maikling kuwento
Naitatala ang mga salitang magkakatulad at magkakaugnay sa kahulugan
Nahihinuha sa mga bahaging pinanood ang pakikipag-ugnayang
pandaigdig
Naisasalaysay nang masining at may damdamin ang isinulat na maikling
kuwento
Week 5-Week Naisusulat ang sariling maikling kuwento tungkol sa nangyayari sa
6/2nd Quarter kasalukuyang may kaugnayan sa mga kaganapan sa binasang kuwento
Nagagamit ang pokus ng pandiwa: tagaganap at layon sa isinulat na
sariling kuwento
Week 6 – Week Nasusuri ang nobelasa pananaw realismo o alinmang angkop na pananaw/
7/2nd Quarter teoryang pampanitikan
Naihahambing ang akda sa iba pang katulad na genre batay sa tiyak na
mga elemento nito
280
Grading Period
available
Nabibigyang- kahulugan ang mahihirap na salita, kabilang ang mga
terminong ginagamit sa panunuring pampanitikan
Week 6 – Week Nabubuo ang sariling wakas ng napanood na bahagi ng teleserye na may
7/2nd Quarter paksang kaugnay ng binasa
Naisusulat ang suring-basa ng nobelang nabasa o napanood
Naitatanghal ang pinakamadulang bahagi ng nobela
Nagagamit ang angkop at mabisang mga pahayag sa pagsasagawa ng
suring –basa o panunuring pampanitikan
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang batis ng impormasyon sa pananaliksik tungkol sa
mga teroyang pampanitikan
Week 7 – Week Sanaysay: Naiuugnay nang may panunuri sa sariling saloobin at damdamin
8/2nd Quarter ang naririnig na balita, komentaryo, talumpati, at iba pa
Naiuugnay ang mga argumentong nakuha sa mga artikulo sa pahayagan,
magasin, at iba pa sa nakasulat na akda
Naibibigay ang sariling pananaw o opinyon batay sa binasang anyo ng
sanaysay (talumpati o editoryal)
Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang mga salitang di lantad ang kahulugan sa
tulong ng word association
Nasusuri ang napanood na pagbabalita batay sa:
- paksa
- paraan ng pagbabalita at iba pa
Naipahahayag nang may katalinuhan ang sariling kaalaman at opinyon
tungkol sa isang paksa sa isang talumpati
Naisusulat ang isang talumpati tungkol sa isang kontrobersyal na isyu
Nasusuri ang kasanayan at kaisahan sa pagpapalawak ng pangungusap
Week 9 – Week Pangwakas na Gawain: Matalinong nakikinig upang makalahok sa
10/ 2nd mapanuring talakayan sa klase
Quarter Nabibigyang-puna ang mga nababasa sa mga social media (pahayagan, TV,
internet tulad ng fb, e-mail, at iba pa)
Natutukoy at nabibigyang-kahulugan ang mga salitang karaniwang nakikita
sa social media
Natutukoy ang mga popular na anyo ng panitikan na karaniwang nakikita sa
mga social media
Naibabahagi nang buong sigla ang inilathalang sariling akda
Naisusulat at naibabahagi sa iba ang sariling akda
281
Grading Period
available
Nagagamit ang kahusayan sa gramatikal at diskorsal na pagsulat ng isang
organisado at makahulugang akda
Week 1/ 3rd Mitolohiya: Naipaliliwanag ang pagkakaiba at pagkakatulad ng mitolohiya
Quarter ng Africa at Persia
Week 1/ 3rd Nasusuri ang mga kaisipang nakapaloob sa mitolohiya batay sa:
Quarter - suliranin ng akda
- kilos at gawi ng tauhan
- desisyon ng tauhan
Naibibigay ang pinagmulan ng salita (etimolohiya)
Nabibigyang-puna ang napanood na video clip
Napangangatuwiranan ang sariling reaksiyon tungkol sa akdang binasa sa
pamamagitan ng debate/ pagtatalo)
Naisusulat ang pagsusuri ng akdang binasa sa naging impluwensya nito sa
sarili at sa mga kamag-aral na kinapanayam
Nagagamit nang angkop ang mga pamantayan sa pagsasaling-wika
Week 2 /3rd Anekdota: Nahihinuha ang damdamin ng sumulat ng napakinggang
Quarter anekdota
Nasusuri ang binasang anekdota batay sa: paksa- tauhantagpuanmotibo ng
awtor paraan ng pagsula at iba pa
Nabibigyang -kahulugan ang salita batay sa ginamit na panlapi
Naibibigay ang sariling opinyon tungkol sa anekdotang napanood sa you
tube
Naisasalaysay ang nabuong anekdota sa isang diyalogo aside, soliloquy o
monolog)
Naisusulat ang isang orihinal na komik strip batay sa isang anekdota
Nagagamit ang kahusayang gramatikal, diskorsal at strategic sa pagsulat at
pagsasalaysay ng orhinal na anekdota
Week 3 /3rd Tula:Nasusuri ang kasiningan at bisa ng tula batay sa napakinggan
Quarter Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang iba’t ibang simbolismo at matatalingha-gang
pahayag sa tula
Naiaantas ang mga salita ayon sa antas ng damdaming ipinahahayag ng
bawat isa
Nasusuri ang napanood na sabayang pagbigkas o kauri nito batay sa:
- kasiningan ng akdang binigkas
- kahusayan sa pagbigkasat iba pa
282
Grading Period
available
Naisusulat ang sariling tula na lalapatan din ng himig
Nasusuri ang iba’t ibang elemento ng tula
Week 4 – Week Epiko/ Maikling Kuwento: Naiuugnay ang suliraning nangingibabaw saakda
5/3rd Quarter sa pandaigdigang pangyayari sa lipunan
Week 4 – Week Naihahanay ang mga salita batay sa kaugnayan ng mga ito sa isa’t isa
5/3rd Quarter Nabibigyang-puna ang napanood na teaser o trailer ng pelikula na may
paksang katulad ng binasang akda
Naipahahayag nang mapanuri ang damdamin at saloobin tungkol sa
kahalagahan ng akda sa:
- sarili
- panlipunan
- pandaigdig
Nasusuri nang pasulat ang damdaming nakapaloob sa akdang binasa at ng
alinmang socila media
Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang damdaming nangingibabaw sa akda
Week 5 – Week Naipaliliwanag ang mga likhang sanaysay batay sa napakinggan
6/3rd Quarter Naihahambing ang pagkakaiba at pagkakatulad ng sanayasay sa ibang
akda
Naibibigay ang katumbas na salita ng ilang salita sa akda (analohiya)
Naibibigay ang sariling reaksiyon sa pinanood na video na hinango sa
youtube
Naisasagawa ang isang radyong pantanghalan tungkol sa SONA ng Pangulo
ng Pilipinas
Naisusulat ang isang talumpati na pang-SONA
Nagagamit ang angkop na mga tuwiran at di-tuwirang pahayag sa
paghahatid ng mensahe
Week 7 – Week Nobela: Natutukoy ang tradisyong kinamulatan ng Africa at/o Persia batay
8/3rd Quarter sa napakinggang diyalogo
Nasusuri ang binasang kabanata ng nobela batay sa pananaw / teoryang
pampanitikan na angkop dito
Napag-uugnay ang mga salitang nag-aagawan ng kahulugan
Nasusuri ang napanood na excerpt ng isang isinapelikulang nobela
Naitatanghal ang iskrip ng nabuong puppet show
Naisusulat ang iskrip ng isang puppet show na naglalarawan sa tradisyong
283
Grading Period
available
kinamulatan sa Africa at/o Persia
Nailalapat nang may kaisahan at magkakaugnay na mga talata gamit ang
mga pag-ugnay sa panunuring pampelikula*
Week 9 – Week Naibibigay ang puna tungkol sa napakinggang pagtatanghal
10/3rd Quarter
Week 9 – Week Natataya ang napanood na pagtatanghal batay sa napagkaisahang mga
10/3rd Quarter pamantayan
Naitatanghal nang may panghihikayat ang nabuong iskrip
Naisusulat ang iskrip ng isang pagtatanghal tungkol sa kultura at
kagandahan ng bansang Africa at Persia
Nabibigyang-puna ang pagtatanghal gamit ang mga ekspresyong
naghahayag ng sariling pananaw
Nagagamit ang iba’t ibang batis ng impormasyon tungkol sa magagandang
katangian ng bansang Africa at/o Persia
Week 1 – Week Kailigirang Pangkasaysayan ng El Filibusterismo: Nasusuri ang
2/4th Quarter pagkakaugnay ng mga pangyayaring napakinggan tungkol sa kaligirang
pangkasaysayan ng El Filibusterismo
Natitiyak ang kaligirang pangkasaysayan ng akda sa pamamagitan ng:
- pagtukoy sa mga kondisyon sa panahong isinulat ang akda
- pagpapatunay ng pag-iral ng mga kondisyong ito sa kabuuan o ilang
bahagi ng akda
- pagtukoy sa layunin ng may-akda sa pagsulat ng akda
Naiuugnay ang kahulugan ng salita batay sa kaligirang pangkasaysayan nito
Napahahalagahan ang napanood pagpapaliwanag na kaligirang
pangkasaysayan ng pagkakasulat ng El Filibusterismo sa pamamagitan ng
pagbubuod nito gamit ang timeline
Naisasalaysay ang magkakaugnay na mga pangyayari sa pagkakasulat ng El
Filibusterismo
Naisusulat ang buod ng kaligirang pangkasaysayan ng EL Filibusterismo
batay sa ginawang timeline
Naipamamalas ang kahusayang magtala ng mahahalagang impormasyon
mula sa iba’t ibang pinagkukunang sanggunian
Nagagamit ang iba-ibang reperensya/ batis ng impormasyon sa pananaliksik
Week 3 – Week Natutukoy ang papel na ginam-panan ng mga tauhan sa akda sa
4/4th Quarter pamamagitan ng:
- pagtunton sa mga pangyayari
284
Grading Period
available
- pagtukoy sa mga tunggaliang naganap
- pagtiyak sa tagpuan
- pagtukoy sa wakas
Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang matatalingha-gang pahayag na ginamit sa
biansang kabanata ng nobela
Week 3 – Week Naiuugnay sa kasalukuyang mga pangyayaring napanood sa v ideo clip ang
4/4th Quarter pangyayari sa panahon ng pagkakasulat ng akda
Naibabahagi ang ginawang pagsusuri sa napakinggang buod ng binasang
akda batay sa:
- katanpagkamakato-tohanan ng mga pangyayari
- tunggalian sa bawat kabanatagian ng mga tauhan
Naisusulat ang buod ng binasang mga kabanata
Nagagamit sa pagbubuod ang tamang mekaniks sa pagsulat (baybay,
bantas, at iba pa), gayundin ang wastong pag-uugnay ng mga
pangungusap/ talata
Week 5 – Week Naipahahayag ang sariling paniniwala at pagpapahalaga kaugnay ng mga
6/4th Quarter kaisipang namayani sa akda
Nasusuri ang mga kaisipang lutang sa akda (Diyos, bayan, kapwa-tao,
magulang)
Natatalakay ang mga kaisipang ito:
- kabuluhan ng edukasyon
- pamamalakad sa pamahalaan
- pagmamahal sa:
- Diyos
- Bayan
- Pamilya
- kapwa-tao
- kabayanihan
- karuwagan
- paggamit ng kapangyarihan
- kapangyarihan ng salapi
- kalupitan at pagsasaman-tala sa kapwa
- kahirapan
- karapatang pantao
- paglilibang
- kawanggawa
- paninindigan sa sariling prinsipyo at iba pa
285
Grading Period
available
Naipaliliwanag ang kabuluhan ng mga kaisipang lutang sa akda kaugnay ng
- karanasang pansarili
- gawaing pangkomunidad
- isyung pambansa
- pangyayaring pandaigdig
Week 5 – Week Nabibigyang-kahulugan ang matatalinghagang pahayag sa pamamagitan ng
6/4th Quarter pagbibigay ng halimbawa
Naiuugnay ang kaisipang namayani sa pinanood na bahagi ng binasang akda
sa mga kaisipang namayani sa binasang akda
Naipahahayag ang sariling paniniwala at pagpapahalaga tungkol sa mga
kaisipang namayani sa akda
Naisusulat ang pagpapaliwanag ng sariling mga paniniwala at
pagpapahalaga kaugnay ng mga kaisipang namayani sa akda
Naipahahayag ang sariling paniniwala at pagpapahalaga gamit ang angkop
na mga salitang hudyat sa paghahayag ng saloobin/ damdamin
Week 7 – Week Nabibigyang- puna ang narinig na paghahambing sa akda sa ilang akdang
8/4th Quarter nabasa,napanood o napag-aralan
Nailalapat ang mga tiyak na lapit at pananaw sa pagsusuri ng akda
Naisasaad ang pagkamakatotohanan ng akda sa pamamagitan ng pag-
uugnay ng ilang pangyayari sa kasalukuyan
Naipaliliwanag ang kahulugan ng mga salitang hiram sa wikang Espanyol
Naiuulat ang ginawang paghahambing ng binasang akda sa ilang katulad na
akda, gamit ang napiling graphic organizer
Naisusulat ang maayos na paghahambing ng binuong akda sa iba pang
katulad na akdang binasa
Nagagamit ang angkop na mga salitang naghahambing
Week 9 – Week Nasusuri ang tauhan na may kaugnayan sa: mga hilig/interes kawilihan/
10/4th Quarter kagalakan/ kasiglahanpagkainip/ pagkayamot; pagkatakot; Pagkapoot;
pagkaaliw/ pagkalibang at iba pa
Nasusuri ang nobela batay sa pananaw/ teoryang:
 romantisismo
 humanismo
 naturalistiko at iba pa
Nabibigyang-pansinang ilang katangiang klasiko sa akda
Nabibigyan ng kaukulang pagpapakahulu-gan ang mahahalagang pahayag
ng awtor/ mga tauhan
286
Grading Period
available
Nasusuri ang aestetikong katangian ng napanood na bahagi ng
isinapelikulang nobela
Naisasagawa ang angkop na pagsasatao ng mga tauhan ng nobela
Week 9 – Week Naisusulat ang paglalarawan ng mahahalagang pangyayari sa nobela na
10/4th Quarter isinaalang- alang ang artistikong gamit ng may-akda sa mga salitang
panlarawan
Nagagamit ang angkop at masining na paglalarawan ng tao, pangyayari at
damdamin
Week 10/4th Pangkatang pagsasadula ng nobela na isinasaalang-alang ang sumusunod:
Quarter - paggamit ng wikang nauunawaan ng kabataan sa makabagong panahon
- pag-uugnay ng mga isyung panlipunan nang panahon ni Jose Rial na
makatotoha-nan pa rin sa kasalukuyan paggamit ng iba’t ibang
makabagong paraan ng pagsasadula
Nailalarawan angmga tauhan at pangyayari sa tulong ng mga pang-uring
umaakit sa imahinasyon at mga pandama
287

GRADE 1 MATHEMATICS

the (Grade 1 Mathematics) Learning develope online) (provide a
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ visualizes and represents numbers from 0 to 100 using a variety of
1st Q materials.
Week 2/ counts the number of objects in a given set by ones and tens.
1st Q identifies the number that is one more or one less from a given number.
Week 3/ composes and decomposes a given number. e.g. 5 is 5 and 0, 4 and 1, 3 and
1st Q 2, 2 and 3, 1 and 4, 0 and 5.
Week 4/ regroups sets of ones into sets of tens and sets of tens into hundreds using
1st Q objects.
visualizes, represents, and compares two sets using the expressions “less
than,” “more than,” and “as many as.”
Week 5/ visualizes, represents, and orders sets from least to greatest and vice versa.
1st Q visualizes and counts by 2s, 5s and 10s through 100.
Week 6/
reads and writes numbers up to 100 in symbols and in words.
1st Q
Week 7/ visualizes and gives the place value and value of a digit in one- and two-digit
1st Q numbers.
renames numbers into tens and ones.
Week 8/ visualizes, represents, and compares numbers up to 100 using relation
1st Q symbols.
visualizes, represents, and orders numbers up to 100 in increasing or
decreasing order.
288

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 9/ identifies the 1st , 2nd, 3rd, up to 10th object in a given set from a given
1st Q point of reference.
reads and writes ordinal numbers: 1st, 2nd, 3rd up to 10th.
Week
recognizes and compares coins and bills up to PhP100 and their notations.
10/ 1st Q
Week 1 / illustrates addition as “putting together or combining or joining sets”
2nd Q visualizes and adds two one-digit numbers with sums up to 18 using the
order and zero properties of addition.
Week 2 / adds two one-digit numbers using appropriate mental techniques e.g. adding
2nd Q doubles and/or near-doubles.
visualizes and adds three one-digit numbers using the grouping property of
addition.
Week 3 / visualizes and adds numbers with sums through 99 without or with
2nd Q regrouping.
Week 4 / adds mentally two to three one- digit numbers with sums up to 18 using
2nd Q appropriate strategies.
adds mentally two-digit numbers and one-digit numbers with regrouping
using appropriate strategies.
Week 5 / visualizes and solves one-step routine and non-routine problems involving
2nd Q addition of whole numbers including money with sums up to 99 using
appropriate problem solving strategies.
Week 6 / illustrates subtraction as “taking away” or “comparing” elements of sets.
2nd Q illustrates that addition and subtraction are inverse operations.
Week 7 / visualizes, represents, and subtracts one-digit numbers with minuends
2nd Q through 18 (basic facts)
visualizes, represents, and subtracts one- to two-digit numbers with
minuends up to 99 without regrouping.
Week 8 / uses the expanded form to explain subtraction with regrouping.
2nd Q visualizes, represents, and subtracts one- to two-digit numbers with
minuends up to 99 with regrouping.
289

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 9 / subtracts mentally one-digit numbers from two-digit minuends without
2nd Q regrouping using appropriate strategies.
Week 9 visualizes, represents, and solves routine and non-routine problems involving
to 10 / subtraction of whole numbers including money with minuends up to 99 with
2nd Q and without regrouping using appropriate problem solving strategies and
tools.
Week 1 / counts groups of equal quantity using concrete objects up to 50 and writes
3rd Q an equivalent expression.
e.g. 2 groups of 5
visualizes, represents, and separates objects into groups of equal quantity
using concrete objects up to 50.
e.g. 10 grouped by 5s
Week 2 / visualizes and identifies ½ and ¼ of a whole object.
3rd Q visualizes, represents, and divides a whole into halves and fourths.
Week 3 / visualizes, and divides the elements of sets into two groups of equal
3rd Q quantities to show halves.
Week 3- visualizes, represents, and divides the elements of sets into four groups of
4/3rd Q equal quantities to show fourths
Week 4 /
visualizes and draws the whole region or set given its ½ and/or ¼
3rd Q
Week 5 / identifies, names, and describes the four basic shapes (square, rectangle,
3rd Q triangle and circle) in 2-dimensional (flat/plane) and 3- dimensional (solid)
objects.
Week 6 / compares and classifies 2-dimensional (flat/plane) and 3-dimensional
3rd Q (solid) figures according to common attributes.
draws the four basic shapes.
Week 7 /
constructs three dimensional objects (solid) using manipulative materials.
3rd Q
Week 8 / determines the missing term/s in a given continuous pattern using one
3rd Q attribute (letters/ numbers/events).
290

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
e.g. A,B,C,D,__ 2,3,__5,6,7 __,Wed, Thur, Fri
Aa, Bb, Cb, __,___
Week 8 / determines the missing term/s in a given repeating pattern using one
3rd Q attribute (letters, numbers, colors, figures, sizes, etc.). e.g.
A,B,C,A,B,C,A,__
Week 9 / constructs equivalent number expression using addition and subtraction.
3rd Q e.g. 6 + 5 = 12 - 1
identifies and creates patterns to compose and decompose using addition.
e.g. 7 = 0 + 7, 1 + 6, 2 + 5, 3 + 4, 4 + 3, 5 + 2, 6 + 1, 7 + 0
Week 10 visualizes and finds the missing number in an addition or subtraction
/ 3rd Q sentence using a variety of ways
e.g. n + 2 = 5 5 – n = 3
Week 1 / tells the days in a week; months in a year in the right order.
4th Q determines the day or the month using a calendar.
Week 2 /
tells and writes time by hour, half-hour and quarter-hour using analog clock.
4th Q
Week 2- solves problems involving time (days in a week, months in a year, hour, half-
3/4th Q hour, and quarter-hour)
Week 3 / compares objects using comparative words: short, shorter, shortest; long,
4th Q longer, longest; heavy, heavier, heaviest; light, lighter, lightest.
Week 4 / estimates and measures length using non- standard units of linear
4th Q measures.
Week 5 /
estimates and measures mass using non-standard units of mass measure.
4th Q
Week 6 /
estimates and measures capacity using non-standard unit.
4th Q
Week 7 /
collects data on one variable through simple interview.
4th Q
Week 7- sorts, classifies, and organizes data in tabular form and presents this into a
8/4th Q pictograph without scales.
291

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 8 / infers and interprets data presented in a pictograph without scales.
4th Q e.g. finding out from the title what the pictograph is all about, comparing
which has the least or greatest …
Week 9 / solves routine and non-routine problems using data presented in
4th Q pictograph without scales.
Week 10 tells whether an event is likely or unlikely to happen.
/ 4th Q describe events in real-life situations using the phrases “ likely” or
“unlikely to happen”. e.g. Tomorrow it will rain.
GRADE 2 MATHEMATICS

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ visualizes and represents numbers from 0-1000 with emphasis on numbers
1st Q 101 – 1 000 using a variety of materials.
Week 2/ groups objects in ones, tens, and hundreds.
1st Q gives the place value and finds the value of a digit in three-digit numbers.
Week 3/ visualizes and counts numbers by 10s, 50s, and 100s.
1st Q reads and writes numbers up to 1 000 in symbols and in words.
Week 4/ visualizes and writes three-digit numbers in expanded form.
1st Q visualizes and compares numbers up to 1 000 using relation symbols.
visualizes and orders numbers up to 1 000 in increasing or decreasing order.
Week 5/ identifies the 1st through the 20th with the emphasis on 11th to 20th object
1st Q in a given set from a given point of reference.
reads and writes ordinal numbers from 1st through the 20th.
identifies and uses the pattern of naming ordinal numbers from 1st to the
292

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
20th.
Week 6/ reads and writes money in symbols and in words through PhP100.
1st Q counts the value of a set of bills or a set of coins through PhP100 (peso-coins
only; centavo-coins only; peso-bills only and combined peso-coins and peso-
bills).
compares values of different denominations of coins and paper bills through
PhP100 using relation symbols.
Week 7/ illustrates the properties of addition (commutative, associative, identity) and
1st Q applies each in appropriate and relevant situations.
visualizes, represents, and adds 2-digit by 3-digit numbers with sums up to
1000 without and with regrouping.
Week 8/ visualizes, represents, and adds 3-digit by 3-digit numbers with sums up to
1st Q 1000 without and with regrouping.
adds mentally 1- to 2-digit numbers with sums up to 50 using appropriate
strategies.
Week 9/ adds mentally 3-digit numbers and 1-digit numbers using appropriate
1st Q strategies.
adds mentally three -digit numbers and tens (multiples of 10 up to 90) using
appropriate strategies.
adds mentally 3-digit numbers and hundreds (multiples of 100 up to 900)
Week 9- solves routine and non-routine problems involving addition of whole
10/ 1st Q numbers including money with sums up to 1000 using appropriate problem
solving strategies and tools.
Week 1/ visualizes, represents, and subtracts 2- to 3-digit numbers with minuends up
2nd Q to 999 without and with regrouping.
Week 2/ subtracts mentally 1-digit numbers from 1- to 3-digit numbers without
2nd Q regrouping using appropriate strategies.
subtracts mentally 3-digit numbers by tens and by hundreds without
regrouping using appropriate strategies.
293

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 3/ solves routine and non-routine problems involving subtraction of whole
2nd Q numbers including money with minuends up to 1000 using appropriate
problem solving strategies and tools.
Week 4/ performs orders of operations involving addition and subtractions of small
2nd Q numbers.
Week 5/ solves multi-step routine and non-routine problems involving addition and
2nd Q subtraction of 2- to 3-digit numbers including money using appropriate
Week 6/ illustrates multiplication as repeated addition using groups of equal
2nd Q quantities, arrays, counting by multiples, equal jumps on the number line
writes a related equation for each type of multiplication: repeated addition,
array, counting by multiples, and equal jumps on the number line.
Week 7/ illustrates the property of multiplication that any number multiplied by one
2nd Q (1) is the same number.
illustrates the property of multiplication that zero multiplied by any number
is zero.
illustrates the commutative property of multiplication.
Week 8/ visualizes multiplication of numbers 1 to 10 by 2,3,4,5 and10.
2nd Q multiplies mentally 2,3,4,5 and 10 using appropriate strategies.
Week 9/ solves routine and non-routine problems involving multiplication of whole
2nd Q numbers including money using appropriate problem solving strategies and
tools.
Week solves routine and non-routine problems involving multiplication and
nd
10/ 2 Q addition or subtraction of whole numbers including money using appropriate
Week 1/ visualizes and represents division as equal sharing, repeated subtraction,
3rd Q equal jumps on the number line and using formation of equal groups of
objects
Week 2/ creates and writes a related equation for each type of situation: equal
3rd Q sharing, repeated subtraction, equal jumps on the number line, and
294

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
formation of equal groups of objects.
Week 2/ visualizes division of numbers up to 100 by 2,3,4,5, and 10 (multiplication
3rd Q table of 2, 3, 4, 5 and 10).
Week 3/ divides mentally numbers by 2,3,4,5 and 10 using appropriate strategies
3rd Q (multiplication table of 2, 3, 4, 5 and 10).
illustrates that multiplication and division are inverse operations.
Week 4/ solves routine and non-routine problems involving division of numbers by
3rd Q 2,3,4,5 and 10 and with any of the other operations of whole numbers
including money using appropriate problem solving strategies and tools.
Week 5/ visualizes, represents and identifies unit fractions with denominators of 10
3rd Q and below.
reads and writes unit fractions.
compares unit fractions using relation symbols.
Week 6/ arranges unit fractions in increasing or decreasing order.
3rd Q identifies other fractions less than one with denominators 10 and below.
visualizes similar fractions (using group of objects and number line).
Week 7/ reads and writes similar fractions.
3rd Q compares similar fractions using relation symbols.
arranges similar fractions in increasing or decreasing order.
Week 8/ constructs squares, rectangles, triangles, circles, half-circles, and quarter
3rd Q circles using cut-outs and square grids.
identifies shapes/figures that show symmetry in a line.
identifies and draws the line of symmetry in a given symmetrical figure.
Week 9/ creates figures that show symmetry in a line.
3rd Q identifies straight lines and curves, flat and curved surfaces in a 3-
dimensional object.
explains the differences between straight lines and curved lines, flat surfaces
and curved surfaces.
295

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week determines the missing term/s in a given continuous pattern using two
rd
10/ 3 Q attributes (any two of the following: figures, numbers, colors, sizes, and
orientations, etc.)
e.g.
1, A, 2,B,3,C,__,__
1 , 2 , 3 , 4 __
visualizes and finds the missing value in a number sentence involving
multiplication or division of whole numbers using 2, 3, 4, 5 and 10 only.
e.g.
5 x __ = 30
30 ÷ __ = 6
Week 1/ tells and writes time in minutes including a.m. and p.m. using analog
4th Q and digital clocks.
visualizes and finds the elapsed time in days.
visualizes, represents, and solves problems involving time (minutes
including a.m. and p.m. and elapsed time in days).
Week 2/ shows and uses the appropriate unit of length and their abbreviation
4th Q cm and m to measure a particular object.
compares length in meters or centimeters.
measures objects using appropriate measuring tools in m or cm.
Week 3/ estimates and measures length using meter or centimeter.
4th Q solves routine and non-routine problems involving length.
Week 4/ shows and uses the appropriate unit of weight and their abbreviations
4th Q g and kg to measure a particular object.
compares mass in grams or kilograms.
measures objects using appropriate measuring units in g or kg.
Week 5/ estimates and measures mass using gram or kilogram.
4th Q solves routine and non-routine problems involving mass.
measures objects using appropriate measuring tools in mL or L.
296

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 6/ illustrates area as a measure of how much surface is covered or
4th Q occupied by a plane figure.
finds the area of a given figure using square-tile units i.e. number of
square-tiles needed.
estimates the area of a given figure using any shape.
Week 7/ solves routine and non-routine problems involving any figure using
4th Q square tiles.
Week 8/ collects data on one variable using a questionnaire.
4th Q sorts, classifies, and organizes data in tabular form and presents this
into a pictograph without and with scales.
Week 9/ infers and interprets data presented in a pictograph without and with
4th Q scales.
solves routine and non-routine problems using data presented in a
pictograph without and with scales.
Week tells whether an event is likely, equally likely, unlikely to happen.
10/ 4th Q describe events in real-life situations using the phrases “likely to
happen” or “unlikely to happen” or “equally likely to happen”.
GRADE 3 MATHEMATICS

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ visualizes numbers up to 10 000 with emphasis on numbers 1001 - 10000.
1st Q gives the place value and value of a digit in 4- to 5-digit numbers.
reads and writes numbers up to 10 000 in symbols and in words.
297

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 2/ rounds numbers to the nearest ten, hundred and thousand..
1st Q compares numbers up to 10 000 using relation symbols.
orders 4- to 5-digit numbers in increasing or decreasing order.
Week 3/ identifies ordinal numbers from 1st to 100th with emphasis on the 21st to
1st Q 100th object in a given set from a given point of reference.
recognizes coins and bills up to PhP1 000.
Week 4/ reads and writes money in symbols and in words through PhP1 000 in pesos
1st Q and centavos.
compares values of the different denominations of coins and bills through
PhP1 000 using relation symbols.
adds 3- to 4-digit numbers up to three addends with sums up to 10 000
without and with regrouping.
Week 5/ estimates the sum of 3- to 4-digit addends with reasonable results.
1st Q adds mentally 2-digit and 1-digit numbers without or with regrouping using
adds mentally 2- to 3-digit numbers with multiples of hundreds using
Week 6/ solves routine and non-routine problems involving addition of whole
1st Q numbers with sums up to 10 000 including money using appropriate problem
Week 7/ subtracts 3-to 4-digit numbers from 3- to 4-digit numbers without and with
1st Q regrouping.
estimates the difference of two numbers with three to four digits with
reasonable results.
Week 8/ subtracts mentally 1- to 2 – digits numbers without and with regrouping
1st Q using appropriate strategies.
subtracts mentally 2- to 3 – digits numbers with multiples of hundreds
without and with regrouping using appropriate strategies.
Week 9/ solves routine and non-routine problems involving subtraction without or
1st Q with addition of whole numbers including money using appropriate problem
298

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ visualizes multiplication of numbers 1 to 10 by 6,7,8 and 9.
2nd Q visualizes and states basic multiplication facts for numbers up to 10.
Week 2/ applies the commutative property of multiplication.
2nd Q multiplies 2-digit by 1-digit numbers using the distributive property of
multiplication.
multiplies three 1-digit numbers using the associative property of
multiplication.
Week 3/ multiplies 2- to 3-digit numbers by 1-digit numbers without or with
2nd Q regrouping.
multiplies 2-digit numbers by 2-digit numbers without regrouping.
Week 4/ multiplies 2-digit number by 2-digit numbers with regrouping.
2nd Q multiplies 2- to 3-digit numbers by multiples of 10 and 100.
Week 5/ multiplies 1- to 2-digit numbers by 1 000.
2nd Q estimates the product of 2- to 3-digit numbers and 1- to 2-digit numbers with
reasonable results .
multiplies mentally 2-digit by 1-digit numbers without regrouping with
products of up to 100.
Week 6/ solves routine and non-routine problems involving multiplication without or
2nd Q with addition and subtraction of whole numbers including money using
appropriate problem solving strategies and tools.
Week 7/ visualizes and states the multiples of 1- to 2-digit numbers.
2nd Q visualizes division of numbers up to 100 by 6,7,8,and 9 (multiplication table
of 6, 7, 8, and 9).
Week 8/ visualizes and states basic division facts of numbers up to 10.
2nd Q divides 2- to 3-digit numbers by 1- to 2- digit numbers without and with
remainder.
299

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 9/ divides 2-3 digit numbers by 10 and 100 without or with remainder.
2nd Q estimates the quotient of 2- to 3- digit numbers by 1- to 2- digit numbers.
divides mentally 2-digit numbers by 1-digit numbers without remainder
Week solves routine and non-routine problems involving division of 2- to 4-digit
nd
10/ 2 Q numbers by 1- to 2-digit numbers without or with any of the other
operations of whole numbers including money using appropriate problem
Week 1/ identifies odd and even numbers.
3rd Q visualizes and represents fractions that are equal to one and greater than
one.
Week 2/ reads and writes fractions that are equal to one and greater than one in
3rd Q symbols and in words.
represents fractions using regions, sets, and the number line.
Week 3/ visualizes and represents dissimilar fractions.
3rd Q visualizes, represents, and compares dissimilar fractions.
Week 4/ visualizes, represents, and arranges dissimilar fractions in increasing or
3rd Q decreasing order.
visualizes and generates equivalent fractions.
Week 5/ recognizes and draws a point, line, line segment and ray.
3rd Q recognizes and draws parallel, intersecting and perpendicular lines.
Week 6/ visualizes, identifies and draws congruent line segments.
3rd Q identifies and visualizes symmetry in the environment and in design.
Week 7/ identifies and draws the line of symmetry in a given symmetrical figure.
3rd Q completes a symmetric figure with respect to a given line of symmetry.
Week 8/ determines the missing term/s in a given combination of continuous and
3rd Q repeating pattern.
e.g. 4A,5B, 6A,7B,__
1 2 3 4 ___
300

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 8 finds the missing value in a number sentence involving multiplication or
to 9/ 3rd division of whole numbers.
Q e.g.
n x 7 = 56
56 ÷ n = 8
Week 1/ visualizes, and represents, and converts time measure from seconds to
4th Q minutes, minutes to hours, and hours to a day and vice versa.
visualizes, and represents, and converts time measure
days to week, month and year and vice versa
weeks to months and year and vice versa
months to year and vice versa.
Week 2/ visualizes, and represents, and solves problems involving conversion of
4th Q time measure.
Week 3/ visualizes, and represents, and converts common units of measure from
4th Q larger to smaller unit and vice versa: meter and centimeter, kilogram and
gram, liter and milliliter.
visualizes, and represents, and solves routine and non-routine problems
involving conversions of common units of measure.
Week 4/ visualizes, and represents, and finds the capacity of a container using
4th Q milliliter and liter.
visualizes, and represents, and solves routine and non-routine problems
involving capacity measure.
Week 5/ visualizes, and represents, and measures area using appropriate unit.
4th Q visualizes, and represents, and finds the area of a rectangle and square in
sq.cm and sq. m.
Week 6/ solves routine and non-routine problems involving areas of squares and
4th Q rectangles.
Week 7/ collects data on one variable using existing records.
4th Q sorts, classifies, and organizes data in tabular form and presents this into a
vertical or horizontal bar graph.
301

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 8/ infers and interprets data presented in different kinds of bar graphs
4th Q (vertical/ horizontal).
Week 9/ solves routine and non-routine problems using data presented in a single-
4th Q bar graph.
Week tells whether an event is sure, likely, equally likely, unlikely, and impossible
10/ 4th Q to happen.
describes events in real-life situations using the phrases “sure to happen,“
likely to happen”, “equally likely to happen”, “unlikely to happen”, and
“impossible to happen”.
GRADE 4 MATHEMATICS

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ visualizes numbers up to 100 000 with emphasis on numbers 10 001–100
1st Q 000.
gives the place value and value of a digit in numbers up to 100 000.
reads and writes numbers up to hundred thousand in symbols and in words.
Week 2/ rounds numbers to the nearest thousand and ten thousand.
1st Q compares numbers up to 100 000 using relation symbols.
orders numbers up to 100 000 in increasing or decreasing order.
Week 3/ multiplies numbers up to 3-digit numbers by up to 2-digit numbers without
1st Q or with regrouping.
estimates the products of 3- to 4-digit numbers by 2- to 3- digit numbers
with reasonable results.
302

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 4/ multiplies mentally 2-digit by 1-to 2-digit numbers with products up to 200
1st Q and explains the strategies used.
solves routine and non-routine problems involving multiplication of whole
numbers including money using appropriate problem solving strategies
and tools.
Week 5/ solves multi-step routine and non-routine problems involving
1st Q multiplication and addition or subtraction using appropriate problem
Week 6/ divides 3- to 4-digit numbers by 1-to 2-digit numbers without and with
1st Q remainder.
divides 3- to 4-digit numbers by tens or hundreds or by 1 000 without and
with remainder.
Week 7/ estimates the quotient of 3- to 4-digit dividends by 1- to 2-digit divisors with
1st Q reasonable results.
divides mentally 2- to 3-digit numbers by 1-digit numbers without remainder
Week 8/ solves routine and non-routine problems involving division of 3- to 4-digit
1st Q numbers by 1- to 2-digit numbers including money using appropriate
Week 9/ solves multi-step routine and non-routine problems involving division and
1st Q any of the other operations of whole numbers including money using
Week represents and explains Multiplication, Division, Addition, Subtraction
10/ 1st Q (MDAS) correctly.
performs a series of two or more operations.
Week 1/ identifies factors of a given number up to 100.
2nd Q identifies the multiples of a given number up to 100.
differentiates prime from composite numbers.
303

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 2/ writes a given number as a product of its prime factors.
2nd Q finds the common factors and the greatest common factor (GCF) of two
numbers using the following methods: listing, prime factorization, and
continuous division.
finds the common multiples and least common multiple (LCM) of two
numbers using the following methods: listing, prime factorization, and
continuous division.
Week 3/ solves real-life problems involving GCF and LCM of 2 given numbers.
2nd Q
Week 4/ changes improper fraction to mixed numbers and vice versa.
2nd Q changes fractions to lowest forms.
Week 5/ visualizes addition and subtraction of similar fractions.
2nd Q visualizes subtraction of a fraction from a whole number.
visualizes addition and subtraction of dissimilar fractions.
Week 6/
performs addition and subtraction of similar and dissimilar fractions.
2nd Q
Week 7/ solves routine and non-routine problems involving addition and/or
2nd Q subtraction of fractions using appropriate problem solving strategies and
tools.
Week 8/ visualizes decimal numbers using models like blocks, grids, number lines
2nd Q and money to show the relationship to fractions.
renames decimal numbers to fractions, and fractions whose denominators
are factors of 10 and 100 to decimals.
Week 9/ gives the place value and the value of a digit of a given decimal number
2nd Q through hundredths.
reads and writes decimal numbers through hundredths.
Week 10 rounds decimal numbers to the nearest whole number and tenth.
/ 2nd Q compares and arranges decimal numbers.
Week 1 / describes and illustrates parallel, intersecting, and perpendicular lines.
3rd Q draws perpendicular and parallel lines using a ruler and a set square.
304

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 2 / describes and illustrates different angles (right, acute, and obtuse) using
3rd Q models.
describes the attributes/properties of triangles and quadrilaterals using
concrete objects or models.
Week 3 / identifies and describes triangles according to sides and angles.
3rd Q identifies and describes the different kinds of quadrilaterals: square,
rectangle, parallelogram, trapezoid, and rhombus.
Week 4 / relates triangles to quadrilaterals
3rd Q relates one quadrilateral to another quadrilateral (e.g. square to
rhombus).
Week 5 / determines the missing term/s in a sequence of numbers (e.g. odd
3rd Q numbers, even numbers, multiples of a number, factors of a number, etc.)
e.g. 3,6,9,__ 4,8,12,16,__ (e.g. odd numbers, even numbers,
multiples of a number, factors of a number, etc.)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ____
finds the missing number in an equation involving properties of operations.
(e.g. (4+__ ) + 8 = 4 + ( 5 + __)
Week 6 / finds the elapsed time in minutes and seconds.
3rd Q estimates the duration of time in minutes.
solves problems involving elapsed time.
Week 7 / visualizes the perimeter of any given plane figure in different situations.
3rd Q measures the perimeter of any given figure using appropriate tools.
finds the perimeter of triangles, squares, rectangles, parallelograms, and
trapezoids.
Week 8 / solves routine and non-routine problems in real-life situations involving
3rd Q perimeter of squares and rectangles, triangles, parallelograms, and
trapezoids.
Week 9 / differentiates perimeter from area.
converts sq. cm to sq. m and vice versa.
Week 1 / finds the area of irregular figures made up of squares and rectangles using
305

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
4th Q sq. cm and sq. m.
finds the area of triangles, parallelograms and trapezoids using sq. cm and
sq. m.
Week 2 / solves routine and non-routine problems involving squares, rectangles,
4th Q triangles, parallelograms, and trapezoids.
Week 3 / visualizes the volume of solid figures in different situations using non-
4th Q standard (e.g. marbles, etc.) and standard units.
finds the volume of a rectangular prism using cu. cm and cu. m.
Week 4 / solves routine and non-routine problems involving the volume of a
4th Q rectangular prism.
Week 5 / collects data on two variables using any source.
4th Q organizes data in tabular form and presents them in a single/double
horizontal or vertical bar graph.
Week 6 / interprets data presented in different kinds of bar graphs
4th Q (vertical/horizontal, single/double bars).
solves routine and non-routine problems using data presented in a single or
double-bar graph.
Week 7 / draws inferences based on data presented in a double-bar graph.
4th Q records favorable outcomes in a simple experiment (e.g. tossing a coin,
spinning a wheel, etc.)
Week 8 / expresses the outcome in a simple experiment in words, symbols, tables, or
4th Q graphs.
explains the outcomes in an experiment.
Week 9 /
solves routine and non-routine problems involving a simple experiment.
4th Q
GRADE 5 MATHEMATICS
306

the (Grade 5 Mathematics) Learning develope available (provide a
Quarter/
Grading
resources r online) link if online)
Period available
Week 1/ uses divisibility rules for 2, 5, and 10 to find the common factors of numbers.
1st Q uses divisibility rules for 3, 6, and 9 to find common factors.
Week 2/ uses divisibility rules for 4, 8, 12, and 11 to find common factors.
1st Q solves routine and non-routine problems involving factors, multiples, and
divisibility rules for 2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11, and 12.
Week 3/ states, explains, and interprets Parenthesis, Multiplication, Division, Addition,
1st Q Subtraction (PMDAS) or Grouping, Multiplication, Division, Addition, Subtraction
(GMDAS) rule.
simplifies a series of operations on whole numbers involving more than two
operations using the PMDAS or GMDAS rule.
Week 4/ finds the common factors and the GCF of 2–4 numbers using continuous division.
1st Q finds the common multiples and LCM of 2–4 numbers using continuous division.
solves real-life problems involving GCF and LCM of 2-3 given numbers.
Week 5/ adds fractions and mixed fractions without and with regrouping.
1st Q subtracts fractions and mixed fractions without and with regrouping.
Week 6/ solves routine and non-routine problems involving addition and/or subtraction of
1st Q fractions using appropriate problem solving strategies and tools.
Week 7/ visualizes multiplication of fractions using models.
1st Q multiplies a fraction and a whole number and another fraction.
multiplies mentally proper fractions with denominators up to 10.
Week 8/ solves routine or non-routine problems involving multiplication without or with
1st Q addition or subtraction of fractions and whole numbers using appropriate
shows that multiplying a fraction by its reciprocal is equal to 1.
Week 9/ visualizes division of fractions.
1st Q divides simple fractions and whole numbers by a fraction and vice versa
Week 10 solves routine or non-routine problems involving division without or with any of
/ 1st Q the other operations of fractions and whole numbers using appropriate problem
solving strategies and tools .
307

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1 / gives the place value and the value of a digit of a given decimal number through
2nd Q ten thousandths.
reads and writes decimal numbers through ten thousandths.
rounds decimal numbers to the nearest hundredth and thousandth.
Week 2 / compares and arranges decimal numbers.
2nd Q visualizes addition and subtraction of decimals.
adds and subtracts decimal numbers through thousandths without and with
regrouping.
Week 3 / estimates the sum or difference of decimal numbers with reasonable results.
2nd Q solves routine or non-routine problems involving addition and subtraction of
decimal numbers including money using appropriate problem solving strategies
and tools.
Week 4 / visualizes multiplication of decimal numbers using pictorial models.
2nd Q multiplies decimals up to 2 decimal places by 1- to 2-digit whole numbers.
multiplies decimals with factors up to 2 decimal places.
Week 5 / estimates the products of decimal numbers with reasonable results.
2nd Q solves routine and non-routine problems involving multiplication without or with
addition or subtraction of decimals and whole numbers including money using
Week 6 / visualizes division of decimal numbers using pictorial models.
2nd Q divides decimals with up to 2 decimal places.
divides whole numbers with quotients in decimal form.
Week 7 / estimates the quotients of decimal numbers with reasonable results.
2nd Q solves routine and non-routine problems involving division without or with any of
the other operations of decimals and whole numbers including money using
visualizes the ratio of 2 given numbers.
Week 8 / expresses ratio using either the colon (:) or fraction.
2nd Q identifies and writes equivalent ratios.
expresses ratios in their simplest forms.
308

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 9 / finds the missing term in a pair of equivalent ratios.
2nd Q defines and describes a proportion.
recognizes when two quantities are in direct proportion.
Week 1 / visualizes percent and its relationship to fractions, ratios, and decimal numbers
3rd Q using models.
defines percentage, rate or percent, and base.
identifies the base, percentage, and rate in a problem.
Week 2 / finds the percentage in a given problem.
3rd Q solves routine and non-routine problems involving percentage using appropriate
strategies and tools.
Week 3 / visualizes, names, and describes polygons with 5 or more sides.
3rd Q describes and compares properties of polygons (regular and irregular polygons).
draws polygons with 5 or more sides.
visualizes congruent polygons.
Week 4 / visualizes and describes a circle.
3rd Q identifies the terms related to a circle.
draws circles with different radii using a compass.
Week 5 / visualizes and describes solid figures.
3rd Q makes models of different solid figures: cube, prism, pyramid, cylinder, cone, and
sphere using plane figures.
Week 6 / formulates the rule in finding the next term in a sequence.
3rd Q e.g. 1, 3, 7,15, (15 x 2+1) Possible answers: (x 2 + 1) (+2, +4, +8, +16)
uses different strategies (looking for a pattern, working backwards, etc.) to solve
for the unknown in simple equations involving one or more operations on whole
numbers and fractions.
e.g. 3 x _ + 1 = 10 (the unknown is solved by working backwards)
309

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 7 / measures time using a 12-hour and a 24-hour clock.
3rd Q calculates time in the different world time zones in relation to the Philippines.
solves problems involving time.
Week 8 / visualizes circumference of a circle.
3rd Q measures circumference of a circle using appropriate tools.
finds the circumference of a circle.
Week 9 /
solves routine and non-routine problems involving circumference of a circle.
3rd Q
Week 1 / visualizes area of a circle.
4th Q finds the area of a given circle.
solves routine and non-routine problems involving the area of a circle.
Week 2 / visualizes the volume of a cube and rectangular prism.
4th Q names the appropriate unit of measure used for measuring the volume of a cube
and a rectangle prism.
converts cu. cm to cu. m and vice versa; cu.cm to L and vice versa.
Week 3 / finds the volume of a given cube and rectangular prism using cu. cm and cu. m.
4th Q estimates and uses appropriate units of measure for volume.
Week 4 / solves routine and non-routine problems involving volume of a cube and
4th Q rectangular prism in real-life situations using appropriate strategies and tools.
Week 5 / reads and measures temperature using thermometer (alcohol and/or digital) in
4th Q degree Celsius.
estimates the temperature(e.g. inside the classroom).
solves routine and non-routine problems involving temperature in real-life
situations.
Week 6 / organizes data in tabular form and presents them in a line graph.
4th Q interprets data presented in different kinds of line graphs (single to double-line
graph).
Week 7 / solves routine and non-routine problems using data presented in a line graph.
4th Q draws inferences based on data presented in a line graph.
310

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 8 / describes experimental probability.
4th Q performs an experimental probability and records result by listing.
Week 9 / analyzes data obtained from chance using experiments involving letter cards (A to
4th Q Z) and number cards (0 to 20).
Week 10
solves routine and non-routine problems involving experimental probability.
/ 4th Q
GRADE 6 MATHEMATICS

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ adds and subtracts simple fractions and mixed numbers without or with
1st Q regrouping.
solves routine and non-routine problems involving addition and/or subtraction of
fractions using appropriate problem solving strategies and tools.
Week 2 / multiplies simple fractions and mixed fractions.
1st Q solves routine or non-routine problems involving multiplication without or with
addition or subtraction of fractions and mixed fractions using appropriate
Week 3/ divides simple fractions and mixed fractions.
1st Q solves routine or non-routine problems involving division without or with any of
the other operations of fractions and mixed fractions using appropriate problem
Week 4/ adds and subtracts decimals and mixed decimals through ten thousandths
1st Q without or with regrouping.
311

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 4/ solves 1 or more steps routine and non-routine problems involving addition
1st Q and/or subtraction of decimals and mixed decimals using appropriate problem
Week 5/ multiplies decimals and mixed decimals with factors up to 2 decimal places.
1st Q multiplies mentally decimals up to 2 decimals places by 0.1, 0.01,10, and 100.
solves routine and non-routine problems involving multiplication of decimals and
mixed decimals including money using appropriate problem solving strategies.
Week 6/ solves multi-step problems involving multiplication and addition or subtraction of
1st Q decimals, mixed decimals and whole numbers including money using appropriate
Week 7/ divides whole numbers by decimals up to 2 decimal places and vice versa.
1st Q divides decimals/mixed decimals up to 2 decimal places.
Week 8/ divides decimals up to 4 decimal places by 0.1, 0.01, and 0.001.
1st Q divides decimals up to 2 decimal places by 10, 100, and 1 000 mentally.
Week 9/ differentiates terminating from repeating, non-terminating decimal quotients.
1st Q solves routine and non-routine problems involving division of decimals, mixed
decimals, and whole numbers including money using appropriate problem solving
Week 10 solves multi-step routine and non-routine problems involving division and any of
/ 1st Q the other operations of decimals, mixed decimals, and whole numbers including
money using appropriate problem solving strategies and tools.
Week 1 / expresses one value as a fraction of another given their ratio and vice versa.
2nd Q defines and illustrates the meaning of ratio and proportion using concrete or
pictorial models.
sets up proportions for groups of objects or numbers and for given situations.
Week 2 / finds a missing term in a proportion (direct, inverse, and partitive).
2nd Q solves problems involving direct proportion, partitive proportion, and inverse
proportion in different contexts such as distance, rate, and time using appropriate
312

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 3 / finds the percentage or rate or percent in a given problem.
2nd Q solves routine and non-routine problems involving finding the percentage, rate
and base using appropriate strategies and tools.
Week 4 / solves percent problems such as percent of increase/decrease (discounts, original
2nd Q price, rate of discount, sale price, marked-up price), commission, sales tax, and
simple interest.
Week 5 / describes the exponent and the base in a number expressed in exponential
2nd Q notation.
gives the value of numbers expressed in exponential notation.
Week 6 / interprets and explains the Grouping, Exponent, Multiplication, Division, Addition,
2nd Q Subtraction (GEMDAS) rule.
performs two or more different operations on whole numbers with or without
exponents and grouping symbols.
Week 7 / identifies real-life situations that make use of integers.
2nd Q describes the set of integers.
compares integers with other numbers such as whole numbers, fractions, and
decimals.
Week 8 / represents integers on the number line.
2nd Q compares and arranges integers.
describes and interprets the basic operations on integers using materials such as
algebra tiles, counters, chips, and cards.
Week 9 /
performs the basic operations on integers.
2nd Q
Week 10 solves routine and non-routine problems involving basic operations of integers
/ 2nd Q using appropriate strategies and tools.
Week 1 / visualizes and describes the different solid figures: cube, prism, pyramid, cylinder,
3rd Q cone, and sphere.
differentiates solid figures from plane figures.
Week 2 / illustrates the different solid figures using various concrete and pictorial models.
3rd Q identifies the faces of a solid figure.
313

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 3 / formulates the rule in finding the nth term using different strategies (looking
3rd Q for a pattern, guessing and checking, working backwards)
e.g. 4,7,13,16,…n (the nth term is 3n+1)
differentiates expression from equation.
Week 4 / gives the translation of real-life verbal expressions and equations into letters or
3rd Q symbols and vice versa.
defines a variable in an algebraic expression and equation.
Week 5 / represents quantities in real-life situations using algebraic expressions and
3rd Q equations.
solves routine and non-routine problems involving different types of numerical
expressions and equations such as 7+ 9 =___ + 6.
Week 6 / calculates speed, distance, and time.
3rd Q solves problems involving average rate and speed.
Week 7 / finds the area of composite figures formed by any two or more of the
3rd Q following: triangle, square, rectangle, circle, and semi-circle.
solves routine and non-routine problems involving area of composite figures
formed by any two or more of the following: triangle, square, rectangle, circle,
and semi-circle.
Week 8 / visualizes and describes surface area and names the unit of measure used for
3rd Q measuring the surface area of solid/space figures.
derives a formula for finding the surface area of cubes, prisms, pyramids,
cylinders, cones, and spheres.
Week 9 / finds the surface area of cubes, prisms, pyramids, cylinders, cones, and
3rd Q spheres.
Week 10
solves word problems involving measurement of surface area.
/ 3rd Q
Week 1 / determines the relationship of the volume between a rectangular prism and a
4th Q pyramid; a cylinder and a cone; and a cylinder and sphere.
derives the formula for finding the volume of cylinders, pyramids, cones, and
spheres.
314

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 2 / finds the volume of cylinders, pyramids, cones, and spheres.
4th Q solves routine and non-routine problems involving volumes of solids.
Week 3 / reads and interprets electric and water meter readings.
4th Q solves routine and non-routine problems involving electric and water
consumption.
Week 4 / constructs a pie graph based on a given set of data.
interprets data presented in a pie graph.
Week 5 /
solves routine and non-routine problems using data presented in a pie graph.
4th Q
Week 6 / describes the meaning of probability such as 50% chance of rain and one in a
4th Q million chance of winning.
performs experiments and records outcomes.
Week 7 / makes listings and diagrams of outcomes and tells the number of favorable
4th Q outcomes and chances using these listings and diagrams.
Week 8 /
makes simple predictions of events based on the results of experiments.
4th Q
Week 9 / solves routine and non-routine problems involving experimental and
4th Q theoretical probability.
GRADE 7 MATHEMATICS

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ describes well-defined sets, subsets, universal sets, and the null set and cardinality
1st Q of sets.
illustrates the union and intersection of sets and the difference of two sets.
315

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 2/ uses Venn Diagrams to represent sets, subsets, and set operations.
1st Q solves problems involving sets.
Week 3/ represents the absolute value of a number on a number line as the distance of
1st Q a number from 0.
performs fundamental operations on integers.
Week 4/ illustrates the different properties of operations on the set of integers.
1st Q expresses rational numbers from fraction form to decimal form and vice versa.
Week 5/ arranges rational numbers on a number line.
1st Q performs operations on rational numbers
Week 6/ describes principal roots and tells whether they are rational or irrational.
1st Q determines between what two integers the square root of a number is.
Week 7/ estimates the square root of a whole number to the nearest hundredth.
1st Q plots irrational numbers (up to square roots) on a number line.***
Week 8/ illustrates the different subsets of real numbers.
arranges real numbers in increasing or decreasing order.
Week 9/ writes numbers in scientific notation and vice versa.
1st Q represents real-life situations which involve real numbers.
Week 10
solves problems involving real numbers.
/ 1st Q
Week 1 / describes the development of measurement from the primitive to the present
2nd Q international system of units.
approximates the measures of quantities particularly length , weight/mass,
volume, time, angle and temperature and rate.
Week 2 / converts measurements from one unit to another in both Metric and English
2nd Q systems.
solves problems involving conversion of units of measurement.
Week 3 / translates English phrases to mathematical phrases and vice versa.
n
2nd Q interprets the meaning of a where n is a positive integer.
differentiates between constants and variables in a given algebraic expression.
316

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 4 / evaluates algebraic expressions for given values of the variables.
2nd Q classifies algebraic expressions which are polynomials according to degree and
number of terms.
adds and subtracts polynomials.
Week 5 / derives the laws of exponent.
2nd Q multiplies and divides polynomials.
Week 6 / uses models and algebraic methods to find the: (a) product of two binomials; (b)
2nd Q product of the sum and difference of two terms; (c) square of a binomial; (d) cube
of a binomial; (e) product of a binomial and a trinomial.
Week 7 / solves problems involving algebraic expressions.
2nd Q differentiates between algebraic expressions and equations.
Week 8 / translates English sentences to mathematical sentences and vice versa.
2nd Q differentiates between equations and inequalities.
illustrates linear equation and inequality in one variable.
Week 9 finds the solution of linear equation or inequality in one variable.
to 10 / solves linear equation or inequality in one variable involving absolute value by: (a)
2nd Q graphing; and (b) algebraic methods.
solves problems involving equations and inequalities in one variable.
Week 1/ represents point, line and plane using concrete and pictorial models.
3rd Q illustrates subsets of a line.
classifies the different kinds of angles.
Week 2/ derives relationships of geometric figures using measurements and by inductive
3rd Q reasoning; supplementary angles, complementary angles, congruent angles,
vertical angles, adjacent angles, linear pairs, perpendicular lines, and parallel
lines.
Week 3/ derives relationships among angles formed by parallel lines cut by a transversal
3rd Q using measurement and by inductive reasoning.
Week 4/ uses a compass and straightedge to bisect line segments and angles and construct
3rd Q perpendiculars and parallels.
Week 5/ illustrates polygons: (a) convexity; (b) angles; and (c) sides.
317

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
3rd Q
Week 6/ derives inductively the relationship of exterior and interior angles of a convex
3rd Q polygon.
Week 7/ illustrates a circle and the terms related to it: radius, diameter chord, center, arc,
3rd Q chord, central angle, and inscribed angle.
Week 8- constructs triangles, squares, rectangles, regular pentagons, and regular
9/3rd Q hexagons.
Week 10
solves problems involving sides and angles of a polygon.
/ 3rd Q
Week 1 / explains the importance of Statistics.
4th Q poses problems that can be solved using Statistics.
formulates simple statistical instruments.
Week 2 /
gathers statistical data.
4th Q
Week 3 /
organizes data in a frequency distribution table.
4th Q
Week 4- uses appropriate graphs to represent organized data: pie chart, bar graph, line
5 / 4th Q graph, histogram, and ogive.
Week 6 illustrates the measures of central tendency (mean, median, and mode) of a
to 7 / 4th statistical data.
Q calculates the measures of central tendency of ungrouped and grouped data.
Week 8 illustrates the measures of variability (range, average deviation, variance,
to 9 / 4th standard deviation) of a statistical data.
Q calculates the measures of variability of grouped and ungrouped data.
Week 10 uses appropriate statistical measures in analyzing and interpreting statistical data.
/ 4th Q draws conclusions from graphic and tabular data and measures of central
tendency and variability.
GRADE 8 MATHEMATICS
318

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1 factors completely different types of polynomials (polynomials with common
to 2 / monomial factor, difference of two squares, sum and difference of two cubes,
1st Q perfect square trinomials, and general trinomials).
solves problems involving factors of polynomials.
Week 3 / illustrates rational algebraic expressions.
1st Q simplifies rational algebraic expressions.
Week 4 / performs operations on rational algebraic expressions.
1st Q solves problems involving rational algebraic expressions.
Week 5 / illustrates the rectangular coordinate system and its uses.
1st Q illustrates linear equations in two variables.
illustrates the slope of a line.
finds the slope of a line given two points, equation, and graph.
Week 6 / writes the linear equation ax +by=c in the form y=mx +b and vice
1st Q versa.
graphs a linear equation given (a) any two points; (b) the x – and y –
intercepts; (c) the slope and a point on the line.
describes the graph of a linear equation in terms of its intercepts and slope.
Week 7 / finds the equation of a line given (a) two points; (b) the slope and a point; (c) the
1st Q slope and its intercepts.
solves problems involving linear equations in two variables.
Week 8 / illustrates a system of linear equations in two variables.
1st Q graphs a system of linear equations in two variables.
categorizes when a given system of linear equations in two variables has graphs
that are parallel, intersecting, and coinciding.
Week 9 / solves a system of linear equations in two variables by (a) graphing; (b)
1st Q substitution; (c) elimination.
Week 10
solves problems involving systems of linear equations in two variables.
/ 1st Q
319

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1 / illustrates linear inequalities in two variables.
2nd Q differentiates linear inequalities in two variables from linear equations in two
variables.
graphs linear inequalities in two variables.
solves problems involving linear inequalities in two variables.
Week 2 / solves a system of linear inequalities in two variables.
2nd Q solves problems involving systems of linear inequalities in two variables.
Week 3 / illustrates a relation and a function.
2nd Q verifies if a given relation is a function.
determines dependent and independent variables.
Week 4 / finds the domain and range of a function.
2nd Q illustrates a linear function.
Week 4 graphs a linear function’s (a) domain; (b) range; (c) table of values; (d) intercepts;
to 5 / and (e) slope.
nd
2 Q solves problems involving linear functions.
Week 6 / determines the relationship between the hypothesis and the conclusion of an if-
2nd Q then statement.
transforms a statement into an equivalent if-then statement.
Week 7 /
determines the inverse, converse, and contrapositive of an if-then statement.
2nd Q
Week 8 / illustrates the equivalences of: (a) the statement and its contrapositive; and (b)
2nd Q the converse and inverse of a statement.
Week 9- uses inductive or deductive reasoning in an argument.
10/2nd Q writes a proof (both direct and indirect).
Week 1 describes a mathematical system.
to 3 / illustrates the need for an axiomatic structure of a mathematical system in
rd
3 Q general, and in Geometry in particular: (a) defined terms; (b) undefined terms; (c)
postulates; and (d) theorems.
Week 4- illustrates triangle congruence.
5/3rd Q illustrates the SAS, ASA and SSS congruence postulates.
320

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 6 /
solves corresponding parts of congruent triangles
3rd Q
Week 7 /
proves two triangles are congruent.
3rd Q
Week 8 /
proves statements on triangle congruence.
3rd Q
Week 9-
applies triangle congruence to construct perpendicular lines and angle bisectors.
10/3rd Q
Week 1 / illustrates theorems on triangle inequalities (Exterior Angle Inequality Theorem,
4th Q Triangle Inequality Theorem, Hinge Theorem).
Week 2 /
applies theorems on triangle inequalities.
4th Q
Week 3 /
proves inequalities in a triangle.
4th Q
Week 4 /
proves properties of parallel lines cut by a transversal.
4th Q
Week 5 / determines the conditions under which lines and segments are parallel or
4th Q perpendicular.
Week 6 /
illustrates an experiment, outcome, sample space and event.
4th Q
Week 7 / counts the number of occurrences of an outcome in an experiment: (a) table; (b)
4th Q tree diagram; (c) systematic listing; and (d) fundamental counting principle.
Week 8 /
finds the probability of a simple event.
4th Q
Week 9 illustrates an experimental probability and a theoretical probability.
to 10 /
solves problems involving probabilities of simple events.
4th Q
321
GRADE 9 MATHEMATICS

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1 illustrates quadratic equations.
to 2 / solves quadratic equations by: (a) extracting square roots; (b) factoring; (c)
1st Q completing the square; and (d) using the quadratic formula.
Week 3 characterizes the roots of a quadratic equation using the discriminant.
to 4 / describes the relationship between the coefficients and the roots of a quadratic
1st Q equation.
solves equations transformable to quadratic equations (including rational algebraic
equations).
Week 5 /
solves problems involving quadratic equations and rational algebraic equations.
1st Q
Week 6 / illustrates quadratic inequalities
1st Q solves quadratic inequalities.
solves problems involving quadratic inequalities.
Week 7 / models real-life situations using quadratic functions.
1st Q represents a quadratic function using: (a) table of values; (b) graph; and (c)
equation.
Week 8 transforms the quadratic function defined byy = ax2 + bx + cinto the formy = a(x – h)2 +
to 9 / k.
1st Q graphs a quadratic function: (a) domain; (b) range; (c) intercepts; (d) axis of
symmetry; (e) vertex; (f) direction of the opening of the parabola.
analyzes the effects of changing the values of a, h and k in the equation y = a(x –
h)2 + k of a quadratic function on its graph.
Week 10 determines the equation of a quadratic function given: (a) a table of values; (b)
/ 1st Q graph; (c) zeros.
solves problems involving quadratic functions.
Week 1- illustrates situations that involve the following variations: (a) direct; (b) inverse; (c)
3/2nd Q joint; (d) combined.
322

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1 translates into variation statement a relationship between two quantities given
to 3 / by: (a) a table of values; (b) a mathematical equation; (c) a graph, and vice versa.
2nd Q solves problems involving variation.
Week 4 / applies the laws involving positive integral exponents to zero and negative
2nd Q integral exponents.
illustrates expressions with rational exponents.
Week 5 / simplifies expressions with rational exponents.
2nd Q writes expressions with rational exponents as radicals and vice versa.
Week 6 /
derives the laws of radicals.
2nd Q
Week 7 /
simplifies radical expressions using the laws of radicals.
2nd Q
Week 8 /
performs operations on radical expressions.
2nd Q
Week 9 /
solves equations involving radical expressions.
2nd Q
Week 10
solves problems involving radicals.
/ 2nd Q
Week 1 / identifies quadrilaterals that are parallelograms.
3rd Q determines the conditions that make a quadrilateral a parallelogram.
Week 2 / uses properties to find measures of angles, sides and other quantities involving
3rd Q parallelograms.
Week 3 / proves theorems on the different kinds of parallelogram (rectangle, rhombus,
3rd Q square).
Week 4 / proves the Midline Theorem.
3rd Q proves theorems on trapezoids and kites.
Week 5 /
solves problems involving parallelograms, trapezoids and kites.
3rd Q
323

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 6 / describes a proportion.
3rd Q applies the fundamental theorems of proportionality to solve problems involving
proportions.
Week 7 illustrates similarity of figures.
to 8 / proves the conditions for similarity of triangles.
3rd Q 1.1 SAS similarity theorem
1.2 SSS similarity theorem
1.3 AA similarity theorem
1.4 right triangle similarity theorem
special right triangle theorems
Week 9 / applies the theorems to show that given triangles are similar.
3rd Q proves the Pythagorean Theorem.
Week 10
solves problems that involve triangle similarity and right triangles.
/ 3rd Q
Week 1 illustrates the six trigonometric ratios: sine, cosine, tangent, secant, cosecant, and
to 3 / cotangent.
th
4 Q finds the trigonometric ratios of special angles.
Week 4 /
illustrates angles of elevation and angles of depression.
4th Q
Week 5 /
uses trigonometric ratios to solve real-life problems involving right triangles.
4th Q
Week 6
to 7 / illustrates laws of sines and cosines.
4th Q
Week 8
to 10 / solves problems involving oblique triangles.
4th Q
324
GRADE 10 MATHEMATICS

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1 /
generates patterns.
1st Q
Week 2 illustrates an arithmetic sequence
to 3 / determines arithmetic means and nth term of an arithmetic sequence.
1st Q finds the sum of the terms of a given arithmetic sequence.
Week 4 / illustrates a geometric sequence.
1st Q differentiates a geometric sequence from an arithmetic sequence.
differentiates a finite geometric sequence from an infinite geometric sequence.
Week 5 / determines geometric means and nth term of a geometric sequence.
1st Q finds the sum of the terms of a given finite or infinite geometric sequence.
Week 6 /
solves problems involving sequences.
1st Q
Week 7 / performs division of polynomials using long division and synthetic division.
1st Q proves the Remainder Theorem and the Factor Theorem.
Week 8 /
factors polynomials.
1st Q
Week 9 / illustrates polynomial equations.
1st Q proves Rational Root Theorem.
Week 10 solves polynomial equations.
/ 1st Q solves problems involving polynomials and polynomial equations.
Week 1 illustrates polynomial functions.
to 2 / graphs polynomial functions.
nd
2 Q solves problems involving polynomial functions.
Week 3 derives inductively the relations among chords, arcs, central angles, and inscribed
to 4 / angles.
2nd Q proves theorems related to chords, arcs, central angles, and inscribed angles.
Week 5- illustrates secants, tangents, segments, and sectors of a circle.
6/2nd Q proves theorems on secants, tangents, and segments.
325

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 5-
solves problems on circles.
6/2nd Q
Week 7 / derives the distance formula.
2nd Q applies the distance formula to prove some geometric properties.
Week 8 / illustrates the center-radius form of the equation of a circle.
2nd Q determines the center and radius of a circle given its equation and vice versa.
Week 9 /
graphs a circle and other geometric figures on the coordinate plane.
2nd Q
Week 10
solves problems involving geometric figures on the coordinate plane.
/ 2nd Q
Week 1- illustrates the permutation of objects.
2/3rd Q solves problems involving permutations
Week 3- illustrates the combination of objects.
4/3rd Q differentiates permutation from combination of n objects taken r at a time.
Week 5 /
solves problems involving permutations and combinations
3rd Q
Week 6 /
illustrates events, and union and intersection of events.
3rd Q
Week 7 /
illustrates the probability of a union of two events.
3rd Q
Week 8 /
finds the probability of ( A∪B ) .
3rd Q
Week 9- illustrates mutually exclusive events.
10/3rd Q solves problems involving probability.
Week 1 /
illustrates the following measures of position: quartiles, deciles and percentiles.
4th Q
Week 2 /
calculates a specified measure of position (e.g. 90th percentile) of a set of data.
4th Q
Week 3 /
interprets measures of position.
4th Q
326

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 4-
solves problems involving measures of position.
5 / 4th Q
Week 6-
formulates statistical mini-research.
7 / 4th Q
Week 8
uses appropriate measures of position and other statistical methods in analyzing
to 10 /
and interpreting research data.
4th Q
327

MUSIC, ARTS, PE & HEALTH

GRADE 1 MUSIC

the (Grade 1 Music) Learning develope online) (provide a
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ identifies the difference between sound and silence accurately
Q1
Week 2 / relates images to sound and silence within a rhythmic pattern
Q1
Week 3 / performs echo clapping
Q1
Week 4 / maintains a steady beat when chanting, walking, tapping, clapping, and playing
Q1 musical instruments
claps, taps, chants, walks and plays musical instruments with accurate rhythm in
response to sound
Week 5 / o in groupings of 2s
Q1
o in groupings of 3s
o in groupings of 4s
Week 6-8 creates simple ostinato patterns in groupings of 2s, 3s, and 4s through body
/ Q1 movements
Week 1 / identifies the pitch of a tone as high or low
Q2
Week 2 / matches the correct pitch of tones with other sound sources
Q2 sings simple melodic patterns ( so –mi, mi –so, mi – re-do)
matches the melody of a song with the correct pitch vocally
- greeting songs - action songs
Week 3 / - counting songs
Q2 sings in pitch
- rote singin - counting songs
- greeting songs - echo singing
328

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
identifies with body movements the
Week 4 / - beginnings
Q2 - endings
- repeated parts of a recorded music example
identifies similar or dissimilar musical lines with the use of:
Week 5 /
- body movements
Q2
- geometric shapes or objects
relates basic concepts of musical forms to geometric shapes to indicate
Week 6 / understanding of:
Q2 - same patterns
- different patterns
Week 7-8 chooses the exact geometric shapes that correspond to musical form
/ Q2
identifies the source of sounds: wind, wave, swaying of the trees, animal sounds,
Week 1 / sounds produced by machines, transportation, through body movements
Q3 responds appropriately to differences in sounds heard through body movement
Week 2 / Performs the different sounds heard from differents sound sources to produce a
Q3 variety of timbres
Week 3 / demonstrates dynamic changes with movements
Q3 uses the terms loud and soft to identify volume changes
relates the concepts of dynamics to the movements of animals
Week 4 /
- elephant walk: loud
Q3
- tiny steps of a mouse: soft
interprets with body movements the dynamics of a song
Week 5-6
- small movement: soft
/ Q3
big movement: loud
applies the concept of dynamic levels to enhance poetry, chants, songs, drama or
Week 7-8 musical stories through body movements.
/ Q3 - small movement: soft
- big movement: loud
Week 1 / mimics animal movements
Q4 horse – fast
carabao – slow
demonstrates the basic concepts of tempo through movements
329

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 2 / responds to varied tempo with movements or dance steps
Q4 - slow movement with slow music
- fast movement with fast music
Week 3 / uses varied tempo to enhance poetry, chants, drama, and musical stories
Q4
Week 4 / identify sounds alone, sounds together
Q4
Week 5 / demonstrates awareness of texture by using visual images
Q4
Week 6 / distinguishes accurately between single musical line and multiple musical lines
Q4 which occur simultaneously in a given song
Week 7-8 demonstrates the concept of texture by singing two-part round
/ Q4 - Are You Sleeping, Brother John?
- Row, Row, Row Your Boat
GRADE 2 MUSIC

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1 / distinguishes aurally and visually between sound and silence
Q1
relates visual images to sound and silence using quarter note , beamed eighth
notes and quarter rest in a rhytmic pattern

Week 2 / replicates a simple series of rhythmic sounds (i.e. echo clapping)
Q1
claps the written stick notation to show steady beats
Week 4 / divides the stick notations into measures of 2s, 3s and 4s to show rhythmic
330

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Q1 patterns
Week 5-6 writes stick notation on the board to represent the sound heard
/ Q1
Week 7-8 creates simple ostinato patterns in measures of 2s, 3s, and 4s with body
/ Q1 movements
Week 1 / identifies the pitch of tones as: high (so), low (mi); higher (la); lower (re)
Q2 responds to ranges of pitch through body movements, singing, and playing
sources of sounds
Week 2 / demonstrates high and low pitches through singing or playing musical instruments
Q2 sings children's songs with accurate pitch
echoes simple melodic patterns through singing or humming
Week 3 / demonstrates melodic contour through:
Q2 a. movement
b. body staff
c. writing melodic line on air
d. line notation
e. visual imagery
Week 4 / identifies the beginning and ending of a song
Q2 demonstrates the beginning and ending of a song with
- movements
- vocal sounds
- instrumental sounds
Week 5 / identifies musical lines as
Q2 - similar
- dissimilar with movements and with the use geometric shapes or objects
Week 6 / recognizes repetitions within a song
Q2
Week 7-8 creates melodic or rhythmic introduction and ending of songs
/ Q2
Week 1 / identifies the source of sounds e.g. winds, waves swaying of the trees, animals
Q3 sounds, sounds produced by machines, transportation, etc.
replicates different sources of sounds with body movements
Week 2 / identifies the common musical instruments by their sounds and image
Q3
Week 3 / recognizes the difference between speaking and singing
331

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Q3
Week 3 / sings songs with accurate pitch and pleasing vocal quality
Q3
Week 4 / produces sounds using voice, body, and objects to enhance a given story
Q3
Week 5 / interprets through body movements the dynamics of a song
Q3 distinguishes between “loud”, “louder”, “soft” and “softer” in music
relates movements of animals to dynamics
E.g.
elephant walking – loud
dog walking – medium
tiny steps of a mouse – soft
uses the words loud, louder, soft, softer – to identify variations in volume
Week 6 / replicates “loud,” “medium,” and “soft” with voice or with instruments
Q3
Week 7-8 sings a given song with appropriate dynamics
/ Q3
Week mimics animal movements
1/Q4 horse – fast
carabao – moderate
turtle – slow
responds to the accurate tempo of a song as guided by the hand signal of the
teacher
e.g. The teacher’s slow hand movement means “slow”, while fast hand
movement means “fast”.
demonstrates changes in tempo through dance steps
Week 2-3 distinguishes “slow,” “slower,” “fast,” and “faster” in recorded music with voice or
/ Q4 with instruments
Week 4 / identifies musical texture with recorded music
Q4 - melody with single instrument or voice
- single melody with accompaniment
- two or more melodies sung or played together at the same time
Week 4-5 shows awareness of texture by relating visual images to recorded or performed
/ Q4 music
Week 5-6 distinguishes between single musical line and multiple musical lines which occur
/ Q4 simultaneously
332

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 7-8 distinguishes between thinness and thickness of musical sound in recorded or
/ Q4 performed music
GRADE 3 MUSIC

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1 / relates images with sound and silence using quarter note , beamed eighth note
Q1
, half note , quarter rest and half rest within a rhythmic pattern
Week 3-4 claps, taps, chants, walks, and plays musical instruments in response to sound
/ Q1 with the correct rhythm
- in measures of 2s, 3s, and 4s
- echo clapping
- marching
- dancing the waltz
Week 5-6 plays simple ostinato patterns with classroom instruments and other sound
/ Q1 sources
Week 7-8 creates simple ostinato patterns in measures of 2s, 3s, and 4s through body
/ Q1 movements
Week 1 / identifies the pitch of a tone as:
Q2 - high – higher
- moderately high – higher
- moderately low – lower
- low – lower
matches the correct pitch of tones
- with the voice
- with an instrument
333

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week relates movements with levels of pitch
2/Q2 recreates simple patterns and contour of a melody
Week 3 / sings entire simple songs (children’s songs/folksongs) with accurate pitch
Q2
Week 4 / identifies the beginning, middle, and ending of a song
Q2 identifies musical lines as
- similar
- same
- different through movements and geometric shapes or objects
recognizes repetitions within a song
Week 5-6 performs repetitions of musical lines alone or with others through singing or
/ Q2 playing instrument
Week 7-8 renders a song from beginning to end
/ Q2
Week 1 / recognizes differences in sound quality coming from a variety of sound sources
Q3
Week 2 / recognizes musical instruments through sound
Q3 identifies and compares the voices of:
- classmates as they sing or speak
- selected popular singers in recordings
compares the use of the voice in speaking and in singing
Week 3 / uses the voice and other sources of sound to produce a variety of timbres
Q3
Week 4 / interprets the dynamics of a song through body movements
Q3 - small movement – soft
- big movement – loud
distinguishes “loud,” “medium,” and “soft” in music
relates dynamics to the movements of animals (use animal sounds found in the
locality)
Week 5 / uses terms “loud,” “medium,” and “soft” (louder, softer) to identify changes and
Q3 variations in volume
Week 6 / responds to conducting gestures of the teacher for “loud” and “soft”
Q3
Week 7-8 uses varied dynamics to enhance poetry, chants, drama, songs and musical stories
/ Q3
334

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1 / sings songs with proper tempo following basic conducting gestures
Q4
Week 2 / relates movement to changes and variations in tempo
Q4 distinguishes among fast, moderate, and slow in music
uses the terms: fast, moderate, and slow, (faster, slower etc.) to identify tempo
changes and variations
Week 3-4 sings songs with designated tempo (use songs from the locality)
/ Q4
Week 5-6 demonstrates the concept of texture by singing “partner songs”
/ Q4 1. “Leron, Leron Sinta”
2. “Pamulinawen”
3. “It’s A Small World”
4. “He’s Got the Whole World in His Hands
Week 7-8 distinguishes between thinness and thickness of musical sound
/ Q4
GRADE 4 MUSIC
Week of the Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment
Quarter/ (Grade 4 Music) Learning develope online) (provide a
Grading Period
available
Week 1/Q1 identifies different kinds of notes and rests
Week 2/Q1 organizes notes and rests according to simple meters (grouping notes and
rests into measures given simple meters)
Week 3/Q1 states the meaning of the different rhythmic patterns
Week 4-5/Q1 demonstrates the meaning of rhythmic patterns by clapping in time signatures
2 3 4
4, 4
Week 5-6/Q1 uses the bar line4,to indicate groupings of beats in 2 3 4
4, 4, 4
Week 7-8/Q1 identifies accented and unaccented pulses
Week 1/Q2 identifies the pitch name of each line and space of the G-clef staff
335
Grading Period
available
Week 2/Q2 identifies the pitch names of notes on the ledger lines and spaces below the
G-clef staff (middle C and D)
Week 3/Q2 recognizes the meaning and use of G- Clef
Week 4/Q2 identifies the movement of the melody as:

- no movement
- ascending stepwise
- descending stepwise
- ascending skipwise
descending skipwise
Week 5/Q2 identifies the highest and lowest pitch in a given notation of a musical piece
to determine its range
Week 6/Q2 sings with accurate pitch the simple intervals of a melody
Week 7-8/Q2 creates simple melodic lines
Week 1/Q3 identifies aurally and visually the introduction and coda (ending) of a musical
piece
identifies aurally and visually the antecedent and consequent in a musical
piece
Week 2/Q3 listens to similar and contrasting phrases in recorded music
Week 3/Q3 identifies similar and contrasting phrases in vocal and instrumental music
from the previous lessons
1. melodic
2. rhythmic
Week 4/Q3 sings similar and contrasting phrases in music
1. melodic
2. rhythmic
Week 5/Q3 distinguishes vocal and instrumental sounds
identifies as vocal or instrumental, a recording of the following:
1. solo
2. duet
3. trio
ensemble
Week 6/Q3 identifies aurally and visually various musical ensembles in the community
recognizes the use of the symbol p (piano) and f (forte) in a musical score
Week 7-8/Q3 uses appropriate musical terminology to indicate simple dynamics
336
Grading Period
available
1. forte 2. piano
Week 1/Q4 relates body movements to the tempo of a musical example
uses appropriate musical terminology to indicate variations in tempo
1. largo 2. presto
Week 2/Q4 identifies aurally the texture of a music example
identifies aurally and visually an ostinato or descant in a musical example
Week 3/Q4 recognizes aurally and visually, examples of 2-part vocal or instrumental
music
Week 4/Q4 identifies harmonic interval (2 pitches) in a musical example
Week 5/Q4 recognizes aurally and visually, examples of harmonic intervals
Week 6-8/Q4 creates examples of harmonic interval (2 pitches) with others
GRADE 5 MUSIC
Grading Period
available
Week 1/Q1 identifies visually and aurally the kinds of notes and rests in a song
Week 2/Q1 recognizes rhythmic patterns using quarter note, half note, dotted half note,
dotted quarter note, and eighth note in simple time signatures
Week 3-5/Q1 identifies accurately the duration of notes and rests in 2 3 4 time
signatures 4, 4, 4
Week 6-8/Q1 creates different rhythmic patterns using notes and rests in time signatures
Week 1/Q2 recognizes the meaning and uses of F-Clef on the staff
Week 2/Q2 identifies the pitch names of each line and space on the F-Clef staff
Week 3/Q2 identifies the symbols: sharp (# ), flat (♭), and natural (♮)
recognizes aurally and visually, examples of melodic interval
Week 4/Q2 identifies the notes of the intervals in the C major scale
337
Grading Period
available
Week 4/Q2 identifies successive sounding of two pitches

Week 5/Q2 determines the range of a musical example
1. wide 2. narrow
Week 6/Q2 reads / sings notes in different scales : Pentatonic scale, C major scale, G
major scale
Week 7-8/Q2 creates simple melodies
performs his/her own created melody
Week 1/Q3 recognizes the design or structure of simple musical forms:
1. unitary(one section)
2. strophic(same tune with 2 or more sections and 2 or more verses)
Week 2/Q3 creates a 4- line unitary song
Week 3/Q3 creates a 4 –line strophic song with 2 sections and 2 verses
Week 4/Q3 describes the characteristics of each type of voice
Week 5/Q3 identifies the following vocal timbres:
1. soprano
2. alto
3. tenor
4. bass
Week 6/Q3 identifies aurally and visually different instruments in:
1. rondalla
2. drum and lyre band
3. bamboo group/ensemble (Pangkat Kawayan)
4. other local indigenous ensembles
Week 7-8/Q3 creates a variety of sounds emanating from the environment using available
sound sources
Week 1/Q4 identifies the different dynamic levels used in a song heard
Week 1-2/Q4 uses appropriate musical terminology to indicate variations in dynamics,
specifically:
1. piano (p)
2. mezzo piano (mp)
3. forte(f)
4. mezzo forte (mf)
5. crescendo
6. decrescendo
338
Grading Period
available
Week 3/Q4 identifies the various tempo used in a song heard
Week 3-4/Q4 uses appropriate musical terminology to indicate variations in tempo:
1. largo
2. presto
3. allegro
4. moderato
5. andante
6. vivace
7. ritardando
8. accelerando
Week 4/Q4 identifies aurally the texture of a musical piece
Week 5/Q4 performs 3-part rounds and partner songs
Week 6-8/Q4 uses the major triad as accompaniment to simple songs
GRADE 6 MUSIC
Grading Period
available
Week 1/Q1 identifies the values of the notes / rests used in a particular song
Week 2-3/Q1 differentiates aurally among 2 3 4 and 6 time signatures
4, 4, 4 8
Week 4-5/Q1 demonstrates the conducting gestures of 2 3 4 and 6 time signatures
4 4 4 8
Week 6-8/Q1 , ,
creates rhythmic patterns in 2 3 4 and 6 time signatures
4 4 4 8
Week 1-3/Q2 , , melodies/songs in C Major, G Major,
sings and plays solo or with group,
and F Major
Week 4-6/Q2 creates simple melodies
Week 7-8/Q2 sings self-composed melodies
339
Quarter/ (Grade 6 Music) Learning developer online) (provide a
Grading Period
available
Week 1/Q3 identifies simple musical forms:
1. binary (AB) -has 2 contrasting sections (AB)
2. ternary (ABA)-has 3 sections, the third section similar to the
first; (ABC) – has 3 sections
3. rondo (ABACA) -has contrasting sections in between repetitions
of the A section (ABACA)
Week 2/Q3 analyzes the musical forms of songs from the locality
Week 3/Q3 uses the different repeat marks that are related to form:
1. Da Capo (D.C.)
2. Dal Segno (D.S.)
3. Al Fine (up to the end)
4. D.C. al Fine (repeat from the beginning until the word Fine)
5. ║: :║
6. ┌───┐┌───┐
1 2
(ending 1, ending 2)
Week 4-5/Q3 identifies visually and aurally the instrumental sections of the Western
orchestra
Week 6/Q3 distinguishes various musical ensembles seen and heard in the community
Week 7/Q3 distinguishes varied dynamic levels in a music heard
1. piano (p)
2. mezzo piano (mp)
3. pianissimo (pp)
4. forte (f)
5. mezzo forte (mf)
6. fortissimo (ff)
7. crescendo
8. decrescendo
Week 8/Q3 uses varied dynamic levels in a song
Week 1/Q4 identifies the different tempo in a given song or music:
1. allegro
2. andante
3. ritardando
4. accelerando
5. largo
340
Grading Period
available
6. presto
7. vivace
Week 2/Q4 distinguishes between ritardando and accelerando as used in a song
demonstrates the different kinds of tempo by following tempo marks in a
familiar song
e.g.: “Pandangguhan”
Week 3/Q4 identifies aurally the texture of musical pieces
1. monophonic
2. homophonic
3. polyphonic
Week 4/Q4 identifies different textures
1. Vocal
a. solo voice
b. solo voice with accompaniment
c. duet, partner songs, round songs
2. Instrumental
a. solo
b. ensemble
Week 5/Q4 distinguishes monophonic, homophonic, and polyphonic textures
Week 6/Q4 applies primary chords (I, IV, V) as accompaniment to simple songs
Week 7/Q4 distinguishes the sound of a major chord from a minor chord
Week 8/Q4 uses the major triad as accompaniment to simple songs
GRADE 7 MUSIC

Quarter/ (Grade 7 Music) Learning developer available (provide a
Grading Period
resources online) link if online)
available
Week 1/Q1 describes the musical characteristics of representative music selections from
the lowlands of Luzon after listening
341

Grading Period
available
Week 2/Q1 analyzes the musical elements of some Lowland vocal and instrumental music
selections;
Week 3/Q1 identifies the musical instruments and other sound sources from the lowlands
of Luzon
Week 4/Q1 explores ways of producing sounds on a variety of sources that is similar to the
instruments being studied;
Week 5/Q1 improvises simple rhythmic/melodic accompaniments to selected music from
the Lowlands of Luzon;
Week 6/Q1 performs music from Luzon lowlands with own accompaniment;
Week 7-8/Q1 evaluates music and music performances with rubrics on musical elements
and styles.
Week 1/Q2 describes the musical characteristics of representative selections of Cordillera,
Mindoro, Palawan and of the Visayas after listening;
Week 2/Q2 explains the distinguishing characteristics of representative music from
Cordillera, Mindoro, Palawan and of the Visayasin relation to its culture and
geography;
Week 3/Q2 identifies the musical instruments and other sound sources from Cordillera,
Mindoro, Palawan and of the Visayas;
Week 4/Q2 discovers ways of producing sounds on a variety of sources similar to
instruments being studied;
the Cordillera, Mindoro, Palawan and of the Visayas;
Week 6/Q2 performs music from Cordillera, Mindoro, Palawan and of the Visayas, with
accompaniment
Week 7-8/Q2 evaluates music and music performances using rubrics on musical
elements and style.
Week 1/Q3 describes the musical characteristics of representative music selections from
Mindanao after listening;
Week 2/Q3 identifies the musical instruments and other sound sources of representative
music selections from Mindanao
Week 3/Q3 analyzes the musical elements of some Mindanao vocal and instrumental
music;
342

Grading Period
available
Week 4/Q3 discovers ways of producing sounds on a variety of sources that is similar to
the instruments being studied;
Mindanao;
Week 6/Q3 perform music from Mindanao with own accompaniment
Week 7-8/Q3 evaluates music selections and music performances using rubrics on
musical elements and style.
Week 1/Q4 identifies musical characteristics of selected Philippine festivals and theatrical
forms through video or live performances;
Week 2/Q4 describes the origins and cultural background of selected Philippine festival/s;
Week 3/Q4 describes how the music contributes to the performance of the musical
production;
Week 4/Q4 describes how a specific idea or story is communicated through music in a
particular Philippine musical theater
Week 5-6/Q4 improvises music accompaniment in relation to a particular Philippine festival;
Week 7-8/Q4 performs selection/s from chosen Philippine musical theater;
GRADE 8 MUSIC
Grading Period
available
Week 1/Q1 listens perceptively to music of Southeast Asia;
Week 2/Q1 analyzes musical elements of selected songs and instrumental pieces heard
and performed;
Week 3/Q1 explores ways of producing sounds on a variety of sources that would
simulate instruments being studied;
Week 4/Q1 improvises simple accompaniment to selected Southeast Asian music;
Week 5-6/Q1 performs music from Southeast Asia with own accompaniment;
343
Grading Period
available
Week 7-8/Q1 evaluates music and music performances using guided rubrics applying
knowledge of musical elements and style.
Week 1/Q2 listens perceptively to music of East Asia;
and performed;
Week 4/Q2 improvises simple accompaniment to selected East Asian music;
Week 5-6/Q2 performs music from East Asia with own accompaniment;
Week 1/Q3 listens perceptively to music of South Asia and the Middle East;
and performed;
Week 4/Q3 improvises simple accompaniment to selected South Asia and the Middle
East music;
Week 5-6/Q3 performs music from South Asia and Middle East with own accompaniment;
Week 1/Q4 identifies musical characteristics of selected Asian musical theater through
video films or live performances;
Week 2/Q4 performs selection/s from chosen Asian musical theater;
Week 3/Q4 describes the instruments that accompany Kabuki, Wayang Kulit, Peking
Opera;
Week 4/Q4 describes how a specific idea or story is communicated through music in a
particular Asian musical theater;
Week 5-6/Q4 creates/improvises appropriate sound, music, gesture, movements, props
and costume for performance of a chosen Asian traditional musical and
theatrical form;
344
345
GRADE 9 MUSIC
Grading Period
available
Week 1/Q1 listens perceptively to selected vocal and instrumental music of Medieval,
Renaissance and Baroque music;
Week 2/Q1 explains the performance practice (setting, composition, role of
composers/performers, and audience) during Medieval, Renaissance and
Baroque periods;
Week 3/Q1 describes musical elements of given Medieval, Renaissance and Baroque
music;
Week 4/Q1 relates Medieval, Renaissance and Baroque music to other art forms and its
history within the era;
Week 5/Q1 improvises appropriate accompaniment to selected music from Medieval,
Renaissance and Baroque Period;
Week 6-7/Q1 performs music from Medieval, Renaissance and Baroque Period;
Week 8/Q1 evaluates music and music performances using guided rubrics
Week 1/Q2 narrates the life and works of classical composers after video and movie
showing;
composers/performers, and audience) during Classical period;
Week 3/Q2 listens perceptively to selected Classical period music;
Week 4-5/Q2 describes musical elements of given Classical period pieces;
Week 6/Q2 performs selected music from the Classical period;
Week 6/Q2 relates Classical music to other art forms and its history with the era;
Week 7/Q2 improvises appropriate accompaniment to selected music from Classical
Period
Week 8/Q2 evaluates music and music performances using guided rubrics.
Week 1/Q3 narrates the life and works of romantic composers after video and movie
showing;
composers/performers, and audience) during the Romantic period;
Week 2/Q3 listens perceptively to selected Romantic period music ;
346
Grading Period
available
Week 3/Q3 describes musical elements of given Romantic period pieces;
Week 4-5/Q3 performs selected music from the Romantic period;
Week 6/Q3 relates Romantic music to other art forms and its history within the era;
Week 7/Q3 improvises appropriate accompaniment to given short and simple Romantic
period pieces.
Week 1/Q4 explains the plot, musical and theatrical elements of an opera after video
and movie showing;
Week 2/Q4 listens perceptively to selected art songs and excerpts of opera ;
Week 3-4/Q4 sings themes or melodic fragments of given selected songs;
Week 5-6/Q4 creates / improvises appropriate sounds, music, gestures, movements, and
costumes for a chosen opera.
Week 7-8/Q4 evaluates music performances using guided rubrics
GRADE 10 MUSIC
Grading Period
available
Week 1/Q1 listens perceptively to selected 20th century music;
Week 2/Q1 describes distinctive musical elements of given pieces in 20th century styles;
Week 3-4/Q1 explains the performance practice (setting, composition, role of
composers/performers, and audience) of 20 century music;
th
Week 5-6/Q1 explores other arts and media that portray 20th century elements through
video films or live performances;
Week 7-8/Q1 evaluates music and music performances using guided rubrics
Week 1/Q2 describes the historical and cultural background of Afro-Latin American
and popular music;
Week 2/Q2 listens perceptively to Afro-Latin American and popular music ;
347
Grading Period
available
Week 3/Q2 analyzes musical characteristics of Afro-Latin American and popular music;
Week 4-5/Q2 performs selections of Afro-Latin American and popular music in appropriate
pitch, rhythm, style, and expression;
Week 6-7/Q2 explores ways of creating sounds on a variety of sources suitable to chosen
vocal and instrumental selections;
Week 1/Q3 listens perceptively to excerpts of major Contemporary works;
Week 2/Q3 describes characteristics of traditional and new music;
Week 3/Q3 gives a brief biography of selected Contemporary Philippine composer/s ;
Week 4-5/Q3 performs selections of Contemporary music;
Week 6-7/Q3 improvises simple vocal/instrumental accompaniments to selected songs;
Week 8/Q3 evaluates music and music performances using guided rubrics.
Week 1/Q4 describes how an idea or story in a musical play is presented in a live
performance or video;
Week 2-3/Q4 explains how theatrical elements in a selected part of a musical play are
combined with music and media to achieve certain effects;
Week 4-6/Q4 creates / improvises appropriate sounds, music, gestures,movements, and
costume using media and technology for a selected part of a musical play;
Week 7-8/Q4 present an excerpt from a 20th or 21st century Philippine musical and
highlight its similarities and differences to other western musical play.
GRADE 1 ARTS

the (Grade 1 Arts) Learning develope online) (provide a
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ 1. explains that ART is all around and is created by different people
1st Q
Week 2 / 2. identifies different lines, shapes, texture used by artists in drawing
348

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
1st Q
Weeks 3. uses different drawing tools or materials - pencil, crayons, piece of
3-4 / charcoal, a stick on different papers, sinamay, leaves, tree bark, and other
1st Q local materials to create his drawing
Weeks 5 4. creates a drawing to express one’s ideas about oneself, one’s family ,
& 6/1st Q home and school
Weeks 7
5. draws different kinds of plants showing a variety of shapes, lines and color
& 8/1st Q
Week 1/ 1. identifies colors, both in natural and man-made objects, seen in the
2nd Q surrounding
Week 2/ 2. paints a home/school landscape or design choosing specific colors to create a
2nd Q certain feeling or mood
Week 3/
3. discusses the landscape that the learner and that others painted.
2nd Q
Week 4/ 4. creates a design inspired by Philippine flowers or objects found in school
2nd Q
Weeks 5
5. paints a home/school landscape or design choosing specific colors to create a
& 6/ 2nd certain feeling or mood
Q
Weeks 7
6. appreciates and talks about the landscape he painted and the landscapes
& 8/ 2nd
of others
Q
Week 1 /
1. differentiates between a print and a drawing or painting
3rd Q
Week 2 / 2. describes the shape and texture of prints made from objects found in
3rd Q nature and man-made objects
Week 3 / 3. describes artistically designed prints in his artworks and in the artworks of
3rd Q others
Week 4 / 4. creates a print by applying dyes on his finger or palm or any part of the
3rd Q body and pressing it to the paper, cloth, wall, etc. to create impression
349

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 5 / 5. creates a print by rubbing pencil or crayon on paper placed on top of a
3rd Q textured objects from nature and found objects
Week 6 / 6. stencil a design (in recycled paper, plastic, cardboard, leaves, and other
3rd Q materials) and prints on paper, cloth, sinamay, bark, or a wall
Week 7 /
7. narrates experiences in experimenting different art materials
3rd Q
Week 8 / 8. school/district exhibit and culminating activity in celebration of the
3rd Q National Arts Month (February)
Week 1 / 1. differentiates between 2-dimensional and 3-dimensional artwork and
4th Q states the difference
Week 2 / 2. identifies the different materials that can be used in creating a 3-
4th Q dimensional object:
2.1 clay or wood (human or animal figure)
2.2 bamboo (furniture, bahay kubo)
2.3 softwood (trumpo)
2.4 paper, cardboard, (masks)
2.5 found material (parol, sarangola)
Week 3 / 3. selects 3D objects that are well proportioned, balanced and show
4th Q emphasis in design
Week 4 / 4. appreciates the creativity of local and indigenous craftsmen and women
4th Q who created artistic and useful things out of recycled materials like the
parol, maskara, local toys, masks
Week 5 / 5. creates a useful 3D object: a pencil holder, bowl, container, using
4th Q recycled materials like plastic bottles
Week 6 6. constructs a mask out of cardboard, glue, found materials, bilao, paper
& 7 / 4th plate, string, seeds and other found materials for a celebration like the
Q Maskara Festival of Bacolod
7. utilizes masks in simple role play or skit
Week 8 / 8. creates mobiles out of recyclable materials such as cardboards, papers,
4th Q baskets, leaves, strings and other found materials
350

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 9 / 9. creates human figures out of clay, flour-salt mixture, or paper-mache
4th Q using different techniques
Grade 2 ARTS
Week of Learning competencies Learning LR Link (if available Assessment

the (Grade 2 Arts) Exemplars/ Develope online) (provide a
Quarter/
Grading
Learning Resources r link if online)
Period Available
Week 1. describes the different styles of Filipino artists when they create portraits
1 / 1st Q and still life (different lines and colors)
Week 2. differentiates the contrast between shapes and colors of different fruits or
2 / 1st Q plants and flowers in one’s work and in the work of others
Week 3
3. draws the different fruits or plants to show overlapping of shapes and the
& 4 / 1st
contrast of colors and shapes in his colored drawing
Q
Week 5
& 6 / 1st 4. draws from an actual still life arrangement
Q
Week 7 5. draws a portrait of two or more persons - his friends, his family, showing
& 8 / 1st the differences in the shape of their facial features (shape of eyes, nose,
Q lips, head, and texture of the hair
Week
6. narrates stories related to the output
8 / 1st Q
Week 1. describes the lines, shapes, colors, textures, and designs seen in the skin
1 / 2nd Q coverings of different animals and sea creatures using visual arts words
and actions.
Week 2. points out the contrasts in the colors, shapes, textures between two or
351

Quarter/
Grading
Period Available
2 /2nd Q more animals
Week 3 3. designs with the use of drawing and painting materials the sea or forest
& 4 / 2nd animals in their habitats showing their unique shapes and features, variety
Q of colors and textures in their skin.
Week 5
4. creates designs by using two or more kinds of lines, colors and shapes
& 6 / 2nd
by repeating or contrasting them, to show rhythm
Q
Week 7 5. uses control of the painting tools and materials to paint the different
& 8 / 2nd lines, shapes and colors in his work or in a group work
Q 6. design an outline of a tricycle or jeepney on a big paper with lines and
shapes that show repetition, contrast and rhythm
Week 1/ 1. differentiates natural and man-made objects with repeated or alternated
3rd Q shapes and colors and materials that can be used in print making
Week 2/ 2. creates a consistent pattern by making two or three prints that are repeated or
3rd Q alternated in shape or color
Week 3-
3. carves a shape or letter on an eraser or kamote, which can be painted and
4 / 3rd Q printed several times
Week 5-
6 / 1st Q 4. creates a print on paper or cloth using cut-out designs
Week 7-
5. participates in a school/district exhibit and culminating activity in
8 / 3rd Q
celebration of the National Arts Month (February)
Week 1/ 1. discusses the artistry of different local craftsmen in creating:
4th Q 1.1 taka of different animals and figures in Paete, Laguna
1.2 sarangola, or kites
1.3 banca, native boats from Cavite, and coastal towns
352

Quarter/
Grading
Period Available
Week 2/
2. Answer a brief diagnostic assessment on giving value and importance to
4th Q
the craftmanship of local artists.
Week 3- 3. identifies 3-dimensional crafts found in the locality giving emphasis on
4/ 4th Q their shapes, textures, proportion and balance
Week 5- 4. executes the steps in making a paper mache with focus on proportion and
6/ 4th Q balance
Week 7-
5. creates a clay human figure that is balanced and can stand on its own
8/ 4th Q
GRADE 3 ARTS

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ 1. distinguishes the size of persons in the drawing, to indicate its distance from
1st Q the viewer
Week 2. shows the illusion of space in drawing the objects and persons in
2/1st Q different sizes
Week 3. explains that artist create visual textures by using a variety of lines and
3/1st Q colors
Week 4. discusses what foreground, middle ground, and background, are all about
4/1st Q in the context of a landscape
Week
5. describes the way of life of people in the cultural community
5/1st Q
Week 6. Creates a geometric design by contrasting two kinds of lines in terms of
353

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
6/1st Q type or size.
Week 7. sketches on-the-spot outside or near the school to draw a plant, flowers or
7/1st Q a tree showing the different textures and shape of each part, using only a
pencil or black crayon or ballpen
Week 8. designs a view of the province/region with houses and buildings indicating
8/1st Q the foreground middle ground and background by the size of the objects
Week 1/ 1. Discusses the concept that there is harmony in nature as seen in the color
2nd Q of landscapes at different times of the day
Ex:
1.1 landscapes of Felix Hidalgo, Fernando Amorsolo, Jonahmar Salvosa
1.2 Still’s life of Araceli Dans, Jorge Pineda, Agustin Goy
Week 2/ 2. Discusses the concept that nature is so rich for no two animals have the same
2nd Q shape, skin covering and color
Week 3/ 3. demonstrates how harmony is created in an artwork because of complementary
2nd Q colors and shapes
Week 4/ 4. paints a still life by observing the different shapes, color and texture of fruits,
2nd Q drawing them overlapping and choosing the right colors for each fruit
Week 5/
2nd Q 5. creates new tints and shades of colors by mixing two or more colors
Week6/ 6. paints a landscape at a particular time of the day and selects colors that
2nd Q complement each other to create a mood
Week 7. discusses the characteristics of a wild animal by making several pencil
7/2nd Q sketches and painting it later, adding texture of its skin covering
Week 8. appreciates the truism that Filipino artists painted landscapes in their own
8/2nd Q particular style and can identify what makes each artist unique in his use of
colors to create harmony
Week 1 / 1. Discusses the concept that a print made from objects found in nature can
3rd Q be realistic or abstract
Week 2 / 2. explains the importance and variety of materials used for printing
354

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
3rd Q
Week 3 / 3. Demonstrates the concept that a print design may use repetition of shapes
3rd Q or lines and emphasis on contrast of shapes and lines
Week 4 / 4. Demonstrates the concept that a print design can be duplicated many
3rd Q times by hand or by machine and can be shared with others
Week 5 /
5. explains the meaning of the design created
3rd Q
Week 6 / 6. stencils a paper or plastic sheets to be used for multiple prints on cloth or
3rd Q hard paper
Week 7 / 7. writes a slogan about the environment that correlates messages to be
3rd Q printed on T-shirts, posters, banners or bags
Week 8 / 8. participates in a school/district exhibit and culminating activity in
3rd Q celebration of the National Arts Month (February)
Week 1 / 1. identifies different styles of puppets made in the Philippines (form
4th Q Teatro Mulat and Anino Theater Group)
2. discusses the variations of puppets in terms of material, structure,
shapes, colors and intricacy of textural details
Week 2 / 3. creates a puppet designs that would give a specific and unique character
4th Q
Week 3 / 4. applies designs of varied shapes and colors on puppets to show the
4th Q unique character of the puppet
Week 4 / 5. constructs a simple puppet based on a character in a legend, myth or
4th Q story using recyclable materials and bamboo sticks or twigs
Week 5 6. manipulates a puppet to act out a character in a story together with the
& 6 / 4th puppets
Q
Week 6 / 7. performs as puppeteer together with others, in a puppet show to tell a
3rd Q story using the puppet he/she created
Week 7 / 8. designs and creates mask or headdress with the use of recycled or
3rd Q natural objects inspired by best festivals
355

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 8 / 9. creates a mask or headdress that is imaginary in design using found and
3rd Q recycled material, inspired by local Festivals
GRADE 4 ARTS

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Weeks 1. discusses the rich variety of cultural communities in the Philippines and their
1-2 / uniqueness
(1.1 LUZON- Ivatan, Ifugao, Kalkminga, Bontok, Gaddang, Agta
1st Q 1.2 VISAYAS – Ati
1.3 MINDANAO-Badjao, Mangyan,Samal, Yakan, Ubanon, Manobo, Higaonon,
Talaandig, Matigsalog, Bilaan, T’boli, Tiruray, Mansaka, Tausug) and the
distinctive characteristics of these cultural communities in terms of attire, body
accessories, religious practices, and lifestyles.
2. applies an indigenous cultural motif into a contemporary design through crayon
etching technique.
Week 3- 3. Draws specific clothing, objects, and designs of at least one the cultural
4/1st Q communities.
356

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Weeks 4. role plays ideas about the practices of the different cultural communities.
4/1st Q
Week 5- 5. creates a drawing after close study and observation of one of the cultural
6 / 1st Q communities’ way of dressing and accessories.
Week 7 / 6. produces a crayon resist on any of the topics: the unique design of the houses,
1st Q household objects, practices, or rituals of one of the cultural groups
Week 8 / 7. uses crayon resist technique in showing different ethnic designs or patterns.
1st Q
Week 1/ 1. discusses pictures of localities where different cultural communities live where
2nd Q each group has distinct houses and practices.
Week 2/ 2. explains the attire and accessories of selected cultural communities in the
2nd Q country in terms of colors and shapes.
Week 3/ 3. appreciates the importance of communities and their culture.
2nd Q
Week 4/ 4. compares the geographical location, practices, and festivals of the different
2nd Q cultural groups in the country.
Week 5/ 5. paints the sketched landscape using colors appropriate to the cultural
2nd Q community’s ways of life.
Week6/ 6. tells a story or relates experiences about cultural communities seen in the
2nd Q landscape.
Week 1 / 1. discusses the texture and characteristics of each material.
3rd Q 2. analyzes how existing ethnic motif designs are repeated and alternated.
Week 2 / 3. demonstrates the process of creating relief prints and how these relief prints
3rd Q makes the work more interesting and harmonious in terms of the elements
involved.
4. designs ethnic motifs by repeating, alternating, or by radials arrangement.
Week 3 / 5. creates a relief master or mold using additive and subtractive processes.
3rd Q
Week 4 / 6. creates simple, interesting, and harmoniously arranged relief prints from a clay
3rd Q design.
357

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 5 / 7. prints reliefs with adequate skill to produce clean prints with a particular design
3rd Q motif (repeated or alternated).
Weeks 8. creates the relief mold using found material: hard foam; cardboard shapes
6-7 / 3rd glued on wood; strings and buttons, old screws, and metal parts glued on wood or
cardboard.
Q
Weeks 9. participates in a school/district exhibit and culminating activity in celebration of
8/ 3rd Q the National Arts Month (February).
Week 1 / 1. differentiates textile traditions in other Asian Countries like China, India, Japan,
4th Q Indonesia, and in the Philippines in the olden times and presently.
2. discusses pictures or actual samples of different kinds of mat weaving traditions
in the Philippines.
Week 2 / 3. discusses the intricate designs of mats woven in the Philippines:
4th Q 3.1 Basey, Samar buri mats
3.2 Iloilo bamban mats
3.3 Badjao&Samal mats
3.4 Tawi-tawilaminusa mats
3.5 Romblon buri mats
Week 3 / 4. explains the steps to produce good tie-dye designs.
4th Q
Week 4 / 5. explains the meaning of designs, colors, and patterns used in the artworks.
4th Q
Week 5 6. creates a small mat using colored buri strips or any material that can be woven,
& 6 / 4th showing different designs: squares, checks zigzags, and stripes.
7. weaves own design similar to the style made by a local ethnic group.
Q
Week 6 / 8. creates original tie-dyed textile design by following the traditional steps in tie-
3rd Q dyeing using one or two colors.
GRADE 5 ARTS
358
Week of Learning competencies Lesson LR Link (if available Assessment

the (Grade 5 Arts) Exemplar/ develope online) (provide a
Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
Week 1/ 1. discusses events, practices, and culture influenced by colonizers who have
1st Q come to our country by way of trading.
2. designs an illusion of depth/distance to simulate a3-dimensional effect by
using crosshatching and shading techniques in drawings (old pottery, boats, jars,
musical instruments).
Week2 / 3. presents via powerpoint the significant parts of the different architectural
1st Q designs and artifacts found in the locality. e.g. bahay kubo, torogan, bahay na
bato, simbahan, carcel, etc.
4. realizes that our archipelago is strategically located and made us part of a
vibrant trading tradition (Chinese merchants, Galleon Trade, silk traders)
5. explains the importance of artifacts, houses, clothes, language, lifestyle -
utensils, food, pottery, furniture - influenced by colonizers who have come to
our country (Manunggul jar, balanghai, bahay na bato, kundiman, Gabaldon
schools, vaudeville, Spanish-inspired churches).
Weeks 3- 6. creates illusion of space in 3-dimensional drawings of important archeological
4 / 1st Q artifacts seen in books, museums (National Museum and its branches in the
Philippines, and in old buildings or churches in the community.
Weeks 5- 7. creates mural and drawings of the old houses, churches or buildings of his/her
6 / 1st Q community.
Weeks 7- 8. participates in putting up a mini-exhibit with labels of Philippine artifacts and
8 / 1st Q houses after the whole class completes drawings.
Week 8 / 9. tells something about his/her community as reflected on his/her artwork.
1st Q
Week 1/ 1. explains the importance of natural and historical places in the community that
2nd Q have been designated as World Heritage Site (e.g., rice terraces in Banawe,
Batad; Paoay Church; Miag-ao Church; landscape of Batanes, Callao Caves in
Cagayan; old houses inVigan, Ilocos Norte; and the torogan in Marawi)
Week 2/ 2. discusses the architectural features of the places visited or seen on pictures.
2nd Q 3. explains that artists have different art styles in painting landscapes or
significant places in their respective provinces (e.g., Fabian dela Rosa, Fernando
Amorsolo, Carlos Francisco, Vicente Manansala, Jose Blanco, VictorioEdades,
Juan Arellano, PrudencioLamarroza, and Manuel Baldemor)
Week 3/ 4. presents via powerpoint the artistry of famous Filipino artists in painting
2nd Q different landscapes and is able to describe what makes each artist’s masterpiece
359

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
unique from others.
Weeks 4- 5. sketches using complementary colors in painting a landscape.
5/ 2nd Q
Weeks 6- 6. demonstrates skills and knowledge about foreground, middle ground, and
7/ 2nd Q background to emphasize depth in painting a landscape.
Week *7. discusses details of the landscape significant to the history of the country.
8/2nd Q
Week 1 / 1. discusses the richness of Philippine myths and legends (MariangMakiling,
3rd Q Bernardo Carpio, dwende, capre, sirena, Darna, diwata, DalagangMagayon, etc.)
from the local community and other parts of the country.
2. discusses new printmaking technique using a sheet of thin rubber (used for
soles of shoes), linoleum, or any soft wood that can be carved or gouged to
create different lines and textures.
Week 2 / 3. discusses possible uses of the printed artwork
3rd Q 4. shows skills in creating a linoleum, rubber or wood cut print with the proper
use of carving tools.
Week 3 / 5. creates variations of the same print by using different colors of ink in printing
3rd Q the master plate.
Weeks 4- 6. follows the step-by-step process of creating a print:
5 / 3rd Q 6.1 sketching the areas to be carved out and areas that will remain
6.2 carving the image on the rubber or wood using sharp cutting tools
6.3 preliminary rubbing
6.4 final inking of the plate with printing ink
6.5 placing paper over the plate, rubbing the back of the paper
6.1 impressing the print
6.2 repeating the process to get several editions of the print
Week 6 / 7. works with the class to produce a compilation of their prints and create a book
3rd Q or calendar which they can give as gifts, sell, or display on the walls of their
school.
8. demonstrates contrast in a carved or textured area in an artwork.
Weeks 7/ 9. produces several editions of the same print that are well-inked and evenly
3rd Q printed.
360

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
Week 8 / 10. participates in a school/district exhibit and culminating activity in celebration
3rd Q of the National Arts Month (February)
Week 1 / 1. identifies the materials used in making3-dimensional crafts which express
4th Q balance and repeated variation of shapes and colors
1.1 mobile
1.2 papier-mâché jar
1.3 paper beads
2. identifies the different techniques in making 3-dimensional crafts
2.1 mobile
2.3 paper beads
Week 2 / 3. discusses possibilities on the use of created 3-D crafts.
4th Q
Week 3 / 4. applies knowledge of colors, shapes, and balance in creating mobiles, papier-
4th Q mâché jars, and paper beads.
Week 4 / 5. demonstrates artistry in making mobiles with varied colors and shapes.
4th Q
Week 5 & 6. creates designs for making 3-dimensional crafts
6 / 4th Q 6.1 mobile
6.3 paper beads
7. shows skills in making a papier-mâché jar
Week 6 / 8. creates paper beads with artistic designs and varied colors out of old
4th Q magazines and colored papers for necklace, bracelet, ID lanyard.
GRADE 6 ARTS
361

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
Week 1/ 1. discusses the concept that art processes, elements and principles still apply
1st Q even with the use of new technologies.
2. explains the elements and principles applied in commercial art.
Week 2 / 3. applies concepts on the use of the software (commands, menu, etc.).
1st Q 4. utilizes art skills in using new technologies (hardware and software).
Week 3 / 5. creates personal or class logo as visual representation that can be used as a
1st Q product, brand, or trademark
6. explains ideas about the logo
Week 4 / 7. discusses the concept that art processes, elements, and principles still apply
1st Q even with the use of technologies.
Week 5 / 8. explains the elements and principles applied in comic art.
1st Q
Week 6 / 9. applies concepts on the steps/procedures in cartoon character making.
1st Q 10. utilizes art skills in using new technologies (hardware and software) in
cartoon character making.
Week 7 / 11. creates own cartoon character to entertain, express opinions, ideas,etc
1st Q
Week 8 / 12. explains ideas about the cartoon character
1st Q
Week 1/ 1. Discusses the concept that art processes, elements and principles still apply
2nd Q even with the use of technologies.
2. explains the elements and principles applied in digital art.
Week 2/ 3. applies concepts on the use of the software (commands, menu, etc.)
2nd Q
4. utilizes art skills using new technologies (hardware and software) in digital
painting.
Weeks 3 5. creates a digital painting similar with the Masters’ (e.g., Van Gogh, Amorsolo,
-4 / 2nd Q etc.) in terms of style, theme, etc.
6. explains the concept that art processes, elements and principles still apply
even with the use of technologies.
362

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
Weeks 5- 7. discusses the elements and principles applied in layouting.
6 /2nd Q 8. applies skills in layouting and photo editing using new technologies (hardware
and software) in making a poster.
Weeks 7- 9. creates an advertisement/commercial or announcement poster.
8 /2nd Q
Week 1 / 1. Explains the truism that design principles still apply for any new design
3rd Q (contrast of colors, shapes, and lines produces harmony) whether done by hand
or machine (computer).
2. Demonstrates understanding that digital technology has speeded up the
printing of original designs and made it accessible to many, as emphasized in t-
shirts and poster designs.
Week 2 / 3. applies concepts on the steps/procedure in silkscreen printing.
3rd Q
4. produces own prints from original design to silkscreen printing to convey a
message or statement.
Week 3 / 5. explains the truism that art processes, elements, and principles still apply even
3rd Q with the use of technologies.
6. Discusses the concepts and principles of photography.
Week 4 / 7. discusses the parts and functions of the camera (point and shoot or phone
3rd Q camera).
Week 5- 8. applies composition skills to produce a printed photograph for a simple photo
6 / 3rd Q essay.
Weeks 7- 9. participates in school/district exhibit and culminating activity in celebration of
8 / 3rd Q the National Arts Month (February)
Week 1 / 1. Discusses the concept that design principles and elements relates to everyday
4th Q objects.
2. explains the elements and principles applied in product design.
Week 2 / 3. manifests understanding of concepts on the use of software (commands,
4th Q menu, etc.)
4. utilizes art skills in using new technologies (hardware and software) in
package design.
363

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
Week 4 / 5. creates an actual 3-D digitally-enhanced product design for a paper bag.
4th Q
Week 3 / 6. explains the truism that art processes, elements and principles still apply even
4th Q with the use of technologies.
7. discusses the elements and principles applied in audio-video art.
Weeks 4- 8. applies concepts on the use of the software (commands, menu, etc.)
5 / 4th Q
Weeks 5- 9. utilizes art skills in using new technologies (hardware and software)
6 / 4th Q
Weeks 7- 10. creates an audio-video art /animation promoting a product.
8 / 4th Q
GRADE 7 ARTS

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
1. analyzes elements and principles of art in the production of one’s arts and
Week 1/ crafts inspired by the arts of Luzon (highlands and lowlands)
2. identifies characteristics of arts and crafts in specific areas in Luzon (e.g.,
1st Q papier mâché [taka] from Paete, Ifugao wood sculptures [bul’ul], Cordillera
jewelry and pottery, tattoo, and Ilocos weaving and pottery [burnay], etc.)
3. reflects on and derive the mood, idea, or message emanating from selected
artifacts and art objects
4. appreciates the artifacts and art objects in terms of their uses and their
Weeks 2 distinct use of art elements and principles
364

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
-4/ 1st Q 5. incorporates the design, form, and spirit of the highland/lowland artifact and
object in one’s creation
6. traces the external (foreign) and internal (indigenous) influences reflected in
the design of an artwork and in the making of a craft or artifact
Weeks 5- 7. creates crafts that can be locally assembled with local materials, guided by
8 / 1st Q local traditional techniques (e.g., habi, lilip, etc).
8. Discusses the elements from traditions/history of a community for one’s
artwork
9. shows the relationship of the development of crafts in specific areas of the
country, according to functionality, traditional specialized expertise, and
availability of resources (e.g. pottery, weaving, jewelry, baskets)

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
Weeks 5- 10. shows the relationship of Luzon (highlands and lowlands) arts and crafts to
8 / 1st Q Philippine culture, traditions, and history (Islamic influences, Spanish heritage,
and American legacies in education, business, modernization, and entertainment,
as well as in indigenous practices, fiestas, and religious and social practices)
1. analyzes the elements and principles of art in the production one’s arts and
crafts inspired by the arts of MIMAROPA and the Visayas
2. identifies the characteristics of arts and crafts in specific areas in MIMAROPA
Weeks 1 – and the Visayas, Marinduque (Moriones masks), Palawan (Manunggul Jar),
2 / 2nd Q Mindoro (Hanunuo-Mangyan writing, basketry, and weaving), Bohol (churches),
Cebu (furniture), Iloilo (culinary arts and old houses), Samar (Basey mats), etc.
3. reflects on and derive the mood, idea or message emanating from selected
artifacts and art objects
4. appreciates the artifacts and art objects in terms of its utilization and its
distinct use of art elements and principles
5. incorporates the design, form and spirit of artifacts and art objects from
Weeks 3- MIMAROPA and the Visayas
365

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
5/ 2nd Q 6. explains the external (foreign) and internal (indigenous) influences that are
reflected in the design of an artwork or in the making of a craft or artifact
7. creates crafts that can be locally assembled with local materials, guided by
local traditional techniques (e.g., habi, lilip, etc).
8. discusses elements from traditions/history of a community for one’s artwork
9. Explains the correlation of the development of crafts in specific areas of the
Weeks 6- availability of resources (e.g., architecture, weaving, pottery, accessories, masks,
8 / 2nd Q and culinary arts)
10. shows the relationship of MIMAROPA and Visayas arts and crafts to
Philippine culture, traditions, and history (Islamic influences, Spanish heritage,
and American legacies in education, business, modernization, and
entertainment, as well as in indigenous practices, fiestas, and religious and
social practices)
Weeks 1- 1. analyzes elements and principles of art in the production one’s arts and crafts
2/3rd Q inspired by the arts of Mindanao
2. identifies characteristics of arts and crafts in specific areas in Mindanao (e.g.,
maritime vessel [balanghay] from Butuan, vinta from Zamboanga; Maranao’s
malong, brasswares, okir, panolong, torogan, and sarimanok; Yakan’s fabric and
face makeup and body ornamentation; T’boli’s tinalak and accessories; Tawi-
tawi’s Pangalaydance, etc.
Weeks 3- 3. reflects on and derive the mood, idea, or message emanating from selected
5/3rd Q artifacts and art objects
4. appreciates the artifacts and art objects in terms of its utilization and their
5. incorporates the design, form, and spirit of artifacts and objects from
Mindanao to one’s creation
6. traces the external (foreign) and internal (indigenous) influences that are
reflected in the design of an artwork and in the making of a craft or artifact
8/3rd Q local traditional techniques (e.g., habi, lilip, etc).
8. derives elements from traditions/history of a community for one’s artwork
9. shows the relationship of the development of crafts in specific areas of the
availability of resources (e.g., pottery, weaving, jewelry, and basketry)
366

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
10. shows the relationship of Mindanao’s arts and crafts to Philippine culture,
traditions, and history, particularly with Islamic influences and indigenous
(Lumad) practices
11. participates in exhibit using completed Mindanao-inspired arts and crafts in
an organized manner
Weeks 1- 1. identifies the festivals and theatrical forms celebrated all over the country
2 / 4th Q throughout the year
2. researches on the history of the festival and theatrical composition and its
evolution, and describe how the townspeople participate and contribute to the
event
3. discusses the elements and principles of arts as seen in Philippine Festivals
Weeks 3- 4. explains what makes each of the Philippine festivals unique through a visual
4 / 4th Q presentation
Weeks 5- 5. designs the visual elements and components of the selected festival or
8 / 4th Q theatrical form through costumes, props, etc.
6. analyzes the uniqueness of each group’s performance of their selected festival
or theatrical form; 7. choreographs the movements and gestures reflecting the
mood of the selected Philippine festival/theatrical form
8. improvises accompanying sound and rhythm of the Philippine
festival/theatrical form
9. performs in a group showcase of the selected Philippine festival/theatrical form
GRADE 8 ARTS

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
1. analyzes elements and principles of art in the production of arts and crafts
Weeks 1- inspired by the cultures of Southeast Asia
2. identifies characteristics of arts and crafts in specific countries in Southeast
2/ 1st Q Asia: Indonesia (batik, Wayang puppetry); Malaysia (modern batik, wau, and
objects made from pewter); Thailand (silk fabrics and Loi Kratong Lantern
367

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
Festival); Cambodia (AngkorWat and ancient temples); Singapore (Merlion), etc.
3. reflects on and derive the mood, idea, or message from selected artifacts and
art objects
4. appreciates the artifacts and art objects in terms of their utilization and their
Weeks 3 distinct use of art elements and principles
-5/ 1st Q 5. incorporates the design, form, and spirit of Southeast Asian artifacts and
objects in one’s creation
reflected in the design of an artwork and in the making of a craft or artifact
8 / 1st Q local traditional techniques (e.g.,batik, silk weaving, etc.)
9. shows the relationship of the development of crafts in specific countries in
Southeast Asia, according to functionality, traditional specialized expertise and
10. shows the commonalities and differences of the culture of the Southeast
Asian countries in relation to Philippine culture
1. analyzes elements and principles of art in the production of arts and crafts
inspired by the cultures of East Asia
Weeks 1 – 2. identifies characteristics of arts and crafts in specific countries in East Asia:
2 / 2nd Q China (Chinese painting and calligraphy); Japan (origami, woodblock printing,
theater masks, face painting, and anime and manga); and Korea (theater masks,
drums, and K-pop)
Weeks 3- 3. reflects on and derive the mood, idea or message from selected artifacts and
5/ 2nd Q art objects
Weeks 3- 5. incorporates the design, form, and spirit of East Asian artifacts and objects to
5/ 2nd Q one’s creation
reflected in the design of an artwork and in the making of a craft
8 / 2nd Q local traditional techniques (e.g., Gong-bi, Ikat, etc.)
368

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
East Asia according to functionality, traditional specialized expertise, and
10. shows the commonalities and differences of the cultures of the East Asian
countries in relation to Philippine culture
Weeks 1- 1. analyzes elements and principles of art in the production of arts and crafts
2/3rd Q inspired by the cultures of South Asia, West Asia, and Central Asia
2. identifies characteristics of arts and crafts in specific countries in South, West,
and Central Asia: India (rangoli, katak, mendhi, diwali); Saudi Arabia (carpet
design); Pakistan (truck art); and Tibet (mandala), etc
Weeks 3- 3. reflects on and derive the mood, idea or message from selected artifacts and
5/3rd Q art objects
5. incorporates the design, form, and spirit of South, West, and Central Asian
artifacts and objects to one’s creation
reflected in the design of an artwork and in the making of a craft
Weeks 6- 7. creates arts and crafts that can be locally assembled with local materials,
8/3rd Q guided by local traditional techniques (e.g., Ghonghdis, Marbling Technique,
etc.)
South Asia, West Asia, and Central Asia, according to functionality, traditional
specialized expertise, and availability of resources
Weeks 6- 10. shows the commonalities and differences of the cultures of the South Asian,
8/3rd Q West Asian, and Central Asian countries in relation to Philippine culture
Weeks 6- 11. participates in an exhibit using completed South-West-Central Asian-inspired
8/3rd Q crafts in an organized manner
Weeks 1- 1. identifies selected festivals and theatrical forms celebrated all over the Asian
2 / 4th Q region
2. researches on the history of the festival and theatrical forms and its evolution,
and describe how the community participates and contributes to the event
Weeks 3- 3. identifies the elements and principles of arts as manifested in Asian festivals
369

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
4 / 4th Q and theatrical forms
4. through a visual presentation, explains what make each of the Asian Festivals
and Theatrical forms unique
5. designs the visual elements and components of the selected festival or
theatrical form through costumes, props, etc.
6. analyzes the uniqueness of each group’s performance of their selected
festival or theatrical form
7. shows the relationship of the selected Asian festival and the festival in the
Philippines in terms of form and reason for holding the celebration
Weeks 6- 8. choreographs the movements and gestures reflecting the mood of the selected
8 / 4th Q festival/theatrical form of Asia
9. improvises accompanying sound and rhythm of the selected festival/ theatrical
form of Asia
10. performs in a group showcase of the selected festival/theatrical form
GRADE 9 ARTS
370

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
1. analyzes art elements and principles in the production of work following the
Weeks 1- style of a western and classical art
2. identifies distinct characteristics of arts during the different art periods
2/ 1st Q
3. identifies representative artists from various art periods
4. reflects on and derives the mood, idea, or message from selected artworks
Weeks 3 5. discusses the use or function of artworks by evaluating their utilization and
-5/ 1st Q combination of art elements and principles
6. uses artworks to derive the traditions/history of an art period
7. compares the characteristics of artworks produced in the different art periods
8. creates artworks guided by techniques and styles of Western Classical art
traditions
9. describes the influence of iconic artists belonging to Western Classical art on
the evolution of art forms
Weeks 6- 10. applies different media techniques and processes to communicate ideas,
8 / 1st Q experiences, and stories showing the characteristics of Western Classical art
traditions
11. evaluates works of art in terms of artistic concepts and ideas using criteria
from the Western Classical art traditions
12. shows the influences of the Western Classical art traditions to Philippine art
form
Weeks 1 – 1. analyzes art elements and principles in the production of work following a
2 / 2nd Q specific art style
2. identifies distinct characteristics of arts during the Renaissance and Baroque
periods
3. identifies representative artists from Renaissance and Baroque periods
Weeks 3- 4. reflects on and derive the mood, idea or message from selected artworks
5/ 2nd Q 5. discusses the use or function of artworks by evaluating their utilization and
combination of art elements and principles
6. uses artworks to derive the traditions/history of an art period
7. compares the characteristics of artworks produced in the different art periods
8. creates artworks guided by techniques and styles of the Renaissance and the
Baroque periods
371

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
9. explains the influence of iconic artists belonging to the Renaissance and the
Baroque periods
10. applies different media techniques and processes to communicate ideas,
experiences, and stories showing the characteristics of the Renaissance and
Weeks 6- the Baroque periods (e.g.,Fresco, Sfumato, etc.)
8 / 2nd Q 11. evaluates works of art in terms of artistic concepts and ideas using criteria
from the Renaissance and the Baroque periods
12. shows the influences of the Renaissance and Baroque periods on the
Philippine art form
Weeks 1- 1. analyzes art elements and principles in the production of work following a
2/3rd Q specific art style from the Neoclassic and Romantic periods
2. identifies distinct characteristics of arts during the Neoclassic and Romantic
periods
3. identifies representative artists from the Neoclassic and Romantic periods
Week 3 / 4. reflects on and derive the mood, idea, or message from selected artworks
3rd Q 5. explains the use or function of artworks by evaluating their utilization and
6. uses artworks to derive the traditions/history of the Neoclassic and Romantic
periods
7. compares the characteristics of artworks produced in the Neoclassic and
Romantic periods
Weeks 4- 8. creates artworks guided by techniques and styles of the Neoclassic and
7 / 3rd Q Romantic periods (e.g., linear style and painterly style)
9. describe the influence of iconic artists belonging to the Neoclassic and
Romantic periods
10. applies different media techniques and processes to communicate ideas,
experiences, and stories showing the characteristics of the Neoclassic and
Romantic periods
from the Neoclassic and Romantic periods
12. shows the influences of Neoclassic and Romantic periods on Philippine art
forms
Week 8 / 13. participates in an exhibit using completed artworks with Neoclassic and
3rd Q Romantic periods characteristics
372

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
Weeks 1- 1. identifies selected theatrical forms from different art periods

2 / 4th Q 2. researches on the history of the theatrical forms and their evolution
3. identifies the elements and principles of arts as manifested in Western
Classical plays and opera
Week 2 / 4. defines what makes selected western classical plays and operas unique
4th Q through visual representation
5. designs the visual elements and components of the selected Western classical
theater play and opera through costumes, props, etc.
6. analyzes the uniqueness of each group’s performance of its selected Western
classical theater play and opera
Week 3 / 7. shows the influences of the selected Western Classical play or opera on
4th Q Philippine theatrical performance in terms of form and content of story
Weeks 4- 8. choreographs the movements and gestures needed in the effective delivery of
6 / 4th Q a selected piece from Western Classical plays and opera
9. improvises accompanying sound and rhythm needed in the effective delivery
of a selected piece from Western Classical plays and operas
Weeks 7- 10. performs in a group showcase of the selected piece from Western Classical
8 / 4th Q plays and operas
GRADE 10 ARTS
373

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
1. analyzes art elements and principles in the production of work following a
Weeks 1- specific art style from the various art movements
2. identifies distinct characteristics of arts from the various art movements
2/ 1st Q
3. identifies representative artists and Filipino counterparts from the various art
movements
4. reflects on and derive the mood, idea, or message from selected artworks
Weeks 3 *5. explains the role or function of artworks by evaluating their utilization and
-5/ 1st Q combination of art elements and principles
6. uses artworks to derive the traditions/history of the various art movements
7. compares the characteristics of artworks produced in the various art
movements
8. creates artworks guided by techniques and styles of the various art
movements (e.g., Impasto, Encaustic, etc.)
*9. discusses the influence of iconic artists belonging to the various art
movements
8 / 1st Q experiences, and stories showing the characteristics of the various art
movements (e.g., the use of industrial materials or found objects, Silkscreen
Printing, etc.)
from the various art movements
12. shows the influences of Modern Art movements on Philippine art forms
Week 1 / 1. identifies art elements in the technology-based production arts
2nd Q 2. identifies distinct characteristics of arts during in the 21st century in terms of:
1.1 production
1.2 functionality range of audience reach
3. identifies artworks produced by technology from other countries and their
adaptation by Philippine artists
Weeks 2- 4. discusses the concept that technology is an effective and vibrant tool for
4/ 2nd Q empowering a person to express his/her ideas, goals, and advocacies, which
elicits immediate action
5. explains the role or function of artworks by evaluating their utilization and
374

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
Weeks 2- 6. uses artworks to derive the traditions/history of a community (e.g.,

4/ 2nd Q landscapes, images of people at work and play, portrait studies, etc.)
7. compares the characteristics of artworks in the21st century
8. creates artworks that can be locally assembled with local materials, guided by
21st-century techniques
9. explains the influence of technology in the 21st century on the evolution of
various forms of art
8 / 2nd Q experiences, and stories showing the characteristics of 21st-centuryart (e.g., the
use of graphic software like Photoshop, InDesign, etc.)
appropriate for the style or form
Weeks 1- 1. identifies art elements in the various media-based arts in the Philippines
2/3rd Q 2. identifies representative artists as well as distinct characteristics of media-
based arts and design in the Philippines
3. discusses the truism that Filipino ingenuity is distinct, exceptional, and on a
par with global standards
Weeks 3- 4. discusses the role or function of artworks by evaluating their utilization and
5 / 3rd Q combination of art elements and principles
5. uses artworks to derive the traditions/history of a community
6. creates artworks that can be assembled with local materials
Weeks 5- 7. explains the characteristics of media-based arts and design in the Philippines
7 / 3rd Q 8. applies different media techniques and processes to communicate ideas,
experiences, and stories (the use of software to enhance/animate images like
Flash, Movie Maker, Dreamweaver, etc.)
Week 8/ 9. evaluates works of art in terms of artistic concepts and ideas using criteria
3rd Q appropriate for the style or form of media-based arts and design
Weeks 1 / 1. explains how an idea or theme is communicated in a selected performance
4th Q through the integration of musical sounds, songs, dialogue and dance
2. analyzes examples of plays based on theatrical forms, and elements of art as
375

Quarter/
Grading
Period resources
available
applied to performance
Week 2 / 3. illustrates how the different elements are used to communicate the meaning
4th Q 4. Explains the uniqueness of each original performance
Week 3 / 5. designs with a group the visual components of a school play (stage design,
4th Q costume, props, etc.)
Week 4 / 6. assumes the role of a character as an actor/performance, or production staff
4th Q (director, choreography, light designer, stage manager)
7. analyzes the uniqueness of the group that was given recognition for its
performance and explain what component contributed to its selection
Week 5 / 8. contributes to the conceptualization of an original performance
4th Q
Weeks 6- 9. choreographs the movements and gestures needed in the effective delivery of
8 / 4th Q an original performance with the use of media
10. improvises accompanying sound and rhythm needed in the effective delivery
of an original performance with the use of different media
GRADE 1 PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Quarter/ (Grade 1 Physical Education) Exemplar/ develope online) (provide a
Grading
Period
resources
available
Weeks 1&2 / Describes the different parts of the body and their movements through
1st Q enjoyable physical activities
Weeks 3&4 /
Creates shapes by using different body parts
1st Q
Weeks 5&6 /
Shows balance on one, two, three, four and five body parts
1st Q
Weeks 7&8 / Exhibits transfer of weight
376

Grading
Period
resources
available
1st Q
Engages in fun and enjoyable physical activities with coordination
This Suggested learning activities
competency is ⮚ action songs
already ⮚ singing games
embedded in ⮚ simple games
other LCs. ⮚ chasing and fleeing games
⮚ mimetics
Weeks 1&2 /
Identifies (Executes) locomotor skills
2nd Q
Weeks 3-5 / Demonstrates (Moves) within a group without bumping or falling using
2nd Q locomotors skills
Weeks 6-8 / Executes locomotor skills while moving in different directions at different
2nd Q spatial levels
This
competency is
already Engages in fun and enjoyable physical activities with coordination
embedded in
other LCs.
Weeks 1&2 / Describes (Demonstrates) the difference between slow and fast, heavy and
3rd Q light, free and bound movements
Weeks 3-8 / Demonstrates contrast between slow and fast speeds while using locomotor
3rd Q skills
This Engages in fun and enjoyable physical activities
competency is
already Demonstrates the characteristics of sharing and cooperating in physical
embedded in activities
other LCs.
Weeks 1&2 /
Identifies movement relationships
4th Q
Weeks 3-5 /
Demonstrates relationship of movement
4th Q
Weeks Performs jumping over a stationary object several times in succession, using
6&8/4th forward- and- back and side-to-side movement patterns
This competency Engages in fun and enjoyable physical activities
is already
embedded in Follows simple instructions and rules
377

Grading
Period
resources
available
other LCs.

Grading
Period
resources
available
Weeks 1&2 / Demonstrates body shapes and actions
1st Q
Weeks 3&4 / Creates body shapes and actions
1st Q
Weeks 5-8 / Demonstrates momentary stillness in symmetrical and asymmetrical shapes
1st Q using body parts other than both feet as a base of support
This Demonstrates movement skills in response to sound and music
competency is
already
embedded in Engages in fun and enjoyable physical activities
other LCs.
Weeks 1&2 / Describes movements in a location, direction, level, pathway and plane
2nd Q
Weeks 3-8 / Moves in:
2nd Q ⮚ personal and general space
⮚ forward, backward, and sideward directions
⮚ high, middle, and low levels
⮚ straight, curve, and zigzag pathways
⮚ diagonal and horizontal planes
This Demonstrates movement skills in response to sounds and music
competency is Engages in fun and enjoyable physical activities
already
Observes (maintains) correct posture and body mechanics while performing
embedded in
movement
other LCs.
Weeks 1-8 / Moves: at slow, slower, slowest/fast, faster, fastest pace
3rd Q using light, lighter, lightest/strong, stronger, strongest force with smoothness
378

Grading
Period
resources
available
This competency Demonstrates movement skills in response to sound and music
is already
other LCs.
Weeks Familiarizes in various movement activities involving person, objects, music
1&2 / 4th Q and environment
Weeks 3-8 / Moves: individually, with partner, and with group with ribbon, hoop, balls, and
4th Q any available indigenous/improvised materials, with sound, in indoor and
outdoor settings
This Demonstrates movement skills in response to sound
competency Engages in fun and enjoyable physical activities
is already Observes (maintains) correct body posture and body mechanics while
embedded in performing movement activities
other LCs.
Quarter/ (Grade 3 Physical Education) Learning resources develope online) (provide a
Grading available
Period
r link if online)
Weeks 1&2 / Describes body shapes and actions

1st Q
Weeks 3-8 / Performs body shapes and actions
1st Q
This competency Demonstrates movement skills in response to sounds and music
is already
other LCs.
2nd Q
379
Grading available
Period
r link if online)
Weeks 3-8 / Moves in:

2nd Q ⮚ personal and general space
⮚ forward, backward, and sideward directions
⮚ high, middle, and low levels
⮚ straight, curve, and zigzag pathways
⮚ diagonal and horizontal planes
This competency Engages in fun and enjoyable physical activities
is already
embedded in
other LCs.
3rd Q
Weeks 3-8 / Moves:
3rd Q ⮚ at slow, slower, slowest/fast, faster, fastest pace
using light, lighter, lightest/strong, stronger, strongest force with smoothness
This competency Demonstrates movement skills in response to sound
is already
other LCs.
Weeks 1&2 / Participates in various movement activities involving person, objects, music and
4th Q environment
Weeks 3-8 / Moves:
4th Q ⮚ individually, with partner, and with group
⮚ with ribbon, hoop, balls, and any available indigenous/improvised materials
⮚ with sound
⮚ in indoor and outdoor settings
This competency Demonstrates movement skills in response to sounds and music
is already
other LCs.

380

Grading
Period
resources
available
Week 1 / Describes the physical activity pyramid
1st Q Explains the indicators for fitness
This competency Assesses regularly participation in physical activities based on physical activity
is already
pyramid
embedded in
other LCs.
Week 2 / Explains the nature/background of the games
1st Q
This competency Observes safety precautions
is already
embedded in
other LCs.
Weeks 3-8 / Executes the different skills involved in the game
1st Q
This competency Displays joy of effort, respect for others and fair play during participation in
is already physical activities
embedded in Assesses regularly participation in physical activities based on physical activity
other LCs.
pyramid
Week 1 / Explains the nature/background of the games
2nd Q
Weeks 3 to Executes the different skills involved in the game
8 / 2nd Q
This competency Recognizes the value of participation in physical activities
is already
embedded in
other LCs.
Week 1 / Describes the Philippines physical activity pyramid
3rd Q Explains the indicators for fitness
This competency Assesses regularly participation in physical activities based on physical activity
is already
pyramid
embedded in
other LCs.
Week 2 / Explains the nature/background of the dance
3rd Q
Weeks 3 to Executes the different skills involved in the dance
8 / 3rd Q
This Recognizes the value of participation in physical activities
381

Grading
Period
resources
available
competency is Assesses regularly participation in physical activities based on Philippines
already physical activity pyramid
embedded in Observes safety precautions
other LCs.
7 / 4th Q
is already
embedded in
other LCs.

Grading
Period
resources
available
This competency Assesses regularly participation in physical activities based on the Philippines
is already
physical activity pyramid
embedded in
other LCs.
Week 1 /1st Q Explains the nature/background of the games
is already
embedded in
other LCs.
8 / 1st Q
This Displays joy of effort, respect for others and fair play during participation in
competency is physical activities
already Assesses regularly participation in physical activities based on the Philippines
embedded in physical activity pyramid
other LCs.
382

Grading
Period
resources
available
Week 1/2nd Q Explains the nature/background of the games
is already
embedded in
other LCs.
8 / 2nd Q
This Displays joy of effort, respect for others and fair play during participation in
competency is physical activities
already Assesses regularly participation in physical activities based on the Philippines
other LCs.
Week 1/3rd Q Explains the nature/background of the dance
is already
embedded in
other LCs.
8 / 3rd Q
competency is
Assesses regularly participation in physical activities based on the Philippines
already
other LCs.
Week 1/4th Q Explains the nature/background of the dance
8 / 4th Q
is already
embedded in
other LCs.

383
Grading available
Period
r link if online)
This competency Assesses regularly participation in physical activities based on the Philippines
is already
physical activity pyramid
embedded in
other LCs.
Week 1/1st Q Explains the nature/background of the games
This Observes safety precautions
competency is
already
embedded in
other LCs.
8 / 1st Q
competency is Displays joy of effort, respect for others and fair play during participation in
already physical activities
embedded in Assesses regularly participation in physical activities based on the Philippines
other LCs. physical activity pyramid
Week 1/2nd Q Explains the nature/background of the games
competency is
already
embedded in
other LCs.
8 / 2nd Q
competency is Displays joy of effort, respect for others and fair play during participation in
already physical activities
Week 1/3rd Q Explains the nature/background of the dance
competency is
already
embedded in
other LCs.
8/3rd
384
Grading available
Period
r link if online)

competency is Displays joy of effort, respect for others during participation in physical
already activities
Week 1/4th Q Explains the nature/background of the dance
8 / 4th Q
competency is
Displays joy of effort, respect for others during participation in physical
already
embedded in activities
other LCs.

Grading
Period
resources
available
This competency
is already
embedded in
Undertakes physical activity and physical fitness assessments
other LCs.
Week 1/1st Q Sets goals based on assessment results
Week 2/1 Q st
Prepares an exercise program
Week 3/1st Q Describes the nature and background of the sport
Weeks 4 to Executes the skills involved in the sport
8 / 1st Q
This competency Monitors periodically one’s progress towards the fitness goals
is already
embedded in
385

Grading
Period
resources
available
other LCs.
Week 1 / Undertakes physical activity and physical fitness assessments
2nd Q Reviews goals based on assessment results
Week 2/2nd Q Describes the nature and background of the sport
Weeks 3 to
Executes the skills involved in the sport
8 / 2nd Q
3rd Q Reviews goals based on assessment results
Week 2 /3 Qrd
Describes the nature and background of the dance
Weeks 3 to
Executes the skills involved in the dance
8 / 3rd Q
4th Q Reviews goals based on assessment results
Week 2/3rd Q Describes the nature and background of the dance
Weeks 3 to
8 / 3rd Q

Grading
Period
resources
available
1st Q Sets goals based on assessment results
Week 2 / Conducts physical activity and physical fitness assessments of family/school
1st Q peers
Week 3/1st Q Prepares a physical activity program
386

Grading
Period
resources
available
Week 4/1st Q Describes the nature and background of the sport
Weeks 5 to
8 / 1st Q
This competency Monitors periodically progress towards the fitness goals
is already
embedded in Displays tolerance and acceptance of individuals with varying skills and abilities
other LCs.
Undertakes physical activity and physical fitness assessments
Week 1 / Conducts physical activity and physical fitness assessments of family/school
2nd Q peers
Week 2 / Prepares a physical activity program
2nd Q Describes the nature and background of the sport
Weeks 3 to
8 / 2nd Q
This competency Displays tolerance and acceptance of individuals with varying skills and abilities
is already
embedded in Undertakes physical activity and physical fitness assessments
other LCs.
Week 1/3rd Q Reviews goals based on assessment results
Week 2/3 Q rd
Describes the nature and background of the sport
Weeks 3 to
8 / 3rd Q
This competency Displays tolerance and acceptance of individuals with varying skills and abilities
is already
other LCs.
Week 1/4th Q Reviews goals based on assessment results
Week 2/4th Q Describes the nature and background of the dance
Weeks 3 to
8 / 4th Q
This competency Exerts best effort to achieve positive feeling about self and others
is already
embedded in
other LCs.
387

Grading
Period
resources
available
This competency
is already
other LCs.
Week 1 / Performs appropriate first aid for injuries and emergency situations in physical
1st Q activity and sports settings (e.g. cramps,sprain, heat exhaustion)
Weeks 2 to
Officiates practice and competitive games
8 / 1st Q
This Involves oneself in community service through sports officiating and physical
competency is activity programs
already
other LCs.
Week 1/2nd Q Describes the nature and background of the dance
Weeks 2 to
8 / 2nd Q
This Monitors periodically one’s progress towards the fitness goals
competency is Performs appropriate first aid for injuries and emergency situations in physical
already activity and dance settings (cramps,sprain, heat exhaustion)
embedded in Involves oneself in community service through dance activities in the
other LCs. community
undertakes physical activity and physical fitness assessments
Week 1/3rd Q describes the nature and background of the dance
Weeks 2 to
executes the skills involved in the dance
8 / 3rd Q
This performs appropriate first aid for injuries and emergency situations in physical
388

Grading
Period
resources
available
competency is activity and dance settings (cramps, sprain, heat exhaustion)
already
involves oneself in community service through dance activities in the
embedded in
community
other LCs.
Week 1 / Discusses the nature and background of indoor and outdoor recreational
4th Q activities
Weeks 2 to
Participates in active recreation
8 / 4th Q
This Advocates community efforts to increase participation in physical activities
competency is and improve nutrition practices
already
Practices environmental ethics (e.g Leave No Trace) during participation in
embedded in
recreational activities of the community
other LCs.

Grading
Period
resources
available
This competency
is already Assesses physical activity, exercise and eating habits
embedded in
other LCs.
Week 1 to 7 / Engages in moderate to vigorous physical activities for at least 60 minutes a
1st Q day in and out of school
Week 8 / Critiques (verifies and validates) media information on fitness and physical
1st Q activity issues
This Expresses a sense of purpose and belongingness by participating in physical
competency is activity-related community services and programs
already
embedded in Assesses physical activities, exercises and eating habits
other LCs.
389

Grading
Period
resources
available
Weeks 1 to Engages in moderate to vigorous physical activities for at least 60 minutes a
8 / 2nd Q day in and out of school
This competency
is already
embedded in
Assesses physical activities, exercises and eating habits
other LCs.
7 / 3rd Q day in and out of school
Week 8 / Critiques (verifies and validates) media information on fitness and physical
3rd Q activity issues
This competency Expresses a sense of purpose and belongingness by participating in physical
is already
activity-related community services and programs
embedded in
other LCs. Assesses physical activities, exercises and eating habits
8 / 4th Q day in and out of school
GRADE 1 HEALTH

the (Grade 1 Health) Learning develope online) (provide a
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1-
distinguishes healthful from less healthful foods
2 / 1st Q
Week 3-
tells the consequences of eating less healthful foods
4 / 1st Q
Week 5- practices good decision-making skill in food choices
6 / 1st Q
Week 7-
practices good eating habits that can help one become healthy
10/1st Q
390

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1-
identifies proper behavior during mealtime
2 / 2nd Q
Week 3-
demonstrates proper hand washing
4 / 2nd Q
Week 5 /
realizes the importance of washing hands
2nd Q
Week 6-
practices habits of keeping the body clean & healthy
9 / 2nd Q
Week 10
realizes the importance of practicing good health habits
/ 2nd Q
Week 1 /
describes the characteristics of a healthful home environment
3rd Q
Week 2 /
discusses the effect of clean water on one’s health
3rd Q
Week 3 /
discusses how to keep water at home clean
3rd Q
Week 4 /
3rd Q
practices water conservation
Week 5 /
3rd Q
Week 6 explains the effect of indoor air on one’s health
to 7 / 3rd identifies sources of indoor air pollution
Q practices ways to keep indoor air clean
Week 8-
explains the effect of a home environment to the health of the people living in it
9 / 3rd Q
Week 10
demonstrates how to keep the home environment healthful
/ 3rd Q
Week 1 /
identifies situations when it is appropriate to ask for assistance from strangers
4th Q
Week 2 / gives personal information, such as name and address to appropriate persons
391

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
4th Q
Week 3 / identifies appropriate persons to ask for assistance
4th Q demonstrates ways to ask for help
Week 4 /
follows rules at home and in school.
4th Q
Week 5 /
follows rules during fire and other disaster drills
4th Q
Week 6 /
observes safety rules with stray or strange animals
4th Q
Week 7 /
describes what may happen if safety rules are not followed
4th Q
Week 8 /
describes ways people can be intentionally helpful or harmful to one another
4th Q
Week 9 /
distinguishes between good and bad touch
4th Q
Week 10
practices ways to protect oneself against violent or unwanted behaviors of others
/ 4th Q
GRADE 2 HEALTH

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ states that children have the right to nutrition (Right of the child to nutrition
1st Q Article 24 of the UN Rights of the Child)
392

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 2-
discusses the importance of eating a balanced meal
3/ 1st Q
Week 4-
discusses the important functions of food
5/ 1st Q
Week 6-
considers Food Pyramid and Food Plate in making food choices
8/ 1st Q
Week 9-
displays good decision-making skills in choosing the right kinds of food to eat
10/ 1st Q
Week 1- describes ways of caring for the eyes, ears, nose, hair and skin in order to
5/2nd Q avoid common childhood health conditions
Week 6-
describes ways of caring for the mouth/teeth
8/ 2nd Q
Week 9-
displays self-management skills in caring for the sense organs
10/2nd Q
Week 1-
describes healthy habits of the family
2 / 3rd Q
Week 3-
demonstrates good family health habits and practices
4/ 3rd Q
Week 5-
explains the benefits of healthy expressions of feelings
6 / 3rd Q
Week 7-
expresses positive feelings in appropriate ways
8 / 3rd Q
Week 9 demonstrates positive ways of expressing negative feelings, such as anger, fear,
to 10 / or disappointment
3rd Q displays respect for the feelings of others
Week 1 /
discusses one’s right and responsibilities for safety
4th Q
Week 2-
identifies hazardous areas at home
3 / 4th Q
Week 4- identifies hazardous household products that are harmful if ingested, or inhaled,
393

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
5 / 4th Q and if touched especially electrical appliances
Week 6 /
recognizes warning labels that identify harmful things and substances
4th Q
Week 7 /
explains rules for the safe use of household chemicals
4th Q
Week 8 /
follows rules for home safety
4th Q
Week 9 /
identifies safe and unsafe practices and conditions in the school
4th Q
Week 10
practices safety rules during school activities
/ 4th Q
GRADE 3 HEALTH

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1- describes a healthy person
2/1st Q explains the concept of malnutrition
Week 3-
identifies nutritional problems
4/ 1st Q
Week 5- describes the characteristics, signs and symptoms, effect of the various forms of
6 / 1st Q malnutrition
discusses ways of preventing the various forms of malnutrition
Week 7-
identifies the nutritional guidelines for Filipino
8/ 1st Q
394

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 9/
discusses the different nutritional guidelines
1st Q
describes ways of maintaining healthy lifestyle
Week
evaluates one’s lifestyle
10/ 1st Q
adopts habits for a healthier lifestyle
Week 1 identifies common childhood diseases
to Week discusses the different risk factors for diseases
3 / 2nd Q gives an example of health condition under each risk factor
explains the effects of common diseases
Week 4-
explains measures to prevent common diseases
6 / 2nd Q
Week 7- explains the importance of proper hygiene and building up one's body resistance
8 / 2nd Q in the prevention of diseases
Week 9- demonstrates good self-management and good-decision making-skills to prevent
10/2nd Q common diseases
Week 1- defines a consumer
2 / 3rd Q explain the components of consumer health
Week 3-
discusses the different factors that influence choice of goods and services
4 / 3rd Q
Week 5- describes the skills of a wise consumer
6 / 3rd Q demonstrates consumer skills for given simple situations
Week 7- identifies basic consumer rights
8 / 3rd Q practices basic consumer rights when buying
Week 9 /
discusses consumer responsibilities
3rd Q
Week 10
identifies reliable sources of health information
/ 3rd Q
Week 1- explains road safety practices as a pedestrian
2 / 4th Q demonstrates road safety practices for pedestrian
Week 3- explains basic road safety practices as a passenger
395

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
4 / 4th Q demonstrates road safety practices as a passenger
Week 5 /
explains the meaning of traffic signals and road signs
4th Q
Week 6 / describes dangerous, destructive, and disturbing road situations that need to be
4th Q reported to authorities
Week 7 /
displays self-management skills for road safety.
4th Q
Week 8 /
identifies hazards in the community
4th Q
Week 9 /
follows safety rules to avoid accidents in the community
4th Q
Week 10
recommends preventive action for a safe community
/4th Q
GRADE 4 HEALTH

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/
identifies information provided on the food label
1st Q
Week 2- explains the importance of reading food labels in selecting and purchasing foods
3 / 1st Q to eat
analyzes the nutritional value of two or more food products by comparing the
Week 4- information in their food labels
6/1st Q describes ways to keep food clean and safe
Week 7- discusses the importance of keeping food clean and safe to avoid disease
396

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
8 / 1st Q
Week 9- identifies common food-borne diseases
10/1st Q describes general signs and symptoms of food-borne diseases
Week 1 / describes communicable diseases
2nd Q
Week 2-
identifies the various disease agents of communicable diseases
3 / 2nd Q
Week 4-
enumerates the different elements in the chain of infection
5 / 2nd Q
Week 6- describes how communicable diseases can be transmitted from one person to
7 / 2nd Q another.
Week 8 demonstrates ways to stay healthy and prevent and control common
to 10 / communicable diseases
identifies ways to break the chain of infection at respective
2nd Q
practices personal habits and environmental sanitation to prevent and control
common communicable diseases
Week 1 /
Describes uses of medicines
3rd Q
Week 2 /
Differentiates prescription from non-prescription medicines
3rd Q
Week 3-
Describes ways on how medicines are misused and abused
4 /3rd Q
Week 5-
describes the potential dangers associated with medicine misuse and abuse
6 / 3rd Q
Week 7-
describes the proper use of medicines
8 / 3rd Q
Week 9- explains the importance of reading drug information and labels, and other ways to
10/3rd Q ensure proper use of medicines
Week 1 /
recognizes disasters or emergency situations
4th Q
Week 2- demonstrates proper response before, during, and after a disaster or an
397

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
4 / 4th Q emergency situation
Week 5 / relates disaster preparedness and proper response during emergency situations in
4th Q preserving lives
Week 6- describes appropriate safety measures during special events or situations that
7 / 4th Q may put people at risk
Week 8- describes the dangers of engaging in risky behaviors such as use of firecrackers,
10 / 4th guns, alcohol drinking
advocates the use of alternatives to firecrackers and alcohol in celebrating special
Q events
GRADE 5 HEALTH

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1-
describes a mentally, emotionally and socially healthy person
2 / 1st Q
Week 3/
suggests ways to develop and maintain one’s mental and emotional health
1st Q
Week 4/
recognizes signs of healthy and unhealthy relationships
1st Q
Week 5/
explains how healthy relationships can positively impact health
1st Q
Week 6/
discusses ways of managing unhealthy relationships
1st Q
Week 7/
describes some mental, emotional and social health concerns
1st Q
398

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 8/ discusses the effects of mental, emotional and social health concerns on one’s
1st Q health and wellbeing
Week 9 / demonstrates skills in preventing or managing teasing, bullying, harassment or
1st Q abuse
Week 10 identifies appropriate resources and people who can help in dealing with mental,
/ 1st Q emotional and social, health concerns
Week 1- describes the physical, emotional and social changes during puberty
2 / 2nd Q accepts changes as a normal part of growth and development
Week 3- describes common misconceptions related on puberty
4 / 2nd Q assesses the issues in terms of scientific basis and probable effects on health
Week 5 describes the common health issues and concerns during puberty
to 6 / accepts that most of these concerns are normal consequence of bodily changes
2nd Q during puberty but one can learn to manage them
Week 7 discusses the negative health impact and ways of preventing major issues such as
to 8 / early and unwanted pregnancy
2nd Q demonstrates ways to manage puberty-related health issues and concerns
demonstrates ways to manage puberty-related health issues and concerns
Week 9 / practices proper self-care procedures
2nd Q discusses the importance of seeking the advice of professionals/ trusted and
reliable adults in managing puberty-related health issues and concerns
differentiates sex from gender
Week 10 identifies factors that influence gender identity and gender roles
discusses how family, media, religion, school and society in general reinforce
/ 2nd Q gender roles
gives examples of how male and female gender roles are changing
Week 1 /
explains the concept of gateway drugs
3rd Q
Week 2 /
identifies products with caffeine
3rd Q
Week 3 / discusses the nature of caffeine, nicotine and alcohol use and abuse
399

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
3rd Q
Week 4- describes the general effects of the use and abuse of caffeine, tobacco and
5 /3rd Q alcohol
Week 6- analyzes how the use and abuse of caffeine, tobacco and alcohol can negatively
7 / 3rd Q impact the health of the individual, the family and the community
Week 8 /
demonstrates life skills in keeping healthy through the non-use of gateway drugs
3rd Q
Week 9- follows school policies and national laws related to the sale and use of tobacco
10/3rd Q and alcohol
Week 1 /
explains the nature and objectives of first aid
4th Q
Week 2 /
discusses basic first aid principles
4th Q
Week 3
to Week demonstrates appropriate first aid for common injuries or conditions
10 /4th Q
GRADE 6 HEALTH

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1- describes personal health issues and concerns
3 / 1st Q demonstrates self-management skills
Week 4/ discusses health appraisal procedures during puberty
400

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
1st Q
Week 5- explains the importance of undergoing health appraisal procedures
6 / 1st Q regularly undergoes health appraisal procedures
Week 7 identifies community health resources and facilities that may be utilized to
to Week address a variety of personal health issues and concerns
10 / 1stQ avails of health services in the school and in the community
Week 1 /
describes healthy school and community environments
2nd Q
Week 2-
explains the effect of living in a healthful school and community
3 / 2nd Q
Week 4-
demonstrates ways to build and keep school and community environments healthy
6 / 2nd Q
Week 7 /
practices proper waste management at home, in school, and in the community
2nd Q
Week 8-
advocates environmental protection through proper waste management
10/2nd Q
Week 1 /
describes diseases and disorders caused by poor environmental sanitation
3rd Q
Week 2 / explains how poor environmental sanitation can negatively impact the health of an
3rd Q individual
Week 3 /
discusses ways to keep water and air clean and safe
3rd Q
Week 4-
explains the effect of a noisy environment
5 / 3rd Q
Week 6-
suggests ways to control/manage noise pollution
7 / 3rd Q
Week 8-
practices ways to control/manage noise pollution
9 / 3rd Q
Week 1 /
explains the importance of consumer health
4th Q
401

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 2 /
enumerates the components of consumer health
4th Q
Week 3- describes the different components of consumer health
4 / 3rd Q differentiates over- the- counter from prescription medicines
Week 5 /
gives example of over the counter and prescription medicines
4th Q
Week 6 /
explains the uses of some over the counter and prescription medicines
4th Q
Week 7 /
identifies the common propaganda techniques used in advertising
4th Q
Week 8 / analyzes packaging and labels of health products
4th Q practices good decision making skills in the selection of health products
Week 9-
discusses ways to protect oneself from fraudulent health products
10/4th Q
GRADE 7 HEALTH

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1 / explains the dimensions of holistic health (physical, mental/ intellectual,
1st Q emotional, social, and moral-spiritual)
analyzes the interplay among the health dimensions in developing holistic health
Week 2/
practices health habits to achieve holistic health
1st Q
Week 3 describes developmental milestones as one grow
to Week recognizes that changes in different health dimensions are normal during
402

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
4 / 1st Q adolescence
describes changes in different aspects of growth that happen to boys and girls
during adolescence
Week 5-
recognizes that changes in different dimensions are normal during adolescence’
7 / 1st Q
explains the proper health appraisal procedures
Week 8-
demonstrates health appraisal procedures during adolescence in order to achieve
10/ 1st Q holistic health
Week 8- avails of health services in the school and community in order to appraise one’s
10/ 1st Q health
applies coping skills in dealing with health concerns during adolescence
Week 1 /
identifies the right foods during adolescence
2nd Q
Week 2 follows the appropriate nutritional guidelines for adolescents for healthful eating
to Week  explains the need to select food based on the nutritional needs during
adolescence
3 / 2nd Q  follows the Food Pyramid guide for adolescents and nutritional guidelines for
Filipinos in choosing foods to eat
describes the characteristics, signs and symptoms of malnutrition and
micronutrient deficiencies
Week 4 discusses ways of preventing and controlling malnutrition and micronutrient
to Week deficiencies
6 / 2nd Q explains the characteristics, signs and symptoms of eating disorders
discusses ways of preventing and controlling eating disorders
Week 7- applies decision-making and critical thinking skills to prevent nutritional problems
10/2nd Q of adolescents
explains the factors that affect the promotion of good mental health
Week 1
explains that stress is normal and inevitable
to Week
differentiates eustress from distress
2 / 3rd Q
identifies situations that cause feelings of anxiety or stress
identifies the common stressors that affect adolescents
Week 3 /
identifies physical responses of the body to stress
3rd Q
identifies people who can provide support in stressful situations
403

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
differentiates healthful from unhealthful strategies in coping with stress
Week 4 demonstrates various stress management techniques that one can use every day
to Week in dealing with stress
5 / 3rd Q explains the importance of grieving
demonstrates coping skills in managing loss and grief
Week 6 recognizes triggers and warning signs of common mental disorders
to Week discusses the types, sign, symptoms, and prevention, treatment and professional
8 / 3rd Q care in managing common mental health disorders
Week 1 /
discusses the nature of non-communicable diseases
4th Q
Week 2- explains non-communicable diseases based on cause and effect, signs and
4 / 4th Q symptoms, risk factors and protective factors and possible complications
Week 5 /
corrects myth and fallacies about non-communicable diseases
4th Q
Week 6 /
practices ways to prevent and control non-communicable diseases
4th Q
demonstrates self-monitoring to prevent non-communicable diseases
Week 7 promotes programs and policies to prevent and control non-communicable and
to Week lifestyle diseases
8 / 4th Q identifies agencies responsible for non-communicable disease prevention and
control
GRADE 8 HEALTH

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/ identifies basic terms in sexuality (sex, sexuality, gender, etc.)
404

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
discusses sexuality as an important component of one’s personality
1st Q
explains the dimensions of human sexuality
Week 2 / analyzes the factors that affect one’s attitudes and practices related to sexuality
1st Q and sexual behaviors
Week 3- assesses personal health attitudes that may influence sexual behavior
4 / 1st Q relates the importance of sexuality to family health
Week 5- identifies the different issues/concerns of teenagers (i.e., identity crisis) and the
7 / 1st Q need for support and understanding of the family
Week 8 /
applies decision-making skills in managing sexuality-related issues
1st Q
explains the definition and importance of courtship and dating in choosing a
Week 1 / lifelong partner
2nd Q identifies marital practices and setup across cultures
analyzes behaviors that promote healthy relationship in marriage and family life
Week 2 /
describes the factors that contribute to a successful marriage
2nd Q
Week 3- discusses various maternal health concerns (pre-during-post pregnancy)
4 / 2nd Q discusses pregnancy-related concerns
explains the importance of maternal nutrition during pregnancy
discusses the importance of newborn screening, and the APGAR scoring system
Week 5 for newborns
to Week explains the importance of prenatal care and post-natal care
6 / 2nd Q discusses the essential newborn protocol (Unang Yakap) and initiation of
breastfeeding
recognizes the importance of immunization in protecting children’s health
analyzes the importance of responsible parenthood
explains the effects of family size on family health
Week 7
examines the important roles and responsibilities of parents in child rearing and
to Week care
8 / 2nd Q explains the effects of rapid population growth on the health of the nation
enumerates modern family planning methods (natural and artificial)
405

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1 / discusses the stages of infection
3rd Q analyzes the leading causes of morbidity and mortality in the Philippines
discusses the signs, symptoms, and effects of common communicable diseases
Week 2 corrects misconceptions, myths, and beliefs about common communicable
to Week diseases
3 / 3rd Q enumerates steps in the prevention and control of common communicable
diseases
Week 4-
analyzes the nature of emerging and re-emerging diseases
5 / 3rd Q
Week 6 demonstrates self-monitoring skills to prevent communicable diseases
to Week promotes programs and policies to prevent and control communicable diseases
8 / 3rd Q identifies agencies responsible for communicable disease prevention and control
Week 1 /
discusses gateway drugs
4th Q
Week 2 analyzes the negative health impact of cigarette smoking
to Week  describes the harmful short- and long-term effects of cigarette smoking on the
different parts of the body
3 / 4th Q  discusses the dangers of mainstream, second hand and third hand smoke;
 explain the impact of cigarette smoking on the family, environment, and
community
Week 4 analyzes the negative health impact of drinking alcohol
to Week  describes the harmful short- and long-term effects of drinking alcohol
 interprets blood alcohol concentration (BAC) in terms of physiological
5 /4th Q changes in the body
explains the impact of drinking alcohol on the family, and community
discusses strategies in the prevention and control of cigarette smoking and
Week 6 drinking alcoholic beverages
 apply resistance skills in situations related to cigarette and alcohol use
to Week
 follows policies and laws in the family, school and community related to
8 / 4th Q cigarette and alcohol use
suggests healthy alternatives to cigarettes and alcohol to promote healthy lifestyle
(self, family, community)
406
GRADE 9 HEALTH

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1/
defines community and environmental health
1st Q
explains how a healthy environment positively impact the health of people and
Week 2 communities (less disease, less health care cost, etc.)
to Week discusses the nature of environmental issues
4 / 1st Q analyzes the effects of environmental issues on people’s health
Week 5-
suggests ways to prevent and manage environmental health issues
6 / 1st Q
Week 7- participates in implementing an environmental project such as building and
8 / 1st Q maintaining a school garden or conducting a war on waste campaign (depends on
feasibility)
Week 1 /
describes the drug scenario in the Philippines
2nd Q
Week 2 / discusses risk and protective factors in substance use, and abuse
2nd Q identifies the types of drugs/substances of abuse
Week 3 /
identifies the types of drugs/substances of abuse
2nd Q
Week 4 / corrects myths and misconceptions about substance use and abuse
2nd Q recognizes warning signs of substance use and abuse discusses the harmful short-
407

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
and long-term effects of substance use and abuse on the body
discusses the harmful effects of substance use and abuse on the individual, family,
Week 5 school, and community
to Week explains the health, socio-cultural, psychological, legal, and economic dimensions
6 / 2nd Q of substance use and abuse
discusses strategies in the prevention and control of substance use and abuse
Week 7- applies decision-making and resistance skills to prevent substance use and abuse
8 / 2nd Q suggests healthy alternatives to substance use and abuse
Week 1 / demonstrates the conduct of primary and secondary survey of the victim (CAB)
3rd Q assesses emergency situation for unintentional injuries
Week 2 discusses the function of dressing and bandages
to Week explains the principles of wound dressing
3 / 3rd Q demonstrates appropriate bandaging techniques for unintentional injuries
Week 4- demonstrates proper techniques in carrying and transporting the victim of
5 /3rd Q unintentional injuries
Week 6-
demonstrates proper first aid procedures for common unintentional injuries
8 / 3rd Q
Week 1- differentiates intentional injuries from unintentional injuries
4 / 4th Q describes the types of intentional injuries
Week 5 analyzes the risk factors related to intentional injuries
to Week identifies protective factors related to intentional injuries
8 / 4th Q demonstrates ways to prevent and control intentional injuries
GRADE 10 HEALTH
408

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 1 differentiates reliable from unreliable health information, products and services
to Week explains the guidelines and criteria in the selection and evaluation of health
2 / 1st Q information, products and services
discusses the various forms of health service providers and healthcare plans
Week 3/ selects health professionals, specialists and health care services wisely
1st Q reports fraudulent health services
Week 4 / explains the different kinds of complementary and alternative health care
1st Q modalities
explains the importance of consumer laws to protect public health
Week 5
identifies national and international government agencies and private
to Week organizations that implement programs for consumer protection
6 / 1st Q
Week 7-
participates in programs for consumer welfare and protection
8 / 1st Q
Week 1 /
discusses the existing health related laws
2nd Q
Week 2- follows existing health related laws
3 / 2nd Q critically analyzes the impact of current health trends, issues, and concerns
Week 4-
recommends ways of managing health issues, trends and concerns
5 / 2nd Q
Week 1 /
discusses the significance of global health initiatives
3rd Q
Week 2- describes how global health initiatives positively impact people’s health in various
3 / 3rd Q countries
analyzes the issues in the implementation of global health initiatives
Week 4-
recommends ways of adopting global health initiatives to local or national context
5 / 3rd Q
Week 1- discusses the components and steps in making a personal health career plan
2 / 4th Q prepares a personal health career following the prescribed components and steps
explores the various health career paths selects a particular health career pathway
Week 3
based on personal competence and interest; participates in a health career
to Week orientation program
409

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
4 / 4th Q decides on an appropriate health career path

GRADE 3 SCIENCE
Quarter/ Grade 3 Science Learning develope online) (provide a
Grading
Period
available
1st Q/ Week Describe different objects based on their characteristics (e.g. Shape, Weight,
1-2 Volume, Ease of flow)
st
1 Q/ Week Classify objects and materials as solid, liquid, and gas based on some
3-5 observable characteristics
st
1 Q/ Week Describe changes in materials based on the effect of temperature:
6-8 1 Solid to liquid
2 Liquid to solid
3 Liquid to gas
4 Solid to gas
2nd Q/ Week
Describe the parts and functions of the sense organs of the human body
1-2
2nd Q/ Week
Enumerate healthful habits to protect the sense organs
2
2nd Q/ Week Describe animals in their immediate surroundings
410
Grading
Period
available
3 Identify the parts and functions of animals
2nd Q/ Week Classify animals according to body parts and use
4 State the importance of animals to humans
Describe ways of proper handling of animals
nd
2 Q/ Week Describe the parts of different kinds of plants
5 State the importance of plants to humans
nd
2 Q/ Week Describe ways of caring and proper handling of plants
6 Compare living with nonliving things
nd
2 Q/ Week Identify observable characteristics that are passed on from parents to offspring
7 (e.g., humans, animals, plants);
2nd Q/ Week Identify the basic needs of humans, plants and animals such as air, food,
8 water, and shelter
nd
2 Q/ Week
Explain how living things depend on the environment to meet their basic needs
9
2nd Q/ Week
Recognize that there is a need to protect and conserve the environment
10
rd
3 Q/ Week Describe the position of a person or an object in relation to a reference point
1-3 such as chair, door, another person
rd
3 Q/ Week
Describe sources of light and sound, heat and electricity
4-6
rd
3 Q/ Week
Enumerate uses of light, sound, heat and electricity
7-9
th
4 Q/ Week
Relate the importance of surroundings to people and other living things
1-2
th
4 Q/ Week
Describe the changes in the weather over a period of time
3-4
th
4 Q/ Week Enumerate and practice safety and precautionary measures in dealing with
5 different types of weather
4th Q/ Week Describe the natural objects that are found in the sky during daytime and
6-7 nighttime
411
Grading
Period
available
4th Q/ Week
Communicate how the natural objects in the sky affect daily activities
8
4th Q/ Week Enumerate safety measures to avoid the harmful effects of the Sun’s heat and
9 light
GRADE 4 SCIENCE
Grading
Period
available
1st Q/ Week Classify materials based on the ability to absorb water, float, sink, undergo
1 decay
1st Q/ Week
Identify the effects of decaying materials on one’s health and safety
2
1 Q/ Week
st
Demonstrate proper disposal of waste according to the properties of its
3-4 materials
1st Q/ Week Describe changes in solid materials when they are bent, pressed, hammered,
5-6 or cut
1st Q/ Week Describe changes in properties of materials when exposed to certain conditions
7-8 such as temperature or when mixed with other materials
1st Q/ Week
Identify changes in materials whether useful or harmful to one’s environment
9-10
412
Grading
Period
available
2nd Q/ Week Describe the main function of the major organs
1 Communicate that the major organs work together to make the body function
properly
2nd Q/ Week
Identify the causes and treatment of diseases of the major organs
2
2nd Q/ Week Infer that body structures help animals adapt and survive in their particular
3 habitat
2 Q/ Week
nd
Identify the specialized structures of terrestrial and aquatic plants
4
2nd Q/ Week
Compare the stages in the life cycle of organisms
5
2nd Q/ Week
Describe the effect of the environment on the life cycle of organisms
6
2nd Q/ Week
Describe some types of beneficial interactions among living things
7
2nd Q/ Week
Describe certain types of harmful interactions among living things
8
2nd Q/ Week Describe the effects of interactions among organism in their environment
9
3rd Q/ Week
Explain the effects of force applied to an object
1-2
3rd Q/ Week
Describe how light, sound and heat travel
3-5
3 Q/ Week
rd
Investigate properties and characteristics of light and sound
6-7
3rd Q/ Week Describe ways to protect oneself from exposure to excessive light, heat and
8 sound
4th Q/ Week
Compare and contrast the characteristics of different types of soil
1
4th Q/ Week
Explain the use of water from different sources in the context of daily activities
2
4th Q/ Week
Describe the importance of the water cycle
4
4th Q/ Week
Use weather instruments to measure the different weather components
5
4 Q/ Week
th
Record in a chart the weather conditions
413
Grading
Period
available
6
4th Q/ Week
Identify safety precautions during different weather conditions
7
4 Q/ Week
th
Describe the changes in the position and length of shadows in the
8 surroundings as the position of the Sun changes
4th Q/ Week
Describes the role of the Sun in the water cycle
9
4th Q/ Week
Describe the effects of the Sun
10
GRADE 5 SCIENCE

the Grade 5 Science Learning develope online) (provide a
Quarter/
Grading
Period available
1st Q/
Use the properties of materials whether they are useful or harmful
Week 1-2
1st Q/ Investigate changes that happen in materials under the following conditions:
Week 3-4 1. presence or lack of oxygen; and
2. application of heat
1st Q/ Recognize the importance of recycle, reduce, reuse, recover and repair in waste
Week 5-7 management
2nd Q/
Describe the parts of the reproductive system and their functions
Week 1
2nd Q/
Describe the changes that occur during puberty
Week 2
2nd Q/
Explain the menstrual cycle
Week 3
2nd Q/
Give ways of taking care of the reproductive organs
Week 4
2nd Q/ Describe the different modes of reproduction in animals such as butterflies,
Week 5 mosquitoes, frogs, cats and dogs
414

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
2nd Q/
Describe the reproductive parts in plants and their functions
Week 6
2nd Q/ Describe the different modes of reproduction in flowering and non-flowering
Week 7 plants such as moss, fern, mongo and others
2nd Q/ Discuss the interactions among living things and non-living things in estuaries and
Week 8 intertidal zones
2nd Q/
Week 9- Explain the need to protect and conserve estuaries and intertidal zones
10
3 Q/
rd
Describe the motion of an object by tracing and measuring its change in position
Week 1 (distance travelled) over a period of time
3rd Q/
Use appropriate measuring tools and correct standard units
Week 2
3rd Q/
Discuss why some materials are good conductors of heat and electricity
Week 3
3rd Q/
Infer how black and colored objects affect the ability to absorb heat
Week 4
3rd Q/
Relate the ability of the material to block, absorb or transmit light to its use
Week 5
3rd Q/
Infer the conditions necessary to make a bulb light up
Week 6
3rd Q/
Determine the effects of changing the number or type of components in a circuit
Week 7
3rd Q/
Infer that electricity can be used to produce magnets
Week 8
3rd Q/ Design an experiment to determine the factors that affect the strength of the
Week 9 electromagnet
4th Q/
Describe how rocks turn into soil
Week 1
4th Q/ Investigate extent of soil erosion in the community and its effects on living things
Week 2-3 and the environment
4th Q/
Describe the effects of the winds, given a certain storm warning signal
Week 4
4th Q/
Infer the pattern in the changes in the appearance of the Moon
Week 5
4th Q/ Relate the cyclical pattern to the length of a month
415

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 6
4th Q/
Identify star patterns that can be seen at particular times of the year
Week 7-8
GRADE 6 SCIENCE

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
1st Q/
Describe the appearance and uses uniform and non-uniform mixtures
Week 1-3
1st Q/ Enumerate techniques in separating mixtures such as decantation, evaporation,
Week 4-7 filtering, sieving and using magnet
2nd Q/
Explain how the organs of each organ system work together
Week 1-2
2nd Q/
Explain how the different organ systems work together
Week 3-4
2nd Q/
Determine the distinguishing characteristics of vertebrates and invertebrates
Week 5-6
2nd Q/
Distinguish how spore-bearing and cone-bearing plants reproduce
Week 7-8
2nd Q/ Discuss the interactions among living things and non-living things in tropical
Week 9 rainforests, coral reefs and mangrove swamps
2nd Q/ Explain the need to protect and conserve tropical rainforests, coral reefs and
Week 10 mangrove swamps
3rd Q/
Infer how friction and gravity affect movements of different objects
Week 1-3
3rd Q/
Demonstrate how sound, heat, light and electricity can be transformed
Week 4-6
3rd Q/
Manipulate simple machines to describe their characteristics and uses
Week 7-9
416

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
4th Q/ Describe the changes on the Earth’s surface as a result of earthquakes and
Week 1 volcanic eruptions
4th Q/
Enumerate what to do before, during and after earthquake and volcanic eruptions
Week 2
4th Q/
Describe the different seasons in the Philippines
Week 3
4th Q/
Discuss appropriate activities for specific seasons of the Philippines
Week 4
4th Q/ Demonstrate rotation and revolution of the Earth using a globe to explain day and
Week 5-6 night and the sequence of seasons
4th Q/
Compare the planets of the solar system
Week 7-8
4th Q/
Construct a model of the solar system showing the relative sizes of the planets and
Week 9-
10 their relative distances from the Sun
GRADE 7 SCIENCE

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
1st Q/
Describe the components of a scientific investigation
Week 1
1st Q/
Investigate properties of unsaturated or saturated solutions
Week 2
1st Q/ Express concentrations of solutions quantitatively by preparing different
Week 3 concentrations of mixtures according to uses and availability of materials
1st Q/
Distinguish mixtures from substances based on a set of properties
Week 4-5
417

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
1st Q/
Recognize that substances are classified into elements and compounds;
Week 6-7
1st Q/
Investigate properties of acidic and basic mixtures using natural indicators
Week 8
1st Q/ Describe some properties of metals and non-metals such as luster, malleability,
Week 9 ductility, and conductivity
2nd Q/
Identify parts of the microscope and their functions
Week 1
2nd Q/
Focus specimens using the compound microscope
Week 2
2nd Q/
Describe the different levels of biological organization from cell to biosphere
Week 3
2nd Q/ Differentiate plant and animal cells according to presence or absence of certain
Week 4 organelles
2nd Q/ Explain why the cell is considered the basic structural and functional unit of all
Week 5 organisms
2nd Q/
Identify beneficial and harmful microorganisms
Week 6
2nd Q/ Differentiate asexual from sexual reproduction in terms of:
Week 7  number of individuals involved;
 similarities of offspring to parents
Describe the process of fertilization
2nd Q/
Differentiate biotic from abiotic components of an ecosystem
Week 8
2nd Q/
Describe the different ecological relationships found in an ecosystem
Week 9
2nd Q/
Predict the effect of changes in abiotic factors on the ecosystem
Week 10
3rd Q/ Describe the motion of an object in terms of distance or displacement, speed or
Week 1-2 velocity, and acceleration
3rd Q/
Differentiate quantities in terms of magnitude and direction
Week 2
3rd Q/ Create and interpret visual representation of the motion of objects such as tape
Week 3 charts and motion graphs
3rd Q/ Infer that waves carry energy
Week 4 Differentiate transverse from longitudinal waves, and mechanical from
418

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
electromagnetic waves
3rd Q/
Relate the characteristics of waves
Week 5
3rd Q/ Describe the characteristics of sound using the concepts of wavelength, velocity,
Week 6 and amplitude
Relate characteristics of light such as color and intensity to frequency and
wavelength
3rd Q/
Infer that light travels in a straight line
Week 7
3rd Q/
Infer the conditions necessary for heat transfer to occur
Week 7-8
3rd Q/ Describe the different types of charging processes
Week 9 Explain the importance of earthing or grounding
4th Q/
Demonstrate how places on Earth may be located using a coordinate system
Week 1
4th Q/ Recognize that soil, water, rocks, coal, and other fossil fuels are Earth materials that
Week 2 people use as resources
4th Q/
Describe ways of using Earth’s resources sustainably
Week 3
4th Q/
Discuss how energy from the Sun interacts with the layers of the atmosphere
Week 4
4th Q/
Explain how some human activities affect the atmosphere
Week 5
4th Q/ Account for the occurrence of land and sea breezes, monsoons, and intertropical
Week 6 convergence zone (ITCZ)
4th Q/
Describe the effects of certain weather systems in the Philippines
Week 7
4th Q/ Using models, relate:
Week 8 1 the tilt of the Earth to the length of daytime;
2 the length of daytime to the amount of energy received;
3 the position of the Earth in its orbit to the height of the Sun in the sky;
4 the height of the Sun in the sky to the amount of energy received;
5 the latitude of an area to the amount of energy the area receives
4th Q/
Show what causes change in the seasons in the Philippines using models
Week 9
4th Q/ Explain how solar and lunar eclipses occur
419

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 10
GRADE 8 SCIENCE

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
1st Q/ Investigate the relationship between the amount of force applied and the mass of
Week 1 the object to the amount of change in the object’s motion
Infer that when a body exerts a force on another, an equal amount of force is
exerted back on it
1st Q/ Demonstrate how a body responds to changes in motion
Week 2 Relate the laws of motion to bodies in uniform circular motion
1 Q/
st
Identify situations in which work is done and in which no work is done
Week 3 Describe how work is related to power and energy
1st Q/ Differentiate potential and kinetic energy
Week 4 Relate speed and position of object to the amount of energy possessed by a body
1 Q/
st
infer how the movement of particles of an object affects the speed of sound
Week 5 through it
Investigates the effect of temperature to speed of sound through fair testing
1st Q/ Demonstrate the existence of the color components of visible light using a prism
Week 6 or diffraction grating
Explain the hierarchy of colors in relation to energy
1st Q/
Differentiate between heat and temperature at the molecular level
Week 7
1st Q/
Infer the relationship between current and voltage (instead of charge)
Week 8
1st Q/ Explain the advantages and disadvantages of series and parallel connections in
Week 9 homes
1st Q/ Differentiate electrical power and electrical energy
420

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 10 Explain the functions of circuit breakers, fuses, earthing, double insulation, and
other safety devices in the home
2nd Q/ Using models or illustrations, explain how movements along faults generate
Week 1 earthquakes
2nd Q/ Differentiate the
Week 1-2 1 epicenter of an earthquake from its focus;
2 intensity of an earthquake from its magnitude;
3 active and inactive faults
2nd Q/
Demonstrate how underwater earthquakes generate tsunamis
Week 2
2nd Q/
Explain how earthquake waves provide information about the interior of the earth
Week 3
2nd Q/
Explain how typhoons develop
Week 4
2nd Q/
Explain how landmasses and bodies of water affect typhoons
Week 5
2nd Q/ Trace the path of typhoons that enter the Philippine Area of Responsibility (PAR)
Week 6 using a map and tracking data
2nd Q/
Compare and contrast comets, meteors, and asteroids
Week 7-8
2nd Q/
Explain the regular occurrence of meteor showers
Week 8-9
3rd Q/ Explain the properties of solids, liquids, and gases based on the particle nature of
Week 1-2 matter
3rd Q/ Explain physical changes in terms of the arrangement and motion of atoms and
Week 3-4 molecules
3rd Q/
Determine the number of protons, neutrons, and electrons in a particular atom
Week 5-6
3rd Q/ Trace the development of the periodic table from observations based on
Week 7-8 similarities in properties of elements
3rd Q/
Week 9- Use the periodic table to predict the chemical behavior of an element
10
th
4 Q/
Explain ingestion, absorption, assimilation, and excretion
Week 1
4th Q/ Explain how diseases of the digestive system are prevented, detected, and treated
421

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 2
4th Q/
Compare mitosis and meiosis, and their role in the cell-division cycle
Week 3
4th Q/
Explain the significance of meiosis in maintaining the chromosome number
Week 4
4th Q/
Predict phenotypic expressions of traits following simple patterns of inheritance
Week 5
4th Q/
Explain the concept of a species
Week 6
4th Q/ Classify organisms using the hierarchical taxonomic system
Week 7 Explain the advantage of high biodiversity in maintaining the stability of an
ecosystem
4th Q/ Describe the transfer of energy through the trophic levels
Week 8 Analyze the roles of organisms in the cycling of materials
4th Q/
Explain how materials cycle in an ecosystem
Week 9
4th Q/
Suggest ways to minimize human impact on the environment
Week 10
GRADE 9 SCIENCE

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
1st Q/ Explain how the respiratory and circulatory systems work together to transport
Week 1-2 nutrients, gases, and other molecules to and from the different parts of the body
422

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
1st Q/ infer how one’s lifestyle can affect the functioning of respiratory and circulatory
Week 3 systems
1st Q/ Describe the location of genes in chromosomes
Week 4 Explain the different patterns of non-Mendelian inheritance
1 Q/
st
Relate species extinction to the failure of populations of organisms to adapt to
Week 5-6 abrupt changes in the environment
1st Q/
Week 7- Differentiate basic features and importance of photosynthesis and respiration
10
2nd Q/
Explain the formation of ionic and covalent bonds
Week 1
2nd Q/ Recognize different types of compounds (ionic or covalent) based on their properties
Week 2 such as melting point, hardness, polarity, and electrical and thermal conductivity
2nd Q/
Explain properties of metals in terms of their structure
Week 3-4
2nd Q/
Explain how ions are formed
Week 5-6
2nd Q/
Explain how the structure of the carbon atom affects the type of bonds it forms
Week 7
2nd Q/
Recognize the general classes and uses of organic compounds
Week 8
2nd Q/
Use the mole concept to express mass of substances
Week 9
2nd Q/ Determine the percentage composition of a compound given its chemical formula
Week 10 and vice versa
3rd Q/
Describe the different types of volcanoes
Week 1
3rd Q/
Explain what happens when volcanoes erupt
Week 2
3rd Q/
Illustrate how energy from volcanoes may be tapped for human use
Week 3-4
3rd Q/
Explain how different factors affect the climate of an area
Week 5
3rd Q/
Describe certain climatic phenomena that occur on a global level
Week 6-7
3rd Q/ Show which constellations may be observed at different times of the year using
423

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
Week 8-9 models
4th Q/
Describe the horizontal and vertical motions of a projectile
Week 1
4th Q/ Investigate the relationship between the angle of release and the height and range
Week 1-2 of the projectile
4th Q/
Relate impulse and momentum to collision of objects (e.g., vehicular collision)
Week 3
4th Q/ Infer that the total momentum before and after collision is equal
Week 4 Examine effects and predict causes of collision-related damages/injuries
4th Q/ Perform activities to demonstrate conservation of mechanical energy
Week 5 Infer that the total mechanical energy remains the same during any process
4 Q/
th
Construct a model to demonstrate that heat can do work
Week 6
4th Q/ Infer that heat transfer can be used to do work, and that work involves the release
Week 7 of heat
4th Q/ Explain how heat transfer and energy transformation make heat engines like
Week 8-9 geothermal plants work
4th Q/
Explain how electrical energy is generated, transmitted, and distributed
Week 10
GRADE 10 SCIENCE
424

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
1st Q/ Describe the distribution of active volcanoes, earthquake epicenters, and major
Week 1-3 mountain belts
1st Q/
Describe the different types of plate boundaries
Week 4
1st Q/
Explain the different processes that occur along the plate boundaries
Week 5-6
1st Q/
Describe the possible causes of plate movement
Week 7
1st Q/
Enumerate the lines of evidence that support plate movement
Week 8
2nd Q/
Compare the relative wavelengths of different forms of electromagnetic waves
Week 1-2
2nd Q/ Cite examples of practical applications of the different regions of EM waves, such as
Week 3-4 the use of radio waves in telecommunications
2nd Q/
Explain the effects of EM radiation on living things and the environment
Week 5-6
2nd Q/ Predict the qualitative characteristics (orientation, type, and magnification) of
Week 7-8 images formed by plane and curved mirrors and lenses
2nd Q/ Identify ways in which the properties of mirrors and lenses determine their use in
Week 8 optical instruments (e.g., cameras and binoculars)
2nd Q/
Demonstrate the generation of electricity by movement of a magnet through a coil
Week 9
2nd Q/
Explain the operation of a simple electric motor and generator
Week 10
3rd Q/ Explain the role of hormones involved in the female and male reproductive
Week 1 systems
3rd Q/ Describe the feedback mechanisms involved in regulating processes in the female
Week 2 reproductive system (e.g., menstrual cycle)
Describe how the nervous system coordinates and regulates these feedback
mechanisms to maintain homeostasis
3rd Q/
Explain how protein is made using information from DNA
Week 3
3rd Q/ Explain how mutations may cause changes in the structure and function of a
Week 4 protein
3rd Q/ Explain how fossil records, comparative anatomy, and genetic information provide
Week 5 evidence for evolution
425

Quarter/
Grading
Period available
3rd Q/
Explain the occurrence of evolution
Week 6
3rd Q/ Explain how species diversity increases the probability of adaptation and survival
Week 7 of organisms in changing environments
3rd Q/
Explain the relationship between population growth and carrying capacity
Week 8
3rd Q/
Suggest ways to minimize human impact on the environment
Week 9
4th Q/ Investigate the relationship between:
Week 1-2 1 volume and pressure at constant temperature of a gas;
2 volume and temperature at constant pressure of a gas;
3 explains these relationships using the kinetic molecular theory
4th Q/ Recognize the major categories of biomolecules such as carbohydrates, lipids,
Week 3-4 proteins, and nucleic acids
4th Q/
Apply the principles of conservation of mass to chemical reactions
Week 5-7
4th Q/
Explain how the factors affecting rates of chemical reactions are applied in food
Week 8-
preservation and materials production, control of fire, pollution, and corrosion
10

Share G1 To G10 Matrix For The Learning Continuity Plan All Learning Areas

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Share G1 To G10 Matrix For The Learning Continuity Plan All Learning Areas

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Share G1 To G10 Matrix For The Learning Continuity Plan All Learning Areas

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1

Matrix of Curriculum Standards (Competencies),

GRADE 1 ARALING PANLIPUNAN

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

GRADE 2 ARALING PANLIPUNAN

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

GRADE 3 ARALING PANLIPUNAN

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

GRADE 4 ARALING PANLIPUNAN

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

4th Q (a) Jus sanguinis

GRADE 5 ARALING PANLIPUNAN

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week 1 / Natatalakay ang kahulugan ng kolonyalismo at ang konteksto nito

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

GRADE 6 ARALING PANLIPUNAN

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

GRADE 7 ARALING PANLIPUNAN

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if Assessment

GRADE 8 ARALING PANLIPUNAN

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

GRADE 9 ARALING PANLIPUNAN

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

GRADE 10 ARALING PANLIPUNAN

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment

Week of Learning competencies Lesson Exemplar/ LR Link (if available Assessment